i

IBRARY0/-.

^UIBRARY^

/j \\tf-UNIVERfy

vLOSANCELfj

"$ftH3AINIH\ft

^OFCALIFO/?^

.^OFCALIF0%

OSANGElfr

"%MAIN()3^

<$UIBRARY0y

%JIW3J0
f/

^OKALIFOfy

\/^\
^JlWNY-SOl^

%J3AINiT3\W

yomwM$

'

uL

%UAINfl

3^
I

"fyHHAiNiHfl
lOS-ANCElfj

v-lfKANf.Flfr

o
rJ?

^LIBRARY'S

^aojiivj-jo

^OF-CAllF0%

^OF-CAllFOft

^lllBRARYQr

^l-LIBRARYgr* u7 1 ( i-"

^MEUNIVER%

^lOSANGElfj>

<^UIBRARY0/

SO

%)3I1V>J0 V
^OF-CALIFOfy*

^OdllV>JO v
^OF-CALIFOR^

"%3AIN03\\V

^WEUNIVER%

^lOSANGELfj>

^Aavaain^

y0Aavaaii#

%JI3AINfHKV

y0AMii#
WtfUNIVERS//

AV\E-UNIVER%.

^lOSANCELfj>

^UIBRARYQr

^UIBRARY-0/C

o
ex:

<&130NY-SOV^

"%3AINIV3t\V

%JITV3J0 V
^0FCAIIF(%
Ce
I

^TJTO-SOV^
\WE UNiVERS//

^EUNIVER%

v^lOSANCELfj>

^OFCAilFO/?^

f
liDNY-SOl^

"fySMAINiHtW

^Aiivaam^

^AavaaiH^

<TJ130NY-S01^

^UIBRARY-0/-

^UIBRARYQ/r

AWE-UNIVERS/a
ce

^AOSANGElfj>

^LIBRARYQ,

ce CO

<
%MAIN(HV\V
^lOS-ANCELfj^
to

^OJIIVOJO^
,

^/OJIIVDJO^
^.0F-CALIF0%

<Tii]0NVSOl^

^OJIIVOJO-

CALIFC%

^\\EUNIVER%

^AU'/jian-^

%HAINil-3\\V

y0Aavnan-^

AWE-UNIVERS/a

^lOSANCELj>

^ILIBRARYOc.

<$UIBRARY0/>

&

WtfUNIVERty

I^V)
<TJi30NV-SOl^

~%3AINfl3V\V

^OdllYHO^
^0KA1IF(%,

^OJIIYHO^
^OF-CAIIFO%

<Til30NVSO^
^WEUNIVERty

.\WE-UNIVER%

^lOSANGElfj>

feCi IQ=

VSi IV! feC

Hstattc Society flfoonogvapbs

A CATALOGUE
OF

SOUTH INDIAN SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS

(ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE WHISH COLLECTION)

BELONGING TO THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

COMPILED BY

DR. M.

WINTERNITZ

PROFESSOR IN THE GERMAN UNIVERSITY OP PRAGUE.

WITH AN APPENDIX BY

F.

W. THOMAS.

LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE EOYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY
22 ALBEMARLE STREET, W.

1902.

The Library
University of California,

Los Angeles

Printed by

W.

Drugulin, Leipzig (Germany).

IZS XX

THIS VOLUME

IS

INSCRIBED TO

PROFESSOR ALFRED LUDWIG

AS A TOKEN OF SINCERE FRIENDSHIP AND GRATITUDE

BY THE COMPILER.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pages

Preface
Synoptical List of the

VII XI
of the

Numbers

MSS.

and the Catalogue Numbers

List of Abbreviations

......

XII

XV
XVI

Catalogue Nos.

1190
.

Appendix by F.
List of

W. Thomas (Nos. 191215) Works arranged according to subjects

Index

1250 251292 293310 311340

340

Addenda and Corrigenda

PREFACE.
t

to

The bulk of the MSS. described in this Catalogue belong the Whish Collection of the Royal Asiatic Society of

Great Britain and Ireland. These MSS. had been acquired by C. M. Whish of the Madras Civil Service, and were r presented to the Society by his brother J. L. Whish Esq in July 1836. In most of these MSS. entries with the
signature of C. M. Whish are found, and many of them show traces of having been read and studied by a European scholar. The entries are generally dated, the earliest date being 1822 , and the latest 1831. Some of the MSS may have been copied for Mr. Whish at that time. A certain date can be assigned only to those few MSS. 2 which are dated by the Kollam era and were written between A. D. 1787 and 1827. Most of the others, dated

by years of the Jupiter cycle, or bearing no dates at all, were probably written about the same time, that is to say, at the end of the 18 th or the beginning of the 19 th century. Only a few MSS. seem to be a good deal older and may belong to the earlier part of the 17th century.
Generally speaking, the MSS. in Malayalam characters are older than those written in Grantha. In some of the

Malayalam MSS.,3
antiquity,

especially in those of apparent greater

peculiar paging by Aksaras is found to which Professor C. Bendall has drawn attention in the JRAS, October 1896, pp. 790 sq. According to this
the
i In No. 138 (see p. 194) the date 1817 is probably only indistinctly written and meant for 1827. 2 Nos. 103, 113, 122, 138, 139, 141, 142, 145, 146, 150. 5 See Nos. 19, 108, 118, 128, 129, 138, 151, 157, 158.

~*H

VIII

H$-

1 nna, nya, skra, jhra, ha, gra, system, the Aksaras na the numbers 1 10, fha, la, pta, for used are ma dre, pra,
,

<r

ba, tra, tru or tru,

2

ci,

na for 20,
signs
S

30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90.

For 100 and 200 the

nna?) are used. Besides the Whish
other South Indian
this Catalogue,

^J

and

^3 =
(

Tm and

MSS. there are MSS. (Sansk. Nos. 1

28)

also

a number of

described in

about which I could not get any satisfactory information. I found them mixed up with a large number Prof. Rhys Davids tells me that they of Tamil MSS. were always kept together with the Whish MSS., and he
is

they, too, belong to the same not collection though quite certain that they really donation." Whish the of formed part They are nearly

inclined to think that

"it is

written in Grantha, and seem, for the greater part, to have been written at the end of the 18 th and the beginning
all

of the 19 th century. But though the MSS. here described are not distinguished by great age, there are many rare and valuable MSS.

among them.

Perhaps the most important of

all

are the

Mahabharata MSS. which represent a

at the International Some years ago of the great Epic. I first drew Congress of Orientalists in Paris, 1897

distinct recension

attention to these MSS.,

and pointing out the great differences between the text offered by these South-Indian MSS. the soand that of the Calcutta and Bombay editions
called Vulgata

and made an

I showed the insufficiency of the latter, appeal for a critical edition of the
,

Mahabharata
with
is

which I declared to be the sine qua non

This appeal met Sanskrit scholars, and there that such a critical edition

of any critical study of the great Epic.

much sympathy among now every reason to hope

will

the
1

be begun in no distant future. The Whish MSS. of Mahabharata to which we thus owe the plan of a
Sometimes the
first

6ri\ and the paging by na, nna, nya etc. begins with the second leaf, e. g. in No. 157. 2 For other ways of numbering the pages by Aksaras, see pp. 21,
leaf is
l

marked with harih

27, 93, 166, 178, 221.

critical edition

of the
is

great epic, will

to be carried out.

prove

invaluable

whenever

this plan

Among

the Vedic MSS., I

may

point out a

MS.

of the

Taittiriya-Aranyaka
deratum,
Several

(No.

178)

which

useful for a critical edition of that text

a
is

should

prove

as Rajendralala Mitra's edition

great desianything but

satisfactory.

MSS.

of our Collection

have already been used

or are still being used for critical editions, e. g. the MSS. of Sayana's Kgveda-Bhasya (Nos. la, 2 and 13), of the Grhyasutra, Mantrapatha, and Dharmasutra of the Apa-

stambius with their Commentaries (Nos. 26, 27, 37), and of * Sayana's Commentary on the Mantrabrahmana (No. 86).

How

valuable the

MS.

Collections of the

Royal Asiatic

Society were, has already been known since 1890, when a rough list of the titles of the Sanskrit MSS. in the

Todd and Whish Collections of the Society was published (JRAS, N. S., Vol. XXII, pp. 801813). It was intended
then already to publish a proper catalogue as soon as the funds of the Society would permit. But it was considered probable that so long a period would necessarily elapse
before this could be done, that it was advisable at once to publish such a rough list, however incomplete and incorrect.

And

it will,

indeed, be

Collection, at any rate,

now seen that the Whish contains many more numbers and
of

above

all

many more works and fragments

works than

those mentioned in the rough list. 2 The forecast of delay was also fully justified by the event. are now in 1902. The rough list appeared in 1890.

We

But when,

in

May

1894, the preparation of this catalogue

i A MS. 'Whish No. 66' mentioned by Prof. Kern as having been used for his edition of the Aryabhatiya (Leiden 1874) has not been found among the MSS. which I have catalogued. 2 For a complete list of all the numbers of the Whish Collection

including
texts

also those which contain vernacular and have therefore not been described in

(chiefly

Malayalam)
see

this Catalogue,

below pp.

XII XV.

-5*

*Z~

was entrusted

to

me by

the Council of the Society the

funds available were not sufficient to enable

me

whole time to the work.

I have

been

to give working at

my
it,

while I was living at Oxford, for several years, but the work had often to be interrupted on account of more

pressing professional work. In 1898 I left England, and some of the MSS. had to be sent over to Prague, so
to

that the progress of the work became still slower. Finally, avoid further delays, Mr. Thomas kindly undertook to describe the MSS. which I had not yet seen, and their
descriptions will be found in the Appendix as Nos. 191-215. Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. is of not much use, unless

extracts from the works they contain are given. For in most cases the mere title of a Sanskrit work tells us

nothing about its character or contents. And even in the case of well-known texts, a few short extracts (at least
to give

the beginning and the end) seem to me necessary, in order some idea of the correctness and value of a MS.

end in view I have given extracts, however from nearly every MS., and I have made a point of copying these extracts as accurately as possible from the MSS. compiler of a catalogue is- not an editor,
this

With

short,

it the duty of the compiler to correct "Wherever corrections suggested themselves to me, I have given them in parenthesis or banished them to footnotes. The peculiar orthography of South Indian MSS. has also been retained throughout. Thus, as regards

and I did not think

his quotations.
1

the nasals, I have written with the MSS. annan tu, sarasvatin devim etc. (and not annam tu, sarasvatlm de), and as regards the Sandhi before sibilants I have followed the

omitting the Visarga before a sibilant with consonant following (puna rutih, vimsa strijatakam etc.). I have also written with the MSS. talpara, ulpanna etc., and even atpa for alpa, also tatbuddhis, patma etc. for
in

MSS.

Words
(

renthesis

),

or Aksaras added by conjecture, have been put in pawhile square brackets [ have been used to mark
|

words and

syllables as to be omitted.

~X
,

XI

Kr-

tadbu padrua etc., irumi for Srnu, and cerebral 1 between two vowels, e. g. Kalidasa, mangal.a, etc. Only in the Index I have used the ordinary orthography. In preparing a catalogue of South Indian MSS. one has
to encounter far greater difficulties than in having to deal with Nagarl MSS. The reading of palm leaves is always

very trying to the eyes, and the Malayalani characters are particularly difficult to read, and often very indistinct. Moreover the leaves are frequently mutilated or rubbed
off,

what

especially at the beginning and at the end, and is the worst one MS. generally contains fragments

of several different works, without beginning and end. In overcoming these difficulties, I had, as every compiler of

a Sanskrit catalogue

now

has,

the help of Professor

Aufeecht's monumental work, the Catalogus Catalogorum. But I had also the good fortune of Prof. Aufeecht's more immediate help, for he was kind enough to take the trouble of reading the proofs, and I owe to him many most valuable suggestions and corrections, and in more than one case he has helped me to identify some short and very puzzling fragment. I am fulfilling a pleasaut duty in expressing to him my sincerest thanks for all the trouble he has taken in making this Catalogue more useful than it would have been without his generous help. My
thanks are due, also, to Professor Ludwig who kindly read a revise, and has suggested to me some valuable emendations in the extracts.

Rhys Davids
is

to

whom

Finally I have to thank Professor the initiation of this undertaking

interest

due,

for

the kindly

he has throughout taken

in the work.

Prague, August

1902.

M. Winternitz.

SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.

~X

XIII

H$-

~X XIV

-X

XV

K~

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

Aufrecht
1891.

CC

Catalogus Catalogorum, by Th. Aufrecht.

II,

Leipzig

Part

Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Aufrecht- Oxford Bodleianae Pars Septima, Codices Sanscriticos completens. ConOxonii 1864. fecit Th. Aufrecht. Burnett I. O. Catalogue of a Collection of Sanskrit Manuscripts.

Leipzig 1896.

By A.

C. Burnell.

Burnett, Tanjore
at Tanjore.

= Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace

Part I Vedic Manuscripts.

London

1869.

Prepared for the Madras Government by A. C. Burnell.

London

1880.

A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the Hall Indian Philosophical Systems. By Fitzedward Hall. Calcutta 1859. Hultzsch Reports on Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India, by Dr. Eugen
Hultzsch, Nos. 1
J ad.

in the Library of Eggeling. London 1887 sqq. Part IV, by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library Mitra-Bikaner of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. Compiled by RajenOff.

= & Madras 1895, 1896. = Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts

2.

the India Office.

By Julius

dralala Mitra.

Notices of Sanskrit Manuscripts, by Rajendralala Mitra, Notices Mitra. Calcutta 1892 sqq.
Peterson, Reports II, IV of Sanskrit MSS. in the

Calcutta 1880.

= A Second Report of Operations in Search

Bombay Circle April 1883 March 1884. By Prof. Peter Peterson. Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884. A Fourth March 1892 Extra Number of Report etc. April 1886 the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
. . .

1894.

Stein-Jammu

Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir. Prepared by M. A. Stein. Bombay 1894. Weber -Berlin Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin. Bd. II, Bd. V, 1, 2: Verzeichnis der Sanskrit-Handschriften von Albrecht Weber. Berlin 1853, 1886,

1892.

Wilson- Mackenzie

Mackenzie Collection. Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts ... of the South of India; collected by the late Lieut.-Col. Colin Mackenzie. By H. H.Wilson. Calcutta 1828.

1.

Whish No.
Size:

1.

16fx2

in.,

192 leaves, about 9 lines on a page.

cent.?*

Material: Palm leaves. Date o/ MS.: 18th r 19th

Character: Leaves

1 to

73 in Grantha, 74 to the end in Malayalam.

(a)

Rgveda-Bhasya, by Sayandcarya, the

of the second Astaka,
i.

first

three

Adhyayas

Samhita
This
edition
is

I,

122 to

I,

Sayana's Commentary on Rgveda165. Ff. 1 to 152 b.

e.

the the

MS.

Gr

used for Prof.

Max

Miiller's

second

Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See nd -Veda -Samhita, ed. by F. Max Miiller, 2 ed., vol. I, Rig
of

pp.

liv,

lvi,

lvii

seqq.

(b)

Sayandcarya''s Commentary on the Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. Ar. I, 1

first
5).

Aranyaka

of the

Ff. 152 b to 192.

Very
It

incorrect.

ends:

iti

srlmad-rajadhirajaraja-paraniesvara-vaidi-

kamarggapravarttaka - srivlra - Bukkabhupala[bhupala]samrajya dhurandhare(read ra)sya Sayanamatyasya krtau

vedartthaprakase prathamaranyakam samaptam
II

om

II

iti

Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareyaranyaka)kande prathamaranyake pahcamoddhyayas samaptam (read ah) srikrsnaya nama(h) harih om
n
ii

See Preface.

~$~

H$-

2.

Whish No.
Size:

2.

16^x2

in.,

170 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

19th cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18* or

Material:

Character : Malayalam.
rd Varga Bgveda-Bhdsya, by Sayanacarya, from the 23 rst th the end of the to l of the of the 5 Astaka, Adhyaya l r8t Astaka, i. e. Say ana's Commentary on Rgveda-Sam-

hita

I,

75 to
is

I,

121.
for Prof.

This
edition

the

MS. T used

Max

Miiller's

second
see

of

the

Rgveda with Sayana's

Commentary,

vol. I, pp. liv, lvi, lvii seqq.

It begins:

atra prathamam jusasva saprathastamam,

3.

etc.

Whish No.
Size: lOf

3.

X If

in.,

75 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18* r 19*

Material:

Character: Grantha.

The Brahmagita from the Yajnavaibhavakhanda in the Sutasamhita of the Slcanda-Purdna, It begins: rsaya ucuh bhavata sarvam akhyatam sam-

ksepad vistarad api

idanim srotuni icchamo brahmagltam

anuttamam
It

iti omityadimahapurane sri-skande mahapurane sutasamhitayam yajhavaibhavakhande uparibhage bra-

ends:

etc.

hmagitasupanisatsu

dvadasoddhyayah

ii

sri^ivaya

namah

ll

subham astu

4.

Whish No.
Size:

4.

lOfxH
Palm

in.,

170 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

cent.?

Material:

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18* or 19*

Character: Grantha.

3), by Madhavacarya. It begins: vaude sindhuravaktran tam bandhun dinasya santatam pratyuhavyiihasarnanam upasyam sarvadevataih

Commentary ou

the

Brahmagltd

(see

No.

II

evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijhanasya nisreyasasadhanatvani uktan tac ca sarvasakhasanimatam iti darayituni aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi - sama-

vaktum
iti

stopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikani brahmagit.un muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithini

atha

tam vaktum puravrttam udaharati

sarvavid
iti

vajfias

samanyatas

sarvaii

pureti sarjanatlti sarva-

jnah,
It

etc.

ends: iti srunat-tryambakapadabja-sevaparayanenaiva

Madhavacaryyena viracitayam (read tayam) sutasamhitayam yajhavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage brahmagitayam dvadasoddhyayah sivaya namah subharn astu harih om
II

Whish No.
Size:

5.

9yXl|

Q ->

117 -J- 41 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

19 th cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th r

Material:
Character: Grantha.

(a)

The Prdyascittasubodhihi, a work on expiatory

(Srauta ritual),
hagola. It begins:

rites

by Srmivasamdkhin

of the village of

Ar-

Ff. 117.

arhagolagramanivasi Srlnivasamakhi sudhlhi

tanute

balan
It

uddisya
ends:

prayascittasubodhinim
etc.

II

tatradav
harih

anuddharanapr&yascittam ucya[n]te,

prayascittanisubodhani

(sic)

samapta
u
|

srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah yadrsam pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam niaya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate asmat-gurucaranaravindabhyan namah
II

om

II

~S*

4
(b)

h~

The Kauladarsatantra
nandandtha.
It begins:
Ff. 1

(a

work on Tantra), by Visva-

19.

srigurupadukan ca vatukam vanlii ca kamesan tripuram param bhagavatln devlm vighnesvaram kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadmam sukasyanialam vaksye
I

natva

kulajhaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam kramat kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavartthams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaulavidam n
n
i

It

ends:

iti

srl-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsan

tantram sampurnam

srlgurubbyo

namah

II

(c)

The

leaves 20 to 41

contain two

other Tantric trea-

tises, viz.
sriSrlcakraprcdisthdvidhih. It begins (f. 20): cakroddharah tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pascimatah svasthanam parityajya etc. It ends on f. 28: iti

(1)

The

Quotations occur from Tantraraja, Ratnasdgara, Kulamuldvatdra.

sricakrapratisthavidhih
n

(2)

The Srividydlchyamulavidyabhedah,

or Tripiirabhedali.

Ff. 28 to 41.

This treatise begins:

|

atha srlvidyakhyamulavidyabheda
ii

nirupyante tatra srijiianarnave etc. The Srirudraydmala is quoted on fol. 34b. Sankaracarya and Anandagiri are

mentioned

fol.

36 b.

Fol. 36b 37a: ekapahcaity evam srlmulavidyaya satbhedah srlmadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah pradaratha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam sitah iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah n atha praI

siddhasrividya

pahcadasaksarimantraprasamgat

upasaka-

bhedena

dvadasavidhasrividyamantras ca sastrantaroktaprakarena likhyante Then follow 12 Mantras.

|

->

-<s~

The MS. ends:

ksari
|

iti

durvasaradhita vidya
11

pancad;i

iti
n

tripurabhedfih kathitah

sriniahatripurasundaryyai

namah

6.

WmsH
Size: 10 J

No.

6.

Xlj
Palm

in.,

26

-f-

89 leaves,

from

7 to 9 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18 th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(a)
t

The Saktisutra together with

together with their Commentary.

its

Bhdsya, 20 Sutras
citisvatantra
I

The Sutra begins:

visvasiddhihetuh
etc.
I

om

atha saktisutrani

It ends on p. gurubhyo namah

svecchaya svabhittau visvam unmilayati 2: om saktisutram sampurnam srlmat-

Then

om

begins: saktisutrabhasyam citisvatantra visvasiddhihetuh visvasiddhau hetuh vi|

the

Commentary
ca
iti

svasiddhihetuka

sarvakaranatvam

sarvasaktitvam

mahaphalatvam sukhopayaprapyatvah ca svatmadevataya

vivaksitam
treti

ekavacanena bhedavastavatvam svatanIt ends on etc. niramkusaisvaryyaii ca sucitam 12 bhutabalim page purve dadyat ksetrapalan tu daksine rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati Isannye agneyagavarahim Iavayavye napatim agneyam kurukulyam nnye (sic)
i

citir ity

(b)

Atharvanaprokta deiirahasya svarupdkramopdsandyaJj, * jaganmatrbhaMyaikavedyah prayogdh by Jagannathasuri

(215 slokas).
It

begins

vimarsapadavacyam
this

Ff.

1326.

apy

avimarsapadan
See below

Mr. "Whisk describes

2.

as

the Bhavanopanisad.

sloka

~X
narnah
I

Kr1

japakusumasonam apy ajapakrtim arabikam

.

II

ll

bhavanopanisadartthagarbhitah krikaniramniitabhaskarah padyabandhava . .* tu ta Jagannathasurinivahavaktisukrdivan krtanhikas sucau dese sukhasinas samahitah 2

11

pranan ayammya ruulena rsyadin nyasani acaret 3 It ends: pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun
n
ll

namac chaniblium

iti

srimad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya-

STarupakraniopasanayah jaganmatribhaktyaikavedyah prayogo Jagannathasuri-pranitas samaptah barib om n srlll

devyai

namab

ll

subhani astu

ll

(c)

Tbe
This

is

CidvalU, by Natanananda, a pupil of Nathananda. a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kamakald, or

Kdmakaldvildsa.

The

latter

Bhandarkar
in
the

in his Report

has been printed by Prof. on the search for Sanskrit 8.

Bombay Presidency during (Bombay 1887), p. 376 seq. It begins: vande tan mithunadvandvam adimanandacit-

the

year 1883 84

MS

ghanam anuttara^paran jyotir iti yat* bhavyate budbaihl srlmate Natananandayogine paramatmane raktasuklapra1
i

pranamata Nathanandam paraya bhaktya cidaikyabodhanandam upanisadartthanigiidham sakalajananandabhadrapithrirudhams namas sivaya

bhamisratejase

gurave

namah

6 nathaya cidrupanandarupine srimata patalapamga patitatamkasamkave Puny anandaniunln drat kamakala nama
I
I

visruta

jata
n

aryya

kacid

amusya Natananandah karoti

savyakhyam
Fol. 37a:

Punyanandamukhendor uditam anandadayinim

a blank space for two aksaras(w-).
first stanzas.

Here

is

I cannot

make any
and

sense of the two

2

The MS.
,

is

beautifully written,

there can be hardly any doubt about the readings.

mithunam divyam adyam ananda

ram, Bhand.
tat,

Bhandarkar's MS.

3
4 5

Bhand.

pithanurudham, Bhand. srlmate cancalapahga Bhand.

,

etam

kiimakalam ahani anisam murddhna vaca

I

vahfirni

cittena

iti

kamakalavyakhya Natananandena degikaprityai

racita rasikajana[na]nam

pumsam alokanaya cidvalli Xathai I

nandagurunam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi tesam anyatamoyani tikam enara cakrira tatprityai asyah kamakalayat
I

vyakhya purvair udahrtaneka etc. It ends: kamakalasvarupam iDaripurnara prapaficitam iti ^ivam iti 6rI-Natanananda-katkita cidvalli saraapta

harih

om

II

svninin[h]e

srigurubkyo namah srisuryyanarayanayasmatnamah devyai namak

I

II

7.

AVhish No.
Size:

7.

14x2

in.,

158 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.

19tn cent.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th r

Character: Grantha.

The Hdlasyamahatmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the Skanda-Purana, in 71 chapters. See Mitra, Notices, vol. vii, p. 27 seqq., No. 2264. It begins: avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum

sasivarnah caturblrajam

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvai

vighnopasantaye
I

namas sundaranathiiya tasmai halasyai

vasine catussastividha

Ilia yena pratyaksitah ksitau srlmatsundaranathasya devlm sapharalocanam kalaye hrdaye etc. nityam kadambavanavasinlm vaksye puratanam
i

punyam srlmaddhalasyasahjhitam sarvapapaghnam vedantesu praka^itam desakalavidhanajha VasiVasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo sthadya munisvarah Varuno Bhrgnh Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah
I

sravanat

Bharadvajomgira Atrih Kutsas Saktis Suko Veda^asah Kaholas ca Valmikih Kumbhasambhavah Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanau Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Yisvamitras ca Naradam (sic) snatva ity adya munayas sarve jhanino brahmavittamah
Parasarah
I

mahan

sarvesu tirtthesu jiianavapyadikesu ca sarvSn etc.

jfultva vinayakan

~5*

Kr~
is

An
ff.

abstract of the Contents of the work

given on

11 seqq. It ends:

sarvas

tarati durgani sarvo bhadrani pasyati

satgatim apnoti srimatskande mahapurane agastyasamhitayam sri-halasyamahatmye kadambavanapraveso nama ekasaptatimoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om, etc,
II
il

sarvas

sarvasya

bhavita

sukham

iti

8.

Whish No.
Size:

8.

13xli

in.,

60

+ 25

leaves, 9 lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18* or 19*

Material:

cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(a)

The HaritattvamuMavall, a Commentary on Sahkara's Haristuti (or Harim-ide-stotra), by Svayamprakasa Tati,

a pupil of Kaivalyananda Yogindra. Ff. 60. Nos. 1297, 1489. p. 135 seq.; Mitra, Notices,
It begins:
|

See Hall,

Samkaram Samkaracaryyam Kesavam Bada-

sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punahrayanam punah satyajnananandatmakam advitiyam brahmaiva suddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malinasatvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavah ca jagan mayaI

bhasena jivesau
It

ends

karoti,

etc.

iti
-

srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri-

Kaivalyananda yogindra -padakamalabbrmgayamana- Svay amprakasakhy a yativiracita srl Samkara bhagavat padakrta-haristutivyakhya haritatvamuktavalisamakhya samaptaii
^ridaksinamurttaye

namah

il

subham astu
(b)

The Rasabhivyanjika, a Commentary on Laksniidhara's

Advaitamakaranda, by Svayampralcasa Tati, a pupil of 25. See Hall, p. 102; Mitra, Kaivalyananda Yogindra, No. 689. Notices,
ff".

-3H

K~

nirantaranandacitghnam brahma nirbhayam Srutya tarkanubhutibhyam abam asmy advayam sada etc. sphutam vedantapratipadyam saccidanandalaksanarn sarvajnam sarvopadanan nityam sarvagam advayam dehendriyapninamanobuddhyahamkarasftk*ipratyagabhinnataya tarkais sambhavayitum kiiicit prakaranam advaitamakarandakhyam arabhamanah cikirsitasya grantbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantliato nibaddbnati kataksakiranacantanaiiianmobabdbaye namab etc. th LaksmiBeginning of the last (29 ) cbapter, fob 24b: dhara iti grantbakarttur nama sa casau kavis, etc. Furtber
It

begins:
I

nityan

advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyaiijaka krta Svayametc. prakasa-yatina (readna) purusottamasasanat iti It ends srimat - paraniabamsa - parivrajakacaryyaon:
:

Kaivalyananda-Yoglndra-pada-karaala-bbvnigayaniana-Svayarpprakasakbya-viracita (ra)sabbivyaiijikakbya advaitama-

karandavyakbya samapta srlmabatripurasundaryyai namab

ii

9.

Whish No.
12.jxlf in., Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 th r
Size:

9.

88

-f-

12

+ +
24

26 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

19 cent.?

Character: Grantba.
(a)

Described by Mr. Wbisb as 'The Blidgavata Saram'.

Incomplete.
It begins;

yad advayam paranandam

niskriyam

88.

satyajnanadilaksatat

nam

niskalan
I

santam brahma

samupa|

smahe

namab krsnaya gurave

|

buddbitadvrttisaksine
I

sacci-

danandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubuh yena bbanuneva jagattrayi prakasitarttha(n)

| |

virajate trayi
tarn

dyriranya-mnnlsvaram rakrtab idanim pnnar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabab skandba ekadase sloka erbvante saravattarah vidusan
|

vande Viekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu puI

cittavisrantyai tadartthopi ca varnyate

uparatyupapadane
bhih
i

atratyasloka ekaika alan tathapi grhyante katicitsarabhajil

etc.

It ends:

vidusah punah-punah krtasravanamananabhyam

nirargalaya eva vidya
tat

samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam
sa

mana brahmatmatvavagahini akhandakaravrttir

svayam avidyatam
upasamyatlti sa drstantam upapadayati
(b)
n

karyyan ca nirddhuya pascad

The Bhagavata-Purana with Commentary, from Adhyath Skandha. ya VI, 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7, of the 12 Ff. 12. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of the Vedas', Mr. Whish.
It

begins:

Saunakah
i

caryyair
It

mmahatmabhih

Pailadibhir Vyasa&isyair vedaveda vai kathita vyasta etat

saumyabhidhehi nah
ends:

etc.

iti

sri-bhagavate

mahapurane
II

savyakhyane

dvadase

skandhe saptamoddhyayah

srikrsnaya

parama-

gurave

namo namah

(c)

second part (? uparibhage) of the Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sutasamhita of the SfamdaPurana. Ff. 24.
of the
It begins:

The Sutagita

aisvaram
iti

rupam anandam anantam

pasyantan

satyacit-

ghanam
vat
ii

atmatvenaiva

nistaramgasamudra-

etc.

It ends:

srl-skande purane sutasamhitayam yajha-

vaibhavakhande

uparibhage

siitagitasupanisatsu
n

astamosa-

ddhyayah
mapta.

II

srisivaya

parabrahmane namah

sutagita

(d)

The

Sutaf/ita-Tatparyadijrikd, a

Commentary on
Ff. 26.

the pre-

ceding work, by Madhavdcdrya.

It begins:

atha
ity

tah

karttavye

upapadayitum

vidyartthina namaskaras tu prathamasiitagltam srotukamair

^
It ends:

11

upanisad(read
nibad)-

nnaimisryaih krte namaskarastntl dhnati aisvaram iti etc.

iti

Srl-tryaipbakapadabja-seva-parayanena

Ma-

dhavacaryyena viracitayam sutasamhita(ta)tpa(r)yadlpikayam yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamoddhyayah srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah n
n

harih

om subham
11

astu

10.

Whish^No.
Size: 13^

10.

1|- in.,

217 leaves, 9 lines on a page.

r 19th

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18th

Character: Grantha.

cen t.?

Rdmdnujd's Commentary on the Balakanda and Ayodhyakanda of VcdmlkPs Ramayana. It begins: ramam indivarasyamam rajivayatalocanami jyaghosanirjitaratin janakiramanam bhaje Valmlkinama-

dheyaya nmhur varimuce namah jagattapam asisamat etc.

ii

ya sriramakathavarsair

Fol.
!

lb:

tatradyakandavyakliyanam
iti

mude Ramanujena
ityadi, etc.

kriyate vidusam vidusa ramabliaktyaikasindhuna tapa

I

Fol. 59:

srl-Ramanivjlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane
n

saptasaptatimas sargah

The Ayodhyakanda begins on f. 60 a: gacchateti matulakulam matulagrham kulam grhesv ity Amarah, etc.
It

ends

iti

yoddhyakande ramacandrSya
harih

sri-Ramanujacaryya- viracita vyakhyaneekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas sargah srlnamah ayoddhyakandavyakhya samapta

ll

ll

ll

om

11.

Whish No.
Size: 12s-

11.

X If

in.,

176 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

first

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: On the

leaf there

is

Digest called Ekadasa-skandha-saram and

its

an entry ("The metrical commentary by Brah-

->

12

Kr

mananda
its

may have been

appearance

Bharati") signed by Mr. Whish and dated 1826. The MS. written for Mr. "Whish in that year. At any rate,
is

not

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

The ETmdasaskandhasdrasldkasamgraha, a metrical compilation of the doctrines contained in the eleventh Skandha of the Bhagavata-Purana, together with a Commentary,

by

Brahmananda Bharati,
It begins:

vaisaradl
|

a pupil of Krsnananda Bharati.

sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti ma-

yam gunasamprasutam gunams

etat svayan ca samyaty

ca sandahya yad atmyam asamid yathagnih atma sthulasuksniadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc. Fol. 3: yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam atmanah nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi
n

It

ends:
|

II

iti

srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl-

Krsnananda - Bharati - mnnivaryya-sisya-Brahmananda-Bharati

-

krta

ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas
II

savyakhyas

sampurnah srikrsnaya subham astu

II

parabrahmane

namo

namah

12.

Whish

Nos. 12

(1)

and 12
[ff.

(2).

Size: 2 Vols., 16 1 246 leaves If in., 22 volume], from 8 to 10 lines on a page;

147246

in the second

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19 th cent:?

Character: Grantha.

The second work

is

written by a different hand from the

first.

(1)

The Suryasiddhanta, the first Prasna, Adhyayas The text differs considerably from Mr. Fitz Edward
edition in the Bibliotheca Indica.
It begins:

14.

Hall's

acintyavyaktarupaya
i

nirgunaya gunanmane
ra-

(read gunatmane)

samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane

namah

alpava&ste tu krte

mayo nama mahasurah

-*

13

f-

hasyam paramam punyam jijhasur jnanam uttamam n 2 vedamgam agryam akhilam jyotisam gatikaranam aradhaII
|

yan vivasvantara tapas tepetidustaram tositas tapasa tena piitas tasmai varartthine grahanah caritani pradat niayaya savita svayani viditas te maya bhavas tapasaradhitas
| l |

tv

aliani
i

dadyani kalasrayam jnanani jyotisan

21b):
I

caritani

mahat

etc.
(f.

pradadau prito gralianaii mahat atyatbhutataniara loke rahasyam brahmasammitam vedasya nirmmalan caksur jnatva saksad
caritani
1
|

It ends

sarvebhyah

vivasvatah
gacchati
|

viditvaitad

asesena

parani

iti

srlsuryyasiddhante
n

prathamaprasne

bralima(dhi)caturII

dasoddhyayah cha yyasiddhantam

n

srlgurucaranaravindabhyanmali

sur-

(2)

The Kamadogdhrl, a Commentary on the Suryasiddhanta, by Tammayajvan, or Tammayarya, a son of Malladhcarindra

Paragipura (who was a son of MaUayajvan, and a grandson of Honnarya).
of

sivamayam srimatsamaradhitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasaIt

begins:

srividyahrdayasthitam

ndayinlm kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdhastam prasannananam sindurarunadehakantim anisam srlhonnamambam (sic) bhaje H 1 subhran\gam pitavastram suratarusadram suryyakotiprakasam nanabhusasametam nalinabhavanutam
|

n5gayajhopavitam sulam vatriii ca khatgam damarukam atulam panipadmair ddadhauam mailarakhyam mahesam manimayamukutam malavlnatham ide n 2 ... ye HonnaI

ii

yaryyadikulaprasiddhah suryyadisiddhantavido mahantah ye Mallayajvadisamastatantravyakhyadhurlna mama devatas

I

te

7 sri-Honnaryyasarvatantrasvatantrah tasma(j) jatas tadrso Mallayajva tajjah khyatas sarvasiddhantavetta sakinyakhye pattane Mallayajva 8 tatputroham vedavedaii
ii
I

II

li

ntavedi

Tammayajva snryyan natva suryyatantrasphatikam Honnambayai kamadogdhrlm kajyotirvidyaparagas

I

This

is

the last verse in F. E. Hall's edition.

-X
romi
ii

14

Kr-

11

iha tavat praripsitasya granthasya nirvighnapari-

sainaptikamah svestadevatapranainarupam kato nibaddhnati acintyeti etc.

i

mamgalam

slo-

F.

37

iti

srl -

Mailaresvara

Honnanibikavaralabdha-

vagvibhavena snparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyautisikahrtkumudacandrena Tanmiayaryyena srlsuryyasiddhantasya inaddhyadhikarasya tika krta harih om F. 65 b: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chlvagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputrarkkajato Malladdhvarlndrat parigipuII

ii

ravarasthayinas

Tammayaryyah

siddhantarkkasya namuah

(read siddliantasyarkkanamnah) kalitapadavatlm kamadog-

spastaddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai harih om srlsuryyadinavagrahebhyo

I

dhrim

sutlkam

namah

ii

pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarlndrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayajva siddh5ntasyarkka(read rkkajnamnah kalitapadavatlm kamadogdhrlm sutlkam chayaI

F. 104b:

sri-Hormar}yasya

harih

ddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai om chayaddhyayah purnah n

il

il

Adhyaya IV ends
Vol. I
(f.

f.

123,

146)

ends:

srl- Honnaryyasya
ii

Adhyaya

f.

137 b.
. .
.

yai

iti
ll

srisuryyasiddhante

chedadhikaro

nama sasthoddhyayah
subham astu

cha

ii

samhitatrayanipunaya adinarayanasya nijagurave

ll

om

subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah

srlsivaya

namah
f.

Vol. II

begins
186,

with

the 7 th
f.

Adhyaya which ends on

168b, A. IX f. 172b, the f. 212 b, the Yantra-

158b.

Adhyaya VIII ends

Patadhyaya f. dhyaya f. 235.

Vol. II

the Goladhyaya

pautrac sivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarlndrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyah siddhantasyarkkanamnah kalitapadavatlm kamadogdhrlm sutlkam manaddhyai

ends:

srl- Honnaryyasya

yasya

samyagrahagurukrpaya
. . .

ndudurllipi

iti
ll

ambikayai bimanadhikaro nama suryyasiddhante

proktavan
etc.
ll
I

caturddasoddhyayah

harih

om

-$H

15

H$-

13.

Whish No.
Size:

13.

16irx2v

in.j

135 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 or 19th cen t.?

Character: Grantha.

Rgveda-Bha$ya, by Sayanacdrya, the

the

first

Astaka, mentary on Rgveda

i.

first

e.

Sayana*s Introduction, and

I,

19.

Adhyaya of his Com-

This
edition

is

the

of the

MS. Gr used for Prof. Max Midler's second Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See

Rig-Veda-Sanihita, ed. by F.
pp.
liv. lvi,

Max

nd Miiller, 2 Ed., vol. I,

lvii seqq.

14.

Whish No.
leaf, 15-^xl^ in., Palm leaf, damaged. Date of MS.: uncertain.

13

a.

Size:

one

15 lines.

Material:

Character: Grantha.

The beginning
Interesting
is

of the Egveda- Samhita in the

Pada text

marked (by The leaf contains the

the accentuation, the Udattas only being over the accentuated syllable). the sign

text of Rv.

I,

1,

1 to I, 3, 4.

15.

Whish No.
Size:

14.

13jXli

in.,

83 leaves, 6 lines on a page.

in

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The 'Prajotpatti' year

Material:
(see

which the MS. was written

probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding to A. D. 1751,52, possibly A. D. 1811/12. Scribe: Vehkata Subrahmanya, son of Sesadri. Character: Grantha.
below)
is


The MS.

16

The Taittiriya-Upanisad-Bhdsya by Sankardcdrya.

om yasmaj jatan jagat sarvam yabegins: sminn eva prallyate yenedan dhyaryyate (sic) caiva tasmai jhanatmane namah yair ime gurubhih purvam padavakyaI I

vyakhyatas sarvavedantas tan nityam pranatosmy aham taittirryakasarasya mayacaryyaprasadatah vispastarttharucmam hi vyakhyeyam sampranlyate nitya-

pranianatah

nvayini karmmani upattaduritaksayartthani kamyanityani ca phalartthinam purvasmin granthe idauin tu karmmo-

padanahetupariharaya brahmavidya prastuyate

It ends:

srlniat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapada - sisya-Samkara - bhagavatpadapuj-

iti

om harih om yaviracite taittiiiyyakabhasyam samaptam subham astu om visargabindvaksara etc. harih om dhanurmniase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau tain

ttiriyyas

ca

likhitas

Sarppe
n

Sesadrisununa

harih

om

subham astu harih om

asite dine
i

prajotpattyabhidhe varse capamasy

gabhe
etc.

pakse budhasya sutithau tr[tri]tiyayam bhujamSesadrisununa Vemk(a)tasubrahmanyena sadhana

I

taittiriyopanisado

bhasyam sulikhitam maya

subham astu

harih

om

etc.

16.

Whish No.
Size:

15.

9|xll

in.,

-j

39 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 i or 19 tt

Material:
Character: Grantha.

(a)

(1) The Isa-Upanisad, or Isavasya-Upanisad, or Vdjasaneyi-Samhitd-Upcmisad (ff. 1 2 a).

adah purnam idam purnat purnam udacyate purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo
It begins:
I l

purnain

->4

17

H5~

vamsarsibhyo namo gurubhyah om siintis sSntis santih lavasyani idam sarvam yat kin ca jagatyan jagat etc.
I

II

It ends:

isavasyani
II

ity
II

Isavasyopanisat samaptii siintis santih

(2)
(ff.

harih

ekanuvakestadasa on tat sat n om saha nav avatv iti santih

11
I

The

Kena

Upanisad

or

Talavdkdra

Upanisad

a 4 b).

It begins:

kenesitam patati presitam manah kena pranah

yuktah
I

prathamah
It

ends: kenopanisat

praiti

etc.
II

samapta

harih

om

etc.

(b)

(1)

Ankara's Commentary on

the

Isa-Upanisat

(ff.

1 13 a).
isavasyam ityadayo mantrah karmmasv tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyapratiaviniyuktas padakatvat yathartthyah catmanah suddhatvapapaviddhaIt begins:
I

om

tvaikatvasarlratvasarvagatatvadi
It ends
:

vaksyamanan tac ca

etc.

iti

sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapadasisya-parama-

hamsaparivrajakacaryya srlmac Chamkara bhagavatpadaharih krtau vajasaneyasamhitopanisat-bhasyam samaptam

ii

om

ii

(2)
(ff.

Stinkards

Commentary

on

the

Kena-Upanisat

13

a 39 b).

ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya vaktavyeti navamaddhyayasyarambhah prag etasmat karmmany a&esatah parisamapitani etc.
It ends:

It begins:

kenesitam
ity

syad

ata aha jyeye jyayasi sarvamahattare

svatmani mukhye pratitisthati pratitisthatiti na punas sam-

saram apadyata ity abhiprayah iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpadasisyasya paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmacChamkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisadvivarane navamoddhyayah kenopanisatbhasyam samaii

II

ptam

II

harih

om

ii

srigurubhyo

namah

->

18

K-

17.

Whish No.
Size:

16.

9|x2^

in.,

26 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.

r

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18th

Character: Grantha.

19th cent.?

Six Upanisads, viz.: (1) The Kathavalll or Katha-Upanisad

It begins:

(ff.

7).

om
i

usan ha vai vajas>avasas sarvavedasan

valli
I

dadau
valll
(2)

etc.

It ends:

yo
:

samapta

harih

vidaddhyatmam eva sasthi om subham astu

I

katha-

ii

The Prasna-Upanisad

(ff.
H

It begins

saha

812).

nav avatu
n

om
i

santih

srih

bhadrani

karnebhis

srnuyama

santih

Sukesa

ca

Bharadvaja^

Saibyas ca Satyakanias Sauryyayani ca Gargah Kausalyas

casvalayano
te haite,
etc.

Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi Katyayanas

H

It ends:

namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah

n

sasthaprasnah
(3)

prasnopanisat samapta

It
It

The Mundaka-Upanisad (ff. 13 17a). brahma devanam prathamas sambabhuva, etc. begins: namah ends: paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah

bhadrani

karnebhih

santis

santis

santih
H

iti
I

tritiya
ii

1-

mundakam
(4)

mundakopanisat samapta

harih

om

The MdndFdxyopanisad (ff. 17a 19). It begins: om ity etad aksaram idam, etc. omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana It ends: caturtthah khandah manclukyopanisat samapta iti iti

ii

li

li

om

ii

(5)
(ff.

The

Purvatapini

or

Purvatapaniya-Upanisad

20 24b).
1

Sic.

And

so very often in these

MSS.

~5*
It begins:

19

Kr-

sivaya
etc.

gurave

namah

atha srlvidya manor

amnaya svarupam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya gurubhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbhavas tat svarupam
bruhiti hovaca,
It

ends: pravisya

sarvani jagad

merussrmge catiprakasarupenatha vyapya sthitavaty asld iti Yajiiavalkyah

i

trtlyyakhandah
(6)
(ff.

purvatapini samaptah
or

(sic)

The

Uttaratapinl

24 b 26).

UUaratdpaniya-Upanipad

It begins:

me

atha bliagavan kathan nu paramarahasyam bruhi ka brahmavidya manunam, etc.

tathavidhaniti buddhva purusartthavan bhaved evam ya vedety upanisat iti trtlyyakhandah uttaratapinl samaptah (sic) srlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah
It ends:
n
n

harih

om

II

18.

Whish No.
Size:

17.

\x2\

in.,

34

37 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

(a)

A
(1)
(2)

Collection of twelve Atliarvana

Upanisads:

Rahasya-Upanisad, ff. Amrtabindu-Upanisad,

1 4b.
ff.

4b

5b.
ff.

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

(9)
ff.

Tripurasundarl- Upanisad, ff. 5b 6b. Kalaynirudra -Upanisad, ff. 6b 7b.

&(irlra- Upanisad, or Sdriraka-Up.,

8a

9a.

Atharvasira -Upanisad,

ff.

9a 13b.

Kaivalya Upanisad,

ff.

3b

15a.

Skanda- Upanisad,

ff.

15a

15b.
-

Mahd

Upanisad
ff.

(or

Tripurdtapana

Upanisad?),

16 a 27 a.
(10)

Devi -Upanisad,

27

a 28 b.

-^
(11)

20
ff.

r<-

Tripura- Upanisad,

28b 29 b.
ff.

(12)

Upanisad (Katha- Upanisad?),

30 a 34 a

(?).

Similar collections of Upanisads in the MSS. described in Burnell, Tanjore, pp. 2836, and Ind. Off., vol. I r p. 126 seq.

Our MS.
i

begins:

athato

rahasyopanisadam vyakhyai

syamah devarsayo brahmanani sampujya pranipatya papracchuh bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruhiti sobravlt pura
I

vyaso

etc.

rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute rahasyopanisat samapta H harih om " etc. Fol. 5b: bhadran nopi vataya manah om santis santis
I I

Fol. 4b:

yo

puras tripatha aksaras sannivistah etc. See Burnell

i i

santih

tisrah

visvacarsani
I.

yatra
p.

katha

O.,

62,

where

this is given as the

Fol. 6b:

tripurisundaryyupanisat samapta Fol. 9 a margine: atharvasiropanisat Fol. 13b: moksam annani atho mano moksam
II

beginning of a Tripuropahisad.

in

annam

atho

manah
16a

II

ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat

samapta

ll

Fol.

in

margine: mahopanisat.
I

Beginning:

tripura

tapanl vidya vedyacicchaktivigraham

tat
I
I

vastucinmatrarupan paratatvam bhajamy aham om bhadram karnebhir iti santih athaitasmin antare bhagavan prajapatyam vaisnavam rupam asrtya tripurabhidha bhagavatity vilayakaranam evam adi, etc. See the beginning of the Tripuratapanoi I

panisad in Ind.
Fol. 27a:

sa
I

Off. vol.

i,

p. 127.

turyam padam prapnoti ya evam vedeti

iti

mahopanisat
Fol. 30 a:

parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara
aham
i

bhadram karnebhir

santih

etc.

yat

padam

yayuh
bhaje
I

tarn

om

kathavidyarttha ramacandrapadam saha nav avatv iti santih deva ha vai bhagaadhihi,
etc.

vantam

abruvan

See the beginning of a

Katlwpanisad in Ind. Off. vol. i, p. 127. sa eva sivayogiti kathyata ity upanisat Fol. 34 a: bhadram karnebhir iti Santih srlmad-visvadhisthanapara-

mahamsa-satgurusriramacandrarpanam astu

acyutosmi

-3M

21

f^-

mahadeva tava karunyalesatah vijnanagha evasi sivosmi kim atah param na nijan nijavat bhaty antahkaraiiajrmbhanat antahkarananaSena. Here the MS. breaks off, and a new foliation begins.
i i

(b)
(1)

The

tirlvidydratnastltra,
ff.

of Sitka
It

Yogindra,

by Gaudapdddcdrya, a pupil

a.

begins:
i

kakrtim

devan nirmmalasphatiadhararn sarvabhutanarp hayagrivam upasmahe

I

jhananandamayan
I

atha saktamantranah jijhasa

atmaivakhandakaracaitanya-

etc. svarupasaru svavidya It ends: anuttarasaraketapradhanavidyas saptadasavarnavisista(h) athaitasam parivaranam anuparivara asam-

khyakah Yoglndra I

iti

srimat-paraniahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Suka-

sisya

sri
II

G-audapadacaryya viracitani sutrava-

kyani
(2)

samaptani

The

&rlvidyaratna{sntra)dlpika, by Vidydranya Muni,

ff.

a pupil of Sanlmrdcdrya,
It

3a

23 b.

balarkamandalabhasfim begins:
I I

caturbahan

triloI

canam pasainkusadhanurbanam dharayantlm sivam bhaje

srividyaratnasutranam
I

vakyartthap(r)atipadane vatyah prasadena kriyate dlpika maya sa bhagavati jagat srstvedan tasmin devatadin utpadya, etc.
It

bhaga-

ends

iti

paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryya
ii

srimat-

vidyaratnadipika samapta
(3)

bhagavat-Samkaracrirvya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-niunikrta-srlharih oni etc.

The Atharvasirdbhasya, by Bhdskara Bdya.

leaves are foliated in the ordinary

The

way

as

ff.

2437, and

also

as 1 to 14
ta, tha, da,

by

letters,

viz. ka,

kha, ga, gha,

na,

ca, cha, ja, jha, ha,

dha.
|

It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko paragad aparagadhih atharvasiraso bhasyam bhasate Bhaskaras sudhlh n ilia

khalu srlmahatripurasundaryyah etc. It ends iti bhavanopanisadotharvanasirasotra racitavan

:

bhasyam
nani
II

Bhaskara-Eayo vidusan tustyai jivanmumuksusrigurubhyo

om

namah

-^>-

22

H5-

19.

Whish No.
Size:

18.

28x2

in.,

103 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

to

Palm leaves. Date: The MS. appears Scribe: Rama.

Material:

be

fairly old, early

17*

century?

The leaves are numbered by letters Character: Malayalam. according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J E, AS, October 1896, pp. 790 seq. See Preface. Injuries: The MS. is much damaged, part of f. 85 is broken off
and
lost.

The

114 Adhyayas.
It begins:

Maliabliarata, Parvan ii: The Sabha-Parvan , in Differs much from the text of our editions.

harih

om ganapataye namah avighnam

srestho moksayitva

astu

Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam

tada
i

mayan

kin

cakara

mahatejas

tan

me

bruhi
J

dvijottama

Vaisam srnu rajann avahitas caritam

rmmukasresthan

turni caksayasayakau divyany astrani rajendra durllabhani nrpair bhuvi rathaddhvajapatakas ca svetasvais saha viryavan etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah 2 tasthau
1

mahavlryas partthah vasudevasya

tada

saha

mayena

sah

tatobravin
3

mayah
krtam

sannidhau

pa

stat

pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punahpunah Mayah asmac ca krsnat samkruddhat pavakac ca didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani
te

asuranam parantapa tasmat te vismayam kuryam adya suduskaram evam ukto mahavrryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhy&tva mulmrttam kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravlt Arjjunah krtam eva etc. tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed verse ii, 66, 8 (the he-goat and the knife) occurs on f. 84,
hi visvakarma vai

aham

kincit

a
1

damaged
The The

leaf.

The verse reads:

is

[ajo

hi

sastra4]m

rest of the line

lost,

the leaf being damaged.

Leaf damaged.

Read upatasthau.
lost.

rest of the line, about six Aksaras, lost.

These aksaras are

->

23

K-

ukhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhihnim. nikrn-

tanam svasya kanthasya ghoran tadvad vairamm ma khanih

pFinduputraih evara gavatgane ksatta dharmmartthasahitam It ends: n iti vacah uktavan na grhltaii ca maya putraliitepsun&
I

11

srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam sambitayam sabhaparvani anudyute dbrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamo-

ddbyayab

II

11

namab

Ramena

barih srlkrsnaya sabbaparvam samaptam likbitam idam pustakam

ll 11

20.

Whish No.
Size:

19.

16jx1t

in.,

285 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Palm Date: The MS.

Material:

leaves.

looks fairly old, 17th century?

Character: Malayalam.

It begins:

The Bhdgavata-Purdna, Skandhas i-ix. barih srlganapataye namah avighnam

astu

janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijhas svarat tene brabma hrda ya adikavaye muhyanti yat surayah tejo-

varimrdam yatha vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dhamna svena sada nirastakuhakam satyam paran dhimahi, etc. It ends (f. 283b): drstya vidhuya vijaye jayam udvighusya procyoddhavaya parani samagat svadhama cha mahaity astridasasahasrikayam sambitayam sribhagavate

ii

purane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddhyayah Then follow two odd leaves, one unnumbered, the other
h

numbered

as 170.

21.

Whish No.
Size:

20.

lOfxlg
Palm

in.,

96 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

The MS.

is

->

24
(a)

k~

The Caranavyuha,
It begins:

ff.

4.

caranavyuham vyakhyasyamah tatra yad uktan caturvedyan catvaro veda jnata bhavanti rgvedo
I

athatas

yajurvedas
It

saniavedotharvaveda(s) etc. sapta bheda bhavanti

|

ceti

tatra

rgvedasya

caranavyuham sa viprah panktiakhilan tarayaty purvan purusan sapta sapta pavanah ca yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati lokatltani
I

ends:

yodhite

mahasantim amrtatvan ca gacchati anirtatvah ca gacchaty on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah vedovamsavadamvasudevasvarupaya vivasvatbimbatejase
I

saya Vedavyasaya

te

naniah

srigurucaranaravindabhyan
li

namah

srlbrhaspataye naniah
(b)

The beginning of a Commentary on the Satarudriya or Rudradhyaya (Taittiriya-Samhita iv, 5), ff. 5 7. on namo rudraya rudranam vyakhyani It begins:

vaksyami yajjape moksaghaksayasalokyavyadhinasain prayojanam atha jabalopanisat atha hainam brahmacarina ucuh kinjapyenamrtatvam bruhiti sa hovaca Yajhavalkyah
I I I
I

etc. satarudriyeneti It ends: uktam vayavye

rudrajapah cared

rogavan paredam paretya yajhasuktah kalpah satarudra devata harih ora subham astu. asyeti satarudryam ucyate
I

iti

li

(c)

The BrhadaranyalM-Upanitad
Upanisad (Kanva Sakha),
It begins:
ff.

96.

or

Satapathabrdhmana-

om

sriganapataye

namah on namo brahmai

dibhyo

brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo
i

vamsarsibhyo
i

namo gurubhyah srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah harih om o num usa va asvasya meddhyasya siras suryya^
i

caksur vatah,
Fol. 23:

etc.

iti

vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede
li

brhadaranyake saptadasakande prathamoddhyayah

-x
Between the
first

25

H5~

and second Adhyayas a description of

is

the Pahcagavyavidhi

inserted
f.

(f.

23).

The

3 rd

Adhyaya begins

37,

the 4 th

Adhyaya

f.

54.

the 5 th A.
It ends:

o num

f.

th 74, the 6
iti

A.

f.

82.

vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklavan

jurvede

satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande harih om subhani astu rlsarnaptah sasthoddhyayas namah ca ekapac raniacandraya haviryyajha uddharity addhvaragrahau vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan tatha hasti ghatas citis caiva santlty agnirahasyakau astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhah pravargyakah om om brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat
I
i

om paragunaparadanaprastutasesaki'tya nijagunakalikabhir llokam amodayantah aviditaparadosa jhanaplyusapurnah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah u srigurubhyo
i

namah

t>2.

Whish No.
Size:

21.

9|xl5-

in.,

78 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.

Paim leaves. Date of MS.: An entry by Mr. "Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826." The MS. is probably not much older.
Material:

Character: Grantha.
(a)

A
It

Commentary on the Satarudriya

the Taittirlya-Sawh'tta (iv, 5), ff. 1 70. Title and of the author do not occur in the book.
begins:

or

Rudr adhyaya of name

on
i

namas
athatas

te

rudryahomah
esotragniracito

rudra manyava iti atha satasatarudryah juhotlty upakramya

I

bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati tasya tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam yad vai tac chatarudryah juhotlty upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhipraI |

yamantrrirtthanugunyena srutir bhavet sa esah satasirsah rudrah sambhavad iti namas te rudra manyava iti raudraI

~$*

26

x~
I

ddhyayah
|

atra Paramesthina arsam

I

devanam va

prajai

pater va Aghorasyarsam iti kecit ekarudradevatyah etc. It ends: antarikse loke ye rudrah sthitah tebhyo namah

yesam rudranam

vatah

vayuh

isavah

samanam anyat

prthivyani bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read ah) tebhyo namah yesam rudranam annam atmanah sam icchet sarlram

pusnati

samanam anyat

adhikam nyunam vyadhadijagatvena nirupyate evan namostu rudrebhya iti harih om

I I

(b)

The Mandalabrahmana (ff. 71 78), described by Mr. Whisk as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Vedah.'
This
is

identical with

also Mitra, Notices,

Satapatha-Brahmana x, 5, 2. See No. 682, where it is called Mandalatapati tan mahad ukthan arccir dipyate tan

brahmanopanisad.
It begins:

yad etan mandalan

ta

rcas

sa

ream lokotha yad etad

mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas
saisa trayyeva vidya tapati, It ends: somrto bhavati

etc.

mrtyur hy asyatma bhavati

II

II

18

II

iti

mandalabrahmanam sampurnam

om num

23.

Whish No.
12^-Xlf in., Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or
Size:

22.

193 leaves, 9 lines on a page.

19th cen t.?

Material:

Character: Grantha.

Saukara's Chandogyopanisadvivarana, on the Chandogya-ZPpanisad.

It

or

Commentary

begins:

om

ity
1

etad

aksaram

ityadyastaddhyayi

chandogyopanisat tasyas rjuvivaranam alpagranthah

tatra

samksepatortthajijhasubhyah

sambandhah

samastaiii

cedam bhasyam arabhyate karmmadhigatam pranadi1

-3H

27

^
brahmapratipattikara-

devatilsahitam

arcciradimargena
iti

nani
It

etc.

ends

Sn-Govinda-bhagavat-padapujya-sisyasya
srlinac
(sic)
I

sriparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya bhagavatah krtau cchandokyopanisad

Chamkara-

vivarane astamah
srisarasvatyai
n

prapathakas samaptah

harih

om
I

...

namah

srimahalaksnryai

namah

parvatyai namali

24.

Whish No.
Size:

23.

124-X2

in.,

81 -f 37

31 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines

on a

page. Material:

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th r 19th

Character : Grantha.
31 leaves of the last
lea
1, Jcka 2,

cent.?

The
sa
(viz.

work

are

numbered by the
va
29, sa 30,

letters

ka to

ga

etc.,

la 28,

sa

31).

(a)

Commentaries on the Kathopanisad (ff. 1 31a), Prasnopanisad (ff. 31b 55), and MundaJcopanisad (ff. 56 a 81)

by Satikara. In the margin of the

harih
I

first

page: kathopanisadbhasyam

om

namo bhagavate vaivasvataya mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathakopanisadvallinam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha vrttir arabhyate upanipurvasya sader ddhator visaranaThe work begins:
gatyavasada'nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad
iti,

on

etc.

It

ends on

fol.

31a:

iti

sri-GrOvinda-bhagavat-pujya-

pada-sisya-srlparamahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srimac-Chamkara-bhagavat-krtau Kathakopanisad-vivarane sasthl valli samapta harih H om subham astu sakhe ha kim kurmmah kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kva
ii I ll

Sic for avasada.

-^

28

kI

nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim avalambasva taranim asmatgurucaranaravindabhyan namah
ll

In the margin of fol. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam It begins :-om Srutismrtipurananani alayam karunalayam
i i

namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkaram visvavandyam vighnarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatlm purvacar|

yyan sarvapujyan natipadam gurun tthasya vistaranuvadidam brahmanam arabhyate

i

kurve

mantroktari

rsipra-

snaprativacanakhyayika tu vidya, etc. It ends on fol. 55: iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pa-

srimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sriSamkara-bhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane prasnavivaranam samai^tam n harih om etc. In the margin of fol. 56 a: munclakopanisat-bhasyam
da-sisyasya
ll

It

brahma begins:
evam
hi, etc.
fol.

ii

devanam

ity

adyatharvanopanisat

vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyyalaksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyartthani

It ends on

81b:

iti

srl-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-pada-

sisyasya paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-Cham-

karabhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisat-vivaranam sama-

ptam

ll

harih

om

(b)

The Upadesagranthavivarana, a Commentary on Sankara's UpadesasahasriM, by Bodhanidhi (?), a pupil of Vidyadhaman, ff. 37. See Ind. Off. Part IV, p. 731. In the margin: Upadesasahasrika harih om It begins: visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasa-

bhedaya
asritam
I

om
i

guhasayam 1 samavayya (read vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhanapurvikrih brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah pracakrame 2 etc.
|

bhaktair nnavabhir samgavargonavimsatya caitannyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabhutayat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah

ll

It

ends

on
i

fol.

37 b:

iti

saptasatasloka

yatlndrasrl-

mukhotgatah

vivrta

gurusaktena

maya brahmatmabo-

->
i

29

k~
i

dhakah upasya sraddhaya siiniad-VidvadliamamuiK's drain sriniatpadanibujan tasya prasadan (readdan) na svabuddhi-

me nikhiladvaitad akrsya mana atinani sthapitam munim niukhyena yavajjivan nam ami tarn yatbhasyasatah yena
I

garajayuktamanin prakirnan prapyadlmna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidlianaya yatisvaraya iti srlmad-VidyadhaBodlianidhina sraddhabhaktimatrapreritena masisyena
i I

krtam upadesagranthavivaranara samaptaui yatpadakamalasamgat nirvanam praptavan aham sarvantaratmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasah harih orn subbam astu
H
I

11

(c)

The Vivekacudamani by Sankara, ff. 31. In the margin: vivekacudamani om. It begins: sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tarn agocaram Govindam paramananda(m) matgurum pranatosmy aham 1 jantunam narajanma durllabham atah pumstvan tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam

asmat param

tmana

samsthitir

atmanatmavivecanani svanubhavo brahmammuktir nno satakotijanmasukrtaih puI

nyair vina labhyate 2 It ends on fol. 31:

etc.
iti

^rlmat-paramahamsa-parivraja-

kacaryyavaryya-srl-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapada-sisya-srlmatparamahamsa - parivrajakacaryyavaryya srimat Samkara-

bhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanis sampurnah srikrsnaya

II

parasmai brahmane namah

25.

WrnsH No.
Size:

24.

leaves (the latter 58 (leaf 36 is missing) being foliated by the numbers 100 to 137), 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: Early 18th cent.?

13|-Xlg

in.,

+38

Character: Grantha.

The MS.

is

much

corrected.

Proper name'?

~2*

30

hs~

(a)

Commentaries on the Saptalaksana*, i. e. seven phonetic treatises referring to the Black Yajur Veda. (See Burnell
I.

O.

are:

p.

10

seqq.,

and Burnell, Tanjore,

p.

5 seqq.)

They

(1)

The Samanavyakhyana, a Commentary on

the Sani-

Jiitdsamdnalalcsana.
It begins:

atheti
I

Fols. 1

12.
I

adhikarartthothasabdah

yatha atha-

sabdonusasanam iti adhikarah prastavah prarambha ity artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjanlyo lupyate tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam ity etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati) etc.
I I

It ends

(fol.
ll

12 a): iti samanavyakhyanam

sampurnam

ll

harih
(2)

om

Vilimghyavyakhyana by Pimdarikaksisuri, a Commentary on the Vilimyhyalaksana of Narayana. Ff.

The

1221.
It begins
(fol.
I

(sic) vilimghya (khya pr. m.)jagannatham Pundarikaksipranipatya vyakhyanam surina vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksanasya avicchedaparisamaptaye sarasvatln devim pranamya

12a):

atha

om

padani pravaksyamlti ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau pratijnayate drstau avikarinau yau tadantani vilamghyapadakale ni (sic) 2 vedavittamair ucya[n]te

Narayananamaham
.

vilimghyani

It

ends

(fol.

21):

vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam

harih
(3)

om

ll

The Naparavyalihyana

or Napara^addliaUvyakhyana,

a Commentary on Saurisunus Naparalaksana. Ff. 22 26 b. om atha naparavyakhyanam natveti sakaIt begins:

This

title

does not occur in the MS., but

title

Whish on
it

page, seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of India. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. in Southern
2

the

and according

to

it is given by Mr. Burnell I. 0. p. 12,

India.

See Aufrecht CO. See Burnell I. 0. pp.

s.

v.

10, 11;

Tanjore

p. 5 b.

hx
lanivrttihetum
I

31

,<-

navam nutanam
i

laksanam
i

Saurisu-

nur

aham
II

It ends:

naparapaddhativyakhyanam

pravaksyanii

ity

artthah

etc.

samaptam

11

harih!

om

(4) The Taparapaddhati or Taparapaddhativydkhydna, a Commentary on the Taparalaksana. Ff. 26b 28b. atha taparapaddhatih It begins: annadyan nirbha-

jati

etc.

It

ends:
I

II

iti

taparapaddhativyakhyanam

samaptam

harih
(5)

om

The Avarnivydkhydna,
Ff. 28

Commentary on
i

the Avarni-

laksana.
It
ity

b 35 b.
avarnivyakhyanam
I

atha begins:
vacyantam
I

avarninyanuktam

adi

purvasyavarnilaksanasya anuktyadhiH

koktipuruktibhih iti akaradlni padany uktani It ends:

etc.

harih

om

II

The Akdrapaddhati or Avarnivydkhydna, a Commenthe Avarnilaksana. Ff. 35b 39 b. on tary antariksam ivagnlatha akarapaddhatih It begins:
(6)

ddhram

etc.

It ends:

ity
ii

akaradipadany uktani
II

II

avarnivyakhyanam

samaptam om
(7)

The Animgyavydkhydna,
Ff.

gyalaksana.
It begins:

39 b

Commentary on
I

the

Anim-

58.

atha

animgyavyakhyanam munimanasetyadi-

slokatrayenadau prarlpsitasya laksanasya avighnena parisamaptaye mamgalam adadhanah abhistadevatan namaskrtya visayan darsayati animgyam iti anusisyata iti ca
I
I

animgyam avibhagapadam ucyate

tvat
i

na

tv

asamasapadam

saty api samase saclpatih brhaspatir ityadlnam animgyaetc.

animgyapadanam prapahcatvat granthagauravabhayat samksipya dinmatram uktam anonuktah ca yat kincit vidvatbhir uhanlyam prayogatonugantav} am harih om etc ity animga(s/c)vyakhyanam purnam
I I

It ends:

iha

ii

ll

->*

32

k~

(b)

A
It

Commentary on the Eharadvajasiksa, by Ldksmana

Ff. 100

Jatavallabhasastrin.

137.

sivaya sambaya saganaya sasunave sagangaya savrsaya namo namali ddhyatvasadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam vyakhyayatedhuna siksa Bharadvajainunlrita parlspbi(read prarlpsi)tasya grantbasyavighnena parisamaptyarttbam adau istadevatan namaskarariipani mamgalya (read mamgalam) svayam krtva ^isyanusiksayai grantbato nibaddbnan cikirsitam pratijanite ganesam pratinipatyabam sandebanan nisiksam anupravaksyami vedanam varttaye (read nivrttaye)
I

namas begins:

sanandine

mulakaranam ganadhipatim anamya vedanam granthatrayanam adikaranam siksam vedastbasandeham nlvaraI

naya pravaksyamiti Bbaradvajamuninoktam It ends: Bbaradvajamuniprokta Bbaradvajena dblmata vyakbyata Laksmanakbyena Jatavallabbasastrina sastislokaparyyantam maya vyakbyanam krtan tatah karakrtam aparadbam ksantum arbanti santab barib

II

ii

26.

Whish No.
Size: ll|

25.
(2)

X ll
Palm

in.,

(1)

37 -f

(1)

+ 21 +

leaves,

6 lines on a

page. Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1822.

50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may be about

The Mantraprasnadvaya, Apastambins in 2 Prasnas.

This
is

or

the

Mantrapdtha of the

MS. 'Wh.' used for the edition of the 'ManThe trapatha Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I (Oxford 1897, Anecdota Oxonienthe
or
sia).

See Introduction

p. xii.

->

33

(2)

The Apastambiya Grhyasutra,

This
is

in 23

Khandas.

stambiya See Preface

the 'C. used for the edition of the ApaGrhyasutra by M. Winternitz (Vienna 1887;.
p.

MS.
V.

27.

Whish No.
Size:

26.
leaves,

13sXls
Palm

io-i

(3)

135

+ (2)

generally 5 lines on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824'. The Ahgirasa year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. D. 1812/13, but probably the year A. D. 1752/53 is meant. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above No. 15.
Character: Grantha.

The EMgniMndavyakhya,

or Mantraprasnabhasya,

or

Mantrabhasya, by Haradatta. This is the MS. 'Hw.' used for

the

edition

of

'the

Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by

M. Winternitz, Part
It begins:

I,

see Introduction, p.

xii.

aviglmam astu
I

om

pranipatya

mahadevam

Haradattena dhimata

ekagnikandaniantranam vyakhya
tatra tadadaryya 1
adito vaisvade-

sammyag

vidhryate

1
I

vamantran adhiyate p. 57: ity ekagnikande prathamah prasnas samaptah It ends: ity ekagnikandavyakhya Haradattacaryyaviracita sampurna visargabindvaksara etc.

etc.

II

The date
savarsam
trattile
I i

amgiragiven in the following colophon cittiramasam 24 tithi astami tiruvonanaksais

:
i I

aparanhakalattile mudihcutu

II

harih

om subham
I

amgirasabde vasubhe mesamasebjavasare sununa sammyan mantrabhasyam samaptam

astu
H

Sesadri-

The Telugu

edition reads: tatracaryya.

34

<-

28.

Whish No.
Size:

27.

7jXl?
:

in.,

62 leaves, 8 lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS. Thursday the fifth day of the dark half of the month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srlmukha in which the copy of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds A. D. 1753. (according to Dr. Schram's Tables) to November 1st,
Material:
Character: Grantha.

(a)

The Svarapancdsacchlokl
the Svaralaksana (see text, also, is included.
It

Vyakhya,

a Commentary
ff.

the second work),

on

57.

The

begins:
I

atmdriyarthavijnanam
I

pranamya

brahma
ii

sasvatam

taittinyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam

I

anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsitabrahma etc. granthasyabhidheyam aha vedopi sasvatam
.

tannirnitasvaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy asti svaresu padarupajhanam yatha ayam iha prathamodhayiti nadagamasamka bhavati tasmad arabdhavyam evaitat
I

ii

tatra paribhasam aha

udattas canudatta^ ca varnanam

prakrtau svarau etc. It ends: arunopanisatsvaras tu uktali kecit boddhyah kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah sambharyya udeti ityadi ekagrhnati palvalya grhnati yosau tapann ca bhavati canukta srutis jatavedas ca upanisatsu agnis ca siksam vyakhyasyamah bhavati ekasrutir ca vyatyayas

sahasrasirsam devam sa va esa purusonnarasamayah ityadi anyepiti vacanam anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite sa tvan nalavyatyayam sucayati pra nu vocam cikituse
I
i

plavo bhutva sa vacaspate hrd

I

iti
II

vyaharat

om

iti

svara-

pahcasacchloki vyakhya purna The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date: srlmukhavarusam karttigai masani 5 va vyarakke(read viyarakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudihsadu.

harih

om

(b)

Svaralaksana (by Kesavarya, son a treatise on the accents buddhendra)

,

The

of
in

Suridevathe

Yajur-veda,

ff.

58

Black
is

62.

The name

of the author

not

mentioned in our MS., but is given in Burnell I. 0. p. 9 seq., from which it appears also, that our MS. contains only
the
It
first

part of the work.

begins:
I

atindriyartthavijiianam

pranamya bralmia
svaralaksanam
I

sasvatam

taittirlyapadadmam vaksyami

udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau svaritas tu dvidhocyante dhrtah kampas" ca samhitah tulyasvaras
II

sarupartthe pade
It ends:
|

bhedepi tat

supam
ii

dvir ukta ca grhepy

ceti tadrn

evam dvidhemgyamse

nyamsvaryyujyah cidanavyasasaumyas
etc.

vibhaktije

sah anyepy addhyayanat boddhya arunopanisatsvarah

harih

50

ii

om

29.

Whish
Size:

No.

28.

9jXl? in., 72 leaves, foliated from 1 to 69 (leaf 11 being counted twice), followed by two leaves numbered 72 and 79; from 7
to 9 lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th cent.?

Material:
Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

One

balf of leaf 72
to this

is

lost.

volume does not belong

MS.

An odd half leaf found in the Leaf 69 is damaged.

Olr-

Fragments
of Amarendra

of the Mahagaiiesa-Mantrapaddhati by

vdnendra, the pupil of Visvesvara.

Yadi Olrvdnendra Yogin.

It begins:

(sic),

Visvesvara was a pupil Amarendra Yadi a pupil of

srlmahaganapataye namah
l |

Amarendra-yadis
sisyo
sri-

Sisyo

Glrvanendrasya Yoginah
sisyo
|

tasya Visvesvaras
santas

Girvanendroham asya tu etan mantrapaddhatim

1

mahaganesasya vaksye

l distya khilas

santustas
be drstva-

This word

is

not quite clear, perhaps drstya? Should

it

khilan?

3*

i
santu santatam
I

36

k~

prathamam srlmahaganapate(r) nyasaviI

dhana(m) likhyate atha punar acamya guruh pragvandano vistare(read ro)pavistas san ityadi granthartthotra
|
I

likhyate

etc.

The

last three lines:

i

nmlagnaye
Here

yannan tu payasam

yavagra(m) syat annabalaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya

maksikam khandakam
phalam
i

tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksudadhi pustyai sthirayambhah prltaye kadahva^yaka.

the

apupam

MS. breaks

off.

30.

Whish No.

29.

Size: 12{ in., 276 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18*h or 19th cen t.?

Xli

Character: Grantha.

The Mayukliamalika, a Commentary on (Pdrthasdrathimisra's) Sastradipika (a Commentary on the MimamsaSutras), by Somanatha, the pupil

Venkatddriyajvan,
family
of Nittala.
p.

and younger brother of and the son of Siiri JBhatta, of the See Ind. Off., Part IV, p. 696 seq.,

and Hall,
sa kopi

176.

vibudhair abhivandinlyam vacam vallabhasarvabhaumah vamsopi yatpariJ grhitataya vibhakti vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim udhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad VeinkatadriyajvaIt begins:

aviskarotu

mama

vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve ^astradlpikam. gurerah visadavibudhah3 pranamya murddhna bahudha vah prarI

tthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam siiksmam nindata paratobhinandata va etc.

i

It

ends
:

iti

^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa-

ddhyayatanubhavasya Vemkatadriyajvagurucarananuja - So-

bibhartti, Ind. Off.

MS.
Ofi'.

Read guroh.
visadam
ii

vi Ind.

MS.

^>;

37

Hg~

inanatha-sarvatomukhayajinah

krtau

&astradlpikavykhya-

yam

mayukhamalikaaamakhyayam dvitlyasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah harih om srigurubhyo naraah

II
I |

31.

AVhish No.
Size:

30.

5|xll

in.,

94 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 * or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The
vol.

Sivccglta in 16

Adhyayas (from the Padma-Piirawi,

see Hall

p. 123, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 17, Mitra, Notices, V, p. 94 seqq., No. 1777, but ibid. vol. IV, p. 84, No. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya -Parana).

It begins:
I

uniapatyam

(sic)

umajanim uniah coniasahoI

daram unmnanandaram patmam vidhim vayam upasmahe

I
I

pahcaksaratanum pahcavadanara pranavani ivam aparakarunarupam gurumurttim aham bhaje Suta uvaca athatas
I

sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidani

mahesasya bhavaduhkhasya bhesajam
It
ii

anugrahan

ends:
I

II

etc.

ity

uktva

prayayus

sarve

sayamsandhyam
gomatitatam

upasitum
iti

stuvantas Sutaputran

te santusta

sri-sivagitasupanisatsu

siva-raghava-samvade harih om n

parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre sodasoddhyayah Srisivfiya namah

II

32.

Whish No.
Size: 7

31.

X Is

in.,

30

66

(3) leaves,

from 6

to 8 lines

on a page.
at the

Material:

Palm

leaves.

nd

Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam", of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. e. A. D. 1822.
Character: Malay alam.
(1)

The Pancaratnaprakarana in Malayalam language (ff. 18).

-5*

38

Kr-

(2)

The Gurugitd from the Skanda - Purdna

See Aufrecht-Oxford 72 b.
It begins
(f.

(ff.

922).

9):

sriganapataye
*
I

namah

kailasasikhare

ranrye bhaktanugrahatalpara[h]

pranamya

parvati bhaktya
I

Samkaram pariprcchati

om namo sridevy uvaca 2 mahadeva sadasiva (read devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh me 2 deva) gurudiksam pradehi
1
I
i

bhavety eva satyam satyam na na guror adhi(ka)m na guror adhikam na (gu)ror samsayah adhikam na guror adhikam harih
F. 22b

ends: sada

sivo

ii

(3)

The Purvottaradiadasamaujarika
(ff.

Stotra

by

ahl-ara

2327).
23

harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah begins: sisiravasante punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus.
F.

tad api na muncaty a^apasam bhaja Govindam bhaja Govindam Govindam bhaja mudhamate 1
I

Ff.

26b

27: dvadasamafijarikabhir
I I

ihaisa

sisyanam

kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante 24 n iti srlmatnarakam anekam bhaja Govindam

para(ma)hamsaparibhrarplakarya (read parivrajakacarya)srimat - Sankara(ca)ryaviracite purvottaradva(da)samanjarikastottram sarppnrnnam " SrI-Sankaracaryaviracire svamine

namah srlvidyarunyasvamine namah

(4)

ii

Fragment
It begins:

of a short tract (in Sanskrit)

(ff.

27

28b).

bandhah

karmany atha bahuvidhe strlguha.sakhelite (??) sonite

yam

pravistah pumsor etakana

varttama-

nah vitppankothaikramibhi[h]r abhitas taditah plditatma

etc. yavat F. 28b ends:
I

sasnehabhyam paravasataya puspyamanah

prathitabahucapalyam
ullaghya
lp for tp.

pitrbhyam
i

kridalaulyani

talpara for tatpara.

Grantha MSS. frequently have Read devadevesa paratpara jagadguroV

~>

39

<-

balyam dvaitryikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat drptacitto laksmi tava vada yugam vismaren masma janeta
bhupara
ii

(5)

Fragment
F. 29

harih begins:
ends:

of another short tract (in Sanskrit)

(ff.

29

30).

pape visirnne
F. 30b

bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punyamayainohe ksayani adhigatau nastasanneetc.

havrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam,

santikalyanahetum
II

niayaranye dahanam

amalam ^antinirvanadivam
I

tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasaputtrastakam yah pratahkale pati mahatam vyayatinirvanadivam Vyasaputram

(6)

The Kaivalycmavanita
2 Patalas
(ff.

(in

Malayalam

language)

in

66).

33.

Whish No.
Size:

32.

9|

X It

in.,

23 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

A
(by
It

Commentary on 8ankaracarya's Atmdbodhaprakarana, Madhusudana Sarasvati, according to Prof. Aufrecht).

begins:

bhagavan Sahkaracaryya uttamadhikarinam vedantaprasthanatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocanasama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvavedantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan
didarsayisuh pratijanlte
It
I

atra

atmatlrttharatasya na kihcid avasibhavah iti syata srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri - Govinda - bhagavatpildacaryya - sisya - srimat - Sankaraends:
iti
n

tasmad

tapobhir

iti

etc.

caryya harih

viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya
i

tlka

samapta

om

H3*

40

HE-

Size: 14

xl|

in.,

are repeated again

f.

(2)

u. Whish No. 33. + 276 [really 288, for

marked them
is

after

f.

as 48*

67* and

67,

ff.

4667
f.

after

171
7 to

180 follows, though nothing

missing]

+ (3)

leaves,

from

10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Deer. 1831.' The Kalayukti (or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1798 99, but the MS. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. D. 1738/39 or even 1678/79),
Scribe: Sesasuri.

Character: Grantha.

The Visnu-Purdna,
It begins:
i

narayanan namaskrtya naraii caiva naVyasani sarasvatln devim tato jay am udirayet visnum visvesabrakmadln pranipatya ca gurum pranamya prananrya vaksyami puranam vedasammitani itihasapurarottaniam
n
I

om

in 6

Amsas.

najiiam

vedavedamgaparagani
i i

dharmmasastrartthatatva-

jnam Vasisthatanayatmajam
I

Parasarani sukhaslnam krta-

purvahnikakriyara Maitreyah paripapraccha pranipatyabhivadya ca etc. The I rst Amsa ends (f. 55): devarsipitrgandharvayaksadinan tu sambhavam bhavanti srnvatah puniso devadya

varada mune

iti

srlvisnupurane

prathamenise dvavimsoII

ddhyayah

prathamomsas saniaptah The II nd Anisa ends (f. 76): iti bharatanarendrasaraII

vrttam kathayati yas ca srnoti bhaktiyuktah sa vimalaniatir eti natmanioham bhavati ca sanisaranesu muktiyogyah n iti srlvisnupurane dvitryerp&e sodasoddhyayah harih om
I
I
I

dvitlyom^as samaptah om The III rd Amsa ends (f. 117): pumsam jatabharanamaulavatam vrthaiva moghasinam akhilasaucanirakrtanam
i i

toyapradanapitrpindabahiskrtanam sambhasanad api nara

narakam prayanti
ddhyayah
i

iti

srlvisnupurane trtlyemse astadaso-

harih om.
(f.

The IV th Amga ends

rena karyj am
r

171b):

etad

viditva
I

na na-

atniany api panditena tavat tanayatmaja(d)yah ksetradayo ye tu sariratonye

mamatvam

tisthantu
I

itya-

->

41

11

dimahasrivisnupurrine caturttheipse caturvim.soddhyayah caturtthamsas samaptah barih om n The V th ArpSa ends (f. 252): srl-Parasarah ity uktoII

bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyan ca tatharjjunah drstan caivanubhutah ca sarvam akhyatavams tada Yyasavakyan ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritani rajye Parlksitam krtva
I I l

yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam ityetat [s]tavaMaitreya vistarena mayoditam jatasya yad Yador vamse Vasudevasya cestitam iti srivisnupurane pancamemse astatri(m)soddbyayah ^nkrsnaya namab The VI th Amsa ends (f. 276b): iti vividhain ajasya
I

li

11

yasya rnpam prakvtiparatmamayam sanatanasya pradisatu bliagavan asesapurasara harir apajanmajaradikam .samrddbim iti srivisnupurane sasthemse astamoddhyayah om
I

ll

ii

barih

om

ll

samilj)tas sastbomsab

sri-Parasaraya barib
n

namab

ll

srl-Vedavyasaya namab
.

om
.

om
I

srib

visnupuranam

samaptam

bindudurllipi

ktyakbye jyestbamasy

sajjanab n abdesmin krdayuastame dine likbitam vaisnavam

.

idam puranam Sesasurina

ii

om.

35.

Whish No.
Size:

34.

9|x2

in.,

170 leaves, from 8 to 14 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18th o r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Jayamaiigala, a Commentary on tbe Lalitdsahasranamastotra (from the Br'ahmdnda-Purcma), by Bhatta Narayana, a son of Venkatddri. See Mitra, Notices,
vol.

VII,

p.

57,

No. 2287.
1

It begins: srimahaganapataye namah

srimatab karuna-

kataksasaranlm samprapya te patmabbu(r)

1

brahmandani

karoti raksati harir bantlsvaro lilaya trayyante -purusah paratpara iti khyatopi samvitkale sa kastbeti ca sa para
gatir
iti

Then

ff.

tvayy eva visramyati etc. lb 2a: advaitavidyacaryya-srl-Vemkatadri-

^
taniibhavah
I

42

Ksusa.

NarayanambikagarbhaSuktimuktamanis vyakhyam Narayana sphutam namnam viracayamy aham etc. hasrasya rahasyanam
dhih
i

lalitadeSikadesad

vyakurmmahe
It ends:

srl-Bhatta-Narayanena

srisrimateti

rir

aisvaryyam,

etc.

viracita lalitasahasra-

nama-stotravyakhya jayamarngalakhya sampurna srimaha-

mama tripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu n harih astu om namah subham sriramaya paramagurave
I

11

gurucaranaravindabhyan namah

om

11

36.

Whish No.
Size: 11

35.
ff.

XH

in., (2)

and

3839 being double] Material: Palm leaves.

ff.

+ 176 [really 140, 77115 being missing, + leaves, from 1113 lines on a page.
(1)

Date: 18th cent.? Character: Grantha.

Portions of the Mlmamsakaustubha, a

Commentary on

Jaimini's M'lmdmsa-Darsana, by Khandacleva, the son of Budradeva, extending from the beginning of the second

Adhyaya

to the
is

end of the

first

Pada

of the third

Adhyaya.

a lacuna from the end of the 2 nd to the Besides, there th Pada in the second Adhyaya. beginning of the 4
It begins:

srimahaganapate n(a)mah subham astusrimaI

haganapate n(a)mah subham astu evani upotghataprasaktamantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena nuprasakte iti nyayad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis sahjayata upabhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya yena
sthite, etc.

In margine: sabdantaradhikaranam. visesadarSanac ca purvesam sarvesu hy apraF. 18 b: Mimamsadarsana II, 2, 4. See vrtti syat 75 E\ sarvasyevoktakamatvat tasmin kamasruti syat
:

ii

nidhanarttha punasrutih n II, 2, 29. F. 76b ends: phalasambandhah na vatadaksam gunat

bhavanabheda

iti

prayojanam pu.

->>

43

k~
f.

114 are missing, and 115 dhalaksanaya prayogadarsanena, F. 115b: kartur va srutisamyogat
Ff. 77
etc.

begins:

lepi

niru-

11

The

2 nd

Adhyaya

ends
i

(f.

127 b):

sri-Rudradevasunoh
n n

II, 4, 2.

krtir esa

Khandadevasya mlmamsakaustubhakhyo bhedaddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreh iti rI-Khandadevakrtau mlmamsakaustubhe dvitlyoddhyayah srlguru etc.
F. 173b:

vyavastha

vartthasya srutisamyogal linigasyall

rtthena
It

sambandhal laksanarttha punasrutih III, 1, ends (f. 176): mlma(m)sambunidhim pramatthya

I

27.
vi-

vidhair nnyayoccayair nirjjaraih krtva Jaiminisutramandaram aniuni vedara tatha vasukini yad dhalahalasamjnam

eva kalitam granthantarani sajjanaih srikrsnasya tu bhusanaya sa parara yah kaustubhakhyo manih n sri-Rudra-

devasunoh krtir esa Khandadevasya mlmanisakaustubhukhyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam srimatpurvottaramimanisaparavarinadhuiina-sri-Rudradevasunoh Khandadevasya

I

krtau mlmamsakaustubhe tritiyasyaddhyayasya prathamah padah ^rimahaganapate namah subham astu harih om
n
ll

ll

37.

Whish
from 6

Nos. 36

and 36 B.
(ff.

Size: 2 Vols., 15lxlir in., to 8 lines on a page.

205 leavea

124205

in

vol. II),

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824.' The Krodhin year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. D. 1784,85, but it seems more likely that the MS. was written A. D. 1724 25. Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana.
/

Character: Grantha.

The

Ujjvala, a
1

Commentary on

masutra.

No. 36 A contains the

first

the Apastambiya Dharthe Prasna, No. 36

second Prasna.
This
is

the MS. 'G. U.' used by Dr. G. Biihler for his second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay Sanskrit Series Nos. 44 & 50). See Part I, p. ii.

~><

44

<-

Haradattaviracitayan dkarmmavyakkyaekadasam patalam samaptak prasnak yam ujvalayam karik om sivaya namak atliato niyamesu sravanyan tapa svaddkyaya upasane niaddkvam anne mamaddkyatmikan ksatriyam yatka katka ca vidyayaikadasa om panigrakanad
iti
II

Vol. I ends:

ll

adki grkamedkino vratain Vol. II begins: panigrakanad adki grkamedkino vra-

tam

dkarmma uktak
It ends:

purvasmin prasne adyayok prayena brakmacarino uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam etc.

ujvalayam
11

ujvala

samaptak samapta samaptak

.
.

Haradattaviracitayan dkarmmavyakkyayam ekadasak patalak karik om dvitlyaprasnas krodkisamvatsaram kannimasam yettanteti

iti
ll ll

11

sriramarppanam

11

Narayanasya grantkas

38.

Size: 9^-

x l|

in.,

13

Whish No. 37. + 117 leaves, 8 or 9

lines

on a page.

in which the MS. was written (see below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1766, perhaps to A. D. 1825/26. Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda.

Palm leaves. Date: The Parthiva year

Material:

Character: Grantha.

(1)

Tke

Taittirlya -Pratisakhya.

It begins:

atka varnasamamnayak
I

atka navaditas samai

naksarani

dve dve savarne krasvadlrgke sodasadita svarSk seso vyanjanani, etc.

I

na plutapurvam
iti
n

It ends:

samsadam gaccked acaryyasamsadam

ll

atka
n

catasro dvadasa

iti

karik

om subkam

dvitiyaprasnak pratisakkye samaptak astu

I

(2)

Tke

Tribliasyaratna, a

Commentary on tke

Taittirlya-

Pratisakhya.

-5*
It

45

K-

pranamyaham ganesacaranadvayam gurun api giran devlm idam vaksyarni laksanam vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam krtan
begins:
|

bhaktiyuktah

tribhasyaratnam yat bhasate bhusurapriyani etc. iti tribhasyaratne pratisYikhyavivarane dvitlIt ends: yaprasne dvadasoddhyayah n sarnapto dvitlyaprasnah harih
i

ll

ora

ll

srimatpartthivavatsare madhuytau mase madhau

sya|

male pakse prosthapadarksake kavidine dvadasyupetehani

granthas cottararatnasabdamiiitasrlmattribhasyabhidha srlmad-Vemkusudhivarena likhitas Saundena sastrottame n

harih

om

srtgurubhyo

namah

ll

39.

Whish No.
Size:

38.

17^x2

in.,

175 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The Yuvan year

(see

in which the MS. was written below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1755,56, possibly to A. D.

1815/16. Scribe:

The son

of Sesadri.

See above Xos. 15

&

27.

Character: Grantha.

The Bhagavata-Purana, together with Sndhards Commentary, Skandhas 11 and 12.

It

begins:

om

krsnapadarajasrajah
ll

avighnam astu vijayante paranandaya dhrta murddhni jayante mahenI

I

pravarttitah (read pravrttitah) paradradimahasrajah nandakrsnakridanuvarnita tannivytya paranandapararohonuvarnyate evan tavad dasamaskandhe bhubharavataI

yaduvamsavatanijabhutivibhusitayaduvamsasya ritasakalasuramsasya bhagavata srikrsnasya taducitapravrttividambanena tacchravanasmaranadiparanam paresam

ranaya

anandakaranam krldanuvarnita
F. lb:

ekadasaskandhasya

etc.

vyakhyanam

pravrttih tasya yathamatitatra arabhyate mausalaprasamgarttham purll

vaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena krtva daityavadham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah bhuvovatarayat bharan javisthan janayan kalim etc.
i

ll

iti srlmatbhagavate ekadasaskandhe paramarp(read mahapurane savyakhyana srih ekatrimsoddhyayah parania)hanisyayani samhitayam n evam naniah ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadikrsnaya idapika svajhanaddhvantabhitena Srldharena prakaSita mandanin natigudharttham srlniat-bhagavatam kva nu buddhir ahain krsne prema kim kin na karayet ajnana(f.

The 11 th Skandha ends

134):

II

Sridharaddhvantabhitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih akarot yodvayatmasvayam caryyarupena vyakhyanam bhidhanena lokam raksann ajljanat tasya padayugacchatram murddhni vidharyyatam ekadasaskandhavyakhya paripurna srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya namah vatsare ca yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare kalapaksa
|

li

likhitaikaudabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva slokaih dasaskandhatlka prasammita Sesaputrena vidusa

I i

samuhyasabdikair asau

li

bindusrngaksarair hinani

etc.

The Commentary
.

to the 12 th

Skandha begins
I

(f.

135):

jayati srl-Parananda(h) krsnapangalasaddrsah

. .

etc.

nama iti dvabhyam It ends (f. 175): bhagavate vasudevaya saksine ya idam krpaya kasmai vyacacakse mumuksave vyacacakse vyakhyatavan yogindraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine samsarasarh

namas tasmai
II

padastam yo visnuratam amumucat iti Srimat-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dvadasaskandhah piirnah bhavartthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham srl-Paranasrlgurum Paramandapadabjabhrmgasri-Sridharokarot
n n
li

li

nandam vanda
harih

anandavigraham
ii

dharas sukrtas sukhi

om

yatkrpalavalesena Srldvadasas skandhas samaptah

I

li

om

ii

yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisiramase ghate paksa ihavadataglautarakayam satlkan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesalikhitam mayedam
rttubhanau
drisununa
harih
I

Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam krte
ii

li

om sngurubhyo namah
ii

bindusrmgaksarair

etc.

sriparadevatayai om subham astu harih

namah

ii

srisarasvatyai mmaksyai namostu

li

om

-S*

47
40.

k-

Wmsii No.

39.

Sue: 7s x2 in., 59 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date o/ MS: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character : Grantha.

The Bhagavadgita, with a

It

brief introduction.
l

asya begins:

,sri-bhagavatgitasTistramahaniantrasya
rsih
I i

Vedavyaso bhagavan

anustup cchandah tasam gitanam

i

kvacin nanacchandarasi

evaniprakarlni cchandamsi

vis-

varupo visnuh paramatma bhagavan sViinan-narayano devata asocyfin anvasocas tvam prajhavadaras ca bhasasa
i

iti

bijani

vrajeti

saktih

sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam saranam urddhvamulam adhassakham asvattham

I

prahur avyayam jape viniyogah

i

iti

kilakam sribhagavatsamaradhanartthe
I

etc.
(f.

The

text begins

2):

Dhrtarastra
i

uvaca

dharmman

etc. ksetre kuruksetre samaveta yuyutsavah sasaran F. 5b: sokasamvignamanasah capam visrjya

sokasamvignamanasa satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhlsmaparvani srlbhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamoiti
II

iti

on tat sad

iti

mahabharate

ddhyayah
It

II

ends:

iti

on

tat

sat

sribhagavatgitasupanisatsu

parabrahmavidyayam
n

yogasastre

sakalavedasastrapuranasamgrahamoksayogo
I

srikrsnarjjunasamvade namastadason

srikrsnaya parabrahmane namo namah ddhyayah vasudevarpanam astu

41.

srl-

Whish No.
Size:

40.

10|-XlI

in.,

190 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: 1'alm leaves.

is

Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page, dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years
Character: Grantha.

older.

-s*

48

k~
the BhcujavadgJta, by

The Subodhinl, a Commentary on

Srldharasvamin, in 18
It

vande begins:
I

Adhyayas.
krsnarjunau
virau

naranarayanav
I

ubbau

dharttarastrakulonmattagajarohanavallabhau
i

sara-

ttbyam arjunasyajau kurvan gltamrtan dadau lokatrayopasrimadhavani pranakaraya tasmai krsnatmane namab devam visvesam adarat myatba tatbhaktiyantritah kurve subodbinim etc. gltavyakhyam Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74, A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97b, on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126, A. A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. on f. 151, A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII on f. 190.
I

XV

It ends:

&n-Paramanandapadabjarajandharinadlmna
n

Srldbarasvamina prokta gitatika subodhinl iti sribhagavatgitatlkayam subodhinyam Srldharasvami-krtayam para-

nama astadasoddhyayah paramatmane namah svapragalbhyabalad

martthanirnayo
vatgitan
n
I

srikrsnaya

vilokya bhaga-

tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim guru-

asya svahjalina rahasyajaladher krpaviyusadrstim vina, aditsur antarmmaninavarttesu na kin nimajjati janas satkarnadharam vina harih om etc.
n

42.

Whish No.
Size:

41.

9|xli

in., (3)

+ 87 +

(3)

leaves. 7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. about 50 years older. Character-: Grantha.

The MS. may be

the Suryasavarnika-Manvantara Markandeya-Purana, in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by The edition by and KiLakastotra. the Argalastotra L. Poley (Berlin 1831), and the Bombay editions of 1862 (Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas.
of the
,

The Demmahatmya from

~
It

49

K~

begins:
i

nyasani

avahanan caiva namany argalakllai

caiva ddbyanam kavacam eva ca mahatmyafi japen nityani astamyaii ca viSesatah sarvasaubhagyam apnoti[m] dehante ca labhet gatini
hrdayafi

kam
ca
i

ca dalan

om

padayor
I

varabhyo

namah

nitarabe

narasimhyai

namah
F.
7:

sridevimahfitmye argalastotram samaptam n sridevinialiatmye kllakastotram samaptani n athatas sampravaksyfmii vistarena yathatatbani candikrdiriti
iti
I

F. 5b:

etc.

dayara
ai

gubyam srunusvaikagraniauasab
srim

1
1

hram brim
gayatri

bibi

(?)

brim

klim

jaya

jaya

camundike

tridasamakusarasvatl

samgliattacaranaravinde savitrl mabrdiikrtabarine bhairavarupadluirini

takoti

prakatitadamstroetc.

gravadane gbore ghoranayane jvalajvalasabasraparivrte, Tbe first Adbyaya ends on f. 30.

F.72:
[rjrsabbab
n
i

eva[m]n devya varam labdhva Suratbab ksatriyaiti

suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita srimarkandeyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatmye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nania trayoda^oddbyayab Tbe 16 th Adbyaya ends on f. 78b. Ff. 7987 are also

manub

ii

foliated separately

End:

ianakoneksamksetrapalayanamab
i

by

letters, viz.

ka, kba, etc.

I

astadalababye
I

namab parnparanamab magurubbyo pamparamagurupadukabbyo namah namab damvatukabbairavaya dumdurgayai namab pantipudevyas tad daksinantam gamganapataye
i
I

jayet

srimarkandeyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatmye paimtipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (pancavimso, pr. m.) ddbyayab n srimabadevyai namah srlgurubhyo
H

iti

namah

sivaya

namah

harih

om

43.

Whish No.
Size:

42.

11jX2

in.; (3) -f.

97

-j- (4)

leaves,

about 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

These MSS. generally read srunu- for

spin.-.

-5*

50
is

h$dated 1825.

Date: A.n entry by Mr. Whish about 50 years older.

Scribe:

The MS. may be

Ananta Narayana.
:

Character

Grantha.
(1)

The Kularnava(tantra) , in 17 Ullasas (ff. 195). See Aufrecht-Oxford p. 90 seqq. (No. 147); Ind. Off. IV, p. 879; Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).
It begins
:

gurubhyo namah
I

srutir iyani sada srun(ut)am

(i) upasrutinani anyesain upasarvaviranam caranam smaranam

mmania

(read acyu?)tam
I

gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arcabrahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande
I
I

vibhutaye anadyayakhiladyayamayine gatamaline

I

arupaya

svarupayasivaya guruve namah devyan(sic)vaca on namo devadevesa pancakrtyavidhayaka sarvajna bhaktisulabha ^aI
I

yollasah F. 27:
|

ranagatavatsala (readla) mulesa paramesana karunamrtavaridhe asare ghorasanisare sarve [da]du(li)khamaliniasali|eic.

i

F. 17:

iti

srlkularnave

urddhvamnayamaliatmye

triti-

iti ^nkularnavamahatmye rahasye sarvamgamottame kuladivyadikathanam pancamollasali The 7 th Ullasa ends on f. 37, the 8 th U. on f. 44b,
n

the 9 th U. on
f.

f.

51,

the 10 th U. on

f.

56,

the 11 th U. on

61b,

the 12
f.

th

U. on

14 th U. on f. 89 b.
It

78,

f. U. on f. 72b, the 67b, the 13 the 15 a U. on f. 84b, the 16 th U. on

th

ends

(f.

95):

iti

rlmatkularnave niaharahasye sarva-

gamottanie moksapade kulavivahaprasanisan

dasollasah
ii

nama

sapta-

(2)

It begins: kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajan-

The Mantraksaramala,

in 16 stanzas

(ff.

95 b

98

b).

manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye

It ends:
ii

girisutSm yah pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyani malas-

srimantraksaranialaya

il

^
srlmahatripurasundaryyai ksantuin arhanti santah

51

*<~

yacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttani vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamgalam n 16

II

karakrtam aparadkani samkarasya caritakatharasah candra&ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padasecanam sambkavantu mama janma(ni) janmani idam pustakam
I I I

namah

guruvanujha Anauta Narayana namali harih om subham astu

n
i

likhitam

srigurubhyo

Whish No.
Size:

43.
11

lOixll
Palm

in.,

(1)

38

+ (2) +
is

+ (1)

leaves,

8 lines

on

a page. Material:

leaves.

is

entry by Mr. Whish probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

Date:

An

dated 'Calicut 1825'.

The MS.

(1)

The Visnupadddikesdntastuti by
mentary,
called SukhdbodJiinl.
in the

Saitliara,

with a

Com-

Printed,

with a different

commentary,

It begins: harih
I

Kavyamala, Part
I

II, pp. 1

20.

nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapahi

phalam kudumbikalasambhodheh kanyaya(h) kalaye mahah alikalocanatopad alikam rataye dadat vipralambkam purastrinam pusnat tejo bhajamahe giripathodhipathojasadananandadhoranih padam kurve namasyanam umalaksmisarasvatih bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya madhusruta ilia vyakhya vitanyate ranrya namnasau sukhabodhinl
i

ii

khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahfih srisarvajhasikhamanayah paramakarunikagraganyah

Samkarabkagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranitabrahmumuksu masiitravyakhyanarupasrimat bhasyakaranena janmadikaranam sakalopanisatgamyam jijnasyaii jagaj saccidanandadvayam pratyagabkinnam visnvilkhyam brahma nmkhyadhikaribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutam pradar6ya mandadhikarinam anujighrksaya nirvisesani param
4*

~5H

52

H^-

brahina saksat karttum anisvarah ye mandas tenukampyante

nyayena tasyaiva paratatvasya sakalasrutismrtipuranavacanais suddhasatvopahitatvena satvikasevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakausavisesanirupanair

iti

modaklrupapancayudhalamkrtasya garudavabanasya sesasayinab srlmahalaksmiblmmidevisametasya kaustnbhasrivatsamuktabharanaklrltakatakamgadadisarvabbaranabhiisitasy a sakalalokatisay alusaund aryyasimnab niratisay aday asu-

dbasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato nrirayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa-

mikam karttum arabhante

I

thamatrena sakalapurusarttbasandohinim dvipaiicasat^lokattatradau varnyate samkbo blmII

jagrevastbito bareh nilasailasikbarudbacandrabimbasriyam vaban n laksmibbarttur blmjagre krtavasati sitam yasya

riipam visalani, etc. It ends: pararnanandam atmasvarupam pravisati tatraiva

liyate

brahmanandasvarui^enavatistbata

iti

siddham

11

iti

srimatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryya-sri-Govinda-bbagavatpujyapadasisya-sri-Samkara-bhagavatpadakrta-srivisnupadadikesaparyyantastute(r) vyakhya sanigrbita samapta barib

11
i

om

(2)

Tbe
in three

Uttaragltd, a kind of appendix to tbe Bbagavadgita,

II,

Adbyayas. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata 165 seq.

It begins:

vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine namo vedantavedine Arjuna uvaca rukminisaya natbaya yad ekam niskalam brabma vyomatltan niranjanam apraI I |

krsnaya

tarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam

F. 4:

om

etc.

tat

sad

iti

srlma[t]duttaragitasupanisatsu
a-

parabrabmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasainvade dvaitavasan nama pratbamoddbyayab

II

F.
It

8:

iti

STimaduttaragitasupanisatsu

dvitlyo-

ddhyayah
bbavet
i

II

ends:

sarvacintavinirmmuktan
iti

niscintam

acalam
para-

on tat sad

&ribhagavatgltasupanisatsu

brabmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasamvade advaita-

-jh

53
n

k<-

vasan naina tritlyoddhyayah

srilq-snarpanam astu Sriguru-

bhyo namah

sVidaksinamurttaye

namah

45.

Whish No.
Size:

45.

10x2^
An

in.,

36

+ (1)
is

leaves, 11 or 12 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:

entry by Mr.

Whish

at

the end of the

MS.

is

dated

'Calicut 1825.'

The MS.

probably not

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

The

JRatirdhasya, a treatise on Kaniasastra, in 10 Pa-

by Kokkolia who composed it for Vaidyadatta, See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 58 seq., & Ind. Off. Ill, p. 362.
ricchedas,

Burnell has Vainyadatta, Eggeling Vainyadatta, for Vaidyadatta.

It begins:

yenakari prasabham

acirad arddhanarisvara-

tvam dagdhenapi tripnrajayino

jyotisa

caksusena

indor

mmitram

sa jayati

mudan dhania vamapracaro

I

devas sriman

bhavarasajnsan daivatam cittajanma

parijanapade bhrmga-

srenlpikah patuvandino himakarasitacchatrain mattadvipo malayanilah krsatanudhaniirvalli lilakataksasaravali manai

sijamahavlrasyoccair jayanti jagajjitah 2 Kokkokanamna kavina krtoyam srl-Vaidyadattasya kutuhalena vilokyatam

II
I I

kamakalasu dhlraih pradipakalpo vacasani nigumbhah etc. It ends: iti kaksapntasarasamgrahah iti ratirahasye nama dasamah yogadhikaro paricchedah ^ubham astu

ii

4G.

Whish No.
Size:

46.

9iX2t?
Palm

in.,

51 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date:

An

entry by Mr. "Whish at the end of the

MS.

is

dated

'Calicut 1825'; the

MS. may be about 50

years older.

Character: Grantha.

The Suryasatakd, by Mayura, with a Commentary by Anvayamukha.

~3H
It begins:

54

r<~

iva dadhatas sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritatl-

janibharatlbhakumbhotbhavam
I

dhatudharadravasya

etc.

The Commentary

begins:

jambharater indrasya ibhasya

gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhyasambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbbava udbhutir bhuma

yasya tarn, etc. After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the
verse,

slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena om sivaya namah suryyasatakabhaktya, etc. It ends: slokavyakhyanagrantham sampurnam harih om n srigurubhyo

11

namah
bhavan

II

om

sadatisrastusandhyasu
tarn

(?)

vidhivisnupuraribhih
I

upasyo ya svarupena

adityam aham bhaje

tatra-

Mayuro

nama

mahakavir

antahkaranadisarva-

vayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha-

pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapaditanijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryyamandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutim slokasatena tasya stuter vivaranam balasukhabodhanayapranitavan
i

nvayamukhena kriyate

ll

om

snryyaya

namah

II

47.

Size: a page.

9fxl|

in.,

Whish (1) + 137 +

T !N o.
(1)

48.

leaves,

from 10

to 12 lines

on

Material:

Palm

leaves.
r 19th cent.?

Date of MS.: 18th

Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Karttikamahatmya, from 30 Adhyayas (ff. 149).

It begins:

the

Paclma-Purana

in

Sutah
I

sriyah patim athamantrya gate de-

varsisattame
abravlt
I

harsotphullanana Satya
I

madhavam punar

Satyovaca

It ends:

ye

etc.

dipan haripujanah ca

manavah karttikamasi bhaktya snanah ca danam vratam brahmanabhojanadi

i

->

55

h$~

svargakutumbina syuh n iti ^rlpatme purane namah trimsoddhyayah siikrsnaya karttikainfihatmye yadrsam pustake drstva tadrsam likhitam maya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate
II
I I

kurvanti

te

11

(2)

The Vaisakhamahatmya, from the Skanda-Purdna, in 30 Adhyayas (ff. 51 137, also separately foliated from 1 88).

astu skande purane It rsayah asmakam kathitam bkavata vaisakhasya ca vaibhavam purvam ^rutan casmabhir eva ca tat bhiiyas srotukamaI I I I

avighnam begins:

nam

vistarad

vaktum arhasi

Sutali

pura brahmamga-

bhutena, etc. It ends: rsin amantrya tan sarvan Sutah pauranikottamah taih pujitah paran tustah kailasam pratyagat punah iti srimatskande purane vaisakhamahatmye trimso-

ddhyayah

rigurubhyo

namah

II

harih

om

48.

Whish No.
Size:

49.
7 or 8 lines

9f

x If

in., (1)

+ 32 + 26 + (1) leaves,
r

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: End of 18th

Character: Grantha.

beginning of 19 th cent.?

(1)

Rules and prayers for the worship of Rudra (ff. 132). Mr. Whish gives the title Rudra-nydsam\ but probably it should be 'PahcahgarudranyascC. The Mantras belong
i

to the

Black Yajurveda.

Cf. Stein- Jammu, p. 16:

pahca-

ngarudranam nyasapurvako japahomarcanavidhih.

It begins: om athatah pahcamgarudranam nyasapurvakam japahomrircanabhisekavidhim vyakhyasyamah ya
I

te

rudra
i

iti

sikhayam

ya

te

rudra siva tanur aghorapa|

pakasini
rikse

taya nas tanuva santamayil girisantabhi cakasihi asmin mahaty arnava iti ^irasi asmin mahaty arnaventaI

bhava adhi

tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi

->
sahasraniti
lalate
I

56

klalate
I

sahasrani
i

sahasrani

sahasraso

ye rudra adhi bhuniyam tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi etc. See Taitt. Sarnh. TV, 5, 1, 1; 11, 1. F. 26: evamrupinain eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato devayajanam arabhet athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavi-

dhini vyakhyasyarnah

adidevatirttke snatva

udetya sucib

brahniacan suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakdese tanmukliam sthitva atmani devata sthapayet h P. 31b: acaryyaya daksinara ga dadyat dasa gas sainvatsarah svarnabbaraiiabhusitali rsabban cadblkarah a-vamedbapbalam apnoti ity aha bkagavan Bodhayanali.il
prayato

subham astu srigurubbyo namah asya srirudraddbyayaprasnamaharaantrasya Agliora rsib anustup cchandah samkarsanamurttisvarupo yosav adityas sa ekarudrah
I
i
i

paramapuruso devata
I

agnikratub caramayani istakayara

etc. satarudriye viniyogah It ends or breaks off Cf.

32b): kuksis saptasaraudrani bbujagirisikharam saptapatrdapadam vedam vaktram sadanigam daiadisi vadanani divyalimgaiii namarai om gananan
i

tTa

It

seems to be incomplete.

An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrsadarvi, with an enumeration of the great benefits, temporal and spiritual. to be reaped by him who reads this legend (ff. 1 10;.
havi(?) Sibikulam babhuva tad yo ha smaibabhuva tasyayam kulavidya mam Cread smemam?; adhite sa ha sma raja bhavati sa
It
|

Vrsadarvikulani begins:
itihasah

kincit

prapyantarhitah
i

sobravit
iti
i

yo

mam

itihasam grai

hayet

parasmai dadyam
1
::

tato

brahmanah

samyogam
i

tarn adityat puruso bhaskaravarno niskramsayyayujet (?) sa enam ya grahayan cakara tarn aprcchat kositi va vi-sii

tasmad ya imam itihasam adhite adityalokosya kamacaro bhavati tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito manavako grhnlyat grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet medhavi bhavet varsa^atan ca jivet n 2 n
darvir
iti
i

F. 2b: atho khalv ahuli vedasammitoyam itihasah dharmmafi carati nadharmmam satyam vadati nanrtam
I i

~x

57

Hg-

ha yo veda sa veda devan saniani yo veda sa veda

8 la brahma The greater part
u
n

dlrgham pasyati mS hrasvam pararu pasyati infiparani rco yajiiitisi yo veda sa veda yajnarn sarvam yo inanasain veda
I |
i

of

what now follows reads almost

of

like

a Smrti. and treats of the duties especially of Sraddhas.

Brahmanas, more

On
a

f.

9 the story

is

certain

Brahmana one
avir

told of king Vrsadarvi who grant> of the following boons: a cow

that

constantly yields
(?

milk,

a sheep
I

which
for

is

con-tantly
a

shorn

mmejasram
is

viluhyate

viliiyate ?),

millstone which

constantly
seas,

grinding,

a carriage

which

drives over all the

the colour of the sun.

to to

gemand she -: -Take the sheep"; then he asks his son who tells him take the carriage, then his daughter who wants him take the earrings, finally his female slave who tells him

a pair of earrings with The Brahmana asks his wife,

to take the mill-stone.

while

he himself fancies the cow.

the live
gifts.

Kinc; Vrsadarvi dves lhm

tinues:

all

Then
;

it

con-

tad

idain

itihasah

brahmadityapui'ogaya
:

puro-

bharadvajo bahubhh anagamaya tatah pracyavananam dhanapater dvijah brahmanakule jatismaro bhavati saptajanmakrtat papan nmcyate dyas (?) tu parvabhih dine dine gayatule bha-

gah ka>yapaya
-

kasyapo bharadvajaya

ranyam gayapaficake

dhanam aryyanam mantramantras ca va vratani ca namo namah caiva vratani ca on namah Vrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi garutman
It

ends

i.

10

te

dve

trivrt te siro

gayatrah caksu stoma atma sama

te

tanur va-

madevyam brhadrathantare paksau yajhayajhiyam puccham chandamsy amgani dhisniyas sapha yajuiiisi nama supar.

garutman divam gaccha suvah pata harih om 30 itihasam samapta srigurave namah snsarasvatyai namah sriramacandrasvamine namah subham astu
nosi
I

(3)

The Somotpatti
same work
in the

(ffi

11.

12..

kind of Parisi^ta.
n.

The

Bodleian MS. Walker 144.

2032

~$*

58

h$~

(where it forms part of an Asvalayana-Mantrasamhita). The Sania-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian

MS. Wilson
Studien, vol.

466,
I,

Mitra, Notices,
p.
8,

1113 (see also Weber, Indische MSS. in Weber-Berlin 1, p. 78, p. 59; other vol. IV, p. 160, No. 1589, & Peterson IV,
ff.

No. 120), though beginning

(f.

differently,

seems to be

the same.
It begins
11):

somotpatti rsaya ucuh kautuhalasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha samsayam pariprcchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam katham va ksiyate somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham imam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah srl-Vedavyasa
I

om

prasnam
i

uvaca etc. It ends (f. 12 b):

yas

ca raja dvijatinam tasmai somaadityatinavagrahai

tmane namah

somotpatti sampurnam devatabhyo namah srigurubhyo namah

I

(4)

The Vedapadastava, a Stotra of Siva (ff. 1326).

It

devoted to

the

worship

begins

(f.

13):

om

vande
I

mahesvaram

sambhum

vighnesam

sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyams ca sivabhaktan mahamunin umapatyam (sic) umajanim umah comasahodaram umananandaram patniam vidhim vayam
| I

upasmahe

pupdarikapuradhlSam pundarikajinambaram pundarlkapundarikarucim vande pundarikaksasevitam prapya jaimunir (sic) mmunisattamah kin cakara
I

puram

mahayogl Suta no vaktum arhasi Suta uvaca etc. jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura
I i

bhagavan

It ends (f. 25):-traivarnikesv in[n]atamo ya[y] enam nityam x kadacit pathatisabhaktitah n 124 n padam vapy arddhapadam va slokam slokarddham eva va yas tu va ciyate vedas sivas sivo vedo vedasa sivalokam gacchati nityam
i

tasmat sarvaprayatnena vedaddhyaddhyayi sadSsivah yinam arcayet krpasamudram sumukhan trinetram jatadharam parvativamabhagam sadasivam rudram anantaruI
i I

It

ought to be

114, as verse 111 is

wrongly numbered

121.

^>
pam sivacidambaresam
iti

59

k~
i

hydi bhavayami
I

sivaci[ni]dambaram

muktighantamanipadain bruyat sakrjjananavarjitara nioksani eva samasnute ayan danakalasiihrndanapatrain bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace bhavat(f. 26:)
i

bbaktim eva sthiran debi mabyam krpasila sambho krtaharih om vedapadastavani sanipurnam rttbosya tasmat
I

subham astu srlmabadevyai naniah.

49.

Whish No.
Size:

50.

IOjXIt

in.,

36

+ 45

leaves,

from 8

to 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 * h or 19th cen t.?

Character

Grantha.
(a)

The Banga-Mahdimya,
in 10

or

Srlrauga-Malwtmya
n

of

the

Bralnnanda-Purana, Adbyayas. (Ff. 36.) devadeva virupaksa sri-Narada uvaca It begins: srutam sarvani mayadbuna trailoky&ntargatam vrttan tvanmukhambbojanissrtam tatba punyani tlrtthani punyany

ca Samkara ayatanani ca gaiigadyas saritas sarva itibasas tire tn pura prastutam tvaya prasamgena tasyas kaveryyas mabat uktam visnor ] tasyabani [ ayatanani ramgam ity srotum iccbami vistarena mahesvara mabatmyam agbanaI

saya punyasya ca vivarddbaye (read vrddbaye) etc. It ends: patban ^rnvan likban bibbran ranigamabamuktas subhasubbe yata 1 tad visnob uttamarn tmyam padam iti sri-brabmandapurane mabesvara|

paramam

I!

naradasamvade srlramgamabatmye srinavatlrttbaprabbavavarnanan nama dasamoddbyayab sriramgarajaya parabrabmane namah n

11

(b)

Tbe KiisalavoixiWiyana from tbe Asvamedhifaqxirran of the Jaimini-Bharata, or tbe Mahabharata by Jaimini, in
i

One MS. reads muktvasubham subham

yati (Prof. Aufrecht).

~>*

60

hSin

12 Adhyayas.

(Ff. 45.)

These are Adhyayas 2536

the lithographed edition of the Jaimini-Bharata, Asvamedhika (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785), ff. 53b 70. See also Weber-Berlin 1, p. 115; Aufrecht- Oxford, p. 4b.

citram uktam mahauvaca bhaga yad rainakusayor bhrsam tad vaktum arhasi tvain Jaiminih srunu rajan hi srotmn kautuhalam hi me mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat vistarena yatha sarvam ramas tarn ravanam hatva kumvadatas tan nisamaya bhakarnam mahabalam etc.
It

begins:

Janamejaya

Fol. 2:

iti

srlmahabharate asvamedhikaparvani kusalaII

voprikhyFine It ends:

ll

prathamoddhyayah
iti

srljaiminibharate asvamedhikaparvani ku&all

lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah
rave

srlramacandraya paragun

namah

srlgurubhyo namah
50.

subham astu

harih

om

AVhish No.
Size: 14f

51.

155 + (8) leaves, 10 lines on a page. Painted boards. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. The Dhatu or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. D. 1816/17, but the MS. was probably written A. D. 1756/57. Scribe: Vehkata Subrahmaiiya, the son of ISesadri. See above
in., (4) -f-

X if

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Nos. 15, 27 & 39. Character: Grantha.

The Mahabliarata, Parvans xiv-xviii, The Asvamedhika Parvan, ff.

the Asramavasika

viz.

98

the Mausala
the Mahaprasthanika the Svargarohanika

136

146 149 b

97, 136, 145 149

155

b,
b,

b.

The Asvamedhika Parvan

I i

begins:

krtodakan tu rajanam
|

dhrtarastram yudhisthirah puraskrtya mahabahur uttatarakulendriyah uttlryya ca mahabaho baspavyakulalocanah

papata
It

tire

ends

(f.

gamgaya vyadhaviddha evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe 97):

I

iva dvipah

etc.

mahatmanah

pasyatah

capi

nas

tatra

nakulontarhitas

iti sriman-mahabliarate satasahasrikayam samhitayam snkr-n.i ya iisvamedhike parvany astasaptatitanioddhyayah namah om subham astu visargabindvaksarasrmgapadaln-

tada

ii

II

ll

nam may a

tat ksantum arhanti yal likhitani pramadat santas sada hastakrtaparadham n harih om dayfilavalas vatse dhatav avagvartmany atlia varsarttubhasvati sravaiie
I

masy acchapakse pancamyam tvastrabhe titliau vasare vaniputrasya likhitani pustakan tv idam asvamedhikaparvan harih om subham astu om sritu mud a Seadrisununa
i I

11

11

gurucaranaravindabhyan namah The Asramavasika Parvan begins

11

(f.

98):

JanamejaI
i

yahirajyani prapya naravyaghrah pitrpaitamaham mahat katham asan maharaje dhrtarastre mahatmani sa hi raja hatamatyo hataputro nirasrayah katham aslt gataisvaryyo
i

gandharl ca ya^asvinl
It

etc.

ends

(f.
I

manas tada
vah
ll

134b): yudhisthiras tu nrpatir nnatiprltadharayam asa tad rajyam nihatajhatibandha-

135:) iti srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhiasramavasike parvani satcatvarimsoddhyayah n sritayam dhatunamani hi hayanepy avagvarnamah om krsnaya masi karkatakanamni paksake tmasannihitalokacaksusi likhitan ca parvam atrasvinibhe syamale jalajaputravasare
(f.
ll ll
i I

Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva
jana
alokya
ll ll

hastadrutenaiva viramitah
repetition)
n

(alaksya

in

the

santas

sahitum

om asramavasikam samarhatha hiranyavapuse namah whole The colophon from iti sripurnam subham astu.
mahabharate
to

samarhatha

is

repeated on

f.

136.

The Mausala Parvan begins (f. 136): om sattrimsesv atha samprapte varse kauravanandana dadarsa viparltani
i

nimittani yudhisthirah
It

etc.

ends

(f.
I

145 b):

pravisya

ca purim viras samasadya

yudhisthiram iti srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam prati mausale parvani navamoddhyayah mausalaparvam samall
ll

acasta tad yathavrttam vrsnyandhakajanam

dhatau samayam khalu daksinayane varsarttune ptam sravanike ca masi pakse dasamyam asucau tithav udau candre krtantapriyavasare hi mausalam parvam etad dhi
ll
i |

~$*

62

*<-

inuda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrahlikhitam Vyasasamkrtani harih om etc. inanyavipascita

I

11

The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. 146): harih om Janamejayah evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva niaulasam (sic) ahavam pandavah kim akurvanta tatha krsne divami

gate

etc.
(f.
I

It ends

149 b):

yatra

sa brhatl

syama buddhisatva-

samanvita draupadi yositani srestha yatra caiva suta mama srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam mahaii

prasthanike parvani trtlyoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah samvatsare harih om mahaprasthanikam samaptam rtau pravrsi mase tu dhatunamni prayate daksinayane
n
II
ii
I
i

sravane

sarvatarake
I

ekadasyan tithau varepy atrilocana-

sambhuvah mahaprasthanikam parvam samaptam Sesasununa harih om The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f. 149 b): Janamen
n

jayah svargam trivistapam prapya

i

mama

purvapitamahah
I

pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire etc. It ends (f. 155b): sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva

brahmanam agratah sarvapapavisuddhatma

manasah
i
I

sucis tatgata-

mahat prapya bhogavan sukham asnute Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam sa gacchati etad
iha
klrttim
I I

viditva sarvan tu vedavedartthavit bhavet

pujaniyas ca

mananiyo bhavedvijah satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pansvargarohanikain samaptam n srikrsnaya camoddhyayah om dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau namah sravane masi paksecche dvadasyam bhediteh kila tatah
n n n
.

satatam

iti

srlmanmahabharate

dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah svargarohanikam parvam Vyasena racitam ^ubham idam VemkadaI

padayuk-Subrahmanyavipascita

ii

harih
ii

om

ii

srikrsnaya

namah

ii

r!gurubhyo namah

om

51.

Size:

12f

X2h

in.,

Whish No. 52. (1) + 70 + (2) leaves,

12 or 13 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

~$*

G3

hs~
1826'.

may have been

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut written about 50 years before that.
Character: Grantha.

The MS.

The Tulakavenmahatmya, from

30 Adhyayas.

the Agneya-Purana, in

For other
It

copies dharnimavarniina begins:

i

of this work, see Nos. 131

and 186.

ca

rajarsir

nniculapura-

bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyam bhagavatottainani bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah (read sarvada?) bhavanti putran samprapya sukhina.s cirajivinah katham syat jDapanirharah srise bhaktih katham
I
i i

vallabhah

bhavet etc. See No. 186. F. 2b: iti sriniad - figneyapurane

I

tulakaverlmahatmye

prathamoddhyayah
F. 31b:

II

iti srimad-agneyapurane suryyasavarnike manvantare devltulakaverimahatmye caturddasoddhyayah n It ends: iti prasannanananlraja muda te Saunakadya

munayo mumuksavah
rane

hares caritrasravanotsavotsuka gann

dhaksatadyaili punar apy apujayan

iti

srmiad-agneyaputrimson

tulakaverlmahatmye
n

dharmmasaravivecane
II

ddhyayah

kaveryyai namah

harih

om

52.

Whish No.
Size:

53.

Material:

12|xlgPalm

in., (1)

+ 168

leaves, 9 lines

on a page.
1826'.

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated: 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about 50

Character: Grantha.

years older.

The
It

ftfahcibharata,

Parvan IV: the Virataparvan

in

76 Adhyayas.
begins:

srlkrsnaya
mama

viratanagare

katham Janamejayah purvapitamahah ajhatavasam u[k]sita

namah

duryyodhanabhayarditali pativrata mahabhaga satatam satyavadini draupadl va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhiI
I

tavasat

etc.

-5*4

64

H$-

It

ends:
i

tan
I

niabots[y]avasanikasam brstapustajanavri

tam
i

nagaram niatsyarajasya susubbe bbaratarsabbaih

vrtte vivabe hrstatnia

Janamejayali yad uvaca yudliiathirah tat sarvani katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram n om iti sfimahabharate satasabasrikayani samhitayani vaiyasikyam srivirataparvani abhimanyuvivabo nania satsapta-

titamoddbyayab

11

oni

etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampat-

asmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisamanvitab srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramairi gatim tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisarapadab ayub kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine asmin parvani tani piljayet suvaktaram rajendra patbite brabmavadina vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib tasmin prasanne bbagavan
i i
I i i

padan sakam

nrnani

srnvatam

sarvapapagbnam

anavrstivina-

mukundab

arttarttibanta purusottamas ca sarve ca deva tusta narendrakale bbaratarsisiddbasamgbais bhavisyanti

I
I

ddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab Sraddadbanasya barib om puyante sarvapapany asesatah srikrsnaya
I

namab

11

subbam astu srigurubbyo namab

53.

Whish No.
Size: a page.

54.
leaves,

17|x2 rV
Palm

in.,

(1)

+ 498 + (1)

from 11

to 14 lines

on

Material:

leaves.
1826'.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry may be about a hundred years older.
Character: Grantha.

The MS.

Tbe Rdmayana, by

ValmJld,

Kandas
ff.

i-vi.

Balakanda,

Ayodbyakanda, Aranyakanda,
Kiskindbakanda,

ff. ff. ff.

ff.

47 47 148
1

Sundarakanda,

149207 208277 278341

342498.
tasmai

It begins: abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbani pujite yas surair

Yuddbakanda,

ff.

api

sarvavigbnasmide

(bbide?)

ganadbipataye

-*
i

65

:<~

namah kujantam ramarameti madhuram madhuraksaram

aruhya

kavitasakham

vande

Yalmikikokilam
I

mmunisimhasya nadam ko na

kavitavanacarinah
i

snivan
.

Valmlker ramakathai

yah karnanjaliyati param gatira samputair ahar alias sainmyak pibaty adarad Valmlker vadanaravindagalitam ramayanakhyam raadhu janmavya. .
I

dhijaravipattimaranair atyantasopadravam samsaram sa namostu vihaya gacchati puman visnoh padam sasvatam ca ramaya salaksmanaya devyai tasyai janakatmajayai namostu rudrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candrarkamarutganebhyah tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samamai I I

raghuvaracaritam munidhuropanatartthavakyabaddham on pranltam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam

i i

tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvi vagvidam varam naradam paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipuingavani etc. The Balakanda has 77 Sargas. It ends (f. 47): taya
i I

sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya atlva rarnas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresva|

rah

ii

iti

srlmatbrdakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah

ll

ii

iti srl-

madramayane adikavye balakanrlam samaptani The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas. It ends
itiva taih pranja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih
i

harih

om

(f.

148 b):

krtah svastya-

yanah paran tapah vanam sabharyyah pravivesa raghavas

salaksmimanis (read laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah n ity arse srimadramayane adikavye srl(nia)d-Yrilmiklye catnrvimsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)ande ekavimsacchatatanias sargah srlramaya namah astu namah subham gurubhyo ayoddhyakandam samall

ii

ii

ptam sriramacandrasvamine namah

ll

daksinamiirttisvamine
It ends
I

namah sivaya namah The Aranyakanda has

ll ll

75 Sargas.

(f.

207):

dadarsa pampam kramena gatva sa vilokayan vanam subhadarsakananam anekananavidhapuspasamkulam ity arse Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsatisahasrikayarn samhitayam srlmad-aranyakande pahcasaptatitamas sargah aranyakandam samaptam harih om The Kiskindhakanda has 68 Sargas. It ends (f. 277b): sa
n
ii
ll

vegavan

vegasamahitatma

haripravlrah

paravirahanta
5

~$*

66

f<~

punas saniadhaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa sVlmatkiskindhakande astasastitamas sarmanasvl iti kiskindhakandas samaptah srlramaya namah gah
II

II

II

harih

om

11

The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. It ends (f. 341b): tato maya vilkbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhiprasadita jagama santin tava maithilatmaja tavapi sokena
I

srimat-sundarakande pahcasastas sargah srlramaya para(bra)hmane namah harih om etc.

tatkapi pidita
Ff.
II

iti

II

316322 are placed in the wrong order. The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas. It ends (f. 498b):
i

ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram subhan ca srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam ayuskaram rddhikamaih evam etat puravrttam akhyanam bhadram astu vah pravyrdiarata visrabdham balam visnoh
I I

devas ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchrapravarddhatam vanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam ye likhanti ca nara(s) tesam ca vasas trivistape arse srimad| I

II

ramayane adikavye Valmiklye srlmadyuddhakande

msaduttarasatatamas
sargah
n

ekatri-

namah

ii

ramam ramanujam
i

srlramaya saparivaraya sitam gatani bharatanujam

n

sugrlvam vayusunufi. ca pranamami punahpunah balakande dvisahasram sasiti(r) dvisatl tatha slokanfim atha sargaI

nam

saptasaptatir irita slokas catussahasrani paksadhikacaturddasi ayoddhyakandagas sargas satam ekonavimsatir dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha aranyakande
I I i

satcchatani sargas pancasaptatir sloka vimsatir eva ca kiskindhakand(ag)as sarga(s) saptasastir itirita trsahasran ca sat caiva slokas sundarakandagah
Irita
I I
i

tu

dvisahasram

sarganam samkhyata paramarsiiia yuddhakande tu padyanam dasona satsahasrika ekatrimsacchataI

i

astasastis

tu

mitas

trsahasram sate dve ca sarga api ca klrttitah catustrimsat tathaiva ca sloka uttarakandasthas sarga(h)
I I
i

pafm)ktyuttaram ^atam

bindudurllipi

etc.

The following table shows the number of Sargas in each Kanda, (1) according to our MS., (2) according to the Bodleian MS. Sansk. 1). 28 (which is also a Grantha MS.),

-$n

67

Kr-

according to the recension called C in Prof. Geschichte und Jacobi's concordance (Das Ramayana. Inhalt nebst Concordanz der gedrnckten Recensionen, Bonn 1893, pp. 220 seqq.):

and

(3)

Kanda

68

K~

sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu brdaye me devadevo mahesah praelnavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair Irito rainasantosan netum icchur visayam apanayams bhadram
I
I

tatra tatra sphurantam

kurve sarvarttbasaram vivaranam

idani
I

adau anusandheyani visnoh karnrmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya tatracavagatasya sravanavidher addhyayanavidber iva tyasabdagrabanatadartthavagatipurvakena tatpratipaditanityanaimittikasadliaranadharmmanusthaneiiaistabhavanam
ucitan caruramayanasya
n
i

arttba

iti

atonustheyarttbaprakasakatvat puranasya pratii

sargam anustbeyorttbab prakasamyab tatra prathamasargena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^arena svavagatopy
arttbab
janayati

guruna
I

gunavatopadista

pustenapi

guruna

eva prayuktab adrstan yavadarttbam apunali praI

snavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate tapa iti tapasi anasanadirupe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca svaddbyaye svavede ca niratam etc. It ends (I, 83): karnrmana ravanavadbantena mahai

teti

[ti]

sarvalokepsitatamatvad
iti.

iti

bbavab

ata evaba sa-

caracaram

(2)

The Adliyatma-Ramayana, a portion of the BrahmandaPurana, in 6 Kandas. The printed editions generally add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayananiabatmya-sarga) at tbe Tbese are beginning, and an Uttarakanda at tbe end.
not found in our
It

MS.
prtbvlbbaracaranaya
i

yah begins:
cinruayah
i

divijais

sanrpra-

rttbitas

manusyovyayab

sanjatab prtbivitale ragbukule mayaniscakram bataraksasab punar agat brabklrttini

n

papaharam vidbaya jagatam ekam anandasandram mayasrayam vigatamayam acintya^aktim amalan nijabodbarupam sltripatim viditatatvam abam
tan janakisain bbaje
visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betuni
I

niatvam adyam param

patbanti ye nityarn ananyacetasas srnvanti caddbyatmikasamjnita(m) subbam ramayanam sarvapuranasammatan nirddbutapapa barim eva yanti te addbyatmarai
i I

nnamami

H3H

69

K~

mayanam
ksam
i

nityam pathed yad ichet bhavabandhamogavam sahasrayutakotidanaphalam labhed ya Srnuyat

eva
I

sa nityam kailasagre kail acid, etc. F. 4: iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane unianiahesvarasam-

vade balakande sriramahrdayan nama prathanias sargali The Balakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. 17 b, the Ayodhyakanda (in 9 Sargas, containing 700 slokas, as stated
II

Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas, the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas, cont. 555 slokas) on f. 92, the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas, cont. 300 slokas) on f. 106, the Yuddhakanda ends on
at

the end)

on

f.

45
f.

b,

the

cont. 500 slokas) on

67

b,

f.

160b. as follows:

alo(lyakhiladeva(read veda)rasim asakrd yat tarakam bralima tat ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijnaya bhutesvarah uddhrtyakhilasarasaip graham idam samksepatah
I

siiramasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha prasphutam iti srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamahebhavah priyayai ^varasaravade yuddhakande sodasas sargali kande yuddhei
I

ddhyatmake sarga navasapta nllakarnoktah

dasasataslokannsanikhyaya ynktah
n
i i

sarddhaika-

jayati raghuvainsatila-

kah kansalyanandavarddhano ramah dasavadananidha(na)harih oni subham astu karl dasarathih pundarikaksah
i

sriguriibhyo namah The scribe adds:

Udayamurttikumaran
(3)

srisainbasivaya

namah

(folloAV

two

or three words in Tamil, which I cannot

make

out.)

(The Manimanjari) a Commentary on Kedara's Vrttaratnahira, by the Purohita Ndrdyana, a son of Nrsimhayajvan. The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full, the commentary consists in brief remarks only. It is incomplete,

breaking off in the middle of the third Adhyaya. See No. 170.

namo namo ganesaya namas te sivasunave kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa svetaninirvighnam
It begins:
I I

bhodhisthitan devani suddhaspliatikavigrahani vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam NrsimhayajI

vanah putro Narayanapurohitah

vrttaratnakaravyakhyam

vyakaroti

yatbamati

sukbasantanasiddbyarttbam
i

naumi

brabniaccyutarccitam

samkaram

gaurlvinayakopetam sanikaram lokavedarttha^aivasastrajno Bbattako bbudvijotta1

i

mah dam

kriyate

tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratab tenecbanclo laksyalaksanasamyutam vrttaratna;

karan nama balanam sukbasiddbaye

i i

Pimgaladibbir Sca-

ryyair yyad uktara laukikam dvidba matravarnnavibbagena cbandas tad iba kathyate etc. After tbe text of &lokas I,
1

tbere follows

(f.

lb):
I

vya

tararaksi

mo

gata sayo

modaterab praklrttitab sabate sastu sa yati to vrnoti rkarakab bba sidati canas cokto vabatiti gana sinrtab bbumyambvagniinarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tah u
i

jiieyas sarvadiinaddliyanta

follows text of

I,

18,
etc.

t'ben

Tben

text of I,

1922.
II

prathamoddbyayah cbandasi gu srlb

i

F. 4:

vrttaratnakare Tben 2b): dvitiyoddbyayah om uktayam

(f.
n
I I

guravotra catuskalah etc. Tben again a sbort commentary.

I

ukta mtau tagau gobdbilokaib 2 caturbbis saptabhis ca varnair yyatib nilam kese nirgunam
It ends
(f.

7):

saliny

maddbyabbage
pinan
tu
i

durgban

netre

nirmmalam

gandabimbe

gam

sronivaksojabbare krsne lllasalinln naumi

laksmim

Whish No.

56.

Size: 17^->;2|- in., 65 leaves, from 13 to 15 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' The MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older.

Char a cter

Grantha.

Tbe Utiara-Ramayana,

or

UttaraTiand,a

of tbe

Bamd-

yana, by Valmiki, in 110 Sargas.

i

The
III,

editions have

Pavyeka or Pabbeka

as the

name

of Kedara's

father.
2

34 in Borooah's edition.

(A Comprehensive Grammar of
vol.

the Sanskrit Language, by

Anundoram Borooah,

X: Prosody.)

-^
It begins:

71

Kramasya raksasanam vadhe

I i

praptarajyasya

krte

ajagmur mmunayas tatra raghavaiu pratinanditum kanvo kausikotha yavakrlto narebbyas ca vana eva ca
i

medhatitheh putrah purvasyan

I

disi cfisritah
i

bhagavan naraucih prarnucis tatha tma rsis sarasvatah prabhuh etc.

It ends:

dattatreyotha atreyaputro dharmmai

idam

akhyanam ayusyam Jpathan ramayanan

I
i

saputrapautro lokesmin pretya svarge mahlyate ayoddhyapi purl ramya sunya varsaganan babun rsabham prapya rajanara ni[va]vasam upayasyanti etad akhyanam krtavan pracetasab ayusyam sabbavisyara sabottaram
i

narah

ity arse

(sabodarab pr. m.) putrah sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata n srlmadramayane adikavye Yalniikive srimaduttararamayane dasadbikasatatamas sargab n harih om subbani
I

astu

sltalaksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasri11

ramacandrasvamine namab
niine

rulnaksisundaresvarasva-

namab

II

sakalalokanatbakayai

namab

harih

om

II

56.

Whish No.
Size:

57.

12^x2

in.,

(1)

192

+ (2)

leaves, 10 lines

on a page.
1826.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about 50

Character: Grantha.

years older.

The Upadesagranthavivamna,

Commentary on

(the

metrical part of) &ahkara'slJpadesasahasri, by (Bodhanidhi ?) a pupil of Yidyddhaman. See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 90.
Ind. Off. IV, p. 731.
It

visnum begins:
|
i

Hall, p. 99.

See above No. 24(b).

pancatmakam vande bhaktyastadaII

samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabbir asritam on namab on nama srigurubbyab on namas sivaya caitanyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam cetanam yat sarvavisayatltan tasmai sarvavide namab

sabbedaya
H

eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidya kalpitadikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity

-3*

72

k~
gamyam
astiti

ukte paramartthatas sarvan tat

asamka

ma

bhud

ity

aha

janmanasaprakaranasya padartthavivarakrtan devatagurubhaktipreritena maya iti saptadasasloka yatlndrasrimukkotgatah vipratagurubhaktena maya

.
.

It ends:

sarvam
.

iti,

etc.

nam

brahmatmabodhakah dhamamunes ciram

i

na svabuddhitah atmani sthapitan munimukkyena yavajjivan namami tarn yatbbasyasagarajaynktimanin prakirnan prapyadkuna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai naruo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidhanaya yatlsvaraya iti srlmadsraddkabhaktimatraVidyadbamasisyena Bodhanidhina preritena krtam upadesagrantliivivaranam samaptam yatpadakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan akam sarvantara|

sraddhaya srlinad-Vidyasrlmatpadambujan tasya prasadan yena me nikhilad vedad akrsya mana

i

upasya

11

tmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasah

Subham astu

om

II

94.

Whish Nos.
Size:

58

(1)

&

58

(2).

and (2) 196 201 to 396) (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1827.' MS. is probably about 50 years older.
in.,

12|x2

two

vols, of (2)

+ 200 +

(2)

(i.

e.

The

Char a cter

Grantha

The SariraMmimmnsabJiasyd,
Including the text of the Sutras.
It

or

the

Commentary on
in

Badarayana's Veddnta- Sutras, by Sankara,

begins:

4 Adhyayas.

visayavisayinos tamahprakasavadviruddhasvabhavayor itaretarabha-

yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor
etc.
f.

vanupapattau.

The

first

Adhyaya ends
II

127b:

iti

sai'lrakamimamsa-

bhasye Sainkarabhagavatpildakrtau prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah samaptas* caddhyayah n

Proper name of the author?

-3*

73

k~
II,
3,

Vol. I ends

(f.

200b) at the end of

ends on
f.
f.

5 (BibL

hid.

edition p. 612). The 2 nd Adhyaya

f.

rd 242, the 3

Adhyaya on
iti

355 b, the 4 th A. on
It ends:

anavrttis sabdad anavrttis sabdad

dyotayati
k ptau
II

396

b.

sutrabhva-

sas sastraparisamapti(n)

iti

srlmatparamahaiii7

saparivrajakacaryya-GovindabhagavatpuJ3 apadasisyasya

srl-

snmaccharlrakamlniamsabhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah " samabrahmanandani srlgnrnbhyo namah pta^ caddhyayah paramasukhadani kevalam jhanamnrttim visvatitam gaganaekan nityam vimalani sadr^ani tatvam asyadilaksyam acalam sarvadhlsaksibhutam bhavatitan trigunarahitam

mac-Chamkarabhagavatah
i:

ll

satgurun tan harih om

I

namami

ll

vedantasutrabhasyam

samaptam

58.

Whish No.
Size:

59.

14x2

in.,

(2)

+ 215 + (I)
years older.

leaves,

10 or 11 lines on a page.
1827.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about 50

Character: Grantha.

1 a Commentary on the Upadesagranthavivarana, Pancadasi (ascribed to Sayana), by Ramakrsna, a pupil

The

of

BhwaMlrtha, and Vidyaranya.

These
1.

fifteen chapters

on Vedanta Philosophy are given

in the folio wing order:

Citradipa (Tatparyabodhinl).
Trptidipa.

2. 3.

Kutasthadlpa.

4.
5.
(>.

Dhyanadipa. Natakadipa.
Tattvaviveka (Padadipika).
Aufrecht CC.
title

p.

314 gives the

title

T<itparyahodhini, which

is

only the

of the

commentary on the Citradipa.

~$H
7.

74

K~

Pahcabhutaviveka (Tatparyadipika).
Pahcakosaviveka.
Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana).

8.

9.

10.

1785, 1878, Sake 1800) begin with the Tattvaviveka. r See also Ind. Off. IV p. 745.

Brahmananda in five Adhyayas. The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863, Sake
11
,

15.

Mahavakyaviveka.

& Bombay
It

natva sri - Bharatitlrttha -Vidyaranyammnbegins svarau kriyate citradipasya vyakhya tatparyyabodhim n

:
I

cikirsitasya

granthasya nispratyuhaparipuranaya parama-

tmaniti

padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropapavadabhyan nisprapancam prapahcyata iti nyayam anusrtya

paramatmany aropitasya jagata sthitiprakaram

sa-

drstantam pratijanite etc. iti F. 30b: srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-

Bhriratitirttha-Yidyaranyamuni^ricaranasisyena

Bamakrs-

nakhyavidusa viracita tatparyyabodhinmamika citradipavyakhya samapta on tat sat n

II

J\

69 b:

iti
-

srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasrlII

RamaVidyaranyamunivaryyakimkarena krsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidipayyakhya samapta p. 79 D: iti Ramakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadlpavyakhya samapta F. 98 b: iti ... ddhyanadrpasya vyakhya samapta P. 102 b: iti ... rtoatakadlpavyakhya samapta F. 119: iti tatvavivekasya padadlpika samapta
Bharatitirttha

11

II

ll

F.

133b:
ll

iti

paiicabhutavivekasya tatparyyadlpika
n

samEpta

harih

F. 143 b: F.

om
.
.

F. 151b:

153:
om
ll

iti iti
.

pahcakosavivekavyakhya samapta dvaitavivekasya padayojana samapta

ll

iti

mahavakyavivekavyakhya

samapta
I

harih

natva sri-Bharatitlrttha-yidyaranyamunisvaraii

branmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye etc. F. 176b: brahmanande yoganando nama prathamoddhyayah
o

-5*

75

h$-

ddhyayah F. 208b:
F. 193 b:
ii

iti

brahmanande atmanando nama

dvitiyo-

iti

brahmanande advaitanando nama brahmanande vidyanando nama

trtiyo-

ddhyayah

F. 212 b:

(f.

iti

caturttho-

ddhyayah
It ends

215):

iti

brahmanande visayanando nama

srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya-

pancamoddhyayah

iti

sn-Bharatltirttha-Vidy&ranyamunivaryyakimkarei.ia sri-Ramakrsnakhyavidusa viracitam upadesagranthavivaranam

samaptam

II

harih

om

etc.

59.

Whish No.
on
Size: 10^a page.

60.
(2)

x l|
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 40 + (1) + 43 + 2 +

leaves, 8 or 9 linea

Material:

leaves.
1828.'

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The MS.

The MS.

is

slightly

damaged by
(1)

insects in a few places.

The Suryasiddhdnta,
It

in

subhani begins:
gnnatmane
I i

14 Adhyayas.
i

(Ff. 40.)

gunaya

uktarupaya nirsamastajagadadharamurttaye brahacintyapy

I

astu

mane namah alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurah rahasyam paramam punyam jijnasujnanam uttamam 2
It ends:
I

pradadau pritah grahanan caritam mahat atyadbhutatamam loke rahasya(m) brahmasammitam vedasya nimmilam (read nirmalam) caksuh jfiatva sa[

sarvebhyah
I

ksad vivasvatah
cchati
i

viditvaitad asesena

param brahmadhigaii

suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdasosubham astu gurubhyo namah ddhya(yah i) harih om

iti
i

(2)

The Astddhydyif
by Paniiii

or eight chapters of grammatical Sutras,

(Ff. 43.)

^h
It
i

76

k~
**

begins

yenaksarasaniainnaya

rat krtsnam

dhigaraya mahesvatasmai vyakaranam proktan Paninaye namah

i

vena dhauta girah purnsam vimalais abdavarim**masvas cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namah vakyakaram
I

Yararucim bhasyakaram Patafijalim Paninim sutrakarafi ca pranatosmi munitrayam vanlm Paninim acaryyam tatha Katyayanamunin krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavantam Patanjilim (sic) yogena cittasya padena vacam malam
I

sarlrasya vaidyakena

yopakarot tarn pravaram muninam

I

Patanjalim pranjalir anatosmi ajnanatimirandhasya jnananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srigurave
I

namah

ii

un

etc.

It ends:
i

nodattasvaritodayam agargyaka^yapagalavanam
i i I I
I i

a a hrasvasyaivatra grahanam isyate astamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah astaddhyayl

sampurna sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi harih om sivam astu

gurave

namah

sivayai

namah

govinda

(3)

The Visnubkujanga, a Stotra

Tanjore, p. 201b, and Taylor is ascribed to Sankara.
It
I,

in
p.

18 stanzas.

In Burnell,
p.

356 (see also

103)

it

begins:

cidamsam
santam

vibhun

nirmmalan nirvikalpan
i 1
i

nirahan nirakaram omkaragamyam gunatitam avyaktam ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1

adyantasunyam jagajjlvanam jyotiranandarupam adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyam triylvakta (read traylvaktram?) yam veda tasmai namas
i

visuddham

sivam

te

It ends:

mukhe

mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare

i

crtrucakram suresabhivandyam bhujamge sayanam bhaje ramganathani harer anyadaivan na manye na manye 17
1
i

bhujamgaprayatam pathed yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte Miavantam murare sa moham vihayasu ynsmatprasadat
i

sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvani

vi.

-s*

77

K-

60.

Whish Xo.
Size:

61.
8

lOjXls

in.,

(1)

96

+ (1)
r

leaves,

or 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably end of 18th

Character: Grantba.

h beginning of 19* century.

The
of the
It

Sivatattvasudlianidhi from the Sanafkumdrasamhita

yam begins:
i
i i

Shandq-Purana,

in

20 Adhyayas.

khasalinah

pranamya surendradya bhavanti susarvavighnopasantyarttham tarn vande SamI

karatmajam sri-Siitah sivam hari(m) vidhataram tatpatnis tatsutan gurun natva samastapraytuha^antaye mamgalaya caivaksye srnuddhvam sarvajnah Sivatatvasudhanidhim etc.
I

Sanatkumarasamhitayam Sivataity adipurane tvasudhanidhau prathamoddhyayah iti skande F. 6: purane Sanatkumarasamhitayam siva4:
ll

F.

tatvasudhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah iti srlskande sivatatvasudhanidhau samsaraduF. 41b:

n

sanan nama ekadasoddhyayah iti F. 73b: srisivatatvasudhanidhau sivabhiksatanakathanan nama sodasoddhyayah u iti srlskande mahapurane SanatkumarasamhiIt ends:
ll

tayam sivatatvasudhanidhau sakaladdkyayasaramahimanuvarnnanan nama vimsoddhyayah srlgurave namo namah

II

ll

srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h

ii

harih

om

subhani astu.

61.

Whish No.
Size:
1

62.

to 306), 154

14x2 in., + (1)

Palm

two volumes (witb one continuous foliation from + (1) 152 + (1) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.
1827'.

Date: Entries by Mr. Wbisb dated 'Tellicherry

Tbe MSS.

may be about

50 years older.

Character: Grantba

~$h

78

f-

The Vanaparvan, or Aranyaparvan, Adhyayas. The beginning (III, 1 32, 45) is missing, and the Nalopakhyana (III, 53 78) is omitted (see below). The MS. is full of clerical misIII:
in

The Mahabharata, Parvan

300

takes. 1

Vol. I begins at the end of III, 32, 45:

mayor
i i

api

anyesam karmmani phalam asmakam api va punah viprakarsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam
F. 25 b:

ity

ddhyayah

(End

aranyaparvani nalopakhyane ekonapahcasoof III, 52 in the Bombay and Calcutta

i

asid raja nalo editions.) srlkrsnaya namah H brhadasvah nania vlrasenasuto ball upapanna(read nno) gunair istai
i

rupavan asvakovidah
puraskrtah
| i

vidvan danapatir daksah sada

slla-

manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir sarvesam yyatha uparyyupari aditya iva tejasa brahmanyo
atisthan
I

Tedavic
i

mahipatih upari anyapustake asti etat Janamejayah bhagavan kamyakaprapte game kini akurvanta partthas te tarn rte prapitamahah (sic)
i

churo
n

nisadhesu

savyasacinam etc., Parvan, or III, 79

l

i.

e.

in our

the beginning of the TlrthayatraMS. III. 80 in the editions.

The
III,

first

183

(=
f.

at (f. 154b) 182 in the III, editions).

volume ends
216:

the

beginning of

Vol. II,
III,

End

of the

Markandeyasamasyaparvan,

222 (== III, 231

in the editions).

F. 277: The Savitryupakhyana begins, III, 281 (=111, 292 in the editions).

capy adharmmena suhrdviyojane parai^aradaramarsane akayabhave ca rame manas sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca srnvatam (This is the end of III, 313 in the editions.) ity arse srimanmahabhaIt

ends:

na

svahare

rate satasahasrikayam samhitayam Vaiyyasikyam srimadaranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatata-

moddhyayah

iti

aranyaparvas samaptah

1 See H. Luders, Zur Sage von Rsyasriiga, in the 'Xachrichten der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Phil. -hist. Kl.

1901. Heft

1',

pp. 5 seqq., where an extract from this

MS.

is

given.

62.

Whish No.
Size:

03.

17xly

in.,

(1)

-f 91 -f

(1)

leaves,

from

to

10

lines

on

a page. Material:

Palm

leaves.
1827".

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha, two different hands.
Injuries: Ff. 38, 39, 79, 81

The MS.

damaged by

insects.

Commentary on
including
1

Vdlmiki's

Acdrya,

the

Kdnda, and Sargas

It

3
i

Rdmdyana, by Rdmdnuja Aranya-Kdnda, the Kiskindhdof the Sundara-K<liJ<(.

atha begins:
I

pitrvakyaparipalanaya dandakan pra-

vistasya vrttam vistarena

atmavan
yavat
I

dhrtiman

vaktum upakramate pravisyeti nissamka iti maharanyapravese

I I

etc.
(f.

The Aranyakanda ends

viracite

40):

iti

Ranianu(ja)caryyall

aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah harih om aranyakandam. vyakhyasamaptam The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. 41): sa tarn iti khaII

radisamhrirena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn

iti

ramaniyataya

prasiddham
i

saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena slta-

netrasmaranajasokatisayena ksubdhasarvendriyas san vilaetc. lapa It ends (f. 80): iti Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindha-

kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah Then the Sundara-Kanda begins: atha sundarakamle

ll

nam

vvakhyeyani vyakhyayante piirvasmin sarge manasa gamakrtani ity uktam idanim kayenapi gamanam karttum
I

aicchad

ity

aha
i

tata ity adina atra

etc.

gantum

iti

padam

addhyaharyyam
Sarga:

The MS. breaks

off

at

the
n

iti

tritlyyas

sargah

beginning of the fourth advareneti gramani va

i

visesat samaye nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi sa umyana carena visan nrpa ity uktaprakarena advfirena pravisyeti pravisva pravestum upakrammya pravistavan sa^yam padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayfinakale ca grhaI

pravese vivaha.

~>;

80
63.

K~

Whish No.
Size:

64.

Material:

lOsXlgPalm

in.,

(2)

+ 55

-f-

50 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.

19*11 cent.

leaves.

Date: Probably beginning of

Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Vdkyasudhatika, a Commentary on

the Drgdrsya-

viveka or Vdkyasudha (of Sankara Acdrya), nanda Bharati, a pupil of Ananda Bharati
Ind. Off. IV, p. 739; Mitra, Notices, III,

by Brahma(ff.

55).

Cf.

Margin
It

drkdr&yavivekam karanam khadijagatam begins:

of
f.

p.

226 seq.

1:

harih

om

aranarttham anaga|

samupasmahe atmastham yah karoti mam turn sarvasaksinam vande Ramanandamunisvaram yatkataksaI

sam

varanananam

atmanam advayam

abhisicya

krpavarsair

sudhasindhau majjata punyapapakatah(read papatah?) may a jhanamanir llabdhas tarn Anandagurum bhaje natva
I i

sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau maya vakyasudhatlka yathamati viracyate na khyatilabhapujeccha tlkai

na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi karanakaranam karanam praripsitasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptai

I

pravicayagamanabhyam visistacaraparipalanaya, etc. atah evam moksasastrasyapi saphalyam syad It ends:

ayam evasya prakaranasya samastavedantasastrasya ca tasmat sarvam anavadyam iti srimatparamahamsaparivraj akacaryy a srimad Ananda Bharatlmunivaryy asisya Brahity
n

mananda
harih
H

Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika
ii

samapta

II

om

(2)

fragment, chapter of the

described

Dharmmam"
Margin
vaih
of
It begins:
i

(ff.
f.

1:

atharvanam
ca

14).

th by Mr. AVhish as "the 30 Atharvana rahasyam of the Vishnu-

harih

om

bhagavan

praninas sarve visarogadyupadra-

dustagraliopaghatais

sarvakalam upadravaih

~>4

8]

H$-

ca ahicaraka(read abhicarika)krtyais ca sparsarogais il;ininaih sada sampidyamanas tu tisthanti raunisattama etc. It ends (f. 14): marddaya mardaya maraya maraya
i

sosaya dahaya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara samhara yaksagrahan pretagrahan piSacagrahan samhara samhara bhanjaya bhanjaya avesaya avesaya akaya aksaya hram hrlm hrum krom sarvamamgalini svaha sosaya
n

(3)

The
107

Anandasagarastava
(ff.

stanzas

15 26b).
7694.

by Nilakantha Diksita^ in Printed in the Kavyamala,

Part

XI

(1895), pp.

Margin
It

of

f.

15:
(f.

sagarastavam.
15):

begins

vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya
I

mandodyame mayi
tani
It
ii

davlyasi visvaniatuh avyajabhntakaruna-

pavanapaviddh.iny anta
1
ii

smaramy

aliam

;ipaingataramgi-

ends

(f.

26 b):

iti

anandasagarastavas

sainaptah

srl-Nilakantha-Dlksitaviracitoyam subliam astu gurubhyo

ii

ii

namab

II

(4)

The Advaitamakaranda
27 verses
(ft'.

by

Laksmidha/ra
Off.

Kavi,
751,

in

2728).
f.

See Ind.

IV,

p.

Mitra,

Notices, II,

p. 105.

Margin

of

27:

advaitani. Laksmidharakaves

It begins (f. 27): aham asmi sada bhami kadacin naham apriyah brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidanandaI

laksanah
It

ii

ends

(f.

28b):
i

suktib saradam-

bhojasambhrtah advaitamakarandoyani vidvatbhrragair nniplyatam advaitamakarandam samaptam

il

(5)

The Lalitdstavaratna, 209 Arya verses in praise goddess Parvatl. Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in
of Devi.

of the

praise

This

is

much admired Hymn

in the

Aryya
1

metre."

Printed in Kavyamala, Part X, 1894, pp.

6

18.

~5* of
29:

82

K~

Margin

f.

Aryyadvisati.
vande
I

It begins (f. 29): dhavallabhaslistam

gajendravadanam varnSmkarukuvalayinrja1

kumkumaparagasonam

rakorakapidam
It

etc.

ends

(f.

48):

madhurasmitam
i
I

mmatamgalmmbhavaksojam
lalitapadabhih

madarunanayanam candravatainsinin tvam savi209

I

dhe pasyanti snkrtinah kecit

lalitaya stavaratnam
i

pranitam
n

aryyabhih

anudinam
II

avanau

pathatam phalani vaktuni pragalbbate saiva

rajesvaryyai

srimaharaja-

nam ah

etc.

(6)
(ff. 4950). In v. Hastamalakastotra. See Aufrecht, CC. p. 765, the Stotraratnakara (Bombay, Nirnayasagara Press, 1883), 207, it is ascribed to Satikara. pp. 205

The Hastamalakaprakarana,

in

14 verses

s.

Margin
kin

of

f.

49:

It begins (f. tvam siso kasya sutah kva jatah nama te tvam kuta Sgatosi etad vada tvam tava cari

kas 49):

hastamalakaprakaranam.

bhakatvam matprltaye prltivivarddhanosi 1 It ends (f. 50): upadhau yatha bhedata sanmanlnan
n
1

tatha bhedata buddhibhedesu tepi yatha candrikanan jale cahcalatvam tatha caiicalatvan tavapiha visno n 14 n hastai

malakaprakaranam samaptaip

ii

harih

om

subham astu

ii

64.

Whish No.
Size:

65.

12^X2
Palm

in.,

(2)

74

+ (2)

leaves,

from 10 to 12

lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.
7'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827 November

The MS. may be about 50 years

Character
:

older.

Grantha.

The MahabMrata:

the

Pauloma-Parvan

(in
i.

8 Adhyayas),
e.

and the Astika-Parvan (in 40 Adhyayas), 1 59 of the Adi-Parvan.

Adhyayas

No. 115 (12) reads adaruna

~3^

83

k~

This MS. has been fully described, and extracts have been given from it in my articles 'On the >South-rndi:in Recension of the Mahabharata', Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVI I, Is'.ts.
pp.

6981, 92104, 122133.

65

Whisb No.
Size: 8|

66.

X 1]

in.,

(1)

+ 66

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.
7th

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated The MS. may be about 50 years older.
<

'Tellicherry

Xov.

lKiT'.

'Iiaracter

Grrantha.

The Vakyavrttiprakdsikd , a Commentary on Sanhara's

by Visvesvara Pandita, See Ind. Off. IV, p. 738 Prajna. Notices VIII, p. 287 (No. 2847).
Vakyavrtti,
It

pupil

of

Madhava
Mitra,

(No. 2302);

namami bhagavatpadasamkaram lokasamkaram

alayam karunfilayam paramakrpanidhis^imac-Chamkaracaryyabhagavatpadas tapatrayasantaptanam aparinutajananadisamsaraddhva&amaparipidibegins:

|

srutismrtipuranfinam

ta ii.im

atmajnanasisiramadhurajalakamksinain vidurasHrira-

kamimamsajalasayagamanasamartthanam vakyavrttisamjnakopadesaprakaranaprapaparikalpanenantassitalatani vigataklesatafi capSdayan tatradau prakarana&ravane pravrttanam

adhikarinam avighnena brahmatadatmyapratipattisiddhaye prakaranapratipadyadvitiyabodhasmaranapurvakam naniaskarasyavaSyakarttavyatan dyotayan svayan namaskurntr

sa

rgasthitipralayahetum, etc. It ends: brahmavitbhyah

ii

paran nasti na bhutan na

bhavisyatiti

i(ti)

srlmanmahayogi-Madhava-Prajnagurupran
ii

sadasaditaparimitanandajnanasvarupa-Vi^ve^varapanditaviracita vakyavrttipraka&ka samapta harih om brahmaham

etan mayi bhati vi&vam rl-Madhava-Prajnaguroh prasadal

sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesyarapanditakhyas tasyamghripatmara

pranatosmi oityani n svasvade&akulacaradyagraho lokavasana pathertthabodhenusthane vyasanain gastravasana

I

~x

84

hs~

ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana
dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah
II

jivanmuktiviro-

harih

om

66.

Whish No.
Size:

67.

8fxlf

in.,

73 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

1827."

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry, November 7th The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character
:

Grantha.

i.

The MahdndtaJcasuktisudhdnidhi by Immadl Devardya, e., probably, King Devardya II. of Vijayanagara. See
I,

Hultzsch

It begins:

jato

pp. x, 43, 83; II, p. 41.

vamse raghunam inunivaravacanat

i

ta-

takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur

inmaithilivallabliobhut

atavim

agad

vltasitostavali

prapyayoddhyam baddhabdhir
n

niyogat

pitur

il.ilitadasamukbas sitaya rajyam apa

ddhvastalamko asty arabhodbara-

cumbisaudhasikharasYeninisannamgana gltakarnanatatpara-

suryyasyanvayajanminam mbaracaraprastuyamanapraja ksitibhujam sadharanam raandiram laksmya dhama par am

l

lalataracana F.
15:

srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad
n

bhumer ayoddhya

purl

ii

Ammabala-

di(sic)maharajaviracite mahanatakasuktisudhanidhau

kandas samaptah F. 17 b: srlmad

srimad-Ammadi(sic)devamaharajan

viracite

F. 31b:

srlmad

dvitiyakandas samaptah
. .

snmad-Immadidevarayaviracite
n
.

trtlyakandas samaptah F. 36b: srlmad

srlmad- Immadidevamaharaja
.

caturtthakanclas samaptah H F. 44: srlmad srimmadidevamaharaya

paiica-

makandas samaptah It ends (f. 73 b): srutva ramacaritram atbhutataram ko

H

vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ccd ahisvamina nirddhute
T
!

Five syllables

(^

ww

wanting.

~h

85

f$-

L99 -ii.isi kva bhuh kva girayah kvaiteti santaya kalj sriman Immadidevarayanrpati svarllokaka(l)lolinlkallolapratimallasuktivibhavo vidvajjanaSlaghitah Sriman sasiluii I i

varei.iyakai.MJavisay.iiiyasian

ma liana fakaslokan varnapada-

kramojvalataran rman (read sriman?) akarsit prabhuh 200 rimadrajadhirajaparame^vara-sn(ma)d-Immadi(lev;ii

maharajaviracite mahanatakasnktisndlianidliau yuddhakandas samaptah sngurubhyo nauio namah harih om

11 11
I

07.

Size: 12?

X
:

1-f in., (2)

Whish No. 68. + 111 pages, 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Bate: 18th
Character

r 19th cent.?

Grantha.

(Rd nid nuj it's) Commentary on Yuddha-Kdrda in 131 Sargas.

It

Valmiki's

Mamayana,

the

atha srimadyuddhakandavyakhyanam prabegins: kramate tatra prathame sarge uttaram priyasravanottaram

I

kfilarham sltavrttantasravanakrtad dharsatisayat uttamadu-

talaksanavaisistyakathanena sugrivadmam purato mantam stanti krtam iti bhuvi durllabham, etc.
It ends:

hanu-

ca vighnakarino grahavisesah rajasvalah rtupradurbhavavatyah saubhratrkam saubhratrakaram ojaskaram balakaram samhitavedam vedatulyatvat
samhitety
apadisyate
.

vainayakas

II

iti

srimadyuddhakandavyakhyane
II

ekatrimsacchatatamas

sargah

sriramacandraya

namah

II

yuddhakandavyakhya samapta

ii

68.

Size:

13f

xlf
Palm

in.,

Whish No. 69 A. (3) + 73 + 53 + (4) leaves,

or 19th cent.?

8 or 9 lines on

a page. Material:

leaves.
tu

Date of MS.: 18

Character : Grantha.

-^

86
(1)

k-

The Vdkyakaranadlpikd,
sikd, laghudipikd)

a short

Commentary (laghuprakdin five

on the Vdkyakarana,

Adhyayas,

by Sundarardja, the son of Ananta Ndrdyana, dedicated to Somadeva, the son of Rangandtha.
of the Arya school, seems have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar panchdngs in the Tamil and Malayahim countries of Southern India from very ancient times, and even to
to

"The Vakya-Karana, a work

the present day either that or some similar work of the Arya school is so used." R. Sewell and S. B. Dlkshit, The

Indian
the

Calendar (London 1896),

p.

8.

Mr. Whish has

The astrofollowing entry: "The Vdkya-Kdranam. nomical work used in the Carnatick with the astronomical Tables of the Sun and planets &c. annexed.''
It

begins:

srlganesaya
h

bhyari

namah

namah srigurucaranaravindajyotiscakrapravrttaya jyotlrupaya bhasvate

I I

jyotirddarssaya

bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte

namah

srlI

Nilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri - Somadevanujighrksayaiva vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam

laghlyah svabhlpsitagranthasya nispratyfdiaparisamaptaye pracayagamanavisistacaraparipalanabhyah ca svestadevatanamaskarapuraskarena cikirssitam arttham pratijrtnite
i |

pranamya karisailastham
F. 15 b

iti

etc.

vakyakaranalaghuprakasikayam Somadevadrtayam Sundararajaviracitayam prathamoddhyayah F. 32b: iti Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane

iti
ii

16:

sphutaddhyayo dvitlyopi samksepena samapitah

rarajaviracitayam
yani sphutadhikaro

iti

Sunda-

Somadevadrtayam
f.
f.

vakyakaranadlpikaII

Adhyaya Adhyaya V ends

III

nama dvitlyoddhyayah 63 b. ends 50 b, A. IV

(f.

72b):

iti

srimatkeralasatgramanivasi-

Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana saidarssaniparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena Rivakalyandajatena Grolacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe
SundararajaprasnottaiTdvhye granthe pratipaditam tena gati-

yogenaiva vibhajya sthitidabim jiieyain sasthaddhyavah

(f.

73)

-9*

87

K~

prathame dvitiyeddhyaye prayenokta iti na punar idanlip vvakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya pancaddhj ayyam api bahava slokah praksiptah samjnite sarve nirastah
srimanti purajakale padavakyapramanajuo jyot
i&as1 raviSa-

rado yatisvarah pratma (read Padma?) garbha

prasiddhoparo bphaspatir ivasit tasmad evasmatpita praksepavyatiriktam suddhani vakyakaranani anyany api kiiicit adhitavau
sri
-

iti

Nrsimhasisyabhntajyotissastravic

chrl

Vahchyajanrna-

IMiaradvaja-Yaradaraja-tadi'gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadeva-

sarapradayasuddhavakyakaraiian casmakam sampradaya siddhavakyakaranena samara tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasiddham yan raiilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jiieyam SundareI

saki'te

vakyakaranasya praka&ane
lagliur
iritah
i

pancamo

Somadevadrteddhyayah Ananta-Narayanasununa punah

I
i

kaverakanyatatavasimi maya prakasita vakyakrtir Uaghiyasi

dvije^adevanujighrksaya laghu
i

iti

srl-Vanchyajanma-sri-

Ramganathaputra-Somadevadrtena Sundararajena viracitaom yam vakyakaranalaghudipikayam pancamoddhyayah subham astu Srlguracaranaravindabhyam namah suryyai

dinavagrahadevatabhyo namah
(2)

Astronomical
F. 1 margin:

Beginning:

kujasya

tables,

called

Kujadipancagrahavakyam.
I

mahavakyam

mamgalasrir bhusfmuh
atmajayisantanuh
drsto bhupatir vo

40
80

nab 120
150

F. 14: kujasya vakyam samaptam atlia kyam F. 27b: budliavakyam samaptam

ii
II

isamganasampannah bhumir girisamlagna

180

budhasya vaii

F. 28:
II

atha
i

F. guror vakyam atha sukravakyam

ll

33 b: guruvakyam samaptam
Ii

F. 39:

atha

F.

38b: bhrguvakyam
ll

F. 34:

samaptam

It ends:

nirado

saner

vakyam
ll

rasecchuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 van

kyam

munivakyam samaptam kujadiom subham astu etc. pancagrahavakyam parisamaptam

i

19

dhiras

saneh

~4

88
69.

H$~

Whish No.
Size: 13 J

69 B.
on a page.

Xlf
Palm

in., (1)

-f

144

(2) leaves, 8 lines

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th

cen t.?

Character: Grantha.

the UttarakhanUa (AyatanaMianda?) of the Brahmdnda-Purdria, in 34 Adhyayas.

The Lalitopakhyana, from

va sreyase nityam vastu vamamgam yatas trtiyo vidusan turryan tat param mahali nama devarsir vedavedamgaparagah sarvasiddhaAgastyo cacaratbhutahetuni ntasarajho brahmanandadayatmakah
It begins:
i

astu

aisvaram

tirtthany

ayatanani
I

ca

sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah
l
I

janapadan api
F. 2b:

tesu tesv akhilah jantun ajfianatimiravrtan drstva etc. sisnodaraparan cintayam asa tan prati

iti

brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade
II

lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah F. 9b: iti srlbrahniandottare

F. 35:

Haya
. . .

iti

sribrahmandottare
ii

trtlyoddhyayah vaivahikotsavo nama

. . .
ii

caturdasoddhyayah
It ends:

etad avadatagunah pathantas sampatpradayakam apakrtasarvaduhkham vijhanadiptikalikam lalitam mahesim asadya te catasa vahanti sadabhitrptiin
i

akhyatam

siimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catun strimsoddhyayah srlmahadevyai namah samaptas caharih om subham astu yatanakhandah
ii

iti

lalitakhyane

ii

ll

ii

70.

Size:

&|-Xlf

in.,

(1)

Whish No. + 89 leaves, 8

70.
lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19th cent,?

Character: Grantha.

A
ship
1

manual of
of

rites

Rudra.

The

and prayers connected with the wortitle seems to be Rudravidlii. It

syllahles.

The metre requires only two short

Read

te

vata?

~W

89

H$~

includes the Pancdngarudranydsa of Bodhayana (IV. 30b 33b), and gives (IV. 45 88) the Prayoga for each Mantra

of the

Rudranuvakas
It
is

nuvdkds).

of Taittiriya-samhita IV, (Namakanot as it docs the contain incomplete,

">
(

Prayoga

for the CamalcdnuvdJcds

Taitt.-samh. IV,

7),

which

we should expect
quotation
of the It

after

below.)

An

Namdkdnuvakds. (See the entry by Mr. Whish says: "This

the

volume contains the Atirudraprayogam; being an extracl

atha begins:

Bhashyam

of the Yajurvedah."

srlrudravidhih
i

tatra tavad

upayukte
|

tu viniyogadikan cintyate

viniyogo

namabhisambandhah

sarvamgamgl bhavarupah ekasyaiva anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamga-

mantrasya vidhibalad
viniyogo jneyah

bhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani evah ca yady api caramayam istakayam

juhotity adibhi(r)

brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi rudranuvakair homo vihita iti homakhye karmmani amgatvam rudranuvakanam etc.
I

F. 20: athatimaharudra-ahutisamkhya F. 30b: iti sthandilakundamandarudrahutisamkhya

i

F. 15:

atha
i

panirmmanadividhih F. 33b: yasavidhih

bhisekavidhih
F. 45:
i

II

atha Bodhayanoktapancamgarudraniti pancamgarudranyasah atha rudran

atha

taittirtyasakhanusarena

namakanuvakah
;

pradarsyante namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas

2 x sahamanetyadayah camakanuvaka agnavisnu jyaisthyam ity adaya ekada&a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayo-

gab Bliaskaradivinirdistakainyadi'styabhidliasyate
F. 88:

gah

iti

namakesu namo rudrebhya* ity asya prayonamakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) atha purvoiti
n
I

ktesu daksine yatna nirupyate F.88b: iti daksine yatna atra nyunatiriktoktapratyavayajihirsayai staumi stamberamadhisacarimnaniraimitavasasam

II

See Taitt. Samh. IV,

7, 7,

5,

1 seqq.

Read namas

te

rudra

namas

sahamanayetyiidayah. 2 Taitt. Samh. IV,

3

1.

Taitt.

Taitt.

Samh. IV, Samh. IV,

2.

5,

11, 2.

~5*
It

90

h$-

ends

anavaratadhiraddhvana
i

gambhiragharghara
(read

galabhavaphutkarabhinnagahvara rajlva?) rajamana dharadharesa

gunarajivi

guna-

kanyakakantisamkranta
i

akhila(read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa ranta namas te nanias mahesa (read santa?) jagadadhlsa
te
i

srigurucaranaravindabhyan namali

II

om

subham

astu.

71.

Whish No.
Size:

71.
to 15 lines

18lx2l
Palm

in., (2)

+ 201

+(5) leaves, from 12

on

a page. Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. "Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'. The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is A. D. 1819/20, but the MS. looks older, and may have been written A. D. 1759/60, possibly A. D. 1699/1700.
Scribe: Pvaghunutha, son of Ramakrsria.

Character: Grantha, very small, sometimes difficult to read.

The Mahabhdratasamgraha, by Mahesvara.

describes
of

Mr. Whish

it as 'the Saiigraha-Bharatam Maheswaran; compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. There are really only 17 Parvas, which are made up in the following way: Parvans I IX correspond to the usual Parvans of the

Mahabharata, then follow: Gada-Parvan,

XI

Sauptika-Parvan,
to Svargarohanika Parvans. and Anusasana Parvans are not repre-

XII Aisika-Parvan, XIII XVII Asvamedhika

The
sented.
Strl, Santi,

Ill, 46 seq.

See A. Holtzmann, Das Mahabharata, II, 1 seq.. R. v. Roth, Verzeichnis Indischer Handschriften
p.

der Kgl. Univ. Bibl. Tubingen,

It

23.

suklarabaradhararn begins:
I

visnura sasivarnah caturI

bhujam

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye srlman pauranikas sutah kadacid rauniaharsinah ugrasrava nama punyam naimisaranyam agamat varttamane saunai I

kasya

satre

dvadasavfti-sikc
i

tatraslnan

munln

sarv.an

pranamat samprahrstadhih kathas citra srotukama munayas

sutanandanam paripapraccha tan sa fan papracchus ca kansalam abhinandya samSsinas tarn ahus samSritasanam kuta ayasi ko degas tvaya carita ity api vipran
1
I
i i i

praha suprltan tatragacchan yadrcchaya sarpasatram yatra raja cakara janamejanah (sic) ya vai&ampayanat fcatra
i

sa

busr;iv;i

janamejayah kathas
i
|

ta

Vyasakathitas

fa

a[u]srausam

liliaratasritali

ca

pararddliyani parikramya tirtthany ayatanani s[y]amantapancakan nama tan deam gatavan alrarp
ca sarvesan ca

kurunam pandavanan
vividhau
(?)

mahlbhrtam
I

tasmad
ukta

didrksur

aham agatah
abruvan
i

bbavatam srotnm kirn

i

icchathety

munayas

sutam

pariksitena

Vyasokta ya vaigampayanac chrutah icchamo mahabharatasamjnitah etc.

i

tab

katha

Srotum

E\ 2:

iti

Srimababharatasamgrahe Mahe^varakrte sam11

bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan nama prathamoddbyayah F. 10b iti 6rlmahabharatasamgrahe dusyantacaritan

:

nama astamoddhyayah
F. 211):

II

iti

s^imahabharatasamgrahe bakavadho nama

n

pancadasoddhyayah F. 26: iti grlbharatasamgrahe nama astadasoddhyayah

pancendropakhyanan

II

F. 32

(end

of

the I rst

Parvan):

iti

srimahabharata-

samgrahe sambhavaparvani mandapalacaritan nama pancavim&oddhyayah F. 44 (end of the II nd Parvan): iti sabhaparvani
II

Pandavadyiitaparajayo nama astamoddhyayah srikrsnaya namab sabhaparva samaptam harih om harih mn F. 54: iti aranyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir nnama
II

11

astamoddhyayah F. 81b (end of the III rd Parvan):

n

iti

aranyaparvani
.

araniharanan nama, dvattrimsoddhyayah F. 95 (end of the IV th Parvan): iti

virataparvani
II

uttarabbimanyuvivabo nama dasamoddhyayah srikrsnaya namab virataparvam samaptam n F. 104 (end of the V th Parvan): iti udyogaparvani
n
. .

rathasamkhyambopakhyanan nama dasamoddhyayah

1

Doubtful

reading.

Read

tarn

papracchus teV

-4

92

K~

F. 110b (end of the

VI th

Parvan):

iti

bhismaparvani
II

bhlsmasaratalpasayanan nama saptadasoddhyayah F. 146 (end of the VII th Parvan): iti dronaparvani dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah snkrsnaya naniah
. .
.
ii

ii

dronaparvam samaptam

F. 160 (end of the VIII th Parvan) karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah

:

iti
ii

karnaparvani
.

karnaparva
salyaparvani
II

samaptam F. 169b (end

n

of the
ii

IX th
.
.

Parvan):

iti

saptamoddhyayah salyaparvam samaptam th F. 173b (end of the iti Parvan): gadaparvani gadaparvam samaptam tritryoddhyayah
.

II

(XI moddhyayah

F. 176

th

Parvan):

iti

sauptikaparvani pratha-

ii

F. 178 (end of the XII th Parvan): samaptam n harih om subham astu F. 190b (end of the

ii

iti

aisikaparvam
.

XIII th Parvan): iti

ii

asvame-

dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah ptam F. 194b (XIV th Parvan): iti

ii

asvamedhikam samaasramavasike parvani

caturtthoddhyayah
F. 197

ll

(XV th
n

Parvan):

ii

iti

mausalaparvani dvitryo.

ddhyayah F. 198b (XVI th Parvan): iti mahaprasthanike parvani prathamoddhyayah It ends (f. 201): iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro. .

hanike parvani dvitlyoddhyayah

ll

snkrsnaya namah
n

sita-

laksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandrav.i

namah

ll

srl

umapataye
I

namah

harih

om

subham

astu srigurubhyo namah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah n pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnuvaty api eapam hamse daksinakhyayane pakse site tatha
i

astavimsakhyake

svatitarahy anhi somavasarasamyute Sravanat sarvapapasamayukte dasamyani minalagnake lekhanat Srlpradam ghnah pathanan muktidam subham
i I i i

sammyak mahabharatasamgraham Ixamakrsnasya putrena ramabhaktena vidusa likhitam Raghunathena dhimata

|

bhadram

astu vah

ii

kvsnriya vasudevaya devakinandanaya

ca

rukminlsatyabhamabhyaip
n

BevitSya

namo aamab

sn-

gurubhyo namah

72.

Whish No.
Size: 12s

72.

X 1|

in-,

(1)-M0 6 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material : Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated December 1828. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha. The leaves are numbered by letters: ka(=l), ha, la, ksa (=35), kya (=36), khya ksya (=70), kha, ga Ira (=104), ksra (= 105). This foliation begins kra (=71), khra
. .
. .

from the second

leaf.

The Brhatsamhita
hita,

of Varahamihira, or the

Vardhasam8.

with a

Commentary

(Samhitavivrti) by Bhattotpala.

A fragment
It

athadityacaro begins:-

only, extending

from III,

to
i

XXVI,

vyakhyayate

a&Lesarddha(d)

daksinam uttaram ayanani raver ddhanisthadyam nnnam kadacid asld yenoktam ptirvasastresu raver adityasya aslesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam uttaram ayanam, etc.
F. 8:

iti

** dityaBhattolpalaviracitayam samhitavivr
I

caras trtlyoddhyayah 51: iti F. Bhattolpalaviracitayani

samhitavivritau

snkracaro navamoddhyayah n dantair nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna It ends: *** *** ** (blank) bliupas sikthakena dvijadyam tadvasa hastinah dantair naga atmarupasthita[na]ni sesadravyany

hanti dentaih

romna gohayanyam go

(sic)

ii

73.

WrrisH No.
Size:

73.

I25-XH

in.,

(1)

155

39

30

(1)

leaves,

7 or 8 lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character- Grantha.

'Tellicherry

December 18us\

-X

94
(1)

K-

The Rgveda-PrdtisaMiya, by Saunaka, the text (ft'. 133), followed by the text together with a Commentary, called This MS. and its relation Parsadavrtti (ft. 34 155).

to

the

MSS.

of Uvata's

Commentary used by Professor

and translation
of the

Max

Miiller in his edition

Egveda-

Pratisakhya have been fully discussed by Prof. Eggeling. See Rig -Veda -Pratisakhya, das alteste Lehrbuch der vedischen Phonetik. Sanskrittext mit Ubersetzung und

Anmerkungen
Einleitung,

herausg. von Max Miiller (Leipzig 1869), 32. As Prof. Eggeling states, the pp, 22

name
which

of

Uvata
us,

differs

known

to

mentioned in this Commentary, considerably from Uvata's Commentary as and probably contains an older and more
is

not

authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya, than that of Uvata (I, c, p. 23 seq.). complete collation of the text

MS., and an edition of this Commentary would be very desirable, though the MS. is unfortunately
given by
this

incomplete. The text breaks off after XVI, 52 in Prof. Max Muller's edition, while the Commentary only reaches to the end of the tenth Pat a la.

The
catvari

text

begins:

astau
i

samanaksarany aditas tatas

I

svara iparo dirghavat plutosandhyaksarani nusvaro vyafijanani va svaro va etc. The text ends (f. 33b): a yah paprau visvasafi ca ta
ete

rcotra

nidarsanam
II

II

manye dvadasa
patalah
n

iti
I

gayatri purausnik catuspadam chandovicitau prathama aditostadasaI

52

harih

om

The Commentary begins

jnaiii

(f.

34):

astau

adit ah varnasamamiiayasyaditostaksarani

samanaksarany samanaksarasam-

veditavyani
(f.

It ends

155):

etc.
iti
"

pa(rsa)davrttau kramapatalan
^rlguru
etc.

nama

dv;idasam samaptam

(2)

Short treatises, a kind of Appendices to the Pratisakhya, (in the Egveda-Samhita. viz.,

-&i

95

Kson of Yajnana-

(1)

the

Rksarvasamanam by Ndgadeva,
(ff.

the same author (ft'. 5 8b); (2) the Egvilatighyalaksana by tract (ff. 915) is not given; (3) The title of this
(4)

rayana

1 5);

Paddntadipini

(ff.

15
(f.

17);
17);

(5) (6)
(7)

TrisandMlaksana
Eksarnkhyd Avarnadlpa
(ff.
(ff.

17

b 18);

(f.

18);

(8)

Ndntasamgraha, or Ndntalaksana, by Sesanarayana

19 21b);

Tdntalalimnn, or Tapara, or Tdntasamgrdha (f. 22); on No. 8 (ff. 23 35); (10) Naparavydkhdna, a Commentary No. 9 (ff. 35-39). 1 on a Commentary (11) Tapmvhha,
(9)

The
kriyate

first treatise

begins:
I

pranamya pranatabhlstapradaI

taram patim sriyah

laghu
i

bahvrcrtnam subodhaya sain[m]anam

|

akarapurvako ghosavatparah vyahjanasprkcchasaparo lupyate samhitaksane yesuvarnakramat tani pravaksyami padany aham nanapadatvam amgyanam (read imgyanam?) piirvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah nimittam grhyate yat tat padam evatra laksane prathamas ca dvitlyas ca hitva vargyas traya[h]s. trayah iti antasthas ca hakaras ca ghosavantah prakirttitah
visarjaniya
i
i I

paribhasa
It ends

ii

etc.

(f.

5):

Yajhanarayanakhyasya yajvanah
ii

priyastiII

nuna samanam sadhu savyakhyam Nagadevena nirniniitam

iti

rksarvasaraanam samaptam Then the Yilanghyalaksana begins:

harih
I

om

suddha-

sarvasphatikasamkasam pundarlkanivasinaiu Yajhanarayanat si"irer vidyanam hayagrlvam upasmahe Nagadevo vadisyami vilimghyani utpannas somayajinah padany aham etc.
I

datarain

It

lakaloktivat

tu

yatha tatha vapi prltya bamayoktany rgvilamghyani varnakfamata eva vilamghyavilamghyalaksanasloka astasastir udiritah
ends
(f.
I

8b):

proktam
n

laksanam samaptam
Compare

the similar treatises on the Black Yajur ^'eda, No. 25

(a).

-s*

96

h$-

The next

treatise begins
I

(f.

9):

rtvig
i

yajiiesu.

kam

vis-

vam devya
sabdo
bhavet

vrttapurohitau marutan rkaravat

I I

devam yastho hotrsabdo

tvararacchevas
sato

rtvik-

varmmana
i

asyendrettha
15):

visnuh

samudrasyeva purvesu mahima

ati

etc.
(f.

It (?) ends

atra

tadvahethe ye devaso
II

vayo

uti devanain itva vellam varjani

Then begins the Padantadipini:

prasadartthi
I I

harih
i

om

bhutesopi
ta-

yasyabhtitipurantakah

karunyanidhaye

inanisitesu sarvesu bhasmai ganadhipataye namah 1 satan nas sarasvati visvaprakasini sasvat kumudesv iva tadvartmana kaumudi 2 Sakalyadrste rgvedapathe
I i I

krtim
niin
i

padantadlpinln
i

namna karomy artthanubandhiI

3
i

alocya Saunakaproktam pratisakhyam prayaI

tnatah

vivrnomy atiniiidhopi mudhanugrahakamksaya 5 tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varataends It (f. 17):

kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhrnvam sabdah pada bhadha bhuyad iti sarvam snmaingalani Then begins the Trisandhalaksana: harih om trisandhaI

II

laksanam

vargarn vadet kascana tan ca sarve padam sarve punah purvavad eva vardvitlyasya sa capi sarve etc. garn kraniam dvitlyasya vadet sa te ca
I I

17b): trisandhalaksanam saniaptam This is followed by the two small treatises, the Rksamharih om khya, ending on f. 18: rksamkhya samapta
It ends
ii

(f.

and the Avarnadipa, which begins: gurum gunabdhin samsarasamudratarakam pranamya nikhilaptavanmayam padadyavarnavagamaya vacm(y) ream avarnadipakhyam aham sulaksanam Then follow the Nantasamgraha, and the Tantasam22 b), and Commentaries on these two treagraha, (ff. 19
|

ll,

ll

tises

(ff.

2339).
begins:
|

F.

19

pranamya

bhrasannibham
i

garudarudham harin nilaSesanarayanakhvena laksanam kriyate

iti nantasamgrahas samaptah F. 21b: etc. inaya F. 22b: usyam (?) evan natantakhyam laksanam samudlii

ritain

iti

taparam samaptam
F.

F. 35:

naparavyakhyanam
samapta
ll

samaptam

39: iti tapari(read

tapara)tika

->)

97

K-

(3)

Some more
(1) (2)

treatises of the
(?)
(f.

same

kind,

viz.

Paribhasd

1);
1

Avarnilaksana

(ff.
(f.

3);

(3)
(4)

Avarnilaksana

3);
(ff.

Avarnivyakhydna, a Commentary on No. 2 and

3b-24);

Avarnivyakhydna, a Commentary on No. 3 (ff. 24 30b). Compare the Saptalaksana above No. 25(a).
(5)

F. 1 begins:

gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavanmayam prai

namya samsarasamudrata rakam padadyavarnavagamaya vacmy ream avarnadlpakhyam abani sulaksanam etc. (like the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. 96, 1. 23). But it ends (on the same page): iti paribhasa samapta
I

E\

3:

avarnilaksanam

samaptam

srldaksinumfirttaye

namah
F.

F. 3b:

avarnilaksanam samaptam 24: avarnivyakhyanam samaptam

II

II

II

Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana

akarasamgrahavyfikhyam

begins:
i

svayam

eva

karoti

ca

asmin
I

etc. laksanepi pratipadikagrahanam sarvarttham sarvatra It ends: tu akaradipadanan spastaya pratipaditam

yathamati hrdi prltyadha(ra)m viclvajjanais sada harih om n avarnivyakhyanam samaptam srlmahatripurasundaryyai

n
II

namo namah

I!

srlmahadevyai

namo namah

ll

74.

Whish No.
Size: 12^

74.

Xls
Palm

in., (2)

256

+ (1)

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18 *H or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Smrtimuktdphala, by Vaidyandtha Dlksita

pana.

of the

Vddhiila family; Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmaniru-

See Burnell, Tanjore

p.

134.
7

-3h
It begins:
i

98

Kr
sasivarnaii caturII

suklarnbaradbaram visnum

bbnjam prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye tam kevalam kalaamke viharinam anuksanam adriiayas o o bbain atbhutam asrayamab nityam ya esa babubbir

nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaib paritosam

ravatividhimukhavalisaudhapankter

eti

pa-

mmayavihlnajanamai

yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvarupa saravati(read vani?)svarl disatu me vacasam samrddhim bham upaimi sadlm sevyam sadayam kancana devatavii

nasarajahamsam

sesam dasakantharupam vande dasasyandana nandanami (read "syandanan nanianii?) Yaidyanathaddhvarmamadaso Yadhulavanisajah smrtimuktaphalan nama kurute
i

sarasamgraham

uruvistaradharmmasastravarddher upalabdher ramaliata parisramena sravanesu nidhiyatam kim kva nu vianyaih smrtimuktaphalam ekani eva satbbili
II
i I

sakalitan tu pravrttib
i

dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane

sa(ka)lamatijusas tathapi santas satatam
i

mama
idam

mama

sahasam sahantam

nirupyante F. 10b:

atba
I

Manub

tatradau dharmmapramanani vedokbilo dbarmmamulam etc.

I

dharmmadesab

smrtikarttrnirupaiuim F. 21b: atba srstib

F. lib:

nam

li

atba yajanan nirupyate

I

F. 39:

F. 36:
ity

atba

iti

yajaI

atbaddbyapanam

F. 63:

addhyayanam

iti

danam
I

nam
F.

F. 78 b:86:

F. Ill:

F. 149b:

iti

ksatriyadharmmab atba jativivekab brahmanasraisthyam atba dandadbaranam yajnopavitanirmmanadi

li

atba

atba patrauirupa-

iti

li

iti

snatakadbarmmab

atba vivabah

atba

mmab

biTibmanadivivababbedab F. 195: F. 196 b: atba vidbavadbarmmab

garbbinidbari

F. 170:

F. 201:
i

iti

grhastbadbarmman aha Daksah F. 209 b:' atba yatidharmmah F. 221b: atba giirvadinirupanam
stridharmmah
F. 245:
sncis
li
i

atba

It ends:

Vyasab

bbiksacaryya
i

moksasramam yas carate yatboktam

I

sam (read
srayate)

san) samkalpitabuddhiyuktah.
1
i

anindbanam
sriiyate

jyotir iva prasantain ya (read sa)

brabmabbavam

(read

dvijatir

iti

iti

Vaidyanatha - Dlksita-

See Mahabharata XII, 192,

6.

viracite

smrtimuktaphale

varnasramadharmmanirupa^an
II

nama prathamah paricchedah namah

75.

harih

om

6rlguriibhyo

Whish No.
Size:

75.

ll-iXli Material: Palm

in., (1)

+ 79

leaves, 7 lines

on a page.

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1828.' be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.

The MS. may

tra

The Orhyavrtti, a Commentary on the Khddira-Grhyasuor Drahyayana-Grhyasutra of the Samavedn, by

It
is

JRudraskandha.
III, 4.
p.

incomplete,
this
S.

56.

Fur other MSS. of See also 01 lenberg,

It begins:

athato grhyakarmmani

ending at the end of work, see Burnell I. 0. B. E. xxix. pp. 371 seqq.
|

athanantaram

kas-

niad anantaran deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhya-

yananantaram yattetta nadkltavedasya mantraparijnanat l vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmrtnusthanayogyataya pratipattum asakyam atas tadanantaram iti gamyate etc. The first Patala ends (f. 36 b): pahcamah khandah
I

i,

iti

Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamah patalah The II nd Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. 65.

It

II

breaks

III rd Patala:
i

sthalipakasya
om
n

off

at

the

end of the 4 th Khanda of the

purnapatram
n

yathotsahaniII

vrtyarttham carutantraprakrtir ay am homah tritiyasya navaniin dasanum vanvapatalasya caturtthah khandah

stakyam

ll

harih

subhain astu
4b.

etc.

Size:

18?><2

in.,

Whish No. 76. 132 + (1) leaves, + (1)

from 9

to

11

lines

on

a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. AVhish dated '5*^ January 1830 Tellichcrry.' The MS. may be about 50 or 80 years older. Character: Grantha.
1

Read with

lnd. Off.

MS.: yatonadhltavedasya mantraparijnanat.

7*

~3H

100

H$~

Four Khandas
rana,
viz.,

of the Sutasamhita of the

Shanda

Pu-

iSivamahatmyakhanda in 13 Adhyayas in 20 Adhyayas (ff. 24 48 b), (ff. 124), the Jnanayogakhanda the Muktikhanda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 48b 68b), and 43 Adhyayas and part of the 44 th Adhyaya of the Yajhathe

vaibhavakhanda
It begins:

(ff.

68b

132b).

gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam

I

nidhaye sarvavidyanam ram paramatatvam adimaddhyantavarjjitam adharam sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam anantanandabodhambunidhim atbhutavibhramam ambikapatim isanam anl^am satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya pranamamy aharn
I i
i

sildaksinamurttaye namah

aisva-

ii

naimisiya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah paevam pracchus samhitam enam Sutani pauranikottamam

bhrsam

prsto munisresthaih Sutas sarvartthadayinam mahadevam niahatmanan dhyatva Vyasah ca bhaktitah samahitamana
I i

bhutva vilokya munisattaman vaktum arabhate Stita(h) samhitam vedasammitam sri-Sutah brahmam puranam prathamam dvitlyam patmam ucyate trtiyam vaisnavam proktam
i

caturttham

saivam

bhavisyakhyan

tato bhagavatam proktam ucyate tatah param saptaman naradlyah ca

i I I

markkandeyan tatah param

brahmakaivarttam eva ca
I

agneyain

navamam
tatah

pascat

tato laimgah ca varahan tata

skandam

anuttamam

vamanakhyan
i I

kaurmmam

matsyan tatparam ucyate garudakhyan tatah proktam brahmandan tatparam viduh granthatas tu caturllaksam

puranam munipumgavah
F. 24:

etc.

iti

skande purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyan

khande trayodasoddhyayah
F. 132:
i

iti

Sutah
satah
i

athatas
etc.

yajhavaibhavakhande tricatvarimsoddhyayah h sampravaksyami dravyasuddhim sania-

th 132b) in the middle of the 44 Adhyaya with the following words: asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati sai'lrades tu cetanah vyavahare yatha candro ni&calopi

It breaks off

(f.

calaty api

-^h

101

K-

:,.

Wbdesh No.
Size: 12* Material:
:

77.

xU
Palm

in.,

(1)

+ 190

-f- (1)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

leaves.
1829'.

Date Entry by Mr. Whisk dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

The MS. may

Commentary, by Kumdrasvdmin, Mallindiha, and younger brother of Koldcala Pedddcdrya (?), on Yidydndfhd's Pratdparudrty in 9 Prasou
of

The Ratndpana,

karanas.

Cf. Burnell,

Tanjore

p.

56

sq.,

and Wilson-

Mackenzie

(1882) p. 161.

It begins:

kalyanani

gadantavalo
calayan
i

karotu kascana punian arddhamgandabhogavilolupan aliganan karnahcalais

pitrve

yatpadamburuhavalamba^aranah
I

pumamsas
|

traya(s) trailokyasthitisargasamhrtividhau nirvighnasiddho-

vastukalyanadan divyani astu narinaratruajam ** nim (read svopajnam vaiimayam yasya viharagrhavedika vanim) 1 kanabhujim ajiganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat vacain acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphurani lokebhud

dyamah

yadupajnam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah [s]triskandhasastrajaladhim cukikikurute sma yah tasya sri-MallinaI i

kolacalapeddayaryyab (read Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) pramanapadavakyaparadr&va yah vyakhyatanikhila&astrah prasangakartta ca sakalavidyasu

i
i i

thasya tanayojani tadrsali

tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapanatasyanujanma svaml vipascid vitanoti Okam prataparudriyaranimrah

I

hasyabhettrlm punya&okagunoktiSanakasanad uttejanalambhitam sanjagraha rasadiratnanicayam vidyavinathah purS sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kincit karomy apanan
i

tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhanya janah yady asti gudhani akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate namulam likhyate kincit nanapeksitam novate atha tatraI

bhavan Vidyanathanama mahakavir alamkara&astram arabhamanah, etc.

1

See Mallinatka's Introd. to his Coram, on the Raghuvamsa.

~3H

102

Hg-

prataparudravyakhyane ratnapanakhyane kavyasvarupan nirupanan nama dvitiyam prakaranam F. 139: prataparudravyakhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan nirupanan nama sasthaprakaranam It ends: vistarabhirubhir uparamyata sarvam avaF.
46:
iti
n
i

iti

prataparudriyavyakhyane ratnapanakhyane misralamkaran nirupanan nama navamam prakaranam prataparudriyavyakhyanarn samaptam sriguru , etc.
II

datam

iti

II

78.

Whish Xo.
Size:

78.

12|xl8
Palm

in.,

94

+ 57

-J-

86 leaves, 8 lines on a pags.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'. be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The BhdsyaratnaprabJia,

or gloss

on SafiJcara's Com-

mentary to Bddarayana's Vedanta- Sutras, by Govinddnanda, with Notes (ff. 1 It is incomplete, containing only 69).

the

90 in the portion corresponding to Vol. I, pp. 1 edition of the Ye danta- Sutras, published in the Bibliotheca

Indica (Calcutta 1863).

In the margin of

f.

the

title

'Tdtparyyabodhin? is given, and Mr. Whish states (f. 69): "Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. This appears to be annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah".

See below Xo.

It begins:

93.

iha karunikam saranam gato hy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn aham asu harim varam
i

yam

asraye janakajamkam ana(n)tasukhakrtim Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah (|) srigauryya sakalartthadan nijapadamI

muktipradani praudham vighnavanam harantam anaghasrldunditundasina vande carmmakapalikopakaranai(r) vairagyasaukhyat paran nastiti pradisantam antavidhuram siikasikesam sivam pradisantam upadisantani yatkrpala-

bhojena

vamatrena muko bhavati panditah vedasastrasarirantam v.i Mini vinakaram bhaje kamaksidugdhapracurasurasuI i

H><

103

k^

tanu

prajyabhojyatipiijyasrigaurinayakabhitprakatana- Sivaramaryya-labdh[v]atmabo(lhaih srimat-Gopala^irbliih pra-

katitaparamadvaitabhasas[t]mitasya-^rimat-GovindaYa?tica-

ranakamalago nirvrtohaip yathalih moksapuryyaip sndattam devair api stutarp payasam Srlkamaksya kancyam va yat bhojyam prakrstajyayuktam sampiirnam prajyam anna(m) tenatipujyas Sivaramayoginab kinca &ivas casau ramas ceti svanamna srlgaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti tcbhyo gurubhyo labdha atmabodho siimat-Gopfilasarasvatii

bbih tair

ity avtthal.i

Samkaram bhasyakrtam pranamya Vya(i)

saip liarim sutrakrtah ca kurve srlbhasyatirttho parahamsatusfyai

F. 20:

pratbamavarnakam F. 32: caturtthavarnakam pratbamasutram samaptam It ends: atmaniscayat an maryyadayam pramatrtvasya

n
II

vagjalabandbaccbidam abbyupayam

atra bhasye,

etc.

kalpitatvepi pratyaksadivisayavadhat

vah
ye

ii

oiii

ramanamni pare

dhamni

vayab
ii

srigurubbyo

karyyatatparyyabadhena namo namab, etc.

(2)

praman(y)am iti bbakrtsnamnayasamansadbitas suddbabuddba-

Tbe Bahvrcdbrahmanopanisadvivarana, or Altar eijopanie. the Commentary on the Aitareya-Upanisad, sadbhasya,

i.

by SaftlMra (ff. 70 94b). vol. VII, Calcutta 1850.

It begins
(f.

Printed in the Bibliotbeca Indica,

70):

om

parisamaptam karmma sabapara-

brahmavisayavijnanenaisa
hrtaitat?) satyam
It ends

karmmano jhanasahitasya para

gatir uktbavijnana[sa |dvareno[no]pasambrty etat (read sam-

brahma pranakhyam etc. asmat lokad utkrammyanmsmin loke (f. 94b): sarvan kaman aptvamrtas samabbavas samabbavat ity upa

sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapadasisyasya snmatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmac Chamkarakrtau hliagavatah babvrcabrabmanopanisadvivaranam sam-

stam

(?)

iti

ii

iti

piirnam

ii

gurubhyo
ii

namab

aitareyopanisatbbasyam
-w.

sa-

maptaiu
1

For dugdliapracura the metre requires

o

-<->-

The Edition

reads

dattadugdhapracurasuranuta".

~sh

104
(3)

<-

The Kausitaka, or Sdmbavya Grhyasutra (ff. 1 This is the MS. K. discussed by Prof. Oldenberg in
edition
of

23).
his

the

Studien,
vol.

vol.

XV,
p.

Sankhayana- Grhyasutra. p. 4 seq.; Sacred Books of the East,

pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayain
iti

See

Indische

XXIX,

6 seq.

It

utthaya begins:
iti

adhryitadya no deva savitar Grhyasutra I, 4).

F. 12 b, 13:
F. 19:

dve,

etc.

(see

Sankhayana-

kausltakagrhye dvitiyoddhyayah srlguru pindapitryajhe aparanhe amavasyayam, etc. F. 21: iti kausltakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhih n
ll

kausltakagrhye prathanioddhyayah

ll

iti

The last chapter contains Mantras with accents (the udatta only being marked by the sign ^- placed on the
top
letters), beginning: ayusyani varccasyam rayasposam autbhidam idarn hiranyam varccasvaj jaitraya visatad main 1 (See Mantrapatha, II, 8; Asv. Grhy.
i

of

the

ll

Ill, 8, 21.)
It

ends

(f.

23):
I

priyam

mil

brahmane kuru priyam rucam harih om etc.

ll

visvesu bhutesu

kuru devesu priyam ma mayi dhehi ruca-

(4)

metrical

Commentary on the
24

Orhyasutra
It begins

(ff.

Kaufrtalta or Sdmbavya-

57).

See the preceding number.

24 f. natva Kausitakacaryyam Sam1): bavyam sutrakrttamam guhyan tadlyyam samksipya vyakhyasyai balmvismrtam yathakramam yathabodham pahca(f.
i
i

ddhyayasamanvitani smarttavicaksanaih

vyakhyatam
utthayosasy
i

vrttikaradyai

srauta-

athaplutya

karmma samapya
bhyadyan na
F. 43b
(sic)
f.

ca

kurvlta nityani
i

sandhyam svaddhyayam ara-

(=
i

grhye 20b):
i

ity a(r)thah

kausltaklyesmin etad uttari-

yasammata
(sic)
ii

vyakhyata karikartipa purvaddhyayasasancita

harih

om

etc.

~$*
It
]

105

h$~

ends
(the

(f.

57

f.

34)

with the description of funeral

Ekoddista Sraddha begins f. 55 b): daksinartthafi ca gurave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read krdadyarthena?) Sistakarmma samapyagnim upatisthec ca sannaites

met

ll

harih

om

etc.

(5)

The Asvalayana-Grhyasutra
It begins:

uktani

(ff.

29).
etc.

vaitani(kani) grhyani vaksyamah,

(21

The
ends
f.

first

Adhyaya

2 nd Adhyaya (10

Khandas) ends 12 b, the rd Khandas) 17, the 3 Adhyaya (9 Khandas)

22 b.

The fourth Adhyaya breaks oft" in the middle of the 12 th Khanda (corresponding to IV, 8 in Stenzler's edition)
with
the
I

words:
(IV,

patram

vijhayate

8,

pahlsena 18 Stenzler).

vapam juhuyad

iti

(6)

The Sarvanuhramanl, by Katyayana,

Astakas
(ff.

30

divided into eight

54).

It begins:

agnin

Incomplete.

nava Madhusehanda Taisvamitro,

It breaks off after Rv.

X, 105:
ll ii

tristub antyadya gayatri

ll

etc.

va

ll

ll

ubhau

bhutam
ll

purasundaryyai namah dhipataye namah

srigurubhyo namah srlmahatriharih om subham astu rlgana-

(7)

Lists of words, occurring in the JRgveda-sainhitd, and offering certain difficulties with regard to Sandhi: apparently a kind of Parisista to the Pratigakhya (ff. 55 86). In the margin of 55 it is wrongly described as 'Sarvanu-

kramanl'.
It begins sarasvatlh
(f.
I

55):

ganadhipan
i

namaskrtya gurun devih

sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vilikhyante padany atha ejante ca visargante pade ci parato vigrhya tulyarupa syat samhita tatra sam^ayah yatah ya rjra mahyam mamahe ko no mahya aditaye yo vo mabya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra udhany urddhva
I

~>*

106

K-

iisuna litaye ubha urunanta dina bhud ubha u amsave nakarante makarante parayos ca tavargayoh, ntanade &at
etc. tulyarupa samhitatrapi samsayah tvasta It ends (f. 86 b): kaniyan avagra pancadasa satyam ucuh rupakam ahali avenat ranan akrnvan

sindhun
nta
srir

atisthan
i

sukarmmah
I

dharttah
i

caturdasa
i

iti
I

trini

rbhur vibhvah
I

agriyah

naye
n

avagra daivena sindhubhih gnas patnibhih

vajah
I I I

dasa

nah avagra rblmb agmata iti dve anavatah

i i I

ye

ra-

jabhih

79.

"Whish No.
Size: a page.

79.
leaves,

lljxll
Palm

in.,

(1)

31

131

+ (1)

8 or 9 lines on

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1829.

50 years older. Character: Grantha, except are in Malayalam.
ff.

The MS. may be about

1 67b
(1)

(Tarasara-Smrti I

IV) which

The
1

Saltlxaractiryacarita, a Life of Sankara, in 9

Adbya96 seq.
|

yas.

This seems to be

another recension of the work

title

described under the same

It
:

ganesaya namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata begins

I

by Burnell, Tanjore

p.

pratyuhaddhvantaviddhvamsah kriyate bhaktakarmmanam esa sarasvatl madly arasanaramge natanesu samutsukah bhuyat satam anandadayini samasritapadambhojajanataI i

surapadapah
It ends:

srimac-Chainkaradesikasya caritam stotram prasami

etc.

bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam
ksiptam etan narah

ye srunvanti pathanti cadarayutas

n

sahcintayanty anvaham te labdhva bhuvi sampadah ca sakalam ante labhantemrtam iti Samkaracaryyacarite nnama desikacaryyasayujyapraptir navamoddhyayah harih
II

ora
1

II

acaryyavilasas samaptah
is

om

The author

Govindanatha, according to Prof. Aufrecht.

1

H>,

107

K-

(2)

The

Barasarasmrti with the

Commentary

of

Mddhavd-

cdrya, in 12 Adhyayas.
It begins:

Manuh
i

grutiip pasyanti

munayah smaranti
i

ca tatha smrtim bhuvi

i

tasmat pramanam ubhayam pramitam yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah sa

I

ParaSarasadhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka ili smrtav asya (read asyam?) granthaklptir vivicyate dve kande dvada&addhyaye sloka astonasatsatam etc. (See edition of the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica, I, p. 12 seq.) vedaksaravicarena sudras candalatam vrajel F. 46:
I I

iti

madyam

bahuvidham
I

agamya

bhaginyadayah

spastam anyat

iti

niaharajadhirajaparameSvaravaidikama-

rgapravarl akasrlvlra

BukkanabhupalasammrajyadhuranI

dharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Para^arasmptivyakhyaya Madliaviyavyakhyayas samgrahe prathamoddhyayah >ivaya

namah
A. A.

II

Adhyaya

II ends

f.

-19,

A. Ill

f. f.

f.

70,
f.

A.

VI

78b, A.
f.

VII

IX

99 b, A.

X
n

108,

A.

Adhyaya XII ends (f. 131): yathaddhyayanakarmmani dharmmasastram idan tatha adhyetavyam prayatnena niyaiti tam svargagamina srlmaharajadhirajaparamesvaraI

XI

58b, A. IV 84b, A. VIII f. 119 b.

f.

67b,

f.

93b,

vaidikamargapravarttakasrivira-Bukkana-Madhavamatyasya krtau Paraarasmrtivyakhyayam Madhavlyakhyayam dvakarakrtam aparadham ksantum arhantu dasoddhyayah santah snmahatripurasmidaryyai namo namah harih ora
I II

II

II

80.

Whisii No.
Size: 12}

80.

xU
Palm
:

in., (1)

196

+ (1)

leaves, 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.
1829.'

may

Date: Entry by Mr. Whisii dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older.

Character

The MS.

Grantha.

The Haribhaktisudhodaya from

the

Ndradlya-Purdna,

with a Commentary, in 20 Adhyaya-;.

-^
It begins:

108

Krsasivarnaii caturII

suklambaradbaram visnum
I

prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye gurave sarvalokanam bbisaje bbavaroginam nidhaye sarnamab vavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye yasya bbavanaya dustaran tad abam vande daityas tatara bbavasagaram
I

bbujam

narasimbam

nialiat

param

sakalasaficitan

duritasamtati-

samanadvarakapraripsitaparisamaptipbalakaparadevatanu

ddbyanalaksanam mamgalam
yatiti
I!

anutistbati

ekam

yaj janayatiti

ekam
I

yaj janayaj janayaty anekatanuI

ekam

bbrtsasyanny ajasram mitbo bliinnakaragunani kaiscid api noptan na siktan jalaili kalenapi na jiryyate lmtanatbbis no tat sakalasya bijam bbuja dahyate klidyate
va,

anisam brabmabbiyan dhlmabi F. 10b: iti sribaribbaktisudbodaye sa^akbyane pratba11

moddbyayab F. 105b: iti sribaribbaktisudbodaye mabapurane

n
n

savyan

kbyane ekadasoddbyayab It ends: Saunakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe brabmasunur Nnaradab etan Naradlyapuranasravanakatbanayob jDbalam aba ya idam iti ya idam srunuyan

II

nityam baribbaktisudbodayam

mmukto moksan
n

ca gaccbati

ii

katbayed va sa papaugbair saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrti

sravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas

siddbyatlti

sarva(m)

samanjasam khyane vimsoddbyayab

iti

sribaribbaktisudbodaye mabapurane savyaii

srikrsnaya

namab

ii

etc.

81.

AVhish No.
Size: 12 7

81.
leaves, 8 lines

x lj
Palm

in., (1)

-f-

110

86

+ (1)

ou a page.
Tellickerry.'

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whisk dated '5*h January 1830 Tke MS. may be about 50 years older.
Charade)-: Grantka.
(1)

Tbe Vedantasara,
nanda
(ft;

or

Veddntasaraprakarana,

by Sadd-

117).

^
It begins:

109

<<~

on
i

name- nrsimhaya
I

akhandarp saccidananaSraye-

dam avannianasagocaram
bhlstasiddhaye
i

atmanam akhiladharam

arttliatopy

advayanandan ati[m]tadvaita-

bhanatah gurun araddhya vedantasara(m) vaksye yathavedanto namopanisat pramanan tadupakarlni sinmati
I

etc. rakasutradini ca viniuktas It ends (f. 17 b):

i

11

ca vimucyate ity evam adi

r n

sruteli iti paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Sadanandakrtau vedantasaraprakaranam samaptam srigurucaranaravincl i11

bbyan namo naraah

(2)

The Pancadasl, or Ihncadasaprakarana (Citradijpa by Vidydranya Tirtha (ft 18110).

See No.
58.
(f.
i

etc.),

It begins

18):

yatha

citrapate

drstam

avasthanan
I

paramatmani vijneyan tathavasthacatustayam yatha dhauto ghattitas ca lanchito rahjitah patah (i) cidanoatustayain
etc. taryyamisutratma virat catma tathocyate F. 34: iti ^nparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasn -Yidyaprakaranam citradipakhyam ranyamunivaryyaviracitani
I

sarapurnam
F. 56

srilaksmlnrsimhaya

namah

iti

srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya
viracitam
II

srl-

Vidyaranyatlrtthamunivaryyena

kutasthadlpaf.

khyam prakaranam sampurnam The Dhyanadipa ends f. 65, the Natakadipa

Tattvaviveka
viveka
f.
f.

66 b, the

f.

70,

the Pahcabhutaviveka or Mahabhutaf.

76 b, the Pancakosaviveka
f.

79 b, the Jivadvaita
(in

the Maliavakyaviveka five Adhyayas) f. 110.

85,

85b, the Bralnnananda

ends: tatvamos samgatau satvaram dvaitaparoksyavarjitara viruddham dasatyagat purvabodho parisyate(?)

It
ii
I

harih

om

srlgurubhyo naniah
(3)

The Pratyalhijnanasdkuntala,
Kdlidasa, in 7 Acts.
It begins:

or Abhijndnasdkuntala,

by

ya

systis srastur

adya vahati

etc.

~>i

110

Hfc-

The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions, and are followed by a Sanskrit version. The following are the two first speeches of the Natl: ama iani hmi aryya iyam asmi and: suvihidampaoadae amamsa na kini vi

parihavaimsidi
parihapayisyati F. 13 b: iti

suvihitaprayogataya
i

aryyasya na kimapi
11

pratyabhijinTnasakuntale prathamomkah The Vidusaka's speech at the beginning of the 2 nd Act begins: ha hadohmi eamsa miaasilanisa ramno vayamsai

bhavena bhavena
f.

ha hatosmi etasya mrgayasilasya raj ho vayasyaaam miao aam varaho etc. The 2 nd Act ends 23 b, the 3 rd Act f. 33 b, the 4th Act th Act f. 57, the 6 th Act f. 75. 47, the 5
i i I i

f.

It

ends:

iti

pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le
.
. .

harih

om

saptamomkah
I

sriguru"

Sakuntalam samaptam

82.

Size: 111 l| in., (1) 11 or 12 lines on a page.

Whish No. 82. + 89 [really 90, as

31

is

double]

(1)

leaves,

Material:

Palm

leaves.
'

Date: Entry by Mr. Wliish dated '5th January 1830 Tellichen y. The MS. was either written for Mr. Whish in the Virodhin
(see below)

year corresponding to A. D. 1829,30, or perhaps in A. D. 1769/70. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna. Character: Grantha.

The

Stihitijasarvasva

Commentary on KalidascCs
son of Timmaija

Alhijnanasakuntala, by Sruiivasacarya, Arya, of the Vaikhanasa family.

It begins: laksmim vas sutaran tanotu madhukrllaksmimukhambhoruho bhaktabhistavarapradananipunas Se-

sadricudamanih
rtti

VaildianasanYayapayodhimrga(h)kamu-

srikausiko vijayate khalu

Timmayakhyah tasya
I
i

putrosti

vidyanam svayamvarapatir mmahan anvartthanama vikhyata-Snnivasagunakarah (yam) JSrlnivasam akhilagamasrirasindhukumbhotbhavam budliajauah pai-ikirttayanti soham
I

vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastram kavlndraracitani

-X
ca natakani
(read tikara
I

111

K^
ca
kapinjalafi

nyayam Phartindraphanitin
atha

ca 1 Kanadatantram

Jaiminina

krtafi

ca

likanta

karomi?) vidusaiu

paritosanaya sakunta]

Phanisailapateh prasadatl vyakhyane kalpite kincit nutanan natra kutracit purvasuribhir uktesu saran uddhrtyacamate
i

etam sajjanaranjanaksamaguriopi badhyate?) tlkam magham yatnavata maya viracitam, etc.

(read
i

F.30:^tisriramaxia-Vemkateacaranambujasainaradhaka-

Timmayaryyaputrena sakalakalapakualenaVaikhana(sa)kulavatamsenaSrinivasacaryyenaviracitepraudhavedyesaliitya-

sarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkah iti It ends sriramana-Vemkates^caranambujasamaran

:

dhaka-Timmayaryyaputrena sakalakalakalapakuialena Vaikhanasakulavatamsena Srinivasacaryyena viracite praudhavedye

sahityasarvasvasamakhyane
11
II

Sakuntalavyakhyane

... anandavallisametasrigurubhyo namab ... sakuntalavvakhyanam sricandraniaulesvarasvaniisahava

saptamomkah

samaptam

11

masi virodhisamjnam samprapte hayane margasirsake tithau pafiby aslesasaipjhayan tarakayam krter(?)dine camasamjnayani Ramakrsnasya sununa Kaghunathena vidusa likhitam bliadram astu vah harih om etc.
I
I

S3.

Wmsn
Size: 19-ffXlf- in., (5) a page. Material: Palm leaves.

No.
2

83.
leaves,

174

+ + (4)
is

or 9 lines

on

Date:

An

entry Ly Mr. Wbisli

dated 'August 1830 Tellicherry'.

The MS. seems

Injuries:

to be fairly old, 17 tn or 18 tk century.

Character: Grantha.

The MS. has been damaged by insects on ft. 17 32 24 seriously), 34-37 (seriously), 43-45, 79-80, 102-106 (f. 103 (f. 112115, 150154 (seriously), and 168169. seriously
>,

The Satadusanl, by Vemkatanatha, in GO Mr. Whish describes it as the 'Xata-1 hi/.ini: or

1

chapters. refutation

For ca

kapinjalafi ca read Kapilasya tantram?

~3H
of the

112

i^

Uttara Mimamsa'. According to Aufrecht CC. p. G30 Mitra-Bikaner (see p. 519; Hall p. 112) it is 'directed the against Samfchya doctrine'. See also Hultzsch II,
p.

145 sqq. (No. 1532).

It

kesari

Venikatanatharyyah kavitfirkkikame sannidhattam sada hrdi samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(ni) layah
begins:
I

sriman

vedantacaryyavaryyo

laharivitatir bodhajaladheh kathadarppaksubhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam hayavadanahelfihalahalah idam prathamasambhavatkuma-

pratyuhanam

tijalakiilamkasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah ksaranty amrtam aksayam yatipurandarasyoktayas cirantanaI

sarasvatlcikurabandhasairandhrikah pracim upetya padavim yatirajadrstam yat kincid anyad api va matam asrayantah
i

prajna yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchannabauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam padahavesu nirbhettum vedamargavidusakan prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadu| I

sani

tatra tavac chastiTirambhe

F. 3:

etc.

iti

kavitarkikasimhasya

sarvatantrasvatantrasya

srimad-Yemkatanathasya vedantacaiyyasya krtisu satadusanyam brahmasabdavrttyanupapattivadah prathamah

II

F.

38 b:

iti

satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpakan

bhamgavada ekadasah
F. 64b:

iti

satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada
. .

ekavimsah
F. 95: F.
sah
It
ii

128:

iti

atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah
.

iti

vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarim-

ends:

na

casti

samvada

iti

darsitam

iti

II

iti

kavi-

tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkatanathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate

sutrasvarasya bhamgas satsastitamah
ii

harih

om

srimate

vedantagurave nam ah n

namah

^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave
containing some fragment of

Then
a

follow three pages,

treatise,

Vedantic

beginning:
i

jhananandagunopetam

jnananandamayam mahah

etc.

->-

113

Kr-

84.

WfflSH No. 84 A.
Size:

14xH

i"-,

(2)

+ 134

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whisk dated 'Cadroor be about 50 years older.

Character: Grantha.

1827'.

The MS. may

The

Ailliv;iy;is

It Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautram akalmasam Parasaratmajam vancle Sukatatan taponidhim Janamejayah vrtte vivahe tirstatmS yad iivacaYudhisthirah tat sarvam kathayasveha krtavanto yad nttaram Vai***** ^ampayanah kr (blank) kurupraviras tathabhimanyor mmuditas sapaksah visramya catvaryy usasi pratltas sabham viratasya tatobhijagnmh etc.
I
i i

Vyasani begins:
,

Mdhabharata
1

Parvan

v:

The

Udyoga

Parvan,

94.

udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah u tarn Vaisam bhuktavantam, etc. (v, 92 in Bombay edition). It breaks off with the words: sarvadha hi mahabaho daivair api durutsahah prabha (v, 92, 28 Bombay).
ity
I

F.

133b:

85.

Whish No. 84 B.
Size:

13Jxlv
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 208 +

(2)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.
1830'.

Material:

leaves.

MS.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August is of the same date as No. 84.
Character: Grantha.

The

The Mahabhdrata, Parvan v: The Udyoga -Parvan, Adhyayas 41 198 (the end of the Parvan). It begins: Dhrtarastrah anuktam yadi te kincit vaca

vidura
F. 77:

vidyate

dharmmam

susriisate

bruhi

vicitrani

vibliasase

etc.
I

Vaisam

srl-udyogaparvani caturnnavatitamoddhyayah vidurasya vaca srutva prasritam purnsottamah iti

i

iti

~$H

114

K~
i

hovaca bhagavan vacanam madhusudanah srikrsnah yatha bruyan mahaprajno, etc. (v, 93 Bombay). It ends: vadayanti snia samhrstas sabasrasataso narah
I

II

satasahasrikayam samhitayfun udyoge udyogaparvani pandavayuddhasannaho namastanavatisatamatrkadosato vatha likbitur ddosatotbatanioddhyayah va nyunatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas satbbir anjasa n
ity
n
I

mababbarate

barih

oni, etc.

86.

Whish No.
Size:

85.
leaves,

12 J

x li
Palm

in., (1)

81

16

+ (2)

8 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.
1830'.

Bate: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older.

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Chandogamantrdbrahmandbhdsya,

Commentary on

tbe Mantra-JBrahmanq or Mantra-Parvan of tbe Samaveda, by Sayana, in 2 chapters. This is MS. 'C\ used by Dr.

Heinrich Stonner for bis edition of tbe Mantrabrabmana (Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doctorwiirde),

Halle
It

a.

S. 1901.

begins : pranipatya gurun adyan vedavedarttbakoI

yatprasadena jananti pravaktum madrSa api sada ccba(read ccha)samatvavaisamyanirabadbatvabetubbib abam ndogyamantrabbasyam vai Gunavisnor vidbasyate
vidan
| |
I

padyavisalartthapramavakyoptivlsvatab
I

tathapy asraya-

aditenumanyasvety saundaryyafj) janomusmin prapasyatu adi yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam adityadidevatakam

i

aditir devata sapi sarvatra

F. 41b:

karmmany anujnanan vedarttbasya prakasena tamo haddi vakarah

dasyati
(sic)
I

etc.

su-

vidyatlrtthamahesvarab srimadrSjarajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttaka srivira-Bukka-

sthiram anugrnbatu

bbupalasa(mra)jyadburandbarena Sayanaryyaviracite Madhaviye vedarttb[y]aprakase samabrahmanabbasye mantraparvani pratbamoddbyayab

1
II

yasya nisvasita veda,

etc.

Stonner reads: yady api sastrarthapramavakyoktiviplavah.

->;
It

115

Kr-

ends:
!

vedartthasya

prakasena tamo hardan nivaraiti

yan

pujyaraas caturo vedan vidya^Irtthamunlsvarani

srlmatrajridhirajaparameivaravaidikamrirgapravarttaka.snvl-

ra-Bukkablnipalasammrajyadhurandharena Sayanacaryyena viracite Madhavlye vedartthaprakase cchandogamantrabrahmanabhasye mantraparvani dvitlyapathake saptamah khandah sngurucarana etc.
II

(2)

The Mantraparvan, or Mantrapatha, or Mantra-Brahmana of the Samaveda, in 2 Patalas, containing the

Mantras prescribed by the Gobhila-Grhyasutra. See Dr. Stonner's Dissertation, p. xi. deva savitah pra suva yajnam pra suva It begins: yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvah ketapuh ketan nah

punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatn, etc. It ends: pra nu vocan cikituse janaya (sic) ma gam anagam adhitam (read aditim?) vadhista om utsrjata man-

II

tra[m]parvani dvitiyah patha(h) samaptam

harih

man-

trapatha samaptam

87.

Size: 13f

xl'k

in..

(2)

Whish No. 86. + 69 [really 68, as

f.

68

is

missing] leaves,

9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably end of 18 ni century.

Character: Grantha.

The Mahabharata. Fragment Adhyayas 1 34.

of the

Drona-Parvan

(VII),

It begins:

om
etc.

yyaparakramam
Sikhandina
F. 67:
hiiras
I

Sanjayah tarn apratimasatvaujobalavirhatan devavratam srutva pancalena

i

iti

dronaparvani dvatrimsoddhyayah
n

II

dvitiyopa-

samaptah
breaks

It

off in

words:

sisunaikena samare dvisatsainyani vai

the

middle of Adhyaya 34 with the

maya
8*

adya

-$*

116

K^-

draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampaSah Yudhisthirah evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam yas tvam utsahase bhettum dronanlkam su. See VII, 35,
i I

2629.
88.

Whish No.
Size:

87.

15x2t

in.,

(1)

129 +(2) leaves, on an average 14 lines

on a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated '1829' and 'June 3rd 1831 A. D. 1792. See No. 103. Tellicherry.' The MS. was probably written
Character: Grantha, very small.

the

The Sivarahasya-Khanda, from the Sankarasamhita of Skanda -Parana. Vol. I, containing _the SamblianiKanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 153), the Asura-Kanda in 15 Adhyayas (ff. 53 74), the Viramahendra-Kanda in 7 Adhyayas (ff. 74 84b), and the Yuddha-Kanda in

35 Adhyayas (ff. 85 129 b). For Vol. II, see No. 103 (Whish No. 102).

begins: omkaranilay an devam gajavaktraii caturbhujam picandilam aham vande sarvavighnopasantaye

It
I

pura kancyan catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah srastukamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh tasmin maheI

sacaranaparicaryyaparayane garhasthya uttame etc.

I

niunayah

katicit

punye sthitva

adimahapurane srlskande samkarasam hitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisaravado nama prathamoddhyayah F. 53: om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pancasoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om sarabhavakandas samaptah om ity F. 74: sivarahasyakhande asurakande panca-

F.

lb: om

ity

II

ii

ii

dasoddhyayah
F.

asurakandas samaptah
ity
. .
.
ll

84b: om

sivarahasyakhande viramahendraka-

nde saptamoddhyayah on tat brahmarpanara

).i

sn>ainbaya parabrahmane namah n om subham astu viramahendraka-

(las

samaptah

ll

~>;

117

K-

adimahapurane snskande gamkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande yuddhakande -urapatmasainharo nama pancatrmSoddhyayah .'. yuddhakaetc. ndas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva
It

ends

(f.

129b):

om

ity

II

11

89.

AVhish No.
Size:

88. 108

lljXls

in.,

(2)

+ 84 +

(15)

+ (6)

leaves,

9 lines

on

a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whisli dated 'Tellicherry

1830.'

The MS.

may be about 50

years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Pratdparudrayasobhusana (or Pratdparudra, or Prataat parudriya), by Vidydndtha. It is incomplete, ending the beginning of the chapter on Arthalamkaras.
It

begins

vidyakairavakaumudlm

srutisirassmiantacu-

damanin daran patmabhuvas trilokajananlm vande giran devatam yatpadabjanamaskriyas sukrtinam sarasvatai

prakriyabijanyasabhnvo
8:

bhavanti kavitanatyaikajivatavah

iti sn-Vidy&nathakrtau prataparudrayasobhusane Y. alamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam samaptam n F. 84: iti Vidyanathakrtau virarudrayasobhiisane sabdalamkaraprakaranaip athartthalamkarah

ll

It breaks

oft'

(f.

84b) with the words:

upanirmopame-

yasadhriranadharmmasadvsyapratipratipadakrmam prayoge purna See f. 74b in the lithographed edition of the Prataparudrlya (published at Poona 1849, Sake 1771).
I

(2)

of Saiva worship, by a of composed Lokdnandandtha, pupil Brdhmdnandandtlia, Ullasas. in seven of order Amrtdnandandtha (complete?) by

The Sivdrcanasiromani, a manual

-2H
It

118

K~

datah

begins: santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasamatamgavadanam vande devlm tripurasundarim

i

yasya svfitmavabodhodayavigatamahamohagadhandhakaras samnargan darsayantah khalu caranajusam santi cante

vasantah
veti

satyam brahmeti dehady akhilam idam asad santavadanta srl-Lokanandanatham guruvaram anisam
I

Amrtanandanathasya niyogat bhavaye sambamurttim sri-Brahraanandanathoham dhlmatah bitayalpatasya

II

srl-Lokanandanathasya sisyavargapurogamah arabhe vitantrany alokya sarvani kularnavamukbani ca staram karttum sivarccanasiromanini santas santas samlsadbako rajanlturyyayame ksyaitat santu santustatnanasah vibuddbva, cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalya-

dhiyam api

camya

svasane

samupavisya
I

pujamurtter

nnirmmrilyara

etc. visarjjya praksalya F. 15: iti sri-Lokanandanatbasisyena

Brabmanandau

natbena viracite sivarccanasiromanau pratbamollasab Tbe 2 nd Ullasa ends f. 30b, the 3 rd Ullasa f. 45, the 4 th U. f. 60, tbe 5 th U. f. 82, tbe 6* U. f. 98b. It ends (or breaks off with?): eby ehivaruni devi mania siddhim kuru priye apavitram parityajya sadhake siddhim

arpaya

sarvapatraniaye devi sudharnpe namostu te

90.

"Whish No.
Size: 13f

89.

Material:

xItt Palm

in-,

97 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.

1830.'

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.

The MS.

The AdhiJcaranaratnamald, by Bhdratitirtha, incomplete. Printed under tbe title Vyasddhikaranamala at the end of
vol.

II of P.

Rama Narayana

Vidyaratna's edition of the

Vedanta-Sutras (Bibliotheca Indica, 1863).

It begins:

pranamya
I

paramatmanam

vidyatirtthasvarfi-

pinam

Yayyasikl (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais sampraripsitasya

grhyate sphutam

grantbasyavighne(na) pa-

-X
i

119

H^-

risamaptaye pracayagamanaya sistacaraparipftlanfiya ca[ra]

visistestadevatatatvain

gurumurttyupadhiyuktanianaskvty.-i.

namaskrtya) grantham pratijanlte pranamyeti Vyasena prokta Vaiyyasikl etc. ath: F. 3b: tatra sastrasya prathamam sutram

(read "urn

brahmajijhasa prathamadhikaranani aracaya(ti), F. 12: prathamasyaddhyayasya prathaniah padah

ll

etc.
i

va-

sudevaya namali n sarvatra siddhopadesat Ff. 28b, 29: iti rimatparamahamsaparivrajakaca(r)yyaBharatitirtthapraiiltaya m adhikaranaratnamala yam prathaii

maddhyayasya caturtthapadah

ii

It breaks off after the 7 th Adliikarana in

Pada

2 witb the following words:

i

saptama

Adhyaya IV,

ti

jnasya

parethava agnim vag ity adisastrat svasvalietusu tallaya(li) nadyabdhilayasamyokter vidvaddrstya layali pare anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag ity udahrtani tatvajnani no vagadayah prana villyamanah pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mahatmani yatrasya purusasya mrtasyasti vag apy eti vatam pranas caksur
i i

vagadaya svasvahetau linah

adityam

ity adi sruter iti

paramatmany eva paya.

prapte bruniah (See edition p.

tatvavido drstya

72.)

91.

Whish No.
Size: a page.

90.
leaves,

llixl'
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 70 + 58 + (2)

or 10 lines on

Material:

leaves.
1830'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry be about 50 years older.

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Grhyaparisista
It

compendium

of domestic

rites.
is

incomplete, mentioned.

is

and the name of the author

not

Amongst the Ranayana Muni

(f.

authorities quoted are Satyayani (ff. 6, 65), Rauruki (f. 24b), Salihotra Muni (f. 51b),
(ff.

66b), and Saunaka

66b, 70).

-5*

120

:<~

The
this

following are

some

of the ceremonies described in

work:
(f.

saucavidhi
sanavi
(f. (f.

1),

mrttikasnanavidhi
(f.

(f.

2),

sandhyopa-

3b), brahmayajnavi
(f.

6 b), ankurarpanavi
(f.

4b), pratisarabandhavi 7 b), punyahavi (f. 8 b), udaka(f.

santivi

9),

rudrasamhitayah kalpa

13),

mahabhise-

kavi

(f. 13), satabhisekavi (f. 14), parjanyasuktavi (f. 15), arkavivahavi (f. 15b), agnivivaha (f. 17b), grhasantivi

ankurasya vidhi (f. 22b), apamrtyunjaya (f. 25b), ayurhomasya laksana (f. 27 b), grharcanavi (f. 32), agharnarsanasukta (f. 36b), garbhinivi (f. 40), vrsotsarjanavi
(f.

18),

(f.

41),

ekoddistavi

(f.

42),

nandimukhasraddha
(f.

(f.

44),

pindapitryajnavi (f. 45b), krcchravi 58 b), sarpasanti (f. 68). (f.

It

56b), candrayana

begins:-

athatas

gatva krtva mrttika grnhati kastham antarddhaya npavi^ed,

F.
6: athatas

durataram

saucavidhim vyakhyasyamo gramad yajhopavltam sirasi daksinakarne va

etc.

SatySyaniproktani

grhyagniprayascittani

vyakhyasyamo,

etc.

The
F.

l rst

dvitiyaprapathake ekonaathatas sampravaksyami karmma prstaSalihotrena mimina prokta(m) (read vrsti?)pradayakam ca lokahitaya
iti

51b:

Prapathaka
n

(in

25 Khandas) ends

f.

17 b.

grhyapari(siste)

vimsah khandah

F. 61

(II,

40 begins):
I

athatas sampravaksyami vivaham

I I

pipalasya tu

va

margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam vrksatu

dvayam praticyan
F. 65b:

mandapam karayec chubham

etc.

iti
II

grhyaparisiste karikayam Satyayaniproktagrhyaparisiste karikayam Raurukina viracitaII

sarvaristasanti

F. 66 b:

iti

vidhuragnisandhanam
F. 70:
iti

Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta
I

sarpasanti-

homamantrah

etc.

70b) with the words: kayantararjjitan doam kalarupl vyapohatu svaha suryyayedam n om H
It breaks off
(f.
i

->;

121

!-

(2)

The Sdrarahasyacdturvarndkramavibhdga,
civil

a treatise on

law,

extracted

from

Vaidyanatha

Diksita's

work

(Smrtimiddaphala?).
It begins:

namah abhisekadigunayuktasya dharmmah tac ca dustanigrahain nrpasya prajapalanan

i
i

gurubhyo

dustaparijhanah ca na vyavaharena vineti vyavaharadarsanam aharahah karttavya(m) ity

antarena na sambhavati

uktam (i) vyavaharan nrpah [i] pasyet sabhyaih nvaham iti sa ca vyavaharah ladrsah etc.
F. 10 b:

parivrto-

vyavaharamatraprakaranam netavyah mocaniya ity artthah iti evah caturvarnakrama vicaryjTih VaidyanathadlksitlI

iti

It ends:

atinasamlpam
II

yocldhi-tasararahasvacaturvarnakraniMvibbagas srlgurubhyo namah subhani astu

li

samaptah

II

92.

Whish No.
Size:

91.
(3)

15f-xli

in., (2)

+ 172 + 50 + + 2 +

(l) leaves,

12 lines

on a page.
Material: I'alm leaves.
entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1831. In the colophon, the date, 'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'. containing The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1823/24, but

Date:

An

the

MS. was probably

Vemkusa,

Scribe:

written in A. D. 1763/64. a lady of Sekharipattana (?)

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The BMttadijpika, a Commentary on Jaimini's Mimamsadarsana, by Khandadevamisra , a pupil of Visvesvara,

XII. Our MS. begins with IVI, and Sutra of Jaimini, while the MSS. described by Hall p. 179; Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353; Burnell, Tanjore and Mitra, Notices, p. 83b; Ind. Off. IV, pp. 701 seq,q.; vol. VII, p. 271 (No. 2521) begin with the second Pada

Adhyayas
the
first

XI

of the first Adhyaya.

~$h
It begins:

122

f^-

om
i

satam

mude
11

tanute

dlpikam

ilia

Visvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas tatprasadena samksiptam bhattakhalu nikhilapumartthan artthasadhanau

samgopamgavedaddhyayanaikasamadhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavah Jaiminir acaryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamlma(m)sam athato dharmmajijhasety arabhya vidyate vanyakalatvad yatha yajya
sampraisa ityantais sutrair baiica(read h panca?)dhikaranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakatlcakara adhikaranan tu vedavat sadamgam yad ahuh viI i

dharmmadharmniau

sayo visayas caiva purvapaksas tathottarara

saragatis ceti

pancamgam
****

prayojanan ceti bahuvidha ftatredam (blank) samgatiprasamgadibliedat

iti

prancodhikaranam viduh

adyam adhikaranam
F. 18b:

srl-Khandadevaviracitayam bhattadlpikayam pratliamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah n addhyayas ca

athato dbarmmajijnasa

(I,

1,

1.)

iti

sampurnab

ii

The

2 nd

Adbyaya ends
f.

f.
f.

38,

the 3 rd

Adhyaya
f.

f.

98,

tbe 4 th A.

th A. 120, the 5

th A. 138b, the 6

172.

Then begins the

Adhyaya (with a new The 12 th Adhyaya begins f. 27 b.

It ends
(f.

11 th

foliation).

XII, prasamgat brahmanasyaivartvijyam. uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam tad evan nirupitau brahmanasyaivartvijyani iti siddham
4,

41

sqq.:

prabhutvat

50) with the explanation of the Sutras

ii

iti srladdhyayair ddharmmadharmmau Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah

dvadasabhir

II

II

harih

om

The

scribe's

colophon:

ambhomuksamaye
i

svabhanu-

saradi vrkse kurnaryyahvaye (dutthe masi kanya, written underneath the last three words) citrabhe prathama tithav

pakse dine dyomaneh bbattaprakpadadipikam samalikhac chrl-Vemkusa strl sudhi srimacchekharipattaanasite

nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat

II

om

ll

->:

123
(2)

K~

F. 50b

contains

the

Brahmdnubhavastdkct:
tusyati tusyati

atmavadhujanakamksa&unyo hy
i

following

eight

stanzas,

calh-d
at-

matanubhavakamksaiunyah
tusyaty

atmaniketanakairiksa^unyais
I

evani

param eva paran naparam upasamsaram sainprabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih

i I

eva

prakrtipuinaikyc prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati hrsyaty eva ilrsyam sarvara sphurati caracararupam visvam iti medlu
i
|

tatvam asi jivanmuktim gacchati gacchati gacchaty eva vastu sohain soham itlva vagvrtter jnatva grutilaksyam satyara yyo laksyani kurvan dlvyati dlvyati divyaty eva
i i

anantam brahrnaivaham tad ahan tv jnanam eva iti samski'tabuddhi x s sarvam pasyati pasyati pa.syaty

suddham

atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahino mudho jantuh iha sarasare paravare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva kirn, va jnanam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh
eva
I

prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat iti vai manye manye manye brahmasarasaravivekl dehl dehajhanam bhitvan(u)haya jhane yatate yady api duhkhan nastan nastan nastam iti
t
i

brahmanubhavastakam samaptara
(3)

II

om

II

Two
of

leaves at the end of the volume contain

Conjugation,
i

beginning:

sapi
I

Paradigms bhu sattayam edha

i

vrddhau
pecitha curata
i

dupacas papaktha
n

pake
I

pacati

pacata

etc.,

and ending:
adi
i

luhi

ity

adi

liti

acucurat acu-

luti corayitety

pala raksane arcca pujayani

ptirvavat

luhi arccicat arccicata

93.

Whish No.
Size:

92.

13^x2t
Palm

in., (2) -{-

248

(2)

leaves,

from 12

to 14 lines

on

a page. Material:

leaves.

(rlloko divyati divyati) inserted, but crossed out.

~>;

124

x~
The MS. may be about

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831. 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
,

The Bhasyaratnaprabha a Commentary on Sankara's Bhasya on Badarayana's Veddnta- Sutras, by Govindananda, a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvati. The name of Govindananda
is

given in the colophons at the end of IV, 4, while in the colophon at the

I,

1; II, 2; 3; 4;
first

end of the

Adhyaya Rdmananda, the pupil of Govindananda, is mentioned as the author of the work. In the Berlin MS.
marked by 'Bamanandi'
p.

(described by "Weber-Berlin I, p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are in the margin. According to Hall

89 (see also p. 202) the real author of the work is Ranrananda Sarasvati, who dedicated his work to his Guru Govindananda. But it seems, we have to distinguish between the original Bhasyaratnaprabha by Govindananda (as printed in the edition of the Vedanta- Sutras, Bibl. Ind.), and a Tippana or brief notes on it, by Ramananda.
(See Ind.
Off.'

IV,

p.

724.)

Our MS. might be described

as containing 'Bamananda's adnotated edition of Govindananda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. See also Aufrecht CC. p. 386-

and above No. 78

It begins:

om

(1).

sivaya

parabrahmane namah
i

avighnam
i

srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namah yam iha karunikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn ahain asu harim varam asraye janakajamkam anantasukhaastu
I

krtim Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah srlgauryya nikhilartthadan(read dan) nijapadambhojena muktijjradam praudham viglmavanam harantam anagham srldumdhitundasina
I I

vande,

etc.

srlmat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaitanirvrto-

bhasasmitasya-srlmat-Govindavanicaranakamalago

srlkahcyam srlkamaksldattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam prakrstajyayuktam va yat bhojvam annam tenatipiljya ^rl-Sivaramayoginah kinca siva> casau ramas ceti svanamna
yathalih
i

ham

moksapuryyam

srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih tair ity artthah srl-Saiiikarani bhasyakrtam j^i'^vamya Vyasam
i

H5H

125

~
parahac
n

harim sutrakptan ca kurve

bhasye,
etc.
.

Srlbhasyatlrtthe

tustyai vakjala(read ^jala)bandhacchidam

.
.

abhyupayam atr;i aham brahma nirbhayam ora ilia khalu

n

svaddhyayoddhyeta(vya)
ntasiitras, Bibl. Ind., p.

iti,

etc.

See edition of the Veda-

sq.

F.54:--Srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya^ri-Govindanandabhagavatkrtau SarlrakamimamsakaYyakhyayam bhasyaratnaprabhayarp prathamaddhyayasya pratharnah padab I, 2 ends f. 64 b, I, 3 f. 85b.

F.

100:

iti

nparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya3ri
-

vindanandabhagavacchisya Ramanandakptau Sarirakamlbhasyaratnaprabhabbidhayam prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthapadah addhyayas ca samaptah II. 1 ends f. 118b, II, 2 f. 146b, II, 3 f. 166b, IT. 4 f. 173 b, III, 1 f. 179, IH, 2 f. 189 b. Ill, 3 f. 220, III, 4
mrimsrivvakhy.iyaiii
::

ii

231, IV, 1
It

f.

237, IV, 2

ends
H

(f.

248 b):

atoktadosoakyasya
i

f.

241, IV, 3
I

f.

245b.

esa

by
-

eveti sa-

sanat

iti

&rlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri

Govinda-

nandabhagavatkrtau bhasyaratnaprabhayam caturtthasyaaddhyayas ca samaptah ddhyayasya caturtthah padah om sivaya parabrahmane naniah
i

94.

Size:

Ul Xls
Palm

in.,

(2)

Whish No. 93. + 62 + 54 + 67 +

(2)

leaves,

9 or 10 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date: 18* or 19* cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The Dvaidhasutra, a portion of Bodhayands Srautasutra, in 4 Prasnas. MS. No. 1571 in Mitra, Notices IV, p. 146 contains Prasnas 3, 4 and 5. But Eurnell, Tanjore p. 20a only gives 4 Prasnas, like our MS. Cf. Mitra, Notices X.
p.

266 (No. 4159). katham u khalupavasatha iti vijanlyat sanIt begins: *** *** *** svid (blank) lusandher evopapadyatho dhya

Ed.: ato'tra doso'sankhyah syad.

~>*

126

kh

upapadanan nanu khalu sandhyasupapadaya iva sarvesan tv eva sandhyasu ha smaha Bodhayano yatraitad u pavatostain ita aditye purastat candram alohlti, etc. F. 22: dhenura vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad

snah

iti Salikih 33 iti dvaidhe prathamah prasrlmad-Yajnesvaraya namah harih om caturmmasyani vyakhyasyamas, etc. F. 37 b: pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubuyad iti 27 iti dvaidhe dvitlyah prasnah Salikih atbatogni-

vai

kathana
ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

kalpam vyakhyasyamah,
F. 49 b:

iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Salikih n 21 n dvaidhe trtiyah prasnas samaptah athata istikalpam
ii

kuryyad
(f.

etc.

vyakhyasyama sva hasnia + neh,

It

ends

62b):

nityani
ety
n

etc.

ca

dadyad
Salikih
n

iti
II

Bodhayana
18
I

etany eveti Salikir caturtthah prasnah

dhayanac3,(rya)ya

anye

ceti

dvaidhe

ii

samapto dvaidhah

sn-Kanvaya Bo-

namah

subham astu 23.

Two fragments of the Mahagnisarvasva, a Commentary on the Agnikalpasutra, Dvaidhasutra, and Karmantasutra of Bodhayana 's Srautasutra, (by Vasudeva Dlksita). I could not find the author's name in the MS., but see Burnell I.O. The Oxford MS. p. 27 sq., Hultzsch II, p. 74 (No 695).
Sansk.
d.

13

contains

complete

copy of the work in

19 Adhyayas.
It

begins:
I

yathamati

pranamyagneh kalpasutram dvaidhakarmmantasutrabhyam saha vyakhya-

Bodhayanam

agner anarabhyadhltatvad adhitanah ca prasyatetaram krtagamitvadlksadisu sambandhfln darsapurnamasayos ca

i

diksadyabhavat
vati, etc.

jyotistomamgataddhyavadhlyate

diksadi-

bhir jyotistomamgam prasiddhan tatsambandhognau bhaF. 19 b: iti mahagnisarvasve prathamoddhyayah

ll

F.
F.

F. 35b:

athestakanam karanani vaksyamah, 40: atha garhapatyaciter istakah

ii

28: iti mahagnisarvasve dvitlyoddhyayah

ll

om

ll

etc.

~>;

127

.-

It breaks off (f. 54) with the following words: adyentye ca diksadivasesu visnula'amavatsaprasamiiccayah maddhyadivasesu vyatyasena iti Salikimatam sagnicitye kratau
i

samvatsaran
vyavasthitah tasmat.

tisrah

?at dvadaSa va dlksa iti diksakalpaekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti

Then
(f.

tayamgi+sldateti srayaddhvan taya anuvyiiagniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah hati mahagnisarvasve savyakhyatam garhapatyacitau
1):
i

cita

the second fragment (with a

(leva

new

foliation) begin s

ll

II

ptamoddhyayah
F. 12:

ii

mahagnisarvasve navamoddhyayah F. 42: iti mahagnisarvasve caturdas[y]oddhyayah F. 58b: iti mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah It breaks off (f. 67b) with the words: sruvahutyo karana

iti

ll

ll

iti

Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha caturgi'hitam grhitvajyasya purnam sruvah juhoti te agna iti ajyasya purnam iti punarvacanam catusapta rtthe sruve yatha sruk purna bhavati tatha prabhutam
kuryyad
iti

sruci

anayatlty eva.

95.

AVhish No.
Size:

94.

U\xli

in.,

(2)

187-f

(2)

leaves,

from 10 to 13

lines

on

a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Wbish dated 1831.
or even 150 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may be 100

The Par iblmmrthasamgr alia, a Commentary on the ParibMsas to Panini's Grammatical Sutras, by Vaidyanafha
See (ff. 155). The No. 1058). Hultzsch II, p. 122 (No. 1254, see also similar to arrangement of the Paribhasas is somewhat See The Paribhathat in Siradeva's Paribhas5vrtti. sendusekhara ed. by F. Kielhorn, Part II, pp. 529537
gastrin,

the

son

of

Batnagiri Dlksita

~>;

128

K~

In Hultzsch I, p. 26 (No. 311) Slradeva is given as the author of a Paribhasarthasamgraha. It begins: vijeyyanas sada sambhur jjamgacchat girijam muda sancancuranah pasuna tantantad vaggatim mama murttir yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dha

1 vakyanam krd api svadharma vitanute vag yasya sada sisya yasya virodhivadimakutlkuttakavagdasyam

tatha

dhatikas tasmai matula-Eamabhadraniakhine bhuyo

II

me bhavet yam kriyate Vaidyanathena paribhasartthasamgrahah

i

namo devam bhavanlpatim avyapranamya paraman

II ll

2 vyakhyanato viscsapratipattir nna hi sandehad alaksanam vyakhyanatah vyakhyanad dhetupahcamyantad adyaditvat

tasih, etc.

iti srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyanathasastrinah krtisu paribhasartthasamgrahe prathamasya-

Ff. 6b, 7:

ddhyayasya prathamah padah n ekayoganirddi^tSnam saha va pravrttis saha va nivrttih 3 Adhyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. 14; A. II (in 4 Padas) Ill (in 4 Padas) f. 22; A. IV (4) f. 25 b; f. 17b; A. f. 26b; A. VI f. 34b; A. VII (4) f. 47b; A. VIII f. 49b.
ll

AV

Last Sutra

(f.

55):
ii

purvan

dhatus sadhanena yujyate

pascad upasargena* It ends (f. 55 b): iti ubhayatha bhasye vyavaharo dysyate iti n 125 iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanathasa-

ll

strinah krtisu paribhasartthasamgrahe nyayamulaparibhasa

samapta

harih

om

ll

srlmatgurubhyo namah
(2)

ii

The

Candrilca, a

Commentary on

the Paribhasarthasam-

graha, by Svayamprakasananda, a pupil of Advaitananda See Ind. Off. II, p. 180 sq. (Nos. 674, 675); Sarasvati.

Mitra-Bikaner,
It

p.

begins

(f.
i

269 (No. 573). natva gurupadadvandvam samsara56):

jaladhiplavam

vyakaromi yathabuddhi paribhasartthasamsista

graham
i

granthadau

mamgalam

acaranti,

etc.

For svadharma, the metre requires only two

See Paribhasendusekhara, P. 1. See Paribhasendusekhara, P. 17. See Paribhasendusekhara, ed. Kielhorn,

syllables (w-).

3
4

II, p. 537.

-><

129

w~

F. 91b:

iti

kalut tu mum khalartthesu vasarfipaF. 96b, Sutra: sampratikabhave blmtapiirvagatih F. 99: paribhasarttliasamgrahavyukliyane tritlyasyaddhyayasya prathamah padah laksanapratipadoktayoh F. 113 srlparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasarvataF. 95, Stitra: vidhir nnasti
11 II
ii

masyaddhyayasya tritiyah padah vat badhitam tat badhitam eva

paribhasartthasamgrahe vyakhyane prathasakrt gatau vipratiedhe

n

etc.

iti

litrasvatantrasnmad-Advaitananda-Sarasvatl-caranaravinda-

bbrmgayamanasya

srlmat-Svayampraka.sanandasya

krtau

paribhasartthasaingrahavyakhya(ya)n
rttliasyadilhvayasya caturtthali

padah

II

candrikayam catusamaptas caddhya-

yah

grahanavata pratipadikena tadantavidhis tasti n Adhyaya VI ends f. 136; A. VIII ends f. 172. Last Sutra (f. 186): purvan dhatus sadhane yujyate
ii

pascad upasargena It ends (f. 187): ubhayatheti tatha ca bhasyakaravacaiti bhavah n iti srlparamahamsarvestasiddkir napramanyat

saparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravindabhrmgayamanasya Svayamprakasanandasya krtih paribhasartthasamgrahavyakhya candrika sampurna

n

harih

om

later

hand has written on

ii

f.

187b:

iti

mlmamsa-

sastre

purvamlmamsa sampurna

96.

Whish No.
Size: 12f on a page.

95.
leaves,

Xl|
Palm

in.,

(2) -f-

83

15

-j- (2)

from 8 to 10

lines

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 1831.

50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may be about

The
talas.

Candrajnandgamasmngraha

(Tantra)

in

15

Pa-

~5*
It begins:

130

h-

&riivah
I I

ndasya laksanam

atkatas sampravaksyami tripurauktam purvam astiti saktam andam yad

I

kiranmayam

mayam
sthitam

asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiranrathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sam-

etc.
:

. 1 marg. Ff. 10b, 11:

prathamapatalam sadamnayalaksanam candrajnanagamasamgrahe purandalaI

iti

ksane sadauinayalaksanan nama prathamab patalab Patala II (tripurandalaksane pitbalaksanam) ends f. 20 b; P. Ill (sripurandalaksane sricakralaksanam) f. 41b; P. IV
n

(tripurandalaksane sricakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f.45 f. 49 b; P. VI (srlvidyasandhyanusthanam) f. 50 b; P. P. VII (srividya[n]nyasa) f. 52 b; P. VIII (srividyajapa-

f. 57; P. XII f. 69; P. 63; P. XI f. 67; (cakraradhanapbalam) P. P. XIII (sYiktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 75; (di-

kalpab)

f.

55b; P.

IX

(pujadesakalanirupanam)
f.

XIV

ksavidbih)
It ends

f.

79.

(f.

83 b):

vidyamantrarabasyajnasambhogan mui

ktim

apnuyat n iti candrajiianagamasaragrahe rahasye mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasah patalah n barib om srlparambayai namah srlpurnanandanatbante n barib om yadrsam pustakan drstya, etc.
ii

(2)

Tbe Kaiiladarsatantra, by Visvanandandtha. See Aufrecbt CC. s. vv. kauladarsana, kaulacara, and kauladarsa. It begins: natva srlgurupadukan ca vatukam vanin ca

vigbnesvararn kamesan tripuram pararn bbagavatim devlrn

sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam kramat kaulagamatantrartthan sanigrbya srikularnavarttbarps ca kauladarsarn kurute Visvanando bitaya kaulai

ii

vidarn
It

ii

ends:

srlmad-Visvanandanatbapranitani
i

kaulacara-

sesadbarmaprakasam kaulacaryyas samyag Tilokayantam

thaviracitakauladar^atantram

kauladarsarn
ii

kaulasastranusarani
iti

sri-Visvanandanaii

sundaryyai namah

sampurnam subbam astu

i

srimabatripura-

HX

131
97.

HS-

Size:

10[x1t
Palm
r

in->

Whish No. 96. (2) + 71 + (2) leaves,

7 or 8 lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th

19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

Prapaiicasdra.
is

The Prapancasdrasdrasamyrahu, an abstract of Sankara's Incomplete. The author of the abstract

Gvrvdnendra Sarasvafi,
a pupil
p.

pupil

of Visvesvara

Sarasvatt,

who was
Tanjore,

Amarendra Sarasvatt, 207b; Stein- Jammu, p. 232.

of

see

Burnell,

oni agajananapatmarkain gajananam aharIt begins: nnisam anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe on natva srl-Samkaiacaryyam Amai'endrayatisvarani kurve prapahcasarasya sarasaragraham uttamam tatra prapancasare yad yac Chamkaracaryyair uktam mantrayantraprayogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapldanlm mandaprajhavata vistaraso jnatum anusthanaii (read atuh) casakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhutan tad alpai

nam

granthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragrahasyat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsainprada-

yasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra punah prasamgat tatra tatra mantrakalpantare mantrasarakramadipikaSanatkumarl[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevataprakasikaclau yad yan mantrayantrady uktam tad api kificit tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat kincid vaksyate
i I

ksirabdhau, It breaks
nyaset
I

etc.

off

with the following words:

jyotir

evan

dhyatva

om brim am narayanan
svriha

aham

parajyotisi

juhomi hamssoham

namah hrim
98.

a 3 m.

Size: 10^-

xlj

in.,

Whish No. 97. (1) + 133 + (1) leaves,

from 7 to 9

lines

on

a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

9*

~*

132
(1)

k~

The Daksinamurtismrihita,
It begins:

in

43 Patalas

(ff.

111),
I

described as a 'Kanlasastra' by

Mr. Whish.

dvitryena

caturtthena sastheniirkena sundari

i

indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih sadamtatha kavacan gani nnyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) netram astrafi ca namah svaha kramena ca vasat vausad
I
I

astran ca pliad ebhis saha vinyaset etc. F, 2: iti srldaksinamiirttisanibitayani

I

ekaksaralaksml-

pujavidhih patalah prathamah It ends (f. 111b): tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayam madana(read dabhavet
n

ll

mana?)ropananainiittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpatasubbam astu lah H iti daksinamurttisambita sampurna

ll

ll

(2)

The Kumar asamhita

in

10 Adhyayas

(ff.

112

133),

described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.

It begins (f. 112): gurumurttir srlgurubhyo namah ambikam srikrsnani srlsambadaksinamurttim vande vinayakam kam vanlm sundaramurttim dharanim SrisamastaI

yudhasampurnara satbhujah cadayanvitam adhastad vanitakaram adyani vande gajananam ranjitadrivare ramye munivrndanisevite kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hemai I
I

bhusite ratnastambhasahasrais tu sobhite ratnamandape drastuni ratnasimhasanaruclhan devya saha mahesvaram

I

samagato brahma pranipatya krpanidhini baddh[v]ahjalinamas brahma puto bhutva tustava paramesvaram
i

sivaya devaya, etc. F. 113b: iti srlkumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasam-

vade vidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah F. 129: iti srlvidyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgraI

mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah kim atra bahunoktena sarvan kaman It ends (f. 133):
ii

avapnuyat

ll

iti

srlkumarasamhitayam
ll

rahasyatirahasyan
ll

nama dasamoddhyayah

srigurubhyo

namah

etc.

H3H

133

K~

9<).

Whish No.
Size: 12| Material:

98.
8 or 9 lines on a page.

xIt
Palm

in.,

100

68

+ 65

leaves,

leaves.

Date: 18 th or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantba.
(1)

A
the

Commentary on a Manual of Srauta Rites,

Sacrifices

viz.

New

and Full Moon

Fire

(darsapurnamasau), Laying of
1

(adhana),

and Animal Sacrifice (pasubandha),

(ff.

according to the school of Apastamba

It

begins:

athato
I

100).

pratar

agnihotram

darsapiirnamasau vyakhyasyamah hutva darbhesv asino darbhan dhaI I

rayamanah patnya saha pranan ayanrya samkalpam karoti

darssena yaksye
I
i

aminirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha puI

rnamasena yaksye tena paramesvaram prlnayani darbhan nirasyapa upasprsya asi dvih + paimi vidyud apa upasprsya yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idam sarvai i i

etc. yajiiesupasparsanam bhavati F. 17b: prathamah prasnas

namah
bahur

ll

dev[y]asya tva

+ madade

samaptah srlkrsnaya spliyam adaya indrasya

ll
I

asi daksinas, etc.

F. 35b:

dvitlyaprasnas

samaptah

idam eke purvam

.

samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya, etc. atha yajamano F. 49b: trtlyah prasnas samaptah daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman etc. pracah kramaty uttaram uttaran jyayamsam

II

F. 56 b:
F.

atha naksatrani harih om subham 71:

I

etc.

astu

ll

(71b:)

adhanam
I I

trivi-

dham somapurvam homapurvam istipurvah ceti etc. F. 76b: harih om pasubandhaprayoga ucyate

ll

pra-

vrtpaurnamasyam
hutva, etc. It ends
(f.

amavasyayam

va

pratar
havili

agnihotrani

100):

sarasvati
ii

idam

sarasvan idam
i

agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih adi sarvam samanam harih om etc. ity
havih
i

deva ajyapa

~><

134
(2)

Xr-

Text of the Manual of Srauta rites, on which the preceding work is the commentary (ff. 1 28).
darsSapurnamasau vyakhyasyaniah darbhesv a + patnya saha prapratar agnihotram hutva nan ayamya darsena yaksye anunirvap(y)aindravaimri I
i I

It begins:

athato

dhena saha paurnamasena yaksye vapanam vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya asyam istyam addhvaryyun tvam vrnlmahe etc.
I

F. 17b:
I

ucyate F. 23 b:

pasubandhaprayoga ucyate pravrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va (pra)tar agnihotram hutva, F. 28: ayan te yonir punar agnim samriropyagnyagaI

prasnas samaptah adhanaprayoga uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognln adadhiran etc.

II
I

caturtthah

etc,

iti

ram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya upavarohya danadi samanam harih om subhani astu
I

dhrstva-

II

II

(3)
;

Manual

of Srauta rites,

viz.

the Agnistoma, according

to the school of

F. 28b begins:

Apastamba. pratar agnihotram hutva pranan ayamya

i

samkalpam karoti

tripursasomaplthavicchedaprayascitta-

rttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham. asvinam pasuh cagnistomlyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena

yaksye jyotistomenagnistomena rathantarasamnaikavimsatidaksinena tena paramesvaram prinayani vidyud asi + mi
l
i

dvih

etc.

F. 48 b:

om

ll

harih patnisamyajantognlsomlyas santisthate deva iti havirddhane ye manojata vratayati agniddhre

II
I

va yajamanan jagarayanti, etc. It ends (f. 68): tarn vacaspataye brahmana idam agnim parityajya sayam agnihotram (ju)homi dhrstya danadi marjjani (?) nantam kale pratarhomas santisthate-

gnistomah

harih

om

ll

etc.

Commentary on

It begins:

om

the preceding work.

I

kratusamkalpakale

hota

ko yajhah

~3H

135

K~
|

niaban ka daksineti prativacanam bruyat rtvijab voco bbargo me voco yaso me voca stomam me vocab klptim me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti japitva sa
i

vrto japet F. 28 b:

ity
(f.
II

agnis te bota, etc.

It ends

atbosasyab etc. agneyakratu(b) samaptah santistbate 65 b): ilanta vacaspatinetyadi

11

ayas cetyadi samstbajapas santistbategnistomognistomab barib om srlgurubbyo namab

ii
i

2
II

100.

AVhish No.
Size: 18^-xl|last part
in.,

99.
29 leaves, from 6 to 9 (in the

37

12

13

from 10 to

Material:

Palm

13) lines leaves.

on a page.
(see

Date: The Siddharthin year in which the MS. was written below) may correspond to A. D. 1679 80 or A. D. 1739/40. Scribe: Sesadri Stiri. See No. 34.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

Tarlcaparibhasa, by Kesavamisra Ind. Off. IV, p. 605 sq.

begins: balopi vanchaty alasasrutena
It

Tbe

(t'f.

30).

See

yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa pramanaprameyasamsayaprayojanadrstantasiddbantavayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpavitandahetvabluisacclialajatinigrabastliananan tatvajnanan nisreyasadbigama iti nyayasyadimam sutram asyartthah
i

pramanadisndasapadarttluinan
bbavatlti
It
I

tatvajnanan

moksapraptir
iti

etc.
(f.

ends

30):

etavataiva
. .

balavyutpattisiddbeb
n

Kesavamisrena viracita tarkkaparibhasa samapta yadrsam grantbam alokya, etc. siddhartthyakhye tn varsesmin bhaskare simhasamsthite likhitam paribhasakhyam gran.
I

tham Sesadrisurina
i

Cf. Cf.

Ap. Sraut. X, 1, Ap. Smut. XIII,

4.

25, 10.

-5H

136
(2)

K-

Fragment Commentary on Kesavamisra sTarkaparibhdsd,bjOinnamhhatta.(&.B0'b 37). See Aufrecht-Oxford, nr. 606. Burnell, Tanjore p. 112b.
,

of the TarkabhdsdpraJcdsikd, a

It begins

(f.

30 b):
I

om

sakrn natvapi

yam

loko labhate

santisampadah
nrkesari
i

sa

nah payad

apayebhyah

yogananda-

cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyuhaparipuranaya

sistacaraparipraptam visistestadevata[na]pranamam manasi

etc. nidhaya ciklrsitam pratijanite balopiti It breaks off (f. 37) with the words: laksye tv apy avarttanam asambhavah yatha gor ekasaphatvam kratvI

antarvarttadhl

(?).

(3)

The
(ff.

Kdrdkavdda, 112).
begins:
i

by

Jayarama

Bludta

Acdryq

It

natva

visnoh

padambhojah

Jayaramas

karakavyfikhyam iha samkhyavatam muda atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradanapadanadhikaranani sat tatvan ca na tat kriyanimittatvam caitrasya tandulam pacatltyadau, etc.
i

samasatah

karoti

It

ends
il

(f.

12):

tatra

saptamiti

tat

sutrarttha

ity

adosah

iti
H

samaptah

sri-Jayaramabhattacaryyaviracita-karakavadas namas te sarade devi kasmlrapuravasini tvam

i

aham

piTirtthayisyami vidyadanan tu dehi

me

il

harih

om

II

(4)

The Vddaratndvali
(ff.

(by

Rama

Gastrin), a fragment only

113).

See Aufrecht CC.

It begins:

kavitarkkikasimhaya
vedah
I

p. 562.

kalyanaguna.saline

srli

mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu bhasyam yadabharanabhasitam eva jatam yatsutanisvasitam
eva bhavanti

jalam tarn srlgirisam anisam

namaskrtya

yadvajivahavaca eva pnranan vagdevatan vadibalavinodinlm vadaratnavalim kurmmas

saranam bhajami
i

tarkkabhrisanusarinim
isyam acaraniyyam
i

nann granthadan mamgalam ava-

etc.

-3M
It breaks off

137

f^-

(f.

13) with the

iti

words: atas
n

tatkfilavrtti-

bhfivatvam

pragabhavatvam purvoktado^abhSvad iti sarvani sustham iti karanatavadah nanu yumi miSrana-

mis>anayo.
(5)

A
It

fragment of a work on Xyaya, possibly belonging to

the Vadaratndvali

begins: pratyaksanirupananantaram
(ff.

29).

upajivyopajiva-

kabh&vasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti athasabda anantaryyavacanah pratyaksanirupanasyartthad avadbitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api niriipyata iti varttamanarttkakalasaprayogena canumananirupanasya saddbyatvalabbah evan ca siddbasaddbyasamabbivyabare siddbam saddhyayopayivjyata iti nyftyena malinan
te

vapu snaya

ity atrevatrSpi

pratyaksanumananirCipanayob

upajivyopajlvakabbfivalabbab, etc. It breaks off (f. 29) with the words:

vrttatvat
istatvat

niscitasaddbyavad-

asadbaranyapattib asadbaranasatpratipaksayor anityatadosatvavadinam pracam matenaital laksanad iti.

101.

Whish No.
Size:
leaf

100.

16tX1|
ff.

in.,

(1)

between

81 and 82)
leaves.
r

70 (numbered as leaves 45114) 1 (odd (1) leaves, from 6 to 8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

Date: 17th
Lijuries:

18 tu cent.?
ff.

Character: Grantha (one leaf between

81 and 82 in Malayalan).

The

first

two leaves are

slightly

damaged.

Fragment of a work (probably some Commentary) on Nyaya philosophy.

kimcit saddbyanisthadheyatvani va rupakadhikaranatvam adye kevalanvaylti kevalanvayisa**** ddhyaka ity artthah avyape (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti
It

begins

(f.

45):

yat

dvitiyenane(ne)ti vabnimfm dhumad ity adau adye dosantaram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta-

~x

138

k~

nisthadkeyatvanirupakatvasya samanyadau satvena tatra etc. jatyadhikaranatvabhavasya satvad iti bhavah F. 51: iti o paficalaksanarahasyam paribhasikam

evety

evakarena yoganadaras sucitah, F. 72: pragalbhiyalaksanam

etc.

aha saddhyeti gunanya-

tvavisistasattavan jater ity atra, etc. I\ 76: misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati keci(t) tv

iti

sajatyam sadrsyara. etc. P. 85: sarvabhaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddoetc.

1
i

sanam alagnakatety asayena,

ity

F. 102: tipu sattavan dravyatvad valmiman dhumad adau tadrsakutadliikarariajagadyrttitvasya, F. 106: tipu atra jaladirupadravyam na svasabdaretc.
1
i i

ttlia

etc.

F. 111b:

tipu

tatra

samavayena gunasamanyabhava-

syotpattikalavaccliedena, etc. F. 112: kecit tu vyapya vrttitvam kiiicid avacchinna-

vrttikabliinnatvara
It ends
(f.

etc.

pratiyogitavacchedakavisistajnanain nabhavapratyaksamatre hetuh idan tv adina abbavapratyakse vyabhicarat na tavad abhavapratyaksavisese

nanu 114):

manabhavad ata aha

visesanam
iti

visesanatavacchedakavisisteti visesve

nyayena

nabhavapratyaksam
ii

ananubhavat
srigurubhyo

vivecitan cedani alokamanjaryyam asniabhih

namah

102.

Whish No.
Size:

101.

14|xlg
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 19

-j-

147 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The Qautamlya Dharmasastra

in 3

subdivisions (called 'Adhyayas' in the Stenzler's edition).

J

Adhyayas or 29 smaller Commentary, and in

May

be tipu.

-*4
It begins:
ile,
etc.

139

K~

vedo

dharmmanmla(ni) tadvidafi ca smrti-

In I, 44 this MS. supports the reading srehu adopted by Stenzler from his Telugu MS. See 'The Institutes of Gautama', ed. by A. F. Stenzler, p. iv.

The The

first

Adhyaya ends
ed.),
f.

9 in Stenzler's
second

7:

acaram
ends
ed.),
f.

after the 9 th chapter ('Adhyaya'

prathamoddhyayah
the

Adhyaya

after

('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's
tiyoddhyayali
li

13:

vyavaharan chapter
is

19 th

dvi[ti]-

Then

follows

the

20 th

chapter which

not found in

Stenzler's edition.

atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany laksanani bhavanti, etc. tatremani anubhuya The chapter ends: visuddhail laksanair jjayante dharIt begins:

mmasya dharanad
Chapters
It ends:

21

29
ll

iti

20 dharmmasya dharanad iti to 20 28 correspond Adhyayas

n

in

Stenzler's edition.

iti

dharmmo dharmmah
ll

ll

29

li

prayascittam

karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti trtlyoddhyayah santah (read sadhavah?) kotikannyapradanah ca kotigodanam eva ca apuryyama(read yyamana?)sahasranan tatsamah pr&tarahutih kotigodavarlsnanam makararke sitasite tat phalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat dantam
li
I

ksantam jitakrodham jitendriyam akalmasam

tarn agryaiti

brahmanam anye
i

sesat (read

manye

sesah) sudra

smrtah

ll

yac caitanyam anasyuta (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasutad eva tvam idam [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam suptisu namo namah parani h sriguru
.
. .
ll

(2)

Commentary on the Gautamlya Mitdksardf JDharmasdstra, by Haradattamisra. It is incomplete. The

a
first

The

Adhyaya (of the smaller subdivisions) is wanting, and at the end one leaf seems to be lost, containing the end
It
1

of the

begins:

Commentary. piagupahcanayanat

kamacaravadapaksah

Head prag upanayanat.

~x

140

h^
I

a sodasat brahmanaapatkalasyopanayanasya grahanam syetyadi brahmacartti limgat na hi nityakalat prak striga-

manasya prasamgosti, etc. The second chapter ends

dvitiyoddhyayah
n

(f.

9):

Haradattamisraviraf.

cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautaniadharmmasastratikayan

The

I rst

Adhyaya (acaram) ends

39.

End
(f.

of the II nd

yara

iti Haradattaniisraviracitayani mitaksarakhyaGaiitamlyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah n atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani

1021)):

and beginning of the III rd Adhyaya

laksanani bhavantlti karmmavipakaddhyayasya vyakhyanan

durllabham It breaks
I

etc.

Stenzler):

yatoyam

off

with the last but

one Sutra (28, 51 bhutanani aprabhavo himsanugraha-

yogesu

prabhavaty

asmad

iti

prabhavah

karanam

(tathaha).

103.

Whish No.
Size:

102.

15x2^

of No. 88

= Whish

in.,

(1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation No. 87) (2) leaves, about 13 lines on a page.

Palm leaves. Date: The MS. was written

Material:
to 967 of the

Scribe :

Kollam era, or A. D. Subrahman ya

.

in the Paridhavin year, corresjionding 1792.

Character: Grantha.

The SivarahasyalJianda from the Sahkarasanihita of the Skanda-Piirana, continued from MS. Whish No. 87 (No. 88), and containing the DevaMnda (ff. 130 141), Daksakanda

(ff. 142181), and the Upcidesatenda (ff. 182289). It begins: matamahamahasailam mahas tad apitamaham karanan jagatam vande karrthad uparivaranam

srigurubhyo namah sri^arasvatyai namah sivaya on namah n atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha bandhit&n anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih sa tatheti
i i
i i

vinirgatya

guhajham

sirasa

vahan

etc.

~$H

141

H$-

oni ity (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. 141b: snskande adimahapurane Samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande devakande saptamoddhyayah om 6ivaya namah devakandas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc.
II

The Devakanda

srisomaskandaparamesvaraya namah
svahastalikhitam
n

II

Subrakmaiiyasya

The Daksakanda begins (f. 142): harividhimukhyavandyam sarvakaittaram isam padanatadmitaghnam .sasvatam vaktratundam abhayavaratlahastam samblmputram ganei

hrdayakanialamaddhye santatafi cintayami rsayah daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read ah) pura siita tapodhana jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih etc.
sara
II

This

Kanda

ends

(f.

oni 181b):
u

ity

adimahapurane
daksa-

srlskande

samkarasamhitayam
|

^ivarahasyakhande
II

kande catvririnisoddhyayah srlminakslsimdaresvarabhyan harih om daksakandas samaptah namah SubrahII

manyasvahastalikhitam

ll

sridaksinamurttaye
(f.

namah

The Upadesakanda begins

om 182):
i

visvesvaram

visvavandyam vimalajhanabodhakam upadesakandam muktyarttham umaputran namamy aham subrahmanyam sukumaram aham suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabham vande sada sarvamgasundaram etc.
|
I
|

It

ends

(f.

289b): om
n

iti

srimatskande mahapurai.H
n

samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande upadesakande panom sivaya namah samaptam idam c;i>ititamoddhyayah

upadesakandam harih om Subrahmanyan svahastena likhitam samkarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam

I

100 60 7 snmesamasam caitramasam parisamaptam

9

parltapinamasamvatsaram
.
. .

II

om

subham astu

ll

On

the same leaf written by Mr. Whish:

"100
967

825
This copy written in 1792

AD

April/May
of

Here ends
Samhita."

the

7 th

&

last

Kandam

the

Sankara

~$H

142
104.

K~

Whish No.
Size:

103.
leaves, 10

12fx2

in.,

(1)

10

-f-

80

(2)

or 11 lines on a

Malayalam page, 8 or 9
Material:

lines

on a Grantha page.

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. "Whish dated 1831.

50 years older. Character: The in Grantha.
first

The MS. may be about

Malayalam, the rest

two works

(10 leaves) in

(1)

The
(ff.

Sdiikhyasaptati, or Sankhyakdrikd, by IsvaraJcrsna

13).

It begins:

harih

srlganapataye

namah avighnam
i

astu

duhkhatrayabhighataj jijiiasa tadapaghatake hetau drste saparttha cen naikiintatyantatobhavat drstavad asravikas
sa hy avisuddhiksayatisayayuktah, etc. It ends (f. 3 b): saptatyam khalu

yertthas
u

tertthah

jjitas

krtsnasya sastitantrasya akbyayikavirahitah paravadavivartatha ca rajavarttikam capi pradhanastitvam

ii

ekatvam artthamatvam athanyata parartthyan catmano naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikarttlias tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava tustayah karananam asamartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah
I

iti

sastih

padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih

II

namah

Kapilaya

subhani astu
(2)

The Bhasyarthasamgraha, by Bralunananda

10). pupil of Visvesvarananda (ff. 4 It begins (f. 4): harih snganapataye

Yati,

the

namah avighnam

astu

ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva-

[bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srimatbhasyamrtambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) lamkurv ancane (?) naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtltihasapuranani hi brahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha
pravrttih kesahcit parinamadrstyanusririnl anyesam vivar-

ttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini,

.

etc.

1 "All this (tatha ca siddhibhih) from the Tattvakaunmudl of Vacaspatmisra, and faulty", Prof. Aufreeht.
.
.

-5*

143

hs-

It ends (f. 10): atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na gamanadisamka iyam evaitat siitrasaindarbhapratipadya

bhasyakaradyabhimata ca
sadasaditasarvajfiatvena

iti

srl-Vis>esvaranandagurupran

Brahmanandayadina (sic) krtasrimatbhasyartthasamgraha(h) samaptah Srlmatbhasyahvayo visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma>-nonyapumartthadrk n srigurubhyo namah snsfnvrn

vagrahebhyo namah sriramava naj~

(3)

ecc.

A Commentary
(ff.

on the Saukhyasaptati, by Vdcaspatimisra

145).

It begins:

ajam

etam lohitasuklakrspam bahvih prajas

aja etan
I

srjamanan namamah

enam bhuktabhoga
sisyaya

asamastan

jusamanam bhajante jahaty Kapilaya mah&munaye

l

casmaraye Pahcasikhaya tatheSvaraiha khalu pratipitsitam arttham ki'snayaite namasySmah pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bhavati preksavatam apratipitsitan tu pratipadayat nayam laucui auiuatwvdu kiko na p'arlksaKa in preKsa(vajiuuusa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah purusartthaya kalpate paramapurusartthasadhaity adipsitasastravisayajfianasya
tasya tasya
|

f^

natvahetukan tadvisayajijhasam avatarayati d'uhkhatrayahetau evam hi sastravibhigbataj jrjnasa tadapaghatake nama duhkkan jaeati na syiit, etc. na yadi
sayo ^tac >. 45: ity aryyamatir yyasya soyam aryyamatit.
ll

jijnasyeta

khya

ca sastram sa sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita samkhyasaptativyaharih om sampurna

II

(4)

Supercommentary The SamhyavivaranataUvalcaumtidi, Bodhabharati, a pupil work by 3), (No. on Vacaspatimisra's

of

BadMranya*
It
I

(ff.

4580).
nityani
I

begins: yatprasadad ajan

vijajnau

nam

grimatsamkhyasaptatim " The author's name is

Bodharanya.

atmanam asariritan gurun bhaktya namami karunakaran atifr vyacikhyasur bhagavan Vacasp
as Bharatlyati, pupil of generally given

(Prof. Aufrecht.)

-S*

111

hS-

parisamaptiprabalapraripsitasya granthasyapratibandhena sistucravapanpalanaya pratyartthino vyuda(read^ulia)rttham

ca pradhanasya pum(so) bhogapavargarttha(m) purusarns ksanasastratatparyyakatkanapurvakam pradhanam na ity aja adislokena jayata ca namasyaty ajam ekam ity nanu uttarenanvayah namama ity ta syan mulaprakrtih namaskaras-* visayatvan

pravrttila-

iLjc, Wl5lfl pramanabhapanir iti, etc. yeti cet tatraha baimv r^ajas srjamanad It ends: saktitustisiddkakhya ity arabhya viparyy(ay)adakatkita ihety artthah yah padarttha iti sastih padartthah niatih kva srl-Vacaspate(h) suktih kva ca mandasya me iti tat (P) cckoddhyam subuddhibhih etac ca
I I

kayitani

yat

sri-Badliaranyasripadasisyaparamabamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Bodbabharatisripadakrta samkhyavivaranatatvakaumudl n subham astu

samapta

105.

WfflSH No. 104

..x Material:
.
.

f~y

o-o -j- \^)

leaves,

or o lines on a page.

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably early 18 th century.

Character: Grantha.

Vedantasastrasiddliantalekisamyrulift, in 4 PariccheOn das, by Appayya Bll-sita, son of JRangaraja D'iksita. nvitoide cover tbe titles are "Siddhantbe following given:

Tbe

talesasamgraha, or Siddhdntabhedasamgraha, or Siddhantasarasamgraha." An edition of this work has been published in vol. I, Part I of tbe Vizianagram Sanskrit Series

(Benares 1890).

See also Ind.

Off.

It begins: yadviksanam

IV,

p.

790

sq.

sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya
i

srstir

yyasya smitam sakalabhautikasrstir esa yanniayaya vilasitan jagad mdrajalam tasmai namo bhagavate parainesvaraya n adbigatabhida purvacaryyan upetya sahasradha

samprapya .sauripadotgata jayati bhagavatpadasrimanmukhambujanirgata jananabarinl suktir brahmadvayaikaparayana etc.

i

sarid

iva

niahidesan

Mitra, Notices No. 2820 reads:

kva capi sanmatam tattvam

iti.

->

145

iti It ends: vedantas^strasiddhantalesasaingrahe caturtthah paricchedah vidvatguror villi tavisvajidaddhvarasya

1
11

srlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhiii.i sritacandramaulir asray Appadiksita iti prathitas tanujah 2 tantrany adhltya sakalani sa tritapada vyakhyanakausalakalavisadikrtani atmaya viikyaniJ anuruddhya ca samprai

dayasiddhantabhedalavasamgraham
ntaritisu

ity

akarslt

siddha-

maya

bhvamadiisitena syad yad yathapi likhitam

I

sadaya bhavantu om sabdantarabbyasagunasamkbya praka(ra?)nanamadheyani bbedakarotu mama kalyanam karunanidbir sadhakapramanani

(?)

yadi kincid asya

samsodbane sasrayas
11

satsampradayaparisilananirvisanikab

barih

II

11

Isvarah

jananasthitisambfira(n) jagataiii vidadbati yah

n

snmanmabadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai brahmane namah om brabmaiva satyan jagan mitbya on tat sat siva siva sri subbam astu.
ii

106.

Whish No.
Size:

105.

jha]

14tX2^ in., (l) + 23 [1423 marked by letters from ka to +30 + 1 [single leaf inserted between 21 and 22] + 41 leaves,
to 12 lines

from 9

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date: The MS. consists of old and modern parts. The first leaf, and ff. 2241 at the end of the MS. are written by a different hand and have a more modern appearance. The older parts may have been written in the beginning of the 18 century, the modern parts
Material:
t! i

at the

end of the 18 th or beginning of the 19 th century.

Character: Grantha.
(1)

philosophical treatise, or fragment of a larger work See (Gadadhart?) called Yogyatauadartha (ff. 1 13). Aufrecht CC. p. 482.

The
sarge
1

first leaf

(marked

f.

13) begins:

ekapadartthasam-

aparapadartthanisthatyantabbavapratiyogitvapraka-

Doubtful aksara. sadavadftta Ed.

asthaya

mulam Ed.
10

~H

146

K~
idr.sl

rakaprama^isesyatvabhavo yogyatafm] ghatam anayety atra varttate, etc.

F. 8:
n

ca

yogyata

F.

yogyatavadas samaptah 13 b: yogyatavadartthah samaptah

(2)

harih om.

philosophical treatise (part of the Gadadhari?

p. 147,
s. v.

See

Aufrecht CC.
It begins:

visayatavada and visayatavada(ff.

rtha), called Laukikavisayatdvaddrtlia

14

ghatani

19).

s&ksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisayai

taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah etc. See the beginning of the Laukikavisayavicara in MS. Walker 201 i, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 245. Cf. Mitra, Notices, T Ind. Off. IV, p. 648. Hall, p. 41 sq. ]S r. 143.
It

ends

(f.

19):

samapto
n

laukikavisayatavadartthah

ii

srivemkatesaya namah

etc.

(3)

The Paramarsavadariha, another

from the Gadadliari (ff. Nr. 611: Navlnamatavlcara. anumitim pratiparvatlyadhumavyapako vahnir It begins:

19b 23b).

treatise or fragment See Aufrecht-Oxford,

ity

It breaks off with the words:

akarakah parfimarsa eva hetuh, etc. dhumlya

ity

akarakaba-

dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakaratriya.
(4)

of Yenkatanatha,

TkeYedantaparibliCixd, by Dharmarajildlivanndra, a pupil and the author of the Tarkacudamani, and

of several

Commentaries

(ff.

1-12).

See Aufrecht CC.

p.

269.

The

contains the beginning of the first Pariccheda as far (as p. 3, 1. 6 in the edition of the text published at Calcutta, Sake 1769), while ff. 2-12 contain the two
first leaf

last Paricchedas.

F. 1 begins:
tan naumi

yadavidyavilasena

bhiitabhautikasrstayah
i

paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham
i

yadan-

tevasipahcasyair nnirasta bhedivaranah tan naumi narasim-

hakhyam yatindram paramam guruin

snmat-Vemkatana-

~x
thakhyan

147

k~
i

vilamkiUinivasinah
i

sarvatantrapravarttakan
vibharijani tika sasadharasyapi
i

jagatgurun ahaip vande yena cintamanau hka daSatlkatarkkacudamanir nnama kyta vidvanmanorama
I i

balavyutpattidayini padayojanaya paricapadika vyakrta tatha tena bodhaya mandanam vedantarttbavalambini Dharmmarajaddhvarindrena paribhasS
i i

vitanyate

ilia

turvidhapurusarttliesu

iti Dharmmarfijaddhvarindraviracitayara vedantaparibhasayam visayaparicchedah It ends (f. 12): iti siddham prayojanam iti DharrnmaraII

F. 8b:

khalu dharmmartthakamanioksakhyesu camoksa eva paramapurusartthah, etc.

II

jaddhvanndraviracitayam vedantaparibbasayam astamabarib om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidyaparicchedah sampradayakarttrbhyo naniah vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa

II ii

likhita

may a

etena vandito

devah kcsabbvam priyatam

barib.

(5)

Tbe Veddntasilchdmani, a Commentary on tbe Vedantaparibhdsd, by Edmdkrsnddhvarin tbe son of tbe author Dharmardjddhvarindra (ff. 13 30, 1 41). Tbe two first

Pariccbedas only.
It

A lithographed edition

of this work, with

foil.,

a commentary, was published at Benares (202

begins

(f.
i

13):

vagi.sad

oblong).

yas

sumanasas sarvarttha-

nam upakrame yan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami naidagbabhanukiranesv iva varipiiras sarvo gajananam vibhati yadabodhavasat prapancah malapbaniva ca nitat nillati naumi brahma sukbam advayatprabodhat
i I

yam atmarupam

a setor

Dbarmmarajaddbvarlndran

sumeror api bbuvi viditan vandeban tarkacudamanimaI

nijananaksiradbims tatapadan
sastrajatani jagati
krtini

yat[sa]karunyan mayabhud
veda-

adbigatam adhikan durgrabam suksmadbikair apyantam

makbakrta Ramakrsnahvayena
solum
tatavinirmmitam
I
i

Qtaparibhasakhyam vyakaromi sarvam srutyantarttbaprakasikam etc. After f. 30, a new numbering of leaves begins, but nothing seems to be missing.
10*

-$h

148

h~

mithyatvam bodhyam anumanarupena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti iti Dharmmaraof the MS.:
11

End

va

jaddhvarlndiatmaja-sri-Ramakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta-

sikhamanau anumanaparicchedah sri-Ramakrsnaya namah

n

harih

om

107.

Whish No.
Size: 12-|

106.
8 or 9 lines

X li
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 95 +

(1)

leaves,

on a page.

Material:
years older.

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831.

Character: Grantha.

The MS. cannot be many

Injuries: One of the three leaves ff. 82 to 84, two others are lost, so also part of f. 89.

and parts of the

The Prapahcahrdaya, in 8 Patalas, described by Mr. Whish as 'an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of
Science.'

It begins:

lokadehadikaryyanam
tu
trividho

karanasyadikaranam
i

prapancahrdayadharam tan
darsyate
sa

namami sada harim

atheda-

nlm asesapurusartthasesataya sakalaprapahcoyam iha pravedyavidyavettrprapahcabhedena

tatra vedyaprapaiico dvividhah tanubhuvanabhedena tatra tanur dvividha[h] sthavarajamgamadehena tatra pancavidha

sthavarah,
P. II

etc.

(tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. 18, (vedaprakaranan nama) f. 23 b, P. Ill (sadamgaprakaranan nama) f. 34b, P. IV (caturttham upamgaprakaranam) f. 48 b, P. V (upavedakaranan nama) f. 59 b, athedanim asesapurusartthagryas saP. VI (beginning:
Patala I

kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttako moksopi [vi]pradarsyate i) ends f. 66, P. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. 74b. It ends: vaisvanara svayam vahnir brahmarandhravinir-

yathaiva mathito vahnir aranim sandahet tatha brahmaivasantapayati svan deham apadatalamastakam

gatah

sau bhaved atma na punar janmabhag bhavet

nanavijha-

najananam vidvajjanamanoharam

prapahcahrdayakhyam

-5*
hi

149

Kr-

prapancottamabhusanam samyakjiianapradanisas ca da (?) jnanam sarvavastusu aprakfisyam idan tantrarn iti samharavanadahakam prapahcahrdaye astamah paI
I

ll

talah

prapahcahrdayam samfiptam om
n

srigurubhyo

naniah

108.

Whish No.
Size:

107.

15tX2

in.,

(1)

+ 266 + (1)

leaves,

from 8 to 10

lines

on

a page. Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831.

100 years older. Character: Malayalam.
112b),

The MS. may be about

Two
(ff.

and a smaller one

letters,
f.

112b to the

different hands, a larger one (ff. 1 to The leaves are numend).

19.

bered by After

according to the system mentioned above to No.

foliation begins,

247, a

new

by the

letters ka,

kha, ga, etc.

The Mimamsd-Tantravarttika, by Kumarila Svamin,

beginning with I, 4, 3 and ending with the end of the second Pada of the third Adhyaya.

idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokarudhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anuinanikakaranatvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sanibhava[n]titi puIt begins:
I

harih

rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv ajyai stuvate prsthai stuvate bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany uda-

namadheyam va guno vapy avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatam yati saivodaharanaksama sa tu nodahrta sutrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunavaharttavySni tatha hi utpattau
kyasyasritatvat,
etc.
(f.

The
rttike

30b): iti mimamsatantravaprathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah n samal

rBt

Adhyaya ends
ll

ptas caddhyayah

Pada of the 2 nd Adhyaya ends on f. 114b, the second Pada ends on 175, the third Pada ends on f. 196 b. The second Adhyaya ends on f. 205 b. The MS. ends with the 2 nd Pada of the 3 rd Adhyaya:
The
first
f.

tasmat sarvavltanam indrasoniasavanasarabandhitvan man-

->;

150
n

k~
ity

travat

bhaksanam

iti

siddham

miviracite

guruvakyalesasaragrahe

acaryya-Kumarilasvamimamsatantravarttike
n

trtiyasyaddhyayasya dvitiyah padah

109.

Whish No.
Size:
7-f

108.

X It

in.,

84 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Kavalayanandiya, by Appayya

recht CC.
p. 113.

Diksita.

See Auf-

It begins:

srlgurubhyo

Other copy below No. 127.

namah
I

parasparatapassampatI

phalatita(read phalayita?)parasparau prapahcamatapitarau

prancau jayapati stumah

kosam dhanyais cirad

i

utghatya yogakalaya hrdayabjayah api yatharuei grhyamanah

I

prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu sasvatika(m) mukundah alamkaresu balanam avagahanasiddhaye lalitah kriyate tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah
i

yesan candraloke drsyante laksyalaksanaslokah prayas ta eva tesam itaresan tv abhinava viracyante etc.
I

It ends:

gunena
i

tadlyasnanato gamgayah

pavanatva-

guno varnitah

gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditlvarddhamadyasyodaharanam (sic) tatra pativratamahima gunena

I

tadiyasnanato gamgayah harih om

I

iti

kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam

II

110.

Whish No.
Size:

109.

6-xls in., (2) Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December probably not much older.
Material:
Character: Grantha.

41 +(3) leaves, 7 lines on a page.

1831.'

The MS.

is

fragment or fragments of a work belonging to the Samgitasastra , and treating of the art of dancing and

->

151

x~

acting, but chiefly of the various motions of the hands used by female dancers (abhinaya). 1 The title NatyalaTcsana work culled Abhlnngiven by Mr. Whish is doubtful. yadarpana see below) is mentioned by Burnell, Tanjore, p. 60.

<

The
tatha
I

MS.
i

begins:

hastabhavaSirodr^tirekhapuspanjalis
II
i

mukhacaliyacalrya dvadasamgani atah param

pata-

kalaksanam

prasaranam amgullnam amgusthasya ca kuncanSt patakakhyakaraproktah karatlkavicaksanaih natyai i

rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake kucasthale nisayaii ca nadyam amaramandale etc. F. 30b ends: ity abhinayadarpanara harih om sri-

il

gurave namali F. 31 begins:

hamsasyahastalaksanam
virala
i

maddhyama-

dyas trayomgulyo prasrta yadi tarjanyamgusthasamslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet etc.

F. 35 ends:

vame
il

pitthakam

radhaya

tu mrgasirsam syat daksine ca kadarsane caiva ratnavall niyujyate n

srlgurubhyo namali F. 35b begins: ramgalaksanam

ddasahastaparakramat
I

devalaye
the
i

purodese narapater sabhayah ca bhaveyuh

i

etc. puratas tatha F. 36b breaks off with

caiva brahmahatyadipatakam ddhne strlpumsayos tatha

il

words: anyatha nrtyate etau tau vipaiitau tu badakaro

danuja-

F. 37 begins:

makaras

tu

mahadevo

ntakah

etc.

Bharatacfiryyo narttakivakalavati astau sul tatpascat gayakas tisthet pascat ganika dasa va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) vibhramanvitah
i
I i

F. 38 ends:

purato

iti

natyalaksanam ucyate
F. 39 begins:
I

il

tantrlraja

harih

om

namas tubhyam

tantrl layasajnI

anvita

gandharvakulasambhuta sesakara namostu te etc. The MS. breaks off (f. 41) with the words: stambaI

pralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca

ity astau satvikah parikirttitah
I

asruvaispiiiyyam

As Prof. Aufrecht informs me, the work pana, attributed to Xa?uW;esvara.

1

is

the Alhinayadar-

-$*

152

h^-

111.

Whish No.
233 Size: 14f in., (1) generally 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material:

110 A.
4

xlf

37

37

43

(1)

leaves,

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably end of 18 th century. Character: Grantba (the first three works), and Malayalam (the two last works).
(1)

VaraliamiliircCs Brhajjatdka, with The Horasastra, a Commentary {Suhodhim), Adhyayas II XXV. (Ff. 233.)
i.

e.

See Ind.
It

Off.

atha begins:

V,

p.

1093

sq.

grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
I

tatra prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kala-

kalatma purusasyatniadisvarupani rajadiriipatvah caha dinakrn manas tuhinagus satvam, etc. F. 24: iti Varahamihiracaryyaviracite horasastre dviti-

yoddhyayah
f. f.

II

Adhyaya 4 ends f. 48, A. 5 f. 67 b, A. 7 f. 113, A. 11 151b, A. 16 f. 177, A. 20 f. 192, A. 24 f. 230b, A. 25 233 b. It ends: svabhrantike minantyadrekkanarupam aha

sarppanivestitamgo[r] vastrair vihinah purusa[h]s tv atavyam

vikrosatentyopagato jhasasya ay am sarppadrekkanah purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca n 36 H iti horasastre pahcavirpsoddhyayah n om

coranalavyakulitantaratma

II

II

(2)

Fragment
It begins:
It

of an astronomical treatise

vargesa

(ff.

4).

ucyante
tv

II

bhaumacchavic candrarai

vijna^ukravakredyamandakah kusutamaredyah
ends:

avisesarajapadaviparavatam gopuram brahmasthrinani uranivirapadavl rudrasana dvadasa rahos tu mitrani kavldyamandah ketos tathaivatra
ii

mukhyamSas
II

vadanti ta(j)jnah

-5*

15:]

K-

(3)

Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti, with numerous diagrams in the text. (Ff. 37.) Mr. Whish describe- it as In the '-first part of the Triloka-saram, a Jaina work." siddhan namah the margin of the first page we read: ahan namah See Professor Leutrilokasaravyakhyanam mann's list in the Vienna Oriental Journal, vol. XI (1897), Other MSS. of the Trilokasara, see in Poona Cat. p. 303.

p.

IV,

108 (VIII, 599); ib. p. 411 (XVIII, 268); Peterson. No. 1431; Bhandarkar, Sixth Rep. (1897) No. 1002.

(Prof.

Leumann by

It begins:

srivitaragaya namah

letter).

II

tribluivanacandrajinen-

dram bhaktyana(r)ttya trilokasarasya vrttim yam

II

kincijna (read vrttir yatkimcijjna)prabodhanaya prakasyate vidhina

1
ii

jiyad akalamkadyah surir ggunablmriranialavrsadharl anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati h 2

F. 20b:

samkhyapramanam

II

samaptam

ii

atha samkhyaII

pramanavisesas caturddasa

dharah saprapahcam pradar-

syedanlm prakrtam upamapramanastakam nirupayati 8 vanitanuIt ends (f. 35b): etavat khandanam 9 000 vatabahalyasya dandikrtatvad ayam jaghanyavagahopi saha 4 phala 1 icche I lab2 pra rddhahastatrayarupah ?

dhadanda I anena Irairasikena dandlkrtah. Then follow two leaves with diagrams. "D*

(4)

The Sdhasrandmasamgrahdbhdsya, a Commentary on the

Visnusahasrandma, by Sahkara.
sitam
It begins: ***
i

harih

(Ff. 37.)

srlganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

(blank) nnamamy adya divyam vacam sarasva*** tim (blank) sahasranamavyakhyeyam brahmajnana na nirmmita adis tvam sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas

tatha bhavan, etc. It ends: samadisampatsamyuktair ddhyeyo yah purusottamah tasmai namostu krsnaya samsaraklesahfirine

ll

iti

srimat-Govindabhagavatpujyapada-i ?yasya srimatparivra-

~>i
srirnac
-

154

<-

jakacaryyasya

Chamkarabhagavatah krtih sYisasahasranamahasranamasamgrahabhasyakhya samapta

11

prathamasatake
Vfsakapir
iti

ksetrajnoksara
i

dvitlyasatakasyadih
I

ekan nama ity sandhata iti trtiyasya

i

vira yugavartta iti caturtthasya dra iti sasthasya srivatsavaksa

I

iti
iti

pancamasya
saptamasya
n
I

kavlnsaktety

astamasya
iti
ii

aksobhya

iti

navaraasya dasamasya svastida

srlkrsnaya

&rJgurubhyo

namah

namah

(5)

Commentary
text with a

on

iankara

Vismipadddikesantastuti,
in the

incomplete.

(Ff. 43.)

The

Tippana has been printed

Kavyaastu
nir-

mala, Part II (1886), pp. 120. It begins: harih srlganapataye

namah avighnam namah srigurubhyo jatyakhyagunakarmmavarjjitataya

nnitam apy

agamair jjatyayam pasupalam

aptavacasah

krsnam grnanty akhyaya srlsani jhaninam Isvaram suyasasam vlram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gatah ca karmmabhir alio devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankarapujyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati
mayyani hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir
athapi visnupadayoh pusnati

me

dhrxnutam.

tatra tavad

atma va are drastavya

It

ends:

harim

iti,

etc

tistha trnani gosthasauri

manisyamarucini tatra svairahcaran(?) svayam bhukta iv&patrptin trpn

yanty udarah paratarppanena

42

II

II

112.

Whish No. HOB.

Size:

11tX2

in., (2)

+ 38 +

1) -f-

35 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18 * or 19th cen t.?

Character: Grantha.

~>;

55

KS~

(1)

The Divyamangaladhydna,
jesvaritantra
(ff.

a chapter from the Bdjara-

6).
I

devadeva mahadeva sacciIt begins: sridevy uvaca dananda vigraha paficakrtyaparesana paramananda dasrirajarajarajesi ya sris tripurasundarl yaka tasya ddhyanam mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi etc. It ends: ity umamahesvarasa invade rajarajesvaiitantre
I i

moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah

(2)

The Lalitadevistotra from the Lalitopdkhyana of the Brahmwnda-Purdna (Uttarakhanda) (ff. 7 15). It begins: srlmahadevyai namah Agastya uvaca asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravisarada kathitam lali-

tadevyas caritam paramatbhutam etc. devyas tatah pattabhisecanam

It

purvam pradurbhavo

ends:

iti

lalitopakhyane tadevistotram

srl- Markandeyaviracite brahmandottare stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade lal_i-

sampiirnam

II

srimahatiipiirasundaryyai

namah
The

(3)

(from the Lalitopdkhyana in the Uttarakhanda of the Brakmdnda-Purdna, see Aufrecht CC. p. 239) (ff. 16-21).
Trisati

Stotra

It begins:

om

parasaktyai

namah

Sri- Agastya
i

uvaca

tvattas hayagriva dayasindho bhagavan chisya vatsala srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat rahasyanama
i

sahasram api tvattas srutam maya etc. iti It ends: sritrisatl nama mahastotram sampurnam
I

harili

om

srigurubhvo

namah
(4)

II

The Ambdstava
It begins:

yam

(ff.

2224).
tarn arddhapalla-

amana[ya]nti munayah prakrti(m) puraI

nlm

vidyeti

yam

srutirahasyagiro grnanti

-*4

156

Kr-

vitasamkararupamudran 1 prapadye
11

devlm

ananyasaranas
harih

saranam

It

ends:

ambastavam
n

sampurnam
(5)

om

srl-

gurubhyo namah

The Mantraksaramala,

or

Mdnasapujd

(ff.

25

27).

The

latter title is given in the margin of f. 25, table of contents at the beginning of the MS.

and

in the

See above

No. 43

(2),

and Aufrecht CC.

It begins:

kallolollasitamrtabdhilaharlmaddhye virajani

s.

v.,

p.

452.

manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanam bhavaye 1

It

ends:

phalasruti
cetasam 1
I

II

ii

sriinantraksaramalaya

girisutam
suniyatarp

pujarcaye

sandhyasu

prativasaram

tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmaingala

II

16

ii

harih

om

srlr astu

(6)

The Anandasagarastava (by Ntiakantha Diksita)

33 b).
It

(ff.

27 b

Incomplete.
begins:

vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya
I

See above No, 63

(3).

mandon

dyame mayi daviyasi visvamatuh avyajabhutakarunapavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani n 1 It ends: kahcigunagrathitakahcanaveladrsyah canda-

takamsukavibhaiiarabhagasobhi paryyamkamandalapariskaranam purane ddhyayami te vipulam aqaba nitambabimbam 69

ii ii

(7)

The

Carccastava, by Kaliddsa, in 25 stanzas

It begins:

saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatyaI

(ff.

3436).

sampattikalpataravas tripure jayanti

ete kavitvakumudaII

prakaravabodhapurnendavas tvayi jagajjananipranrimah 1 It ends: iti Kalidasaviracitam carccastavam sampurnam

ii

II

harih
1

om

subham

astu.
(2):

Read with MS. No. 43

yah pujayec

cetasa.

"5*

157

ks~

(8)

The Kalyanastava, by Kalidusa

It begins:

(ft".

37

ivamrtapuritabhir llak>mlsvayanivaranamamgaladipikabhih sevabhir araba tava pai

kalyanavrstibhir
namah

38).

bhaktimatah jananam 1 dasarojamulenakari Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam It ends:

kirn rnanasi

II

il

6rlmahadevyai

Silmahatripurasiindaryyai

namo

namah

om

(9)

The Paramdrthasara, by Sesanaga, with a Commentary. See Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353 (MS. Wilson 535), Mitra, Notices, vol. II, p. Ill, No. 698, Hall p. 105, Ind. Off.
Part IV,
It

ranam

vasudhadharam vacasam adikaSesam asesasukhadam param prapadye caranadvandvam advandvam sukhaduhkhadam

I

vandeham begins:
vasudevapriyam

p.

841.

srlmatkrsnasarasvatya guros tatvartthadarsinah

praripsi-

tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptaye pracayagamanaya

sistacaraparipalanaya paramatmasmaranalaksanam galam acarati n paramparasyah prakrter anadikam ekan nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthii

mam-

tam

tarn
etc.

eva visnum

saranam prapadye

il

il

asyayain

artthah, It ends:

evam ^isyena prstam prativiviktam saccidanandam brahmasvarupan tasmad upadisya gamayati 85

ity
n

vedantasastram
pancasitya

akhilam

Sesas

tu

jagadadharah
il

aryya-

idam
vikare

iti

baddhah (read babandha) paramartthasaram dantini daruparamartthasaram samaptam

sopi

daru tirobhavati

tatraiva

jagad
il

iti
iti

tatha

paramatma paramatmany eva jagat

viracitaryyas samapta
il

tirodhatte

Sesa-

srlgurubhyo

namah

ll

(10)

The Kartawryarjunakavaca,
Uddamaresvaratantra
(ff.

the 12 th

2335

= 1 13).

Adhyaya

of the

158
It

Kr-

begins:

yolah

caracaragurur bhuvanam
I

bibhartti

yasyarddham adritanaya visadasrnitasya yasyogratanikamukhakrttagalo vidhata rudrasya murttir akhilam si vain atanotu asya rudrasya bhagavan agnih kandarsih ccbando mahavirat sambhur devata tatra jabalopanisat atha hainam brahmacarina ucuh, etc. It ends: ity uddainaresvaratantre karttavlryyarjunakai I i I

[i]

vacan

nama dvadasoddbyayah
i

II

karttaviryyarjjunamahaI I

dattatreyabliagavrm rsih anustup cchandah namas saktih prom bijam karttaviryyarjjuno devata

mantrasya

karttaviryyarjjunayeti kllakam
i

karttavlryyarjjunaprasada-

am prem cchrim siddhyartthe jape viniyogah um am brim um sikha kllm blirum I sirah
i I

am im em krom
I

srlm aim kavacam

viryyarjjunaya

om hum
n

namah

ah
n

am srikarttapbat netram mulam om prem astram

i
I i

cchrim kllm bhruni

ttaviryyarjjunaya

am

hrira

krom srlm hum phat

srlkar-

namah

113.

Size:

lolx

It

in.,

Whish No. 111. (1) + 126 + 17 + (1) +

first

24 leaves, 8 or 9

lines

on

a page.

Material:

Palm
viz.

leaves.

Date: At the end of the

work

the date

is

given
i.

(in

lam language),

January of the Kollam year 985

e.

MalayaA. D. 1810.

Scribe: Krsnadvija.

Character: Malavalam.
(1)

The

Bridiranjini, a

Commentary on Jayadevcvs

Gitago-

vinda, by Laksmldhara, son of Yajnesvara,

(Ff. 126.)

in 12 Sargas.

See No. 142 (Whish No. 144) for another copy of the

same work.
It begins:

harih

griganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

dhavalajaladavarnnan candramahkhandacudam parasuharinahastam jnanamudrabhiramam bhujagaparavirajatkam-

kanan jatiuhaliuii dalitanatajanarttin daksinamurttim ide Laksmldharena vidusa kriyate srutiranjini vidvatkaviI

~$*

159

Kr-

mude gltagovindasyartthadlpika
tra

yad istam likhyate nayac canistam vilikhyate dvitayam tad dayaip righnaih 2 ksamyatam varnnitair mmayi na buddhyate sudhairJ
1
i

ggltagovindasyartthagauravam vyakhyanaSatakenapi vihaya

srutirafijinlm
It ends:
I

etc.

saddhvi

sarkare

sarkarasi^
asi

mrtam
iha

maddhvika cinta na bhavati bhavatah draksyanti tes tvam amrta ksiraniratvam esi moce ma jiva jayadharadhadrakse
n
11

rakuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitamgya yad bhuvi gira sthlyate jayadevya he maddhvika iti kollam 900 ayidvadasasarggah grlkpsnaya namah
11 ll
I

rattaempattafi
liavuni

camata

makaramasam ancEntlyaticoppac

cayum rohaniyum
likhitam pustakam

suklapaksattil dvadasiyum simhah kara-

kutiyadivasampataleye^anugrahena Kpsnadvijena grigurubhyo naniah etc.

ll

(2)

Fragment
margin
is

of
1,

an astronomical treatise

(ff.

17).

In the

of

f.

and on the

title

page the

title

Krsniyam

given.
It begins:

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu ena traikalajnanam uktam ajhanatimiravattibhvah tajnanan divyayutam vaksye tasmai namaskrtya jyotisaphalam ade&ah

harih

phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese jyodisajfiane navabhir nnavabhir athamSer
nnispanna rasayo
F.
10:
etc.
ll

etc.

iti

jivayonih

ll

candras

catuspadastho

dre-

kkano,
It

ends

(f.

17):

caturtthadivase

maddhyahnarkkena

samyukte ajalagne budhadrste hy asvatarinam adarsanam bruyat suskanadikulagata labhyante mrgyamanais tab
1

3
4

MS. Whish No. MS. Whish No. 144. budhair, MS. Whish No. 144. karkarasi, MS. Whish No. 144. ke, MS. Whish Xo. 111.
dvitayan tad dayanighnaih,
panditair,

144.

H>

160

Kr-

sukre ksitejalagne dhenudvayara atra garbhini caika tisrnam gavam adarsanam astamadivase bhavel labhah budhadrste tallagne hy asvatarmani adarsanam bruyat

svahkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe

divasecchagostainesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame divase svayan deta sasisukrabbyam drste sitir ggavo bhutas

sagopalah

(3)

Tbe Veddntasdra,
author
is

in

22 Adbyayas.

The name

of the

not given. T It begins: harih srlganapataye

namah avighnena

pari-

samaptir astu[h]
taye

suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnnam

caturbbujam prasannavadanam dhyaye sarvavighnopa^anajhanatimirandhasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srigurave namah athasadhanaatmanatmavivekam catustayasamvakyanantaram ucyate
i

atma sarlratrayam

vilaksana avasthattrayasaksi nityasu-

ddhabuddhamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam nama kalattrayanasanarahitatvam nama kalattrayavidya-

mama

manaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodhi svabhavatva (read tvam nama?) tasmad anantarupatvam satva-

rajastamogunasvarupam ajnanasaccidanandasvarupam brahmanah ubhayah (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor

ahni ahni ravah, 2 etc. F. 4: iti vedantasare prapancarahasyaprathamoddhyaF. 7 iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama yah trtiyo-

II

ddliyayah
It

II

F. lob:

iti

vedantasare bhaktilaksanasamii

pranaye trayodasoddhyayah
ends
(f.

24):

iti

vedantasare videhakaivalyalaksane
II

samsararahasye

dvavimsoddhyayah upadesavedantasiddhyarahasyam samaptah srlgurubhyo namah

n
I

ll

114.

Whish No.
Size:
a page.
1

112 A.
,

16r/Xli
is

in., (1)

+ 95 + (8)

leaves

from 9

to 12

lines

on

"It

by Sankaracarya", Prof. Aufrecht.

Read utpannam ukasad vayur vayor agnir agner apah?

-*h
Material: Palm leaves. Pate: Probably end of 18 tk Scribe: Yasudeva.
Character: Malayalam.

161

ne-

cent.

The BhaJdapriya,
stotra, in

12 Skandhas.

Commentary on the NarayaniyaThe author of the Stotra is $aSee Aufrecht CC.

p. 294.

rayana Bhalta of Kerala.

It begins:

harih
namah

siiganapataye namah. avighnam astu

i

gajananam giran devim Vyasam kamsahanam gurun bhutesam isain asasitartthadan pranamamy aham rimatbh5gayatartthasamgrahamayanarayaniSrigurubhyo

yahvayam stotrani hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastandhakarodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pratyagram utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vyakhya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mmatkrtav anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtvaprasiddhaye
(i)

ilia

khalu samadhigatanikhilanigamartthasatatva-

taya ^abdaparabrahmapara[vara]varinataya paraniabhagavatataya ca sakalasahydayamahitayasas sYi-Narayanakavih

paramakarunikataya bhaktanugrahaya srlbhagavatartthanusarinarayaniyabhidham stotraratnan ciklrsuh prathamam prathamaslokena prarlpsitasya stotrasyavighnena parisa-

maptipracayagamanabhyam

srotrjananikhilajanasamihita-

siddhayecastotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakalaksanalilaacarati nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupaiiianigalam saksat bhatlti adina brahmaguruvacanapure sandrety

I

sambandhah
saksat bhati,

brahma
etc.

suddhacaitanyam
F. 41b:

sarvam asrayam sarvannsyiitam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre

iti

narayanlyastotravyakhyayam
ii

bhaktapriya-

yam navamaskandhaparicchedah
It

padanyepi stotrayyakhyanarupena racitani param mayayan namna sammatam stotran jananam antarantara tabhyam
(sic)
iti narayai.nyahrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih stotravyakhyayam bhaktapriyayam dvadasaskandhaparicchedah Vasudevena likhitam idam harih etc.
n
ii
i

ends:

srlbhagavatavyakhyadrstanartthat

11

~3H

162
115.

r<~

Size: 12 j

X2

in.,

Whish No. 112B. 8 to (1) + 49 + (1) leaves, from

11 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cen t.?

Character: Grantha.

The of Stotras, and sundry fragments. the Stotras are given in the margins at the beginning of each of them, and in a list on the first leaf.
Collection
of
titles

(1)

The Matrkastava
It begins:

apratyaksakatham
i

(ff.

14).

akrtrimarasam arkapra-

kasakramam

asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyajaaksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvantagam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi daksatmajam 1 It breaks off (f. 4b) in the 37 th stanza with the words: bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte manniryyatkrpam
I
I

mathe.
(2)

The Mdtrlidnyasa
It

begins:

murtti(r) rsih vatl devata etc.

i

56). atha balasamputitamatrkanyasah Daksinagayatri cchandah balarupini matrka saras(ff.

I I

It breaks off with the words:

somamandalaya
apuryya.

sodasa-

kalatmanerghyamrtaya nama jalam

(3)

The Tripurastottara
It

begins:

kalyani

(ff.

78).

tripura bala

maya

tripurasundari

etc. sundaryy uma bhas[v]avati omkari sarvamamgala It ends (or breaks off) with the words: sarlracesta mama te pranama stutis ca vag indriyavrttir astu sarva manovrttir anusmrtis te sarvan lavaradhanam eva bhuyat

(4)

The Syamalambavarmaratna,
title

in the

margin and

in

the Table of Contents),

or Mdtanglkavaca (the latter i. e. the

~$h

163

Kr9

tenth Patala of the Saubhdgyalaksmikalpa Burnell, Tanjore, p. 197 b.

It begins:
i

(ff.

10;.

See

nah

devanam pura prapya sadanasadasivam upagamya pitarani vakyam abravlt etc. it i It ends: snsaubhagyalaksinlkalpe caturllaksagranthavistare skandesvarasamvade syaraalambavarmmaratnan

senfipatitvan

nfinia

dasamah patalah

srlsyamalarabayai nainah
(5)

The Matahgyastottara
Jt begins:

raatamgl

(ff.

1112).

vijaya

Syama

sacivesi
I

sukapriya

etc. nlpapriya kadambesi madaghurnitalocana It ends: etair yyas sacivesanim sakrt stauti sarlravan

tasya trailokyam akhilam haste tisthaty asarasayah

(6)

The Balasahasranaman
It

sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya Daksinamurtti(r) rsih pankti cchandah bala paramesvari aim bijam ksim saktih devata etc. It ends (or breaks off) with: kamkalapatnl kalindi kaumari kamavallabha panodyukta panasamstha bhima|
I I i

asya begins:

(ff.

13

16).

rupa bhayaprada
Ff. 17 21

(7)

contain various Mantras for Tantric purposes.

F. 17 begins:

sirasi Antaryyami
i

bhagavan
i

rsih

mukhe

anustup cchandah

hrdaye sadyo devata

On

f.

19 Ave read:

asya
rsih
i

etc.

snsaktipahcaksarastotraniahapankti cchandah
i

inantrasya svaro devata

Vamadeva
I

umamahe-

F. 21 ends:

harir

etc.

haro virihcas ca srstyadin kurute

I

yaya

namas tripurasundaryya namami padapamkajam

(8)

The Tripurastava
(ff.

in

54 stanzas, attributed
title

to

Durcusas

2227).

Printed with the

Trqniramaliimastotra
11*

in the Kavyanialii,

Part XI,

p.

ff.

~x
It begins:

164

ks-

srlmatas

tripure parat paratare devi trilo1

kimaaasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbliavasiidhapracuryyava
I

rnojvalarn udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan vapuh svante me sphuratu trilokanilayam jyotirrainayam

te

vanmayam
It

ends: bhusyam

etc.

vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranakaI

ram akaratejassamnianam (bhurimargam Ed.) nigamanigamanam durgamam yogamargam ayusyam brahmaposyam hariharavisadam kirttim abhyeti bhumau debante brabmabhiiyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan
(9)
n

54

Tbe Dahsindmurttipanjara, or Brahmanda-Purdna (ff. 28 29).

It begins: pranamya sambam Isanam sirasa Yainiko nmnih vinayavanato bbiitva papraccha skandam adarat Narad a uvaca etc
I I

tbe 18 th

Adhyaya

of the

It

ends:

iti

daksinamurttipanjaran

srlbrabmandapurane guhanaradasamvade srisivaya namastadasoddbyayab

II

namab

ii

(10)

Ff. 30-

36

contain various

(Tantric?)

fragments,

too

small to

make anything

of them.

(11)

The Ganapatyastaka, ascribed

It

begins:
etc.

asya
iti

to

Saddsiva

(f.

36).

S;i<lasivo

bhagavan

srimabaganapatistotramalamantrasya rsih anustup cchandah ganapatir

I
i

devata
It

ends:
n

Sadasivaproktam
(12)

ganesastakam

sam-

purnam

The Lalitastavaratna

(ff.

37

49).

Other copies in Nos. 63 (5), 160 (2) and 174. Beginning and end tbe same as No. 63 (5). See above
p.
i

81 seq.

Read nutanajapapu8paprabtaam with Ed.

-S*

165
116.

h$-

Size:

11^x2

in.,

Whish Xo. 113. (1) + 102 + 31 + (1) leaves,

9 or 10 lines on

a page. Material:

Palm
1>

leaves.

Date: Entr\

Mr. AVliish dated 4th December 1831.

The MS.

may

be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

Caturvedatatparyasamgrdha , in 149 verses, by Haradatta, together with a Commentary. Mr. Whish gives the title 'Caturvedabhdsya'. (Ff. 102).
Sec Stein-Jammu,
It

The Srutisuktimdld,

or

begins:

p.

359
i

seq.

ilia

khalu

kalikalakalananantaram avaidika-

bauddhadiraddhantanusandhanavisu'ddhabuddhin nirlsvaratv;inirvaliakavaitlik;u)asata(read prasasta?)mlraamsakalpitri-

nalpavikalpajalpa^ravanonimsitakalusakalmasikrtavrsamka vi^ayaseiuusitaniiiaiilsinonugrhitakamo mahesvaramsavatara-

yamano (read nah) padavakyapramanajno Haradattacaryyas saivavaidi(ka)tantravisvasakarinlm avaidikamatanira-

karinim

ranlm
rinim
i

samastakalmasapaharinim abkedapurusartthapusamsarasagarottaranlm bhavaikabhaktivibhavavistai

pancasaduttaraslokatmikaip srutisuktimalam cikirsur

llaksanapramanabhyam hi nyayena tatsiddhyarttham asyani srutisuktimalayam pr&dhanyena pratii pi)padayisit&ni namassesitvaniratisayai^varyyadigunakatvanarayaiiopaiiisadudiri topasyatvagayatrlpratipadyatvalaksanani kratu&esitvalaksa-

nani pancalaksanani pancabrahmanlva paiicaksaraniva srutisiddhani panca *** *** (blank) pancayava(read pancavayava?)sthitasya paramesvarasya pancalaksanani samgrn-

hanah tadvisistatvenananasadharanatvad asyaivasrayanivatvad anlsvar am ******** (blank) ntranam visnubrahmadl-

nam

asrayanlyyatvapattavi(read "tvapattav avi? ulurat opastety asyaivasrayamyatve hetutvan darSayann aha yasmai nama iti yasmai namo bhavati yasya gnnas samagra
ll
i

aarayanopanisada yadupasanokta yo na(h) pracodayati buddhini adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir Isvara sam1 namo namaskarah, etc. srayami
n
ll

~3H

160

h~

Amongst the books and authors quoted in the commentary are: Jaimini, Badarayana, Sudarsanacarya (f. 5), Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'), Aditya-Purana (f. 15b), Markandeya-Purana, Parasara-Purana (f. 59), etc.
It

ends:

ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam abhinnah 1 149 stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam arttham asya nikhilena janatam grahyam annyad api om harih navasisyate jneyam anyad api va na kincana
II
II
i

hyam tad aham

bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitani mamahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannam bhufijana eva

i

bhaktani

ll

om

etc.

(2)

The Manimanjari, a Commentary on KeddrcCs

Vrttara-

tnakara, by the Piirohita Narayana, son of Nrsimhayajvan, in 6 Adhyayas. Ff. 31. See Nos. 54 (3), and 170.
It begins: svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah vrttaratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati F. 14: iti sodasamatraprakaranam It ends: iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam sasthoddhyayah srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namo nam ah
i i i

ll

ll

ll

om

117.

Whish No.
Size: 14

114.
(f.

x If
ff.

(numbered

as

28 bei D g double) + 9 + 56 + (1) + 97 + 1 112120) + 8 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 13 lines on a page.

in.,
(3)

Material:

Palm

leaves.
r early 18 i cent.?

Date: End of 17th

Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The

first leaf,

and

f.

28 of the second work are slightly

damaged.

The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: harih 1,
srl
1

2,

ga

3,

na

4,

pa

5,

ta

6,

ye

7,

namah

= = 8.

Words and metre

quite corrupt.

->

167

hs-

An

entry by Mr.

Whish

says:

"This

volume contains

the Tarkka-Chudamanih; a work by Bahwricha Dharmmarajah; in refutation of the Nyaya or philosophy of Gauta-

mah; the founder of the Xayyayikah or Aristotelian Sect and also a second work on the same subject by the same
author."

(1)

The Tarkacuddmani
of Macidatta's

(a

Commentary on

the

Anumana
,

Tattvadntdmaniprakdsa) by the chapter Bahvrca Dharmardja, "an inhabitant of Kandaramanikyagrama (our MS. has Kantaramanikka), and son of Trivedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell, Tanjore, p. 115).

The MS.

is

incomplete

(ff.

5G).

It

kavenvaripanapratihatatamasam begins:
(?)

mandite

panditanam nyandai

srl-Ramacandra

smrtibalavi^ada-

sesatantrartthasrirah dese vikhyatavaso vividhagurukapale.<ato labdhabodho nyayabdhin tarkkacudamanim iha kurute

Bahvrco Dharmmarajah tretagnidhumakulavlthikam karne (read kamkane?) grhe grhe yatra vasanti surayah adhltasarvasrutayah kathantare ha nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah
i

tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina
vrtir

maniprakasavi-

Dharmmarajena tanyate
I

ll

dasaniim api tikanam bhani-

gam kurvan kvacit kvacit anumanaprakasasya vivrtini karavany aham arabdhaparisamaptaye mamgalam acaii

ritam si[k]syasiksayai granthato nibadhnati pranayeti vighnaddhvamsam iti yady api granthasamaptir eva prartthanlya tatha sati vighnaddhvamse lokavagatakaranad eva, etc. tadaiuIt breaks off with the following words (f. 56b):

gikarat vyadhikaranaprakrirakecchamgikad ity artthah istabhedepi upasthitestabhedety artthah tatjhanarttham iti

|

anagatajhanarttham

ity

artthah

ata eva paramate ana-

gatapakajnanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bhavah uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve sthai

p(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah

'numaneneti

idam sukham sukhapurvavartti sukhatvad anumanenety artthah 'siddheh.

I

ity

168

-^

(2)

rycds Tarkahhasabhavdrthadipika misrd's TarJcabhasa). Incomplete

p. 607.

Commentary on Gaurlkanta Sdrvabhauma Bhattaca(Commentary on Kesavct(ff.

97).

See Ind.

Off.

IV,

It

tvam

begins: namas te sarade devi kasmlrapuravasini ahani prarttha(y)isyami vidyadanan tu delii me

II

Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam

tapraudhasya ceto yatha bhavam vicaryyanaya prakatayan ddosaya bhavaty kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param ciklrssitasya granthasya vigknasantyai krtam mamgalam sisyaatra omkaras cathasabdas ca siksayai nibadknati om iti dvav imau brahmanah pura ka[m]ntkam bkitva viniryyatau tasman mamgalikav iti slksaraeanenomkaraprayogasya pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahnianas trividha smrta iti, etc.

hrdayam na

ranjayati
atali

yat

F. 2:

nanv

evam bahuniamgalacaranena vighnarnpa-

drstapratibandliakakutanivrttav api siromanirnpamahagran-

tliavyakhyacaturyyajanitaliamkaramidakalajjariipadrstapratibandhakad alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakhyane svabhara-

tyah pravrtyanupapattir
iti,

ity ata

aha matar

iti

kim

lajjasa

etc.

F. 11:

sistacarollamghinah
sistair

katham
F.

Kesavamisrasya krtir iyam adaraniyetyabhiprayavatam samkam apaetc.

karoti atra ceti granthakaravisaya ity artthah,

97

ends:

dravyeti

dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa-

tvam karyyatavacchedakam filokasamyogatvam karanatavaccbedakam svasamavayisamavayah karanapratya(sa)ktih

sparadispi Lr6ane

karyyatavacchedakasyatiprasamgavaranaya pratyaksatvam apakaya caksuseti tamas caksuse caksusatvasya

nilan

tama

iti

nllatvasamanyapratyrisaktija-

laukikarupacaksuse

dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya

gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse dravyavisayakalaukikacaksusatvasya rupatvadimatravisayakanirvikalpake samayetavisayakalaukikacaksilsatvasyatiprasaktataya

dravyasa-

~x

169

;<-

mavetavisayakalaukikacaksusatvam
ity

karyyatavacchedakam

uktam rupadika.

(3)

fragment of the Pralcriydsarvasva (9 leaves, numbered as ff. 112 120), apparently the work of Ndrayana

Who

is

described by the Maharaja of Travancore

vol.

(in

the

JRAS.

1884, p. 449) as 'the most popular and well-admired author of prakriyasarvasvam, dhdtukdvyam,

XVI,

ndrdyaniyam,
F. 112

etc."

begins:

brakinanirnata
I

gasadharanasyety ukteh

brahmanihata prthiv'itarety atra na

I

pullim-

nadyas

esasyanyatarasyam hyantavarjjitasya nadisamjiiasya nyantesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syat etc.

F. 120 nnana hathamus ca krtvortthas taitah param samasantah santi kecana taddhitevyayam tesan tattatsamasesu varnanaiva laghlyasi ddhitah iti prakriyasarvasve taddhitakhandah samksepatisayepi
I I

ends: vatir

II

vacyabahuta hetor abhud vistarah spa^tatvepi krte svaevam vyaktim iyan bhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan harih gurubhyo
I I

namah

(4)

Fragment
It

of a

Ganapatha

(ff.

8),

perhaps part of the

preceding work.
utsodapanavikaravinadaautsah audapatarunatalunadhenupllukunasuvarnebhyah nah vaikarah vainadah tarunah talunah dhainavah sauvarnah bharatakurusatvadindravasanapailukunah
begins:
i I

athapatyaganah
I i i

janapadapancaloslnarebhyah
It

etc.

ends:
I

caupayatacaikayatacaitayatabailvayatasaikacaupayatya caikayatya caitayatya bailvayatya

II

yatanah ca
saikayatya

iti

~>4

170

5~

118.

Whish No.
Size:
(1)

115.
(1)

lbgXli
Palm

in.,

(1)

156

leaves,

from 9
as
ff.

to

13 lines

on a page. (2) 14xl| 12 lines on a page.

Material:

in.,

11 leaves

(numbered

7989), 11 or

leaves.

Date: The MS. of the first work was probably written about the middle of the 18 th cent. The MS. of the second work seems to be older. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19. Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book.
(1)

The Nauka
hamihira's

or Horavivarana,

Commentary on VardDasddhydyi,
ac-

Brhajjdtdka.

Also
p. 248.

called

cording to

Aufrecht CC.

jayati

harili sriganapataye namab avighnam astu bhagavan gajasyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatkarnnavyajanamaruta bhajatam yanto vyasanani haranty

It begins:

ayantas cSrppayanty abhlstani satyajnaiiaparam brabma jyotiranandarupinim nanmi sarvottarodattaprasnamalam sarasvatim satyajnanapradayestadesakalaprabodhine nama
srlgurave

saksat paramesvaramtirttaye yesam atmani garbhasamskrtimukliair mmaunjini baddhantimaih vrate

i

karmmabbir atra bhati vidhivat brahmapratisthapitah srautan tasmarttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananisthatmanas etan pranamami bhumivibudhan istartthakalpadruman srisuryadln su(kba)samvedya nigrahanugrahrm jagatsrstisthitiI

srlmad-Varahamihirahoratalparyasagare sadarttharatnasamsiddhyai tika nauka vicalayajnanahetun

etc. ryate It ends:
I

upasmahe

addbyayanukramam vrttanuvyanca (read vrttena

slokatrayei.ia
I

vyanjayati?)

rasiprabhedo grabayonibhedo viyonijanmatba nisekakalab janmatba sadyomaranan tatbayur ddasrivipakostakavarggasamjnab karmmajivo rajayoga h

kbayogas candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato

1

sukhavedya corrected

to

susamvedya.

-3w
rasisilaii

171

K-

ca drsti(r) bhavas tasniad asrayotha prakirnnah nestayoga jatakam bhfiminanan niryanam syan nastajanma drganah addhyaySnam vimsatih pancayuktacaryuktany(read
"caryoktany?) atra vrtta[s]satani
i

iti

pratharao raSiprabhe-

dah

dvitiyo

grahayonibhedah
i

trtlyo viyonijanma caturttho

nisekakalah ])aficamo janma

sasthas

sadyomaranam

sa-

ptama ayurddayah astamo da.saphalani navamostavarggah dasamah karmrnajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasah kliayogah trayodasas candrayogah caturda&o dvigrahadiyogah pancadasah pravrajyayogah sodaso rasisllani saptadaso grahadrstih astadaso bhavaphalam ekonavimsam asrayavnvimsah prakirnnah ekavimsonistayogah dvavimsas gah
i

trijatakam trayovimso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam

paiicavimso
n

drekanaphalapaksa sadvirpsopradarsanaparoddhyayah horavivaranam samaptam srlparamagurave saranam etc.

n
n

(2)

The Prasnamrta, by Kumdra,

a fragment only.
to

work

pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa, of the same title is ascribed

Jamhundtha

in the

"Index of MSS. in the Government

p.

Oriental

MSS.

Library, Madras,"

55.

It begins:

liarih
.

srigurubhyo

srlganapataye namah avighnam namah samastavighnaprabhavopasantaye

. .

astu

na-

maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacah prasadam kurutam asid dvijanma dvipakananakhye grame sarasvati etc.
sudhih pratr
(?)

janinacetah sastrartthavetta srutiparadrsva

I

Narayano

jyotisas tarppayayi tasyasti sisyo vinayapradhanas tadiyakarunyanivasabhiimih yas sri-Kinnaro vidito dvi-

janma grahendrasaricaravicaracuricuh pranamya soyaip gurupadapatmam ninksya lioram sakalartthapustam adaya saran tu tato vyadhatta prasnFinrrtam balahitaya hrdyam paropakriraikato mahantas santcsamantah krpaya vidhaya sammanayantam idam asmadiyam prasnanirtan nirmmalakirttibhajah,
It
etc.

breaks

off
I

with the words:

caturtthajvarasantayc

krsnaya namah

~>i

172

Hg-

119.

Size: 13

x if
Palm

in.,

Whish No. (2) + 82 + (1) +

116.
133

+ 6 + (2)

leaves,

10 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date: 18th or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The Bhdttadipikd, a Commentary on Jaimini's Mimdmsddarsana, by Khandadeva, from Adhyaya VII, Pada 1 to Adhyaya IX, Pada 3. (Ff. 82.)
It

begins:

srutipramanatvac
n

chesanam

mukhyabhede

yathadhikarabhava syat

evani sadhikare upadesevagatedhuna tadadhlnasiddhir atideso nirupyate etc.

i

Adhyaya VII ends

It

f.

15 b,

ends with the third

Adhyaya VIII f. 28 b. Pada of the IX th Adhyaya:

iti

sri-Khandadevakrtau
yasya trtiyah padah
n

bhattadlpikayam

navamasyaddhya-

(2)

The BhdttacandriM, a Commentary on Khandadeva' s Bhattadipikd, by Bhdskarardya Bhdrati, the son of Oambhira and Konamd (?), and pupil of Nrsimha and Sivadattn. The author lived at Benares in 1629, according to Aufrecht CC. p. 411. The MS. contains the whole of the first Adhyaya, and the two first Pad as (Pada 2 incomplete)
of the second
It

sri-Gambhiravipascitah begins:
I

Adhyaya.

(Ff. 133.)

pitur

abhud

yah

Konamambodare vidyastadasakasva marmmabhid abhud ya

guroh yas ca srl-Sivadattasuklacaranaih sa purnabhisiktobhavat tretatripuratrayiti manute tam eva nathatrayim bhagirathlbhlmarathi tatakutah kakuppatah panduramgah param brahma mama daivam vrsakapih
sri-Nrsiinliat
i i

sarasvatlh mimaiasasastrajivatum Jaiminyadimunitrayam ca natvaham vyakurve bhattadlpikam sri-Khandadevodii

i

tiibhattacaiidrikam prasarayan

sodasalaksaniin bhuvi

sa

bhattacandras

samudeti

yam vyadhan mahagnicit Bha-

skararaya-Bharati
vidhayini
sati
i

paripurnavidhudayanvayavj atirekanubudhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvigadarttha
;

bhuvi bhattacamlrika

dyarttham
iti
i

sricakrasornayagau

praripsitasya granthasyavighn slesena stauti n dlksaB

etc.

F. 17b:

yam
padah
I,

iti bhattacandrikaySm candrodayanamni tlkaBbaskararayasya krtau prathamaddhyaye adimah

u

ends

f.

17b,

I,

f.

34b,

I,

f.

66, I,

f.

95b (end

of the first Adhyaya), [I, 1 ends f. 115b. It breaks oft' (f. 133b) with the words: sahityanavagame-

neti

saptadasapa&ughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisambandhitvena devatatvanvayakalenupastbitatvad ity artthah.

(3)

fragment belonging to the Bhattadipika (ft. 6). begins: kamyapasukande vayavyam svetam alabheteti srutam tatra svetam ity atra svetaSabdasya dvitlyantatvepi
It

bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam,
It ends:

itibb.attadipikiyapaurnaniasyadhikaranaprasan>
om
n

etc.

garltih

harih

120.

WfflSH Xo. 117.

Size: 13f

Xl\
Palm

in.,

(1)

+ 225

leaves, 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cen t.?

Character: Malayalam.

The Astahgdhrdaya, by Vagbhata, incomplete

IV,
18).

(I,

to

See the excellent

edition of the

work by Dr.

Anna Moreshvar Kunte (Bombay

[t

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan auvagadirogan

harih begins:
i

1880).

tsukyamoharatidah jaghana yopurvavaidyaya namostu tasmai athata ayuskamiyan namaddhyayam vyakhyasyamab etc. iti ha smahur Atreyadayo maharsayah
i

~>
The Sutrasthana
rirasthana
fin (in

174

H$~

30 Adhyayas) ends
f.

f.

82,

the &ti(in

6
f.

Adhyayas)
145.

108, the

Nidanasthana

16 Adhyayas)
It
(f.

ends with the 18 th Adhyaya

na hy asanisr^tas sosrapittena jayate raktam evasrayas casya bahusosrani hared atah na ghrtam bahudosaya deyam van na virecanana
225):

visarpe(read

of the

Cikitsitasthana

sarpo)

tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet astadasah kusthacikitsitam iyah n

II

cikitsite

121.

Whish No.
Size:

118.

18x2

in.,

(1)

+1+

197 leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 18th cen t. Character: Malayalam.

Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged by

insects.

Part of leaf 196

lost.

Commentary on Kaljdasa's Kumar asambham

Sargas I

Narayana, a pupil of Krsna. from IX 58 to III, 76.

It begins:

Till,
i

by

with lacuna

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(read bharava?)i

harih

baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam pranatasakalasurasandam aprira + runapurataramgitadrgancalam kalayakornalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje racinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakumarasambhavavvakhyah balaprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya pracinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala esa parisramo me vatiprakamasubhage malayadrijamtavate phalam kini u karotu inukhaniloyam vyakhyaisa tu tathapi vivrtasamasavamtam pradarsitanvayapadartthavakvarttha
I

gxrrutaram upacaram acarayet (sic) vyakhyantaresu dystesu vimrstesv api tatvatah subhagag Sivadasokto margga eva\

khalu mahakavih Kalidasah parvatlparameSvarapavitracaritravicitram lunnarasambhavabhidha-

nugamyate

bhuvi

-$-

175

h$-

kavyam cikirsuh iislrnamaskriya vastunirde&o v&pi tanmukham ityadivarananusarena vastunirdesan tavat kanani

na tu kavye yava(read yad a?)saddhyam tadanusarenaiva kavyasamjna karttavya yatha yudhi^thiraroti astlti
i

vijaya-janakiharana-sisupalavadliaprabln'tluam atra tu taetc. rakasuranigrahah kavye saddhyataya nirddistah

I

Narayanasya krtau Kumarasambhavavivarane prathamas sarggah F. 54 ends with the eommentary on II, 58. Up to f. 54 the Leaves are numbered by Aksaras, then begins a new foliation (by figures) and a different handwriting with 55 where Ave find the commentary on III, 76 (last verse of*
F. 36b:
iti

sri-Krsnasya

11

11

Sarga

3).

The
rggah Sarga
li

III rd

Sarga

Narayanasya krtau

ends (f. 55): iti Sri-Krsnaslsyasya kuinarasanibhavavivarane trtlyas saf. f.

IV

ends

70b,
165.

Sarga

f.

110b,

Sarga

YI

f.

132 b, Sarga

VII

Sarga begins: harih atha purvasarggopak^iptan devasya navavadhuvisayam prathamanuraganantarasambhutam sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyaui arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktam atrastamas sarggo gaurlsambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatufi ca na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhavieighth

The

yos

iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya sivasambhogavi^ayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bibhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam Arunacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitam ayam kila

pyati

tasyabhiprayah

parvatiparamesvarayos

sariramatragraha-

nam

api lokanugraharttham eva yathoktam bhagavato viditam 2 vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit prai

vrttayah iti rttham eva

trividha
lii

devya api sarlragrahanadikam lokanugraha-

iti

devlmahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam

loke janah

mukta mumuksavas saktas

eeti

yena kenapi prakarena bhagavati manahpranidhanam

1

eva

Read Krsnasisyasya,
bhagavata viditah

so all the other colophons.

pr.

m.

-=*

176

h$-

muktikaranam ity uktam" bhagavate kamam krodham sneham sauhrdam eva va nityam harau bhayam aikyam vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api kaminan cittam parvatiparamesVarapadanivindavasaktam vidhatum evastamesrain sargge Yatsyayanasastranusarinim
i

padavmi nraricakara Sarga VIII ends

f.

etc.

f.

197 with the words:

eva

nanu

196,

and the MS. breaks

off

on

yadi bhavya maduktapraka-

virupaksasyanuditam tarhi tatpraptimatramania manah atra phalat tapaso viramyatam ata aha
i

ratvam

sthiram.
122.

Whish
Size:

No. 119.

lbjXl^

in.,

(1) -f-

136 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. A. D. 1787. Date: Kollam 962

Character: Malayalam.

The Namalihganusasana by Amarasimha, Amdrdkosa, with a Malayalam gloss.

,

or

the

It

begins:

harih

srigurubhyo

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu namah mama gurave namah yasya jhana|

svar awyayam dayasindhor agadhasyanagha gunah etc. svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve 6 svah avyayam svarggah striyau kllbe trivistapam
.

nitkah

tridivah
i

gam

II

striyauh

dyavih kllbe trivistapam

i

suralokah ivadini pulimtridasalayah okarantam divauh vakarantam dveh

|
I I I i i

ivanu

II

svarggattinnuperah
f.

amara

nirjjara devas,

etc.

Kanda Kanda
. . .

I ends on

f.

30,

Kanda
II

III

ends

(f.

136):

sastyantaprakpadas
n
. . .

II on

96.

sena-

aksaram yat paribhrastam etc. avedomam aham vande menadeyaya te namah .iMirat praninosyedam etat sarvam srinaapalayam namah namah rayanaya srlkrsnaya srlsnryadisarvagrahebhyo namah kollam tollayiratta arupattarantamata kannimasaip, etc. (Date, scribe, and benedictions in Malayalam language.)
sthcyan namalimganiisasanam
.

->'

177

123.
W'iiish
Size:

No. 121.

13^-Xltf

in.,

107 leaves, generally 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Bate: 18 i or 19^ cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

The Bharttrkavya
Sarga IV, and V,
It begins:

i.

e.

called Jayamangala, Sargas I

8
I

hari
I

Bhattikavya, with the Commentary III complete, beginning of VI, 71.

srigurubhyo

namah

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu pranipatya sakalavedinam atidustaraI

Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh
viracyate tika

jayamamgaleti

namna naukeva
vi-

laksya(m) laksanan ca dvayani e(ka)tra

dusam pradar^ayituin sn-Svamisunuh kavir Bharttrnama ramakathasrayam mahakavyah cakara, etc. iti Bharttrkavya tikayah jayamamgalayam praF. 17 b: kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah

II

Sarga II ends f. 40b, Sarga III f. 58b. After f. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV, 11
to

V,

8.

V, 106 ends f. 85b (f. 86 which should be the end of Sarga V seems to be misplaced). The MS. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI, 71)
with the words:
tava sugrivah karakah kapinandanah drutan drastasi maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tiroI

sakhyasya
ity

bhavat
iti

ito

bulucav

adina

krtam

adhikrtyocyate

krtyanam
krtya

akrtyanam

krdantarbhavepi

bhavakarmano(h)

visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanam

^esas tu krtah kartta.

124.

AVfflSH No. 122.

10^x2
Material:

in.,

67 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Palm

leaves.

Date:

End

of 17 *h or beginning of 18 th cent.?

12

~X
Character:
as follows:

178

Krare
. .

kah

16,

ka kha

= = 17

The Malayalam. l, ka 2, ki

leaves
3,

ki

=4

numbered by
.

kau

14,

kam = 15,

letters,

etc.
is

Injuries:
lines lost.

The MS.

much damaged, many

(1)

leaves broken,

and

The Siddhantasekhara, by
(ff.

Sripati,

in

20 Adhyayas
astu

140).

It begins:

*******

taye

namah avighnam

(i)

yat-

tejah pitrdhamni sltamahasah pathoyame mandale samkrantam kunrudakarasya kurute kantim vikasadhuyam^i)

cancaccahcuputai[h]s cakoranikarais capryatesau ciran trailokyalayadipako vijayate devo nidhis tejasam (n) nijaguru-

padadvandvarn krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatilaka-Sripurvoyam Path* dvijapumgavah (i) sphutam avisamain niandaprajnaprabodkavivi-ddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam karoti hi sekharam (i) satanandaddlivastiprabhrtitutiparya-

ntasamayapramanam bhudhisnyagrahanivahasamsthanakathanam (i) grahendranan criras sakalaganitam yattrgaditam

(read yantraganitam?) sa siddhantah prokto vipulaganita-

skandhakusalaih

(ll) kratukriyartthah srutayah pradistah etc. kalasrayas te kratavo niruktah F. 3b: iti Srlpativiracite siddhantasekhare grahabhaI

ganaddhyayah prathamah

The
f.

2 nd

Adhyaya
f.

8,

the 3 rd A.

12,

(uiaddliyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends the 4 th A. f. 17 b [one leaf missing

between ff. 17 and 18], the 5 th A. (candragrahana) f. 19, the 6 th A. (siiryagrahana) f. 19 b, the 7 th A. (parvanayana) f. 20, the 8 th A. (pata) f. 21, the 9 th A. (grahodayastath A. (candra) f. 23, the 11 th A. maya) f. 21b, the 10 th f. A. (bhayoga) f. 27, the 25, the 12 (grahayuddha) 13 th A. (vyaktaganita) f. 29b, the 14 th A. (avyaktaganita)
f.

31b.

34 three leaves (gl, gu, gu) are missing. f. 16 th A. (golavarnana) ends f. 36, the 17 th A. (rahuth nirakarana) f. 36b, the 18 A. (grahanopavarnana) f. 37b, th the 19 A. (yantravidhana) f. 39.
After

The

For vikasadhuyam the metre requires

v.

-5*

179

xh

The 20 th Adhyaya ends

Srlpativiracite

(f.

401)):

iti

siddhanta&khare

siddhantasekhare
Sivaya
ii II II

prainavidhanaddhyayo

vimsah

ii

narnaS

Srisuryadisarvagrahebhyo

namah
Jisnu-

srlkrsnaya

namah

the authorities quoted are Aryahhata, nandana, Sritrivikrama.

Amongst

(2)

The Mahabhaskariya Karmanibandhana,

(ff.

41

in 8

Adhyayas

54),

based on the Aryahhata.

harih sriganapataye namah kalam begins (f. 41): bibhartti ksanadakarasya yah prakasitasam sirasa gabhaIt

namostu tasmai suravanditaptaye samastavidyaprabh(av)aya sambhave jayanti bhanoh kamalavabodhinah kara himamsor vanitananatvisah sasuritarasphutadirggharasmayo
stibhih

dharasutajhaskisita(?)tvisah

punah tapobhir aptam sphuta-

tantram asmakaii ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran ca jlvyasur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah
navadrirupagniyutam mahibhujam sakendranamnam satavarsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutam, etc.
F. 44:

iti
II

mahabhaskariye karmmanibandhane pratha54):

moddhyayah
It ends
(f.

Bhaskare
syat

ritigunasaptaghatl

lambakena

sahyatam krtoyam mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Aryabhatakarmanibandha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spastasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad iti mahabhaskariye annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit
II

mithunaparyyavasane sarvaaksacapaganitam vada tasmin viganayy a Bhaskarena paricintya

r

mahabhaskariyam samaptam aksaram astamoddhyayah yat paribhrastam matradhman tu yat bhavet ksantum arddhad arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah bhavet arddhadhikam krsnam dhumram unah ca syat krsnadhumram vimuhcatah kapilam sakalagrahe srlkrsnaya namah nama sivaya sivam astu
ll

ll

ll

(3)

Fragment

of

some

treatise

on astronomy

(ff.

5566).
12*

-&
It

180

h$~

begins

(f.

55):

harih

Bhaskaram abkivandyahan

nikhilagrakagativisesabodhakarain vaksye vyatipatildijiiano-

payam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke

tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sltamsau

latavaidhrtav

uditau

kramasah kilasayanacalane tasmin yady uttaram

ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat suksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpakepakramantare vyatlpatahuh, etc. F. 66 ends: vainnye sobkanam ambikaramanabham

riktan

apumambhasam

suktis

sukrasasamkamandadivasa

simhasvigostrigkatah vastre surppabham uttamani himakaro

maddhyo
***

vyayaristhito na grisendujalesapapadivasah kannya

n

mesalinarn

33

II

125.

Whish No.
Size:

123.

Material:

lh^Xl-g Palm

in., (1)

+ 46

leaves, 8 lines

on a page.

leaves.

Date: Probably 18th cen t. Character: Malayalam.

Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged by

fire.

The Kidacdddmani,

or Laghustutimahdbhdsya, a

Com-

mentary on Laghubhattdraka's Laghustuti, by Simharaja, in 21 Vrttas, with an introduction in Malayalam. The

printed as the first part of the Pahcastarl in the 'Kavyamala', Part III (1887). Mr. Whisk describes the work as "Vimsati with Commentary of Simha-raja". It begins: harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu
text
is

aindrasyevetyadi

esa

asau
i

tripura

rah

aghara
in

sa-

Macchindyat (follows Commentary layalam language). F. 15 b: athedanim adyavrttam vivriyate aindrasyeva

i

hasa

sacla

etc.

Sarasanasya dadhati maddhyelalatam prabham sauryyim kantim anusnagor iva sirasy atanvatl sarvatah esasau
tripura krdi dyutir ivosnamsos

sadahasthita chindyad vas sahasa padais tribhir aghafi jyotirmayl vanmayi (i) srlman-

->

181

Hg~
1

maharajasamakxam evan

trailokye svatta

siddhena >iddha-

sarasyatena 6rlmatgurukataksap&taniatrena samsiddhia tatksanam eva sarasvati mandiraya manavadanambujo Laghu-

bhattarako nijalabhaprakarsas sarvesani bhavatv iti buddhyS paramesvarya jyotirmayisvariipam vanmayisvariipan ca prapancara pratipadayan tatkalavarttinas sadasya pratyaglrvadam karoti etc.
F. 23:

srlmat-Simharajakrte laghustutisrimanmahaman dhruvam

11

trabhasye kuhicudamanau prathamavrttam sampurnnam

It ends:
niscitara

addhyayanam

karisyatlti di-

yyasiddharsimanavaughagurvacchinnaparamparyfigatam asmin inahatsvaccliandasamgrahan tenedam Simharajena 2 maya sucaritina krtam laghustutimahabhasyarn asesfiga-

masamniitam

11

iti

kulaculamanau
sivaya

Simharajakrtau laghustutimahabhasye ckayimsativrttam sampurnnam n Laghu-

bhattarakaya namah

Simharajaya
astu
n

namah

sivaya

namah

namah subham

12G.

Whish No.
Size: 12if
3

125 A.

X2

in., (1) -f-

to am, ah, ka, kha, etc. to bba] 8 or 9 lines on a page.

40 [numbered by letters from a, a, i, I etc. -4- 143 [numbered as ff. 77219] leaves,

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18 th cent.? Character: Malavalam.

(1)

in

Fragment of a Commentary on Malayalam language. (Ff. 40.)

(2)

the Bhagavata-Purana,

Fragment Bhagavata-Purana, Skandha X, 57 84 to in Adhyayas Malayalam language (ff. 77202), and Adhyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. 202 b 219 b).
of

the

Doubtful reading.

May

be read also samcarl.

Read

sukbarltina?

~5H It

182

f<~

ends:

ksitibhujopi
ii

yayur yadarthah

iti

sribhaga-

vate

mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate snkrmahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah namah ksantum arhati. snaya
11

127.

Whish No.
Size:

126.

9fxlr

in.,

(1) -f-

77 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19th cen t.?

Character: Malayalam.

The Kuvalaydnanda, by Ajppayya

See above No. 109.
It begins:

Diksita,

complete.

harih

&riganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau

prapancamata-

etc. pitarau praiicau jayapatl stumah amum kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah It ends:

niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhikrpanidhe(h)

vijayatam

candraloko

srlgurubhyo namah surltcaramobhavac chriprakprsthekhilaphelavamsatilakas man cekamarutpradesa iti va gehentarasrenike talputrasya

yalprasadad

saradagamasambhavah abhud dhrnvam

II

hrdyah
II

kuvalayanando
ii

ca sankarasya kavipatmarkaksamad eva sisyalpajhasya hi pustakam smarata ity etsudhi praudhakah n n sub ham
astu
ii

128.

Whish No.
Size:

127.

Material:

17-fxli Palm

in.,

82

(1)

leaves,

from 8

to 10 lines

on a page.
is

leaves.

Date:
.

Probably early

18 th

cent.

An

entry by Mr. "Whish

dated 'Calicut 1824'.

Scribe:

Rama.

the same

The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in No. 19. J a juries: Leaves 1, 3841 damaged, other leaves slightly damaged.
Character: Malayalam.

way

as

18:5

k~

(1)

The Kdvyaprdkdsa (by Rajanaka Mammata and Alaha

in 10 Ullasas.

contain the Sutras only, ff. 4 51 the Sutras with the Commentary. On the authorship oi
Ff. 1
tins

work

see

Peterson,

II,

p.

13

sqq.

The Bodl<

MS. Sansk. e. 61 (Hultzsch Sarada MS. of the work,

Collection Xo. 172) contains a in which the colophon is: iti

kavyaprakasabhidham kavyalaksanam samaptani Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh

ii

krtis >n-

The
hladaika

text
*****

begins:

*******

niyatikrtaniyamarahitam

paratantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim adadhati bharati kaver jjayati kavyam yaSasertthakrte, etc.
It

ends
i

kecana
ity

esan dosa yathayogam sanibhavantopi (f. 4): uktesv antah patantiti na prthak pratipaditah n

esa marggo vidusam vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yat na tad vicitram yad amutra samyag vinirnimita samghataneva hetuh n iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah
H

Then the Commentary begins: harih srlganapataye namah grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadevatam granthakrt parfimrsati niyatikrtaniyamarahitam hlaI

daikamayim ananyaparatantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim

adadhati
rupa,
etc.

bharati

kaver

jjayati

niyatisaktya

niyata-

It ends:

purvoktayaiva dosajatyantarbhavita na prthakn

iti

(prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam kavyaprakase dasama ullasah n ity esa marggo vidusam
ll

vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitram yad amutra samyag vinirmmita samgha(ta)naiva hetuh

samaptam kavyaprakasam sripatmarabha(read renun bhavabdhitarananabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthrin sthirasetubhutan ajhanasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidhan

sri-Padiiin-

mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilrm kavyaprakasanamedam vicitram kavyalaksanam preksavatah camatkarakaon on nanio narayanaya ranam likhitam maya
n
I

ll

II

namas sivaya agamikala ulaye pratape cayati smrta samrddhau karakrtam aparadham ksantum agaminvam
ll

ll

~
arhanti santah
11

184

Kr-

Ramena
II

govindaya naniah

likhitam idam pustakam harih n harahara

11

sri-

II

(2)

The Bralimapara
F. 52 begins:

pracetasam
i

Stotra, with a Commentary

(ff.

52

54).

brabmaparam mune srotum

i

icchamah j:>aramam stavam japata kanda I nadevo yenaSomali raddhyata kesavah paramparam visna paraparah parah parebhyah paramarttharupi, etc. F. 53 begins: brabmaparamayam vedantartthamayam brahmasabdapracuram va yisnutatyapratipaditatvat stoparamparam trasya tadvijijiiasubhi sprstas Soma uvaca

ity

adi

etc.

F. 54

ends:

kathah
iti

ca na

iti

syat patakan tad api

I

hanty urugayapada

bhagavatokteh
(3)

brabmaparam

sto-

tram

II

The Paramartliasarctvivarana,

Commentary on

Semryci (ascribed to Sesandga), by Raghavananda (ff. 55 Hultzsch II, p. 131. Cf. Burnell, Tanjore, p. 93 b.
It

the
82).

namah avighnam nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam asyamghridosnam sahasrair yuktam antabkrtasuranivaham

begins
(f.

55):

srlganapataye

astu

II

agmsomatmana

2 svaprabhotbba sitasam (i) netrair arkendurupair vilasitam analogranana **3 travarnam bhusa *** bhipradiptavayavam

vo visvarupam murareh srlmac-ChamsYikhasatalamkrtas samsararkaramarggamaddhyavasatis

avatu
I

kagabhastitaptatanubhis samsevitamghrir jjanaih

(i)

Krsna-

nandamabirubomrtarasapurnair apurvaih phalais citram pritim npasakesu janayan jiyan mablmandale asesopanisasara(read satsara?)siddha tatvanugaminl Eaghavanandamunina &esaryeha vimrsyate paramartthasarasam(jna)m
I i

granthafi cikirsur acaryas tasyavighnaparisamaptipracayaL :unanabhyam

i
r

sistacaram paripalanaya ca yi.sistestadevata-

Doubtful, very indistinct.

lla (corrected to tbha?).

Read kanjanabbadevo?
syllables.

2 3 4

Illegible.
Illegible.

Wanted two long

Looks

like diyo or diko.

"Wanted one long

syllable.

-3*

185

Kr-

mukhatas niaragalam prananialaksanam sampadayann artthatab arambbapeksitam visi yaprayojanasambandba dhikarilaksanam anubandhacatustayam aviskaroti etc. It ends: aryavrtta&lokanam paiicasitya asitis ca paiica ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir uktii tatas tisrbhih krai

caturasitir iyantim aryeti pancasltir arya bbaparamarttbasaravivara(na)m eta(d) G-ovindacandrikaya sambrtasamsrtikapa(?) sambhuta Raghavanandat (ii) yosau bbati caracaratmakajagadriipena bbutya svaya yas cananvatiti

mamuktir eva

tasukhaikatanaviinalasvanmaniC?) prabodbasvarat

yatsvataII 11

rajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas smai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe
iti
11

paramarttbasaravivaranam samaptam srigurubbyo naniab n srl-Vedavyasaya namab. bariharabiranyagarbbebbyo namab n n n

u
.

11

129.

W'nisH No. 128.

Size: 10 1

X if
Palm

in.,

(2)

107

+ 24 + (2) leaves,

from 10

to 12 lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18^ or 19th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

Numbering
(1)

of leaves by Aksaras in the

same way

as

No.

19.

or Devanna Bhattopddhyaya, son of Kesavaditya Ehattopadhyaya, Pariccbeda I of tbe Yyavabarakanda. "Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was

Tbe Smrticandrika, by Deva

a Telugu", Burnell, Tanjore, p. 133. Another copy of tbe same work in No. 141.
srlganapataye namab avigbnam astub vande sriyab patim nmapatim tvisam patirn sarasvatipatim munin pade pade praskhabrbaspatimukban ganapatim latam pradipadistbitav api drastrnam drstivisaye candrika atbedanim vyavabarakandam arabbyate n pravitanyate
It begins:
i

harib

tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate

i

tatra Brbaspatih

liead svantah, or tvfm mat

-S*

186

Kr-

dbarmmapradhanab purusah,
p. 134.

etc.

See Burnell, Tanjore

niru-

smrticandrikayam vyavabarasvarupam panani smrticandrikayam astadasapadanirupanam F. F. 9b: smr vyavabarabbedah F. 26: smr pratijnavadab F. 41b: smr lekbyanirupanam F. 46b: smr lekbyaparlksa
F. 2:
iti
n

7:

iti

11

iti

11

iti
iti

F. 55b:

F. 74:

iti

iti

smr saksiparlksa smr saksivisayani

samaptan ca saksiprai

karanam
F. 85: F.
It

102:
ends

atbasaksipratyayab tatra Naradah iti smr rtuto divyavyavastba

II

etc.

iti

smrticandrikayam balayantadi(P)H srl - Kesavadityasamutbbavasya Devasya santadvijarajamnrttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddbim iti sakalavidya(f.

107):
n

smr dandavisayani
iti

II

dhanavisayani

barih

II

visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddbyayastinu-yanjika Devena 2 bbattopaddbyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrika-

yam vyavabarakande pratbamab paricchedah

atreyam prakaranannpurvi vyavabarasvarupanam astadasanirupanam vyavabarabbedanirnnetrnirnnayadbarmmastbanevastbanam vyavabaradarsanavidbib krsnaya namab n

n
n

(2)

Tbe Vyavaharamalika,
Off. Ill,

tbe

beginning
in

only.

See

Ind.
civil

pp.

4568 ("Vyavabaramrda.

a manual of

law

(?

by Varadaraja) mucb used

p. 139.

Malabar"); Hultzscb II

(No. 1472),

srlganapataye namab avigbnam astub namab namostu srigurubbyo narasimbaya bbaktanugrabaIt begins:

barib

karine ajaya

manubaburupaya sarggastbityantakarine vacomasukumaraib mukbyasarassamutbbavais prasavair

I

No. 141 Whish Xo. 143 reads baladidbanao. Read yajnika-Devanna? But MS. No. 141 also reads

yajuika-

Devena.

-X

187

k-

yaih tridivaptiphalair nnrpocitilm racayami vyavaharamalikara grl-Naradah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajj
i

abubhujan dharmmaikatanah,

etc.

Some

of the chapters are:

vyavaharavalokanadharmmah

(f. 1), sabhasabhyopadesah (f. 2b), vyavaharalaksanam (f. 3), hinalaksanam (f. 6), saksipratyuddhrti (f. 7b), rajasasana-

laksanani, dusitalekkyapariksa (f. 9 b), lekhyaprakaranam (f. 10), agnividhi (f. 13b), visavidhi (f. 14b), sapathavidhi
(f.

15b), rnasya deyadeyavidhih

(f.

(f.

20),

nityadanasya pra-

karah

24), etc.
(f.

24b) with the following words: dasyaNaradah abhyupetyasususrusa samaptah bhrtanara vetanasyokto danadanavidhikramah vetanasyana-

It breaks off
I

dhikaranam

pakarma tadvivadapadam smrtam

130.
A\'insH No. 129.
Size:

9X Is

in.,

54 leaves (but
leaves.

f.

3 missing), 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

Date: Probably early 18th century. Character: Malay alam. Injuries: First leaf damaged.

Fragment
sranaman.
It

of oankara's

Commentary on the Vtmusahatasmin

loke

begins:

parayanam
etc.

ekam parayanani

param ayanani
tasmin drste,
F. 24b:

yapraptavyam pa granthis chidyante sarvasamsayah ksiyante easy a karmmani

*** *** ** *** ****

namnarn
II

satani

adyam vivrtam
F. 34:

namna(n) dvitlyam Satam F. 39: satam vivrtam

II

iti

trtiya(n) namn;nu namnan caturtham satakam

iti
II

F. 29:

iti

It breaks off iti bhagavatsmaranat yan devan devaki devi vasudevad ajijanat bhaumasya brahmano guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti mahabhara(tam). See MBh. XII, 47, 28.

with the words:

~s

188

k-

131.

Whish No.
ll-lxl? in., (1) + 155 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18* or 19* cent.?
Size:

130.
leaves, 8 lines

+ (15)

on a page.

Scribe: Anantakrsna, son of Govinda.

Character: Malayalam.

The TulaJtaverimahatmya from the 30 Adhyayas. Other copies in Nos. 51 and 186.
It begins:

Agni-Purana,

in

dharmmavarmrna
ll

ca rajarsir

etc.,

see

No. 51

above

p. 63.

F. 5b:

iti

srlmadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatrnye pran

thamodhyayah
F. 40:

agneyapurane tula saptanioddhyayah ramgesaya nam ah F. 79 b: ity agne tula pahcadasoddhyayah n It ends: iti (see above prasannanananiraja muda
ity
ll

srl-

p. 63)

abhyapujayan ity agneyapurane tulakaverimahatrnye trmsoddhyayah yadrsam. etc Avadugdharanagurave namah sri - Govindan putran Anantakrsnan srikaveryai namah
i

ll

svahastalikhitarn sriramgesaya

namah

harih

132.

WrnsH No.
Size:

132.

12x1?

in.,

(l)-(-144 leaves, 7 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18* or

19* century? Character: Malayalam.

The Brdhmottarakhanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?), Adhyayas 23 44. The beginning is similar to that of the Bodleian MSS. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Oxford, p.

74

sq.),

and Mitra, Notices No. 2567 (VIII,

is

p.

19

sq.),

but the work

It begins:

not identical with either of these.

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnnam ca'urbhujam pra-

harih

->

189

k:-

sannavadanam

akhyataip dhyfiyet sarvavighnopaSantaye bhavata purvam visnor mahatmyam uttamaip sarrapapaharam punyam samasena srutan ca nah idanim srotum
I

icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbhaktanafi ca mahatmyam nissesaghaharam parara tanmantranan tadvratanan tatppiijayas ca sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh praetavad devamarttyanam sreyas sa sanatanam yad lsvarakathayam vo jata bhaktir

bhavam anuvarnnaya
ahetuki,
etc.

srl-Sutah

iti brahmottarakhande pancaksaramahimanuvarnnanan nama trayovim^oddhyayah F. 24b: iti brahmottarakhande sivacaturdasimahiiu.i-

F.

5b:

nuvarnnane

candalikammasaiivavokapraptikathanama
ll

(?)

pancavimsoddhyayah bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam sarvapapaghnam, etc. F. 48b: iti brahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddliyayah J\ 68: iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimanuvarnsriparvatyai

namo namah gubham

nane sivabhaktamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekatrimsoddhyayah

p.
ll

95b

iti

brahmottarakhande
ll

bhadrayurmuktipia-

ptikathanan nama sattrimsoddhyayah

It ends:

yah

uttamam
iti

sa vidhuya

pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam saivam sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahiyate

I

brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvan.inanan
catuscatvarinisoddhyayah
n
. . .
ll

nama

sriparvatlparamesvaran

gurunam caranambhojaparagaparamabhyam namah minavah manomukuram asmakam punlyur anuvasaram namah namo bham astu srlgnriibhyo namah srlsulapanaye
|

133.

Wiiish Xo. 133.

Size:

IOetXIt

in.,

194 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19th cent.?

Character

Malayalam-

~x

190

hs-

The Namalinganusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimha (I, 1 to III, 2), with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam
language.
It begins:
liarih sriganapataye sindbor agadhasyanagha gunah
i

namah yasya jhanadayan

etc.

svah
i

ita

vyaI

nakah tridivah tridasalayah suralokah ivayahcum pulimgani dyauh okarantam dyau vakarantam dve striyau klibe trivistapam etc. It ends with tbe 2 nd Varga of tbe 3 rd Kanda: gramata gramavrndani Janata janavrndam dbumya

yam

svarggah

dbumavrndam pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam gavya

I i

govrndam
I

prtbak

prtbak

dim

strl

apim
I

sabasrani

sabasravr-

ndam

kfirisyani

savrndam

karisavrndam vannmanani(read ani) kavaatbarvanadikam atbarvanavrndam kb iti

i
I i i

samkirnnavarggab

134.

Whish No.
Size: 10&

134.

xIt

in.,

(1)

+ 129 +

(1)

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19th cen t.?

Character: Malayalam.

The Kriyakaldpa (astronomical

samgralia,
in

portion) of the Tantra-

8 Adhyayas,

together with a Commentary.

There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha in tbe Malayalam language in the "Whish Collection. harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahab antahkaranasuddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindratvam mandopi labbate k^anat tarn saradendusvaccbamgim vande devlm sarasvatlm narayanah jagadanugrabajagarukam srinllakantham api sarvavidam pranamya yat tantra-

samgrahagatam grahatantrajatam tasyaparah ca vivrtim

tatradau tavad acaryyab prarlpsitaprabandbapratyuhasamanriyubhistadevatan namaskaroti he
vilikhami

laghvim

visno nihitam krtsnan jagat tvayyeva kfirane jyotisah jyo-

-x

191

k~

he visno sarvavyapin tise tasmai namo narayanava te iti yasniims tvayi krtsnam idan jagan liihitam, etc. F. 5: iti caitradaya eva candramasah maddhvaditveno-

ktah

etc.

pratkamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira&kagrahamaddhyamah tebhyo bhaganan bhaganan sistebhyo apasya sistebhyo lasyadibhyo apasya svam svani mandoccara vi^oddhya bhagatmakam upadistam iha tad mandakendram etc. yac chisyate ity abhidhlyate F. 34b: iti tantrasarpgrahasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrhya racite vyakhyanesmin purnnoddhyayo dvitiyobhut The 3 rd Adhvaya ends f. 75b, the 4 th Adhyaya f. 90,
nita bhaganadika ye
i

F. 12:

tatra

II

the 5 th
7 th

Adhyaya f. 107b, Adhyaya f. 116.

the

6 th

Adhyaya

f.

112b, the

It ends:

iti

samgrhya yah samaptan cedam namas sivaya

ii

racite

tantrasamgrahasya kriyakalapam kramena tadvyakhyane purnnobhud astamoddhyaI

etc.

(follow

some

lines

in

Malayalam language).

135.

WfflSH No.
Size:

136.

84-XlT

in.?

75 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

Fragment of the Balabharata by Pandit Agastya, ending with the 9 th Sarga. The complete work is said to contain 20 Sargas, see Burnell, Tanjore, p. 159b; A. Holtzmann.

Das Mahabharata,
It begins:

namah avighnam astu kalatma sasiti asty atrinetraprabhava(h) naksatraganasya nathah yam varijasriharam aptavaco vamani barer llocanam amananti sevyas surana(m) himavarsipadas sambhavaniyas
srlganapataye
1

harih

III, p. 44.

sirasa sivena mahlddhrabhartteva

mudlm divyanadlm

prasute

tamopahantrlm yah kauna jahnaviyais ca na yaniu-

~x
aais ca

192

S-

na caparasam saritam payobhib yannya(?)dayenaiva sujatadhamno bambryaslni vrddbim upeti parttbab budhas tatobbun navasu grahesu ratnesu muktaphalavan manojnab yabkarddamapatyani ilabbidbanam paryyagrabit pancasarayudbarttah tasyanujobbut purulmtasarah Pururava bbui i

valayasya gopta narayanoruprabbayam striyam yo jayasriya

sarddbam alabdha daityat

tasyayur ayurddainano
i

ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujab hrsyadvarltri pulakankurabha raraja yasyaddhvarayuparajih putras tadryo
Nabusodbirudliatrivistapam punyavaram parasuh kutrapi sutraroni ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam eva

ajayatasmad anagbo Yayatih pestur dvisani uccanabhasy udirnno balarenur asit gbano yasabetc. ketakajanmabetub F. 8b: ity Agastyapanditakrtau balabbarate pratbamas
I

cakre

litasya yasya

sarggab

F. 31:

F.

59 b:
II

ity

Agastyakrtau balabharate caturttbasarggah Agastyakrtau

balabbarate

ity

saptamas

sa-

rggab

F. 66 b:

ity

It te prajnatamaya rajan yam iccbasi bbratrsu tarn dadami uktas sa tenaivam upodbabarso jl-

ends: pritosini

Agastyakrtau balabbarate astamasarggab

vantam aiccban nakulan narendrab

101

136.

Wkesh No.
Size:

137.

ll^Xlj
Palm

in., (1) -{-

46 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

A
It

Commentary on Jayadeva's Gitagovinda, in 12 Sargas. begins: hari &rlganapataye nama avigbnam astu

Jayadevanama

gltagovindabhidham prabandbarn vidadbanah tatpradlpadyam vastupaksipann eva tannirdde-

kavib

~>*

193

<ity

garupam mamgalam acarati meghair

bara(m) meghair mmeduram
timirair va,
It ends:

adi he radhe

vasantepi krsnalirfair

am* mmeghai8

yan

etc.

nityair

iti

yad

vastu virincagirijaprane-

samukhyaih brahmesamukhyai[h]r mmuhur(?)jjasaip nanakaravicarasaracaturaih nanavidhacintavisesan nipunaih (read cintavisesanipimaih?) vidvatbhir nnityair vacanaih upanisadvakyaih jadyapi

na nisciyate tad adyam param vastu divyair mmadhurai[h]s satsuktisamsodhitaih mrduktisamgo(?)

dhitaih Jayadevakavyaghatitaih gltagovindavakyaih sarasya

sinaa * x sah bhaktiviSesaSalinam
iti

cetasi

cakastu sphuratu

II

srigitagovindavyakhyane sarasarasiruhakso da&as sarggah n sriki-snaya namah

li

nama

dva-

1:J7.

AVhish No. 139.

Size: 11
jj

X It

in., (1)

70

-+-

(1)

leaves,

from 8 to 10

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably middle of 18 th Character: Malayalam.

cent.

The Suryasiddhdntavivarana , a Commentary on the Suryasiddhdnta, by Paramesvara pupil of Budra, in

,

13 Adhyayas.
It begins:

srigauapataye namah avighnam astu gurubhyo namah lokambayai namah srisuryaya namah cidrupakaranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidr^yan jagatas tam mah&hamsam asraye vyakhyatam bha> skariyam laghu tad anu mahabhaskarryam sabhasyam pascal lilavati ca grahagativisayam kincid anyac ca yena soyam sri-Rudrasisyo vadanajasisave suryasiddhantasamastham vaksyaty aspastam arttham ganitavisayagam karma tatraiva hi syat tatra tavat bhagavata suryena Mayayoditam suryasiddhantam vivaksur ayam acarya istadevatapranamapurvakum M ayasuryayos samvadamayapraSnottare
n n
I I i

harih

Aksara

indistinct, looks like ju or fiju.

V6

~x
niyuktasya
pradarsayati
F. 11:

194

k~
vacanan
etc.
ll

suryamsasya
I

purusasya

ca

kramat

F.

20b:

acintyavyaktarupaya,

iti

suryasiddhantavivarane prathainoddhyayah

iti
ii

Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane

dvitl-

yoddhyayah
F. 31:

Paramesvare triprasnaddliyayas trtiyah Adhyaya IV ends f. 34b, A. V f. 37b, A. VI f. 40b, f. A. VII f. 44, A. VIII f. 47b, A. IX 50, A. 52b, A. XI f. 55b, A. XII f. 68b. etat te sarvam akhyatam rahasyam param It ends: atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyarn sarvapapapranaevarn npasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos samsanani
iti
ii

gamat saumye sthitena paramadina siddhantara vivrtam iti Paramesvare suryasisauram isvarenaivam atppasali 1
n

ddhantavivarane trayodasoddbyayab srilokambayai namali

ii

ll

^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo namah
138.

ii

srlsarasvatlprasadika

Whish No.
Size:

140.

dj

X l|

in.,

(1) + 97 -f- (1) leaves,

from 7 to 9

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

An

strange, as the date

which is very entry by Mr. "Whish is dated 1817 given at the end of the MS. is the Kollam

year 998, i. e. A. D. 1823. Character: Malayalam. The leaves numbered by Aksaras.

The Sahasraiiamajmdi/avrtti or metrical the Vimusalia&ranaman.

It begins:

Commentary on
I

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu idam akhilam yena va tat pravistah yasmad asij jagad bhutva khalu jlvo jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (l) yasminn ante vilayantam paranandan conam (?) 2 visnum vande mama hrdi nilayam sasvatam santam ekam srstvadisargge kavim
I

harih

ll

atmamayaya svanabhipatmad

akhilrirtthasiddhaye

(l)

vedan

sahamgair avadan (read avadat?) puratana,n yas tarn gurun naumi sadartthasidtlhaye (i) Vyasasisyo mahatejas sa Vaiampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana1

Id

est alpasah.

Metre wrong.

Four Aksaras wanting.

H3*

195

.<-

mejayam

srutvavadharya niscitya dharmman iiaiiavidha(n) paran a&esenaiva kartsnyena ni^eenavi^amkaya

11

It ends:

sripurvapunmapriyavadarena
vrttir
i

s'amparkasamSo(

dhitamanasena

mmaya kcsavapurnnanamnam

?)

sahasrasya sarniriteyam laghuvrttir iyam haripadayugan drdhabhaktimata kathita vimala suviuirsya naro yadi tarn

prapathed dlirtikrtyaharim sa viuiuktimayat namapadyavrttau dasaniasataiu samaptam astu sri-Vedavyasava naniah, etc. (Date etc.
I
i

iti
II

srlsakasran

subhani

in

Malayalam

language.)

139.

W'insH No. 141.

Size: 7f

lj-

in.,

(1)

102

+ (1)

leaves,

6 or 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Kollam year 999, or A. D. 1824. Character: Malayalam.

Sodasakriyd, a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jata-

karman, Upanayana, Marriage, etc.), according to the school of Bodhfiyana, in the Malayalam language, the Vedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit, e. g.: f. 9b: mantram asnia bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam bhava vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas

satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasva subliagatvam asme, etc See IMantrapatha II, 12, 1; 11, 33. F. 35: mantram a tisthemam asmanam ameva tvam sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanayatah

mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata

antan abhito dadhantha
2; 5.
I

ya> ca devir

tas

tva devir jjarasa

I

sam vyaII,

yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah

2,

See Mantrap.

F. 67:
te

mantram
I
i

sakhasi saptapada
te

abhuma sakhyan
sakhyan

gameya
F. 79:

sakhyat

ma yosam
I, 3,

me ma

yosthah

mantram

See Mantrapatha
i

14.

yas tva hrda kirina

jatavedo,
etc.

manyamanomarII,

ttyam marttyo johavlmi

11, 5.

See Mantrap.
13*

~>i

196
140.

K~

Whish No.
Size:

142.

9?-x1t

in-;

103 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Malay alam.

The Narayamya, a Stotra

Kerala).

On

(by the last page there

Narayana Bhatta
is

of

by Mr. C. M. Whish: Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. The completion of the work by the author is dated 27 th November 1586 O. S."

the following entry "Narayaniyam; by a native of

The author
admired
vol.

is

described as the 'most popular and wellof

author
etc.',

Narayaniyam,

XVI,

1884,

It begins:

karih

p.

Prakriyasarvasvarn Dhatukavyam, by the Maharaja of Travancore, JRAS., 449. See No. 114.
,

srlganapataye

sandranandavabodhatmakam

namah avighnam astu anupamitam kaladesavadhii

bhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusartthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupavanapure hanta bhagyah jananam F. 18 marg.: venasya katha F. 22 marg.: ajamilakatha
I i

etc.

P.

24b marg.: hiranyaksakatka

F. 25 marg.: narasimhavataram It ends: ajhatva te mahatvam yad iha nigaditam visvanatha ksametha(h) stotran caitat sahasrottaram adhika-

taram

tvatprasadaya

bhuyat

dvedha narayaniyasrutisu
lilavatarair

ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam n

idam

srlkrsnaya
ll

namah
etc.

narayaniyam samaptam

ii

sngurubhyo namah

HI.

Whish No.
1 Size: 9* in.. (1) Material: Palm leaves.
.

143.

+ 189

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

->*

197

f<~

Date: Kollam 981, i. e. A. D. 1806, according to the scrii colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the -MS. Character: Malayalam.

The Smrtieandrika, by Deva or Devanna Bhattopadhyaya, son of Keswvdditya Bhattopadhyaya, Pariccheda I of the A'vavaharakanda. Another copy of the same work as
No. 129
(1)

(Whish No.

128).

142.

Whish No.
Size:

144.

14xl'|

in.,

(1)

99 leaves, 11 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

The MS. was copied by Krsnadvija in the Kollam Kollam A. D. 1810, according to the scribe's colophon: makaramasam ancantiyyati coppaccayum fcollayiratta empattahcamata rohiniyum suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Simhah karanavum kutiyadivam vatalayesanugrahena Krsnadvijena likhitam pustakam Character: Malayalam.
L>ate
Scribe:
e.

&

year 985,

i.

ii

The

Sriitiranjinl, a

Commentary on Jayadera's Gltago(1)

vinda, by Laksmidhara, in 12 Sargas.

Another copy of the same work as No. 113 No. 111).

(Whish

14:}.

Wiiisii
Size:

No. 145.
in.),

(4,

5,

9% if in. (and l{ or 7) lines on a page.

x l|

16

+ 21 +

19

+5+

11 leaves,

Material: Palm leaves.

Bate: Early 19tu cent.? Character: Malayalam.

Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship, and fragments of Tantric treatises. oni hnni collection of 110 Mantras, beginning: (1) x sarvasatvavasankaklliu am klim 6rlm (? ) nityakamesvan

Indistinct.

~X

198

Kr-

rlsenah sarvastripurusava.sankari aim kllm sauh sauh kllm

aim hrim namo bhagavativiccai (?) mahatripurasundaryyai namah, etc. na guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror F. 10 b: adhikam na guror adhikam sivasasanatas sivasasanatas 110 sivasasanatas sivasasanatah sngurucaranaravindanam ah bhyani adhare limganabhau (2) fragment begins on f. 11:

hrdayasarasije talumule lalate dvaipatre sodasare dvidasadasadale dyadasftrddhe catuske vasante balamaddhye da-

phakarasahite

kanthadese

svaranam hamsan tatvartthai

yuktam sakaladalayutam varnnaiupan namami

etc.

This fragment breaks off on f. 13b, f. 14 contains some benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidhatre, etc.), ff. 15 & 16 contain another fragment.
(3)
(f.

1):

caturbhujam mahavisnum samkhacakragadadharam

Another Tantric

treatise

(or fragment),

beginning

manasa

cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate khasthitam pundarikaksam mantramurttim harim smaret anantadityasankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatmadharinam vanamalinam syamalam, etc.
(4)

Collection
viti
I

of

patram

om

prakrtya

atha Mantras, beginning (f. 1): vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak-

caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha - sabdasparsaruparasagandlia-akasayayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhatatvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthiiladeham pariso-

dhayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah, etc. F. 17 ends: iti samkhapuja gamgamgayai visvarupayai sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo nam ah Ff. 18 19 contain some tables of Mantras in four

columns.
(5)

Another

collection of

rsih

iudro
(6)

amrtagayatrl devata aim sukrasapanam kllm, etc. Collection of 50 Mantras, beginning

Mantras begins (f. 1): Sukra cchandah sarjjivani(read samjivanl?)(f.

A
li

1):

harih

srlganapataye namah srlmadvagdevatayya tva gananatham pranamya ca natvfi desikanathah ca sivanandarasam

bruve

II

->< It ends:

100

*s-

anandamftapuritaharapadainbhojalavale

sthita

stkairyopaghnam upetya bhaktilatika S.khopaSakh5 sthita uccair mmamisakayainfinapataimi akramya niskalm bhavatu me salkarmmasamvarnityabhistaphalaprada
ddkita
il

50

II

U4.

Whish No.
Size: 9-f

146. on a page.

X It

in.,

(1)

+ 52

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19th cen t.?

Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The Prasnasamgralia, from

on astrology.
It

the Sdrasamgraha, a treatise

begins:

sriganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

si I-

suryadisarvagrahebhyo namah

(i) suryendvagnivilocanam girisutaraktam bndhantasvrkam devedyam rajatacalendra-

bhrgubhuh konadhivasotsukam sarppalamkrtacaruvigrahamayam vrddhoksaketum bbaje kanthantarggatakalakuta1 celluranatham sivam maddhyatavyadhipam gulikaii pranamya kamalam pranesVaram sampade kysmyaprabhrtim vicarya bahudha prasnagaman arijasa samgrhyapi guruditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasamgraham adadhamy aham asau deyva(read daiva)jfiatustv:ii
i
i

2 skandhesu trisu sasramah krtaman&s siddhantabhedesu va pancasv attamantrattamo (read manastamo?)

bhavet

nipimadhiracftrya van

satyavan

da

vaj uih
i

krtanityakarma-

karano japtattamantro grahan pancamgeksanapurvakam 3 hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhl(h) F. 2b: dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita dutalaksmadikaddhyayah prathamah prasnasamgrahe iti sarasamgrahe prana6astrestamamgaddhyayo F. 4b:

II

dvitiyah

sarasamgrahe prasnasastre sugrivapraSnaddhyayas trtiyah iti F. 22: sarasamgrahe prasnasastre grahavivaranaslokanam dasamah F. 32b: ity ayu(h)prasnah ddhyayo
il

F. 5b:

iti

ll

II

H3*

200

xsaikena

gatakenaivam

ayuhprasna udahrtah
n

dasakenatha

uktam aganiabhavena saptivarsalaksanam vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam namrgayayudhoh iti prasnasamgrahah iti prasnasamprasnasamgrahah
n
11
11 11

vivahaprasna ucyate It ends (f. 38b):

grahani samaptam

(2)

Fragment of the Laglivl Jdtakapaddhati, and other fragments not identified (ff. 38 b 52). harili natvadyam paramesvaram gaIt begins (f. 38 b):

napatim snryendubhuvrtividvaglsasplmjidaki(?)rahusikhino devan gurums cakhilan krsniyad aparas (read rac?) ca

saram api yet (read yat) kincit samadaya taccha(s)tram sisyahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janmayuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan gralian daivajiiah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api prasnam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam
apy adesyam vidnsa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenuknlekhile deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva
piTibhrtani praline prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhiimitalesu mamgalayute

param

cakram likhed daivavit etc. madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha samF. 46 b: bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharahrta sva

dasa

coktavat

labdhany 40
i

antaraja
iti

dasatha

vidasa

saddhya
II

tatas

Then
javlm
(?)

follows
2

jatakapaddhatir llaghvi 46 b) x harih sonarkanisakaraksiti(f.

n
:

jlvasphujitsuryajan vighnesam svagurun

pranamya

sirasa devln ca vagisvarim prasnajhanavidhau

Yarahamihira-

patyas

sa yad vastur^ llokanam

i

hitakamyaya dvijavaras

tlkam karoty alblmtam

1

Prof. Aufrecht informs me) the beginning of Utpala Commentary on the Satjiauca&ika, of Prthuyasas, the son of Varahamihira. See Ind. OIL V, p. 1059 (No'. 2993).

This

is (as

?,

kesajarka"

vijjlva.

Ind. Off.

MS.
Ind. Off.

Varahamihiracaryasya sadvastuni

lo.

MS.

~=w

201

k~
The next two leaves much can be made.
and
it

This
also

is only ;i fragment of one page. contain fragments of which not

Ff. 49

52

contain Mantras and invocations,

is

doubtful whether the leaves belong together.

145.

WmsH
Size:
lines

No. 147.

7?x2

in.,

(2)

62

46

+ 32 + 12 + (2) leaves,

from 8 to 12

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: An entry by Mr. Whisk is dated 'Calicut 1822', and at the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date Kollam 997 (also corresponding to A. D. 1822) is given.
Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The Sankhyasaptati,
<ff.

17).

or 8dnJchyaTcdrika\ by Isvarahrsna 104. See No.

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu duhkhatrayabhighataj jijnasa tadapaghatake hetau drste etc. saparttha cen naikantatyantatobkavat
It

begins:

harih
7):

It

ends

(f.

iti

samkhyasaptati
tatvais

samaptah

sat|

trimsata

samghatitaya

tvagadisaptavarano

bha-

vaya

etc.

(2)

The Jayamangald, a Commentary on

by Sankara
It begins
(ff.
(f.

the Sankhyasaptati,

762).
7b):

adhisrlganapataye namah muniin kriyate gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam pranamya

II ll

harih

saptatikayas

tika

jayamamgala

nama preksavantonukte
I I

prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta iti prayojanam ucyate tathoktam tatvajiianan moksah tatvani .paneavimsatih pancavimsatitatvajho yatra kutrasrametarah jati mumli
etc. sikhl va vimucyate natra samsayah iti It ends (f. 62): srimatparamahamsapaTivraja(read
I

parivrajak\u)caiwasri-(iovindal)hagavat[)iijv;i]';Hl.'isis\(']ia srl-

Samkarabhagavata krta samkhyasaptatitika samapta

sarasvatyai

sri-

namah

srikrsnaya

namah

~>i

202
(3)

k~

The Tattvakaumudl, a Commentary on

ptati,

the Saukhyasa(3).

It

harih begins:
aja

by Vacaspatimisra

(ff.

140).

See No. 104

sriganapataye namah avighnam

prajas

astu

ajam

ekam lohitasuklakrsnam bahvih

i

srjamaimn

namamah
sisyaya

ye tan jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam numas tan Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye bhuktabhogan
tasya

casuraye
I

Paficasikhaya

tathesvarakrsnaya

vayan namasj^amah iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati, etc. It ends (f. 40): iti sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita samkumudaniva cetamsi bodhayanti khyasaptatitika samaptah satam sada srl-Yacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudl n aksaram yat paribbrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah srl-

II

gnrubhyo namah

II

II

(4)

4146). vidhasyati alam ntkanthaya tavety apadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavivekakhyatimanti muktani babhiivuh, etc.
F. 41 begins:

fragment, not identified

te

(ff.

(5)

The Tarhasamgrahadvpika, a Commentary by Annambhatta on his own Tarkasamgraha (ff. 32).

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu visvesvaram sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tlkrini sisuhitam kurve tarkasa(m)grahadipikam etc.
It

begins:

harih
ity

It

ends

Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasainii II

grahadlpika samapta

srlmahatripurasundaryai

namah

etc.

(Date

etc. in

Malayalam language.)
(6)

The Tarkasamgralia, by

Annairibhatta

(ff.

12).

~><
It

203

k~
namah avighnam
astu

begins:

harih
etc.

sriganapataye

nidhaya

hrdi,

It ends: Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye Annambhattena vidusfi racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasaragrahas samaptah srl-Vedavyasaya namah srlgurave namah.
11

uc>.

Size:

7xU

in.,

+
i.

129

Whish No. 148. + 60 leaves, from

e.

6 to 9 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Kollam 992, language on f. 129.)

Scribe:

A. D. 1817.

(Date given in Malayalam

Damodara.
(1)

Character: Malayalam.

Ff. 1

contain some fragments, not identified.

(2)

The Sarvdrthaeintdmani , an
VenJcatandyaka, son of Appaydrya.

astrological

Fragment only

treatise, 1 (ff.

by
-i-l
i.

See Hultzsch
It begins:

II,

No. 1307,

harih

p. 128.

sriganapataye
vinilayani

namah avighnam
srl

astu

srimacchesagiristhale

-Vemkitesam

gurum

natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat 1 sudhlh etc. rahau vilagne F. 22b breaks off with the words:

sakujerkaputre rahau brhatbijmihahuraryyah lagne sea

(3)

e.

Fragment
miJci's

of the
(f.

first

Sarga

of the

Balakanda

of Txl-

Rdmdyana
begins:

F. 23

lokam
vedais ca

23).

gamisyati idam pavitram papa-

ghnam punyam
silramayane
srisamksepo

sammitam yah pathed ramaca,

ritam sarvapapaih pramucyate

adikavye

and ends:

iti

^rlyamad\;idik;inde
n
.

srlnaradavakye
.

nama prathamas sarggah

sriganapataye

namah
i

Read jatoppayaryyut with Dr. Hultzsch'

.MS.

->

204
(4)

f<~

Ff. 23 b

129

contain several fragments partly in Sanskrit,

partly in Malayalam, which I cannot identify.

(5)

Malayalam
Ff.

(Astrology?).

Commentary 160.
147.

on

the

Karanapaddhatl

Size:

7^x1?

in., (1)

Whish No. 149. 160 + (3) leaves, generally 7

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18 th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

The Keralamahatmya from

It begins: laksmlgrame samagatya bhagavan bhrgunandanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan kancidvijain dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetrakaryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa, etc. F. 6b iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah
:

the Bhugola-Purdna.

F. 39b:
F. 50b:

II

ll

iti

Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah

ll

iti

sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye gargga-

yudhisthirasamvade addhyayah n F. 92: iti keralotbhave nilanadimahatmye

pahcamo-

ddhyayah
F.

131b:

iti

sribhugolapurane

umaniahesVarasamvade
o

agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadimahatmye paiicapahcasodhyayah It ends: keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastisF. 155:

ity
ll

keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah

iti

satatamodhyayah

ll

subham bhavatu

ll

148.

Whish No.
on
Size: llf a page.

150.
of which
is

X Is
Palm

in.,

209 leaves (the

first

missing), 7 lines

Material:

leaves.

-><

205

K&-

Date: 17 th
Injuries:

r 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

The

leaves are

numbered by Akaaras.

The

first

two leaves damaged.

of the

The Sutasamhitd

Skanda-Purdna.

The Sivama-

hatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf), the Jnanayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete, the end of the
Yajnavaibhavakhanda
F.
3:
is

missing.

See No.

76.

iti

srlskande purane

sutasamhitayam sivamahaii

iti skande purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah n Sivamahatmyakhandas samaptah n The Jhanayogakhanda ends (f. 83): iti jnanayogakhande samadhividhir vim.satitamoddhyayah samapta jhanayogakliandah The Muktikhanda ends (f. 112): iti muktikhande navamoddhyayah muktikhandas samaptah The MS. breaks off in the middle of the 39 th Adhyaya
(f.

tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah The Sivamahfitnryakhanda ends

41):

ll

ll

ll

ll

(which begins

f.

204) of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda.

149.

Whish No.
Size: 7|

151.
20

1^- in., (1)

+1+

109

+ (1) +

+ 29 +

(1) leaves,

7 or

8 lines on a page.
Niitcrial:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The

AhhijTidnasakuntala, by Kalidasa, in 7 Acts.

It begins: harih srlganapataye namah nandyante tatah pravisati sutradharah ya srastus srstir adya vahati vidhi-

hutam ya havir ya ca hotra

(read hotrl) ye dve kalarp

vi-

dhatta srutivisayaguna ya sthita vyapya visvani

yam

ahus

sarvabhutaprakrtir iti yaya praninah pranavantah pratyaksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir isah
i

jiaipatthyftbhimukham avalokya

aryyc yadi naipatthyavi-

^
dhanam avasitam
itas

206

Kr-

ama

ia

hmi

su

pravisya nati esa adya khalu abhirupabhuyistha parisad

!
I

tavad aganryatam

Kalidasagrathitavastuna

navena

natakenopasthatavyam
f.

asmabhih

etc.

The
f.

first

Anka

ends
f.

f.

16 b, the 2 nd A.

rd 30, the 3

A.

th A. 42, the 4 It breaks off

th A. 58, the 5 with: (f. 109b)

f.

th A. f. 94b. 72b, the 6 ca tava bhavatu api

I

vidaujah prajyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajiias (sic) svarggino bha(Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's vayalani yugasataparivartta.
edition.)
(2)

The Dahsayajnaprcibandha, a poem. The Catalogue of the Library of the India

part

Office, vol. II,

I, p. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna, by Ramanarayana', published Calcutta 1881. The same work? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins:

^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau

sa-

nandam

parijataprasavasulabhilan

(?)

manayan mandavatan

pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?) capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekhakalapah 1 It ends (f. 20): sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumiliii

tam prakrtaih

praptajlvaih datva rudrasya

bhagam
n

vidhi-

vad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan nivasam prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhuva iti daksayajnaprabandham samaptam
n
ii

(3)

A
It

fragment, not identified. harih sriganapataye begins:

namah avighnam

astu

sakam raja sagarbhyais samayajalanidhim dustaram sadhu tirttha (read tlrtva?) nirmmukto vaktrarandhrad vidhur iva tamaso bhasamano nitantam panim partthatmajenatbhutabhujamahasa grahayann uttarayas santusyan bandhuvarggais etc. saha amanasuto matsyapuryany avatsit matrvacam aciran niamya padatarit (?) vlnihaIt ends: namaskaric (?) cadarena nijasodarah ca samudam pranamya
I

The metre

requires a short syllable.

-5h

207

k-

samanatmajam
tan
teli
1

*
II

(P)
n

adi

yatudhanaparamesakoUupatina^m&rutasudevacaranaravindamakakan vUa * <?) 2

karutlbhinan

150.

Whish No.
Size:
6-

152.
generally 9 lines on a page.

X l?

in., (2)

+
e.

196

+ (2) leaves,

Material: Talm leaves.

Date: Kollam 999,

i.

A. D. 1824.

Character: Malayalam.

The Tantrasamuccaya.
It

begins:

grigurave

harih sriganapataye namah avighnani astu namah srirnatsatgunasambhrtam vapur adhistha1

yanugrhnati yah Sraddhabhaktipavitratopaharanai svararabhabhukarukaili purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) tarppito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityam

gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphuritahr(t)kamalodarasambhrtah likhitasmy atha tantrasamucca(?)3

1

samSradhnuyah
etc.

yah,

F. 103:

iti

tantrasamuccaye rahasyagamasarah patalah

(sic)

saniapi sasthaprakrtita thika pratisthah

11

krtapadapithapratimavarakapl-

tantrasamuccaye samudyatghatasanikhyaparikalpanaprakarah patalah kalasaprasadhanaitatsnapanakhyandavarosta samaptah

11

F. 144:

iti

It ends:

balipithamahaddhvajadijlttena
(sic)
11 11
1

vihitair
11
11

ddeva-

visuddhyavasrutais tatsulisoddhya

11

iti

samntra-

samuccyeye samaptah
language.)

(sic)

etc.

(Date

in

Malayalam

151.

AVhish No. 154.

xl'i in., (1) -f- 137 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 17^ or 18th C ent.?
Size: 7-f
1

-f

4 leaves, generally 7

lines

on a page.

2 3

The metre The metre

requires w _requires w _ for vila*.

Doubtful reading.

~5*
Character: Malayalam. way as No. 19.
Injuries: Leaves 93

208

k~
numbered by Aksaras,
leaf 100 lost.

The

leaves are

in

the same

and 94 damaged, half of

(1)

The Alawikarasarvasva by Rajanaka Ruyyaka or ManOur MS. mentions Mankhuka as the author's name. In Burnell, Tanjore, p. 54a, the name of the author
Tchulm.
is

Rajanaka

given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka.' Generally Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author

of our work.

Thus

in the

vyamala' (No. 35, Bombay MS. Wilson 406 (Aufrecht-Oxford 210a), where Ruppaka is a mistake for Ruyyaka. Mitra, Notices No. 3015 (vol. IX,
p.

edition published in the 'Ka1893); also in the Bodleian

117) has

Rajanaka Rucaka.

Biihler (Report, pp.

51,

67 seq.) has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru of Mankha or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita between A. D. 1135 and 1145). Is Mankhuka identical with Mankhaka, and was he the real author of the Alam-

karasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself? harih sriganapataye naroah avighnam It begins:

astu

namaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalamkarasutranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhataprabhrtayas tavac cirantanalamkarakarah pratlyamanam
arttham
vacyopaskarakatayrdamkarapaksaniksiptam

ma-

nyante tatha hi, etc. It ends: sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayibhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih samaptan cedam alamII

karasarvasvani

II

iti

Mamkhuko
sivaya

vitene

kasmlraksitipasa-

ndhivigrahikah

sukavimukhalamkaran tad idam alamkan

II
ii

rasarvasvam
astu
ii
ii

ii

namas

srmtaya

II

subham

ii

ii

(2)

A
It

fragment
begins:

(4 leaves,

marked ka, kha,

Sabdartth.au

ga,

gha),

not ca

identified.

iha

visistau

kavyam

tayos

-SH

209

r<r-

vaisistyan dharmamukhena vyaparamukhcna vyaingvaiuukliena va iti trayah prayahpaksah adyepy alamkarato guiuto
veti dvaividdhyara, etc.

It

ends:

trirupatvad
o

iti

paksadharmmatvam
trlni

sapal. je

satvam vipaksad vyavrttir

iti

rupani

II

vakyanyayo ml-

mamsakanyayah

152.

Whish No.
Size: 13-|

155.
leaves,

x lv

in.,

(1)

137

39

+ (1)

from 10

to 12 lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably copied for Mr. Whisk in the early part of the
19*h cent.

Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The Amarakosodghatana, a Commentary on Amarasimha's Namaliiiganusasuna, by Kslrasvamin. Not quite complete. See Aufrecht in Z. D. M. G., XXVIII (1874), pp. 103 seqq.;
Burnell, Tanjore, p. 45. It begins: harih srlganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

srigurubhyo

namah

disyac chivani sivayos tilakayamanam

gorocanarucilalatavilocanam

vah
bahir

anyonyagadhapariramiva

bhanipldanena

pindibhavan

sphutitonuragah

adyapy yorttharttbibhir budliah utpatyate yatheccham grhniddhvan namaratnani

prakrtipratyayavakyair

abhinnamudro

Amarakosa

esa
;

bhyani

mmah

nniruktinigadavyastasamastair saptastaih pathibhir nnamnam parayanam kurbhagna abhidhanakrto vivarltaras ca yatra vibhraiti
i

ntah namani tani bhaktum atigahanam alio vyavasita smah sahajo yas samullasah ksirabdhes sopi mamsyate candra
ity

atra kim
hi bhavet

kurmo gatanugatikah jagat

vasty

eva tan

na

kriyatenyatha yat kas chadayed dinamanim karasamputona saretarantaravicaracanan pratlryams tena-

ham

eva bata durjjana cakravarttl F. 21b: ity Amarakosotghatane

etc.

sabdadivarggas

saiii-

purnnah
rnnah
n

ii

P. 107:

ity

Amarakosotghatane yai^yavarggas

sanpipu-

-
F. 113:

210

h^-

sri-Ksirasvamyutpreksite Aniarakosotghatane bhumyadikando dvitiyah sudravarggas sampurnnah F. 128: ity Amarakosotghatane samkirnnavarggas samI

iti

purnnah

ii

It breaks off

(f.
I

137b) with:

saradi
n

bhavas saradah

laksanayabhinavah

suddho varsa ca adhrstopratibhah vidvatsupragalbhau visaradau vigatas saradopratibhatvan See Aniarakosa III, 3, 94. dososya viSaradah n n
I

ii

(2)

The Campubhurata, by Mdnareda. Stabakas I

Cf.

VI.
astu
I

'Manavedacampu', Aufrecht CC.

It begins:

harih

p.

451.

laksmim

Vyasabhidhanonisam yah praleyagirav Apantaratamorupena nityan tapah tanvanasya kalaharer avikala lokopakarodyatad rag asyandata bharatamrtajhari yasyeyam [asye yam] asyendutah 1 nrtyantam rajammukhe svapitaram stutyan trilokljanair nnityan tan nijakarnnatalavavanair atyantam anandayan aghnanas ca yathalayam bhuvi karagrenorunadam krpanighnatma sa
I 1

atanutat

sa

sriganapataye vo munivaro

namah avighnam

hi vighnaraja iha

F.

7:

iti
II

me vighnan vijeghnlyatam 2 sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate prathama

| I

stabakah
stabakah

It ends:

II

iti

sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate sastha

atha bhupatir atbhutavadanam gunasamra-

njitasarvajlvalokam yuvarajapade yuvanani

enam bharatam

niodabharahcitobhyasmcat

153.

Size:

7jXls

in.,

35

Whish No. 158. + 5 + 4 + 9 + 14 + 44

leaves,

7 or 8 lines

on a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Bate: 17* or 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

(1-3) Fragments of works, partly in Sanskrit, partly

y;ilam, not identified.

in

Mala-

-5*

211
(4)

x-

Fragment
It begins:

atah param pravaksyami yogam parainadurllabhara dharrnamoksapradaii tatvan divyam divya-

harih

of a Prayogasdra, a

work on ritual?

layapradam niskalasyapranieyasya devasya paraniatmanah santanayogam ity alms samsarocchittisadhanam yogat samadhis sayujyam sayiijyild divyasanmata sa hi samsarasandhana havanl muktir isyate kamakrodhas tatha lobho mohas ea mada eva ca matsaryan ceti sadvarggo vaiii mumuksuna ca yamas jneyo niyamas tadvad asannam pranadlniranam pratyaharo dharana ca dbyanan capi samaI

dliita,

etc.

iti prayogasare pancamah patalah n atah param pravaksyami yathavac chamkulaksanam nitye naimittike capi vasadhlne ca karmani dikvidiksamsaye prapte sam-

F. 8:

kus saranam ucyate, etc. It ends (f. 9 b): prasastasutrasuksman tu samkunaiva-

vadhrirayet

yathaiva

purvaparayamyasaumyadigbhagaviII

jiianam ihopadistam samasantastavisayam vivicya karyyani karmanibandhanani iti prayogasare satdvimsah patalah
II

(5)

Fragment
and domestic
It begins:

of a

work

of the

Prayoga kind, on witchcraft

mesamamsamalakirnnatatketaini^adliuyasya pitadadimiphalasanpattim mahatim labhate param

i

harih
1

rites.

kasyapi mamsena goksiragulasamgina tena siktena naramgi prathamam kusumo mesah kusussvadakhya phalosrita tharena ksate krte jamghayam tilactirnnena samena madhuI

etc. sarppisa F. 1 margin:

i

F. F.

F.

padapadohalaprakaravidhi. lb marg.: vrksasecanam. 2 marg.: vljaropanam. (Read bija 2b marg.: vrksavaicitryadohalabhedah

?)

bljastam-

bhanam.
F. 5 marg.:
1

tilakosarvalokavasyakaram.
of the syllable ssva
is

The reading

doubtful.

14*

H3*

212

*S~

F. 5 b marg.: rtunasam. F. 8 niarg. vahjiraprakriya. F. 9 marg.: payastambhah.

:

F.

10 marg.:

bhunagatailaprakarah.

bhunagolpatti-

prakarah. F. lib marg.: dirghakesakaranam. kesavrddhih. F. 12 marg.: karnnavrddhih. kucavarddhanam.

F. 12 b marg.: strimukhakantikaranam. syamikaharanam.

kantisaurabhakaranam. F. 13 marg.: sarlradurgandhaharanam

I
i

dordduramo-

daharanam kantisaurabhavadanadurgandhaharanam karanam F. 13b marg.: sussvarakaranam. atibuddhiprayogali.

i

ksulpipasaharanaprayogah. F. 14 marg.: pipasaharanam.

It ends
(f.
:

dugdkayuktam 14)

phalam dhatryadinaikam
II

pesayet tatah sitajyasahitali vacyamodakam bhaksayet tu tarn dasaratresu sambanti pipasan ca na samsayah n
(6)

The Sambhava-Parvan of the MaJiabharata in twelve Adhyayas. This MS. has been fully treated in my paper "On the South-Indian Recension of the Mahabharata,"
,

Indian Antiquary,

vol.

XXVII,
154.

1898, pp. 134136.

Whish No.
Size: 10

159.

Xl?

in.,

72

leaves, 7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 17 th or 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.
Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged by
,

insects.

The Prakrtariipavatara
liaraja,

a Prakrt

matik

son of Samudralmndhayajvan. See Pischel, der Prakrit-Sprachen (Biihler's Grundriss

Grammar, by SimGramI,
8),

Strassburg 1900, p. 42 seq. It begins: harih grlganapataye

namah

avighnara astu
daityavar-

antarayandhatamasaviddhvamsanavibhakaram

-*h

213

tniopamarddendum vande karimukham mabah (read ahamVj uttarabbimukha bhakta yasya vacaspatav api bhajami bbagadheyan tarn prasannam daksinamukham setum vyakhyai

narupam gahanam akrta yas Sastrasahityasindhor buddhya baddbva yatbarttbam vyaracayata nijam sindhubandbetisamjnara natva tam yayajukam nigama.vidbividam tatarn asya prasadad vyaktam rupavatarain viracayati mitam
iba prakrtasabdas tridha Simbarat prakrtiyara skrtasainas samskrtabbava desyas ceti etc.
i i

sam-

F. 13:

ity

ajantah pullimgah parisamaptah

I

athajanta

strllimga ucyante F. 72b ends:

yusmadadibhyab
i

parasya cbasya didaro

ii

bbavati
Ff.

tuhmara
f.

ahmara

anyadrsasyannfi iravara isau

vassadi

7375
ii

are omitted.
76:

It ends on
n

*****

ssagrhnau drsigrabob

grbnadi sakalavidyaviSaradasya Samudrabandbayajvanas sununa Simharajanamadheyena viracite prakrtarupavatare saurasenyadivibbagas samaptab

n

iti

155.

Whish No.
Size: 6-g-xli
in., (1) -(-

160.

103

+ (1)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Paper. Date: 17th r 18th cent?

Character: Malayalam.

The Amarokosa,
simha.
It begins:

or tbe

Namalinganusasana by Amara-

barib

srlganapataye

namab avigbnam

astu

yasya jfianadayasindhor, etc. It ends 2 dvandvesvabadavav asvabadava na sarnabrte kantas suryenduparyayapurvoyabpurvakopi ca vatakas c;i:

nuvakas ca kudumgakah limgadisamgrabavarggah Amarakosakandain etc. yakandas samaptab

I

II

iti titi-

Leaf damaged. See III, 5, 1617.

~5*

214
156.

h$-

AVhish No. 162.

Size: 72

-x1t

in.,

137 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 17th

r 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

Leaves numbered by Aksaras.

,

The Sivadharmottara CC. p. 649.

It begins:

in

12 Adkyayas.

See Aufrecht

sriganapataye naniah avighnam astu jhanasaktidharam santam kumaram sanikaratniajam deva

I
i

harih

danam skandam Agastyah pariprcchati bhagavan darsanat tubhyam antyajasyapi samgatih saptajanmasu vipratva(m) svarggat bhrastasya jay ate yenasi natha bbutanam sarvesam annkampakah atas sarvahitan dharmam samksepat prabravibi me dharma bahuvidha de^ai devena kathitah kila te ca srutas tvaya sarve prcchami tvam ahan tatab kimpradhanas sive dharmas sivavakyaii ca kldrsam
limgerccitas
sivah kena vidhina samprasldati vidyadanafi ca dananam sarvesam uttamam kila tac ca srutau dvijetat

**

ndranan nanyesam samudahrtam naii jayate kena karmana, etc.

F.

punyani sarvavarna-

8b:

iti

sivadharmottare
i

gosadamgavi(dhi)r
vidyarogyastutir

nnama
nnama
ii

prathamoddkyayah
F.

25b:

iti

sivadharmottare
11

dvitlyoddhyayah F. 74b: iti

F. 97:

papagativiseso

nama

sap tamoddhy ayah

F. 112:

iti

svargginarakicilmaddhyayo
.

nama

iti

praya6cittavidhir

nnama ekadasoddhya-

yah

II

It ends:

ii

iti

gomahatmyan nilma dvadasoddhyayah samaptam namas sivaya

n

sivadharmottare skanda[h]prokte sivagame sivadharmottaram

11

157.

AVhish No. 163.

Size: 7|
23]

X l4

in., (1)

+ (1) +

1 -f (1)

+ 1 + 52 + 2 + (1) + 17 [numbered + 20 leaves, 7 lines on a page.

from 7 to

~x
Material: Palm leaves.

215

*<h

Date: 17 th or 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam. Leaves numbered by Aksaras.

(1)

A fragment

of the Bhagavadgltd, breaking off at the

th beginning of the 14 Adhyaya (verse 14), followed by fragments of works which 1 cannot identify.

some

It begins:
sira,

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu

I
I

Dhrtara-

uvaca

dharmmaksetre kuruksetre samaveta ynyui

tsavah

caiva kirn akurvata Sanjaya uvaca drstva tu pandavanlkam Sanjaya vyudhan Duryodhanas tada acaryam upasamgamya raja vacanam abrai

mamakah pandavag

vit

etc.

F. 4b:

iti

srlbhagavatgltasiipanisatsu brahmavidyayain

yogasastre

srikrsnarjunasanivade
ll

arjjunavisadayogo

nSma
-

p lathamoddhyayah The 13 th Adhyaya ends

f.

52.

Then follows: srlbli a

gavan

mam
tah,

ya(j) jhatva
etc.

param bhiiyah pravaksyami jnananam jnanam munayas sarve param siddhim ato

utta-

ga-

F.

52b ends:

pravrddhe

tu

pralayam yati dehabhit

tadottamavida(m) lo. Then follow two leaves, not numbered.

begins
:

The

first leaf

niiilambhoruhamaddhyakonavilasatbandhidvara-

gojvalah jvrilajalajitendukantilaharl[m]m anandasandayinlm helalalitamlakuntaladharan nilottariyaipiukam kolluradinietc. vasinlm bhagavatm dbySyami mukambikam 7 to 23. as leaves numbered 17 of leaves, fragment
I

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu suklasasivainnam caturbhujam prasannavisnum mbaradharam vadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye on namo bhagavate vasudevaya on namo bhagavate purusottamaya on
begins:
I

harih

namo narayanaya on namas

F. 20:

aksobhyas

sarvalokagurave,

etc.
i

sarvapraharanayudhah

harih

iti

om kirttanam yasya kesavasya mahatmanah nainnam sahasran divyanam asesena praklrttitam ya idam srnuyan
nityam, etc. It ends (f. 23b):

kayena

vaca manasendriyair va bu-

->i

216

K~

ddhyatmana vanusrta svabhavat karomi yad yat sakalam subham astu parasmai narayanayeti samarppayami A fragment of one leaf begins: harih mahesvara rsih anustup chandah annapiirnnesvari devata on namo bhagavati annapurnesvari annam me dehi dadapaya svaha Vamesvara rsih gayatrl chandah kumaramurttir dde-

vata
(2)

etc.

The Anandalahari, by Saukaracarya. See Haeberlin's

Kavyasamgraha
It

sriganapataye begins:
api
i

pp. 246 seqq.

naniah avighnam astu sivas

saktya yukto yadi bhavati saktah prabhavitum na ced evan devo na khalu kusala spanditum api atas tvam araddhyam
haribaravirihcadibhir
It

pranantum stotum va katham

1
i

akrtapunyah prabhavati
ends:

pradlpajvalabhir
candropalajalalavair
I

ddivasakaranlrajanavidhis

sudbasutes

arggliyaracana
n

svaklyair

ambhobhis salilanidhisauhityakaranan tvadlyabhir vagbhis tava janani vacam stutir iyam 103 ya kanthanalakaballkrtakalakutacchayeva visphurati vaksasi candramauleh sa me samastaduritani kataksamala tucchlkarotu tuhinacalakanyakayah
II

158.

Whish No.
Size:

164.
the

7x1t

in.,

150 leaves

(but

two

first

leaves are

lost'*,

from 7 to 9
Material:

lines

on a page.
leaves.

Palm

Date: 17th cen t.?

Character: Malayalam.
Injuries:

The MS.

is

in a very

Leaves numbered by Aksaras. bad condition, many leaves being

(1)

badly damaged.

$ankara s Commentary on the Bahvrcabrdhmana-Upand nisad, i. e., the 2 Aranyaka of the Aitareya- Aranyuha (ff. 3108).

The beginning
F.
7:

is

atranantaratikrante
yasmin

lost.

granthe

karmmadhigatam

mahad

mahavratakhyam ukthakhyam Sastram

^
brhati

217

k~
tat

sahasralaksanam

sasyate

karmmoktliasastro-

palaksitam ukthannamanekalokakaladevatadivibhedavisist'i-

pranavijnanena samucciclrsi **, etc. F. 34b: svargge loke sarvan kaman aptvarurtas samabhavat samabhavad iti n iti sn-Govindabhagavatpujyapada-

sisyaparamahauisaparivrajakacarya-srI-Samkarabhag;tv;it]i;t-

dakrtau bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivarane pratbamoddbvayah prilna uktbam ity etad avadharitam tasya ca pra^asya
11

sarvatmatvan tan ca sarvatmapranam uktbam abam asmlti vidyat karmajbanadbikrtab purusah, etc. Adhyaya 2 ends f. 45 b; Adby. 4 f. 92; Adby. 5 f. 103.
It ends:

iti

srI-Govindabbagavatpujyapa(la^i^ya|iaiaiiia-

bamsaparivrajaka-Samkarabbagavatpadakrtaubahvrcabrahbrahmane namah srlgurunianopanisattlka samapta sridurggayai namab narayanava naniah bbyo namab
n
ii
ii

II

ll

II

(2)

SahkarcCs Commentary on tbe Samhita-Upanisad, i. e., the 3 rd Aranyaka of tbe Aitareya-Arawjahn (ff. 109 150).

It

begins:

om

athatas

samhitopanisad
iti

asyas

samhitaya upanisad ity adya samksepato vivaranam karisyamab

mandamaddbyamabuddhinam

api tadarttbabbivyakti syad tadarttbavijnanaprayojanan ca vaksyati sandbiyate pra-

jaya pasubhir ity adi, etc. It ends (on tbe fragmentary leaf 150 b):
ll

**** bbagavat*** ::
ll

rabhagavatpujyapadasisyasrimatparamabamsaparivra ** krtau samhitopanisadvivaranam sa ** ya namab * ai ** akhilabbuvanasridurggade srlkrsnaya namab betun nityavijnanamurttim sakalajanahrdistbam sarvadava
II

ll

***** n

devadevam prasam ************

159.

AVhish No. 165.

Size:

11&X2

in.,

(2)

+ 45

leaves (numbered as 38 to 82), 13 lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

~3*

218

*3~

The Commentaries on the

Trptidlpa, Kutasthadipa (Tat-

paryadipika), and Dhydnadzpa, parts of the Pcmcadasi, by Bamdkrsna, the pupil of Bharatitirfha and Vidyaranya. See Nos. 58 and 81 (2).
It begins
(f.

38):

vedartthasya prakasena tamo harddam

|

nivarayan pumartthams caturo deyad vidyatirtthainahesvarah natva sri-Bharatitirtha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate

I

vy&kkyanam gurvanugrahat trptidlpakhyaiu prakaranam arabhamana sri Bharatitlrtthagurus tasya srutivyakhyanarupatvad vyakhyeyam srutim adau pathati
trptidipasya
[

atmanafi ced vijaniyad ayam a + iti ptirusah, etc. iti F. 63 b: srlparamahamsaparivrajakacriryya-sri-BhaB,amakrsnaratltirttha - Vidy aranyamunivaryyakimkarena

khyavidusa viracita trptidipika vyakhya samapta subham astu natva srl-Bharatitlrttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kurve
II

II

kutasthadlpasya vyakhyan tatparyyadipikam

F. 70:

etc.
n
II

iti

kutasthadipavyakhya samapta
etc.

natva

srl-Bharatltir ttha -Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate

I

ddhy ana-

dipasya vyakhya samksepato maya iti It breaks off (f. 82b) with the words: proktam arttham iti uktam naciketasa upayamenapi prcchate iha vamarane vasya bra. samharati

160.

Whish No.
Size: l\

169.

X ll in
Palm

(1)

19

(1)

14

+ 21 +

(1)

+ 57

leaves, gene-

rally 8 lines

on a page.
leaves.

Material:

Date: 18* or 19* cent.? Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta, the son of Bhattaka.

See No.' 54
It begins:
(3).

astu sukhasantanasiddhyartthan naumi brahmacyutarccitam gaurivinayakopetam samkaram lokasrir

|

sarakaram 1 vedartthasaivasastrajhoBhattakol)hu(d) dvijottamah tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah n 2

li
li
I

~>4
It ends:

219

k~
fl

iti

sasthoddhyayah
(2)

vrttaratnakarah purnnah

ora

II

Fragment
found in this

of

the

LaUtastavaratna.
see Nos. 63
(5),

The

title

is

not
17-1

MS. But

115 (12) and

which contain other copies of the same Stotra. It begins: vande gajendravadanam vamamkarudhavalla-

bhaslistam

kumkumaparagasonam
jayati
i

kuvalayinljarakoraka-

pidam

sa

suvarnasailas

sakalajagaccakra-am-

ghatitamurttih

kancananikunjavatlkandaladamaripraban2
II

dhasamgitah
devasilpina

II

...
I

tatra

catussatayojanaparinahan

racitani

nanasalamanojnan
i

namamy ahan

nagaram adividyayah
It breaks off
(f.
I

14):

pariskrtam sevyam yami kundasitam induni

prakasamanan taranikaraih amrtamayakantikandalam antah kalai

tatra
102

etc.

srimgn.

(3)

The Bdrhaspatyasutra,
6 Adhyayas.
It begins:
I

or Nitisarvasva by Brhaspati, in

Brhaspatir athacaryva
|

upadisati [njraja dandanitir eva vidyadharmmam api lokavikrustan dayet

i

atmavan
etc.
iti

indraya nitisarvasvam atniavantam mantrinam a]).i-

na kuryat
It

ends:

Barhaspatyasutre
i

sasthoddhyayah

II

<v\-

gurubhyo naniah

subham astu
(4)

atmayate svatmavidafi jananiim margayate janmavivarjjitanani dip ay ate yo jagatam abhlstam dadatu nas sonyataranavek^ani ya hora
| |

First Part of the Subodhini, Brhajjdtdka of Varahamihira. It begins: siiganesaya naniah

Commentary on

the

racita Varahamihirilcriryyena nanartthinl tasya matgurudeetc. vatananasarojataprasadagatain It breaks off at the beginning of the 2 nd Adhyaya:
i

iti

sav}'akhyane horasastre samjhaddhyavah prathamah

harih

~>t

220

k~

om

II

tatra

subkani astu atha grhayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kalaI

sacivau purusasyatmadisvarupam rajadirupatvah caha 1 kalatma presyah sahajah kalasyatma kalasya.

.

II

II

161.

Whish No.
Size:

171.

T^xlf
An

in.,

39 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

is

Material:

Palm

leaves.

entry by Mr. Whish probably written at that date. Character: Malay alam.

Date:

dated 'Calicut 1823'. The

MS. was

The Krmlyam, an
(2)

astrological treatise.

See No. 113

and No. 162.

begins:

It

sriganapataye
I

namah

avighnam astu
divyayutani

srl-

gurubhyo
ajiianan

namah

yena

traikalyajhanam
tajjhanani

samnmditam
vaksye

timiravarttibhyo

tasmai

namaskrtyam jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loke tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese

1 jyotisajhena n 2 n etc. It ends: Krsnasya krtis cintajhanani krsiilyam

iti

narana
II

krsniye ekatrimsoddhyayah Krsnryain samaptam harih siikrsnaya namah srivasudevaya namah etc.
II ii
I

iti

162.

Whish No.
Size:

172.

Material:

5-|xl| in., (2) -fPalm leaves.

54

-f-

(10) leaves, 9 lines

on a page.

Date: Beginning of 19 th cent.?

Character:

Ma lay alam.
of the

Fragment
It begins:

Krmlyam, an
sriganapataye

astrological treatise.

See No. 161.

harih

namah avighnam

astu
|

yena traikalajhanam ajhanatimiravarttibhyah tajhanan divyayutani vaksye tasmai namaskrtyah jyotisa1

uktam

See below No. 162 for various readings.

~>i

221

*s-

phalani adesah phalarttham aranibhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese jyotisajhanena, etc
It breaks off with the words:

sasisukrabhyara iste

sitir

ggavo hrtas sagopalah

163.

Size: 14-g-x2

in.,

(1)

Whish No. 174. + 59 leaves, 10 lines

is

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:
not

An

entry by Mr. "Whish

dated 1828.

The MS.

is

probably

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

The Bhasdpariccheda, by Visvanfdha Pancanana Bhattacarya, followed by the Author's own Commentary Siddhantamuktdvali.
It begins:

**

srlganapataye
i

namah avighnam

astu

6rl-

gurubhyo namah
kulacoraya
i

nutanajaladhararucaye gopavadhutidu-

tasmai

krsnaya namas

samsaramahiruhasya
savisesakam
n
I

bljaya dravyam gunas tatha

karmma samanyam
i

2 samavayas sapta manah atha ksityaptejomarudvyomakaladigdehino dravyany 3 guna rupam raso gandhas tatah param sparsas samca tatah khya parimitih prthaktvan param samyoga& ca ca 4 etc. vibhagas paratvah capa(ra)tvakam F. 6b: iti paribhasaparicchedas samaptah It ends: iti srlmahopaddhyaya-Pahcananabhattacaryyaviracita siddhantamuktavali samapta harih om srlgurubhyo
kirttitfih
li
I i

tathabhavah padartthas

li

ll

namah

ll

164.

Whish No.
Size: 13j

175.
lines

1-ff

in.,

43 leaves, generally 8

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 18th cent. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered as follows: ma ma mi ml mu mu mr mf ml me mai mo mau ma mama ya ya na na ni nl nu nu nr nf nl nl ne nai no nau nama yi yl yu yu yr na pa pa pi pi pu.

HH

222

r<~

Fragment of the Eharttrkavya (Bhattikcwya) with the Commentary Jayamangala. The first leaf begins: vyasaktam mam hatavan karmmani hana iti ninih tatra hi kutsitagrahanam karttavyam ity uktam yadi sugrive(na) mama virodhah kin tavayam iti kutsitam hananan tad eva darsayann aha papakrt sukrta(m) maddhye rajnah punyakrtas sutah mam apapan duracaram kin niha-

11

papakrd ityadi etc. tyabhidhasyasi iti bharttrkavyatlkayah jayamamgalabhidhanaF. 20 b:

II

yam adhikarakande prathamah paricchedah

n

li

sugrlvasama-

gamasamjhakah pahcamas sarggah The last (P) 1 leaf ends: mriyamahe na

gacchamah

kausalyayanivallabham upalambhyam apasyantah kaumarim he patatam vara mriyamaha ity adi patatam vara
I

mriyamahe na gacchamah kim iti kaumarim akrtapurvadaraparigraham pati[ta]m labdhavatim kaumarapurvavacana iti kausalyaya apatyam kausalyakarmaryyabhyaii ceti phiii kausalyayanih ramah tasya vallabham istam uj>alabhyam
prasastam por adupadhad yat upat prasamsayam pratyaye num apasyantah anupalabhamanah
11
i

iti

yati

165.

Whish Xo.
Size: 14xl-?r
in-i

176.

(4)

271

(1)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:
1831'.

An

entry by Mr. "Whish

is

dated 'Tellicherry, December

older.

The MS. may be about 50 years

Character: Grantha.

The Bgveda-Samhita in the Pada-Patha, accented, Astakas I IV. The Udatta accents are expressed by the sign^_ (u?) placed on the top of the syllable. The Svarita is expressed by the signy at the bottom of the At the end of unaccented line, e. g. kvay in V, 30, 1.

words
1

Ave find

the sign

at the

bottom of the

line.

The

Possibly the leaves are disarranged.

See Panini IV,

1,

155; III,

1,

98; VII,

1,

66.

->>

223

h3~

sign

L
l

is

used to express the Anunasika,

I

e. g.

devan

a
|

iha
It

vaksati^
begins:
i

in I, 1, 2.
I

agnim
n

lle^
I

devam The

rtvijam
first
II

hotaram
f.

Astaka ends

hitam yajhasya ratna dhatamam 70: prathamastake astamoI

purah

ddhyayah

raglm m anyavail ^
bharaddhvani
271b.

The second Astaka

I

begins:
i

pra

vah^
i

prantam
i

andhah yajnam

rudraya

milhnse

II

etc.
f.

Astaka II ends
f.

137b, Astaka III

f.

202b, Astaka
l

IV
1
1

The MS. contains also the following Khilas Khila III on ff. of Mandala Khila 108b, 109; (end (end of I) Mandala II) on f. 133; Kh. IV (end of hymn V, 44) on f. 218b; Kh. VI (end of hymn V, 51) on f. 221b; Kh. VII (end of V, 84) on f. 235; Kh. XI (end of VI, 44) on f. 260; Kh. XII (end of VI, 48) on f. 265. The Khilas I, are not found. V, VIII (Srlsukta), IX and
:

166.

Whish No.
Size:

177.
as
ff.

19x2^

in.,

(1)

166

[numbered

160323,

ff.

281,

282 counted twice] 1 leaves, 11 (sometimes 12) lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated "Tellicherry December 1831".

The MS. may be about the same age

a different hand.

as

No. 176, but

it is

written by

Character: Grantha.

The Rgveda-Samhita in the Pada-Patha, accented the same manner as No. 176), Astakas V VIII.

(in

It begins: stuse nara asvina huve^ jaramanah

I
i I

divah
|

vya

vya asya arkkaih

I

pra-santa

etc.

The V th Astaka ends f. 198b, the VI th Astaka f. 241, the VII th Astaka f. 282b, and the VIII th Astaka f. 323b.
i

See Professor

Max

Miiller's 2 nd Edition of the

vol.

Pugveda-Samhita

with Sayana's Comm.,

IV, pp. 519 sqq.

-$*

224

k~

Mandala
Khila
places,

IX XVII

ends
f.

f.

265b.

247 b.

Khila XIV is found on f. 178, There may be more Khilas in other

though I could not find them.

49 vah^ sii-saha asati It ends: gatiyatha tirnnadhadhamastama nassanna sanus sanam '(??) addhyaI

II

II

II

yasya suktani vargasamasamkhyani

II

ity

astamestakestamo-

ddhyayah
dudurllipi

II

subrahmanaya
etc.

paramagurave

namah

ll

bin-

167.

WfflSH No. 178.

Size:

15|xli
Palm

in.,

+ 165

leaves, 7 or 8 lines

on a page.
is

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whisk dated 1831.

very Character: Grantha.

The MS.

probably not

much

older.

and the Prahrticaldhsara of the Sdmaveda, An entry by Mr. Whish (ff. 157 b 165) the Samasays: "This volume contains the Peakeitih of same the C. M. Vedah; and the CHalakshkam of NB. The Chalaksharam is AVhish Tellicherry 1831

The Prdkrti

(ff.

1157)

a running index of the Prakritih." The first 6 leaves contain an Index to the volume, written by Mr. Whish.
It
yl,

gautamasya parkkah begins: hi na vo i to ya pre i tokaya pre

I

o ta
i
I

gna

a cho
I

vya

co
i

tsa ve

a pa 9 ma 9 jho da na no i kah te gna a yahi vi taya havya gr takaya i ni ghai ho tl satsi barha i si baverha i sa au ho va See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1. etc. di 9 pa 6 ma 6 tr bajarhl si
I

dato ya pre ba au ho va
I

tokaya pre
hi tu si
I i

gr ka nk no ha naghl i ho ta sa
n

di 7

ll

F.

2:

ekonavimsati
ll

F. 4b: dvitlyah vimsati caturtthah n

F. 18:

ekavinisatis
etc.

prathamah

ll

F.

3:
n

trtlyah

pahcadasa dvaF.
7:

caturdaa

dvadasa

ll

harih

om

agneyain sama-

ptam

ll

-3*

225
II

hs~

F. 30b:

dvavimsati
n

sastbab

samaptam
Sv.
I,

om
4,

tvastri

sama

samam 132 babusami klia pam yantih etc. See

li
i

2,

2,

1.

F. 35 b:

ekadasa

sasthah

64
I

ekasami samaptam
bhi
tva su
i

om

pa bbaradvajasyarkkaii dvau See Sv. I, 3, 1, 5, 1. brhati samaptam F. 51b: ekadasa staniab

li

etc.

II

samam
H

150

li

F. 58:

trayodasa
I

tritiyab

saikhandinain
F. 66
F.
:

F.

80: sodasa navainab indrapuccbam samaptam 116: pancatrimgad ekadasa pavamanam sam.ili

caturvimati
ll

gH, yi

ya

etc.

trstup See Sv.

ll

samaptam
I,

om
n

4,

2.

1,

1.

caturttbah

anusUip samaptam

li

ptam
ptam
ptab
ll

ii

samam

F. 127 b:
ii

F. 137: F. 150:
ii

dvadasa saptamab pratbamaparvam sama saptadasa saptamah dvitlyaparvas saman n

387

ll

barib

tritiyaparvam samaptam n samam 248 firanam samaptam F. 157 dasa trtiyah F. 156: sukriyam samaptam di 6 pa a ci da ka yo ends: hi ma stbi ka a pre subbam astu sriguru6 ma 2 ka n gayatram samaptam
ll

dvadasastamab
ll
I

om

ll

ll

caranaravindabbyam namah

ll

etc.

(Scribe's

colopbon in

Malayalam language.) F. 157b begins: agnijbo duku agnirvatra dbudbedi

tra tra tarn

I

agne jbu agnin

I

eb)-undainr vivasvad agho ekonavimsati pratbamah tam vo nu etc. See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1.

nnojbego

prestba cbodbau ku tvam agne bi tbe a te ju

I

tva-

agne
I

namas

te

du

du-

It ends
vi

(f.

165):

dasa
i

tritlyab

ii

Sukriyam samaptam
I

ll

dama gbavanvi darayendran dbanasya cauti dbu a i va no u dvaya nte tatsaka sakvari samaptam prakrtibarib om etc. calaksaram samaptam
ii
i i

ll

168.

Whish No.
Size:

179.
lines

7lxl|

in.,

+ 54

leaves,

4 or 5

on a page.
15

Material:

Palm

leaves.

h>4

226

h^-

Date: 17

r 18th cent.?

Character: Malayalam.
(1)

fragment of the Niddnasihdna of theAstdfigasavngraha

1
.

by Vdgbhata, Adhyaya 3 smrto vatapittaslesrnaksataksayaih ksayayoIt begins: tesam bhavisyatam sarve balinas cottarottaram peksitas

rupani tatradho vihatonilah

iva

kanthe kandurarocakah sukapurnabhakanthatvam

I

urddhvam pravrttoras tasmin kanthe ca samsajan sirasrotamsi sampuryya tatonigany utksipann

i

etc.

It ends:

kramad
I

vlryyam rucih pattir balani varnnas

ca hiyate

ksinasya sasriimutratvam syac ca prsthakati-

grahah vayu[h]pradhana(h) kupita dhatavo rajayaksmanah.

(2)

Some Vaisnava tracts, viz. Ekadasivratamahatwiya, Jayantimahatmya

Anantavrata
the Skanda-Purana, Jayantwrata (?), and (?), Bhdskaramatamdhatmya. The first tract begins: sriganapataye namah avighnam Yudhisthira uvaca srutam may a yadusrestha vrataastu nam uttamotta[motta]mam krt[v]artthosmi na sandehas

from

anyo me samsayo bhuyad dhrdi tvalprasadad adhoksaja *** hi vidyate salyah ivarppitah chettum arhasi devesa na
i i

tvam

rte devaklputra sarvajna

yadupumgava ekadaslvratam
I

idan nityam va kamyam eva va etc. iti ekadaslvratamahatmyam samaptam It ends (f. 19):

namostu

tejase dhenupaline lokapaline

i

gasayine sesasayine krsnahari

ii

dharapayodharotsamsivaramanarayanagovindamahadeva(f.

The Jayantlmahatmya begins namah kapilasuryyaya namah

I

20):

sriganapataye
I

vidvatpatmaprabodhaikanidanajnanatejase
jayantyas caiva

sandrajhanatamaschide sri-Naradah
11

mahatmyam kathayasva pitamaha tacchrutvaham gamisyami tad visnoh paramam padam pitamaha
i

vatsa pravaksyami prabhavaii castamlsu ca etc. jayani punyan ca kurute ksayam papasya yasya ca

uvaca

si'nu

As

Prof. Aufrecht kindly informs me.

-X
It

227

hs~

ends

(f.

41b):
ll

iti

skandapurane sVijayantlmahatmyam
(f.

sampurnam The Jayantivrata begins

41b):

atah

param

pra-

raksyami jayantivratani uttaruam caturvarggapradan nni.-mi vaisnavanam visesatah anantarn putradam sridam monta(read

moksa)dafi ca visesatah

tithitrayam anuttamam saptann

sravanyam krsnapakse ca castarul caiva navaml ca

tatha srnu paratrayan nisa caiva dinatrayam atah param budhas ca gurus ca sukrau ca paratrayam udahrtam, etc

F.47:

dvadaSaksaramantrena snapayed vidhipurvakara

I

naniah panaranye varttamanas dava duhkhadarsitah (read karsitah?) krsnan drstva yathanyaya(ni) pranipatyedam abruvan vayan duhkhena sanjatah prthivyam puru^ottama katham muktir vadasmakain ananharih sriganapataye
te
i

anantavratam asty anyat srikrsna(h) sarvapapapranaSanam sarvapapaharan nfnam strmah caiva

tad dukkasagarat
I
I

Yudhisthira
F. 54

etc

vratan devapurohitena labdham tasmSd amarttya manujas ca Bhaskarasannikarsat pura iti Bkaskaraabkistan sakalan caritva vratan jagmur

ends: ittham

ll

mataniahatmyara samaptani

ll

ll

169.

Whish No.
Size:

181.

9jXli

in., (1)

15 leaves. 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19 th cent.?

Character

Malayalam.

The Tarkasamgrdha, by Annamblmlja.

It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu[h] nidhaya hrdi visvesva[ra]ni vidhaya srigurubhyo namah
|

guruvandanam
grahah
It
I

balanam sukhabodhaya kriyate tarkasam-

etc.
:

Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye tarkaAnnambhattena vidusa racitas tarkasamgrahah

o

ends

15*

H2*

228

Kr-

jagatah pitarau samgrahas samaptah naniah srlkrsnaya paramesvarau

li

yande

vrtrppati

li

170.

Whish No.
Size:

182. on a page.

7|xl4-

in.,

(1)

+ 38

leaves, generally 8 lines

Material: Palm

leaves.

Date: Kollam year 997

Character: Malay alam.

= A.

D. 1822.

The Manimanjan, a Commentary on Kedara Bhatttis

Vrttaratnctkara, by

Narayana, the son

of

Nrsimhayajvan.

See No. 54
It begins:

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu svetambhodhisthitan devam etc. See the beginning in atha praripsitasya granNo. 54 (3). yathamatih
I

harih
. . .

(3).

li

thasyavighnaparisamaptipracayagamanarttham namaskaram karoti sukhasantanasiddhyartthan

I

istadevata-

naumi
loka-

brahniacyutarccitam

gaurlvinayakopetam samkaram
etc.

samkaram
It

spastortthah,

ends: yas

tu prayunkte kusalo visese sabdan yathaI

vad

vyavaharakale

sonantam
1

apnoti
li

jayam

paratra

vagyogavid

dusyati napasabdaih

khyayam manimanjaryam
sriganapataye

vrttaratnakaravyasasthoddhyayah purnnah harih

iti
li

namah

asmatgurubhyo
li

namah

vrttaratnakaravyakhyanam samaptam

srisarasvatyai na-

mah

etc.

(Date in Malayalam).

171.

Whish No.
Size:

183.

9Jj-Xlf

in-,

10 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18* or 19* cent.?

Character : Malayalam.
i

See Mahabhasya, ed. Kielhorn,

I,

p. 2.

-5*

229

r<~

Three Stotras,
(1)

viz.,

the Durgastaka

(ff.

12);

(2) the Hastamalaka

(ff.

2b 3);
(ff.

(3)

the Mantraksaramala

b 10 b).

matar mine madhukait.abhaghni rnahisapranapaharodyame helanirmmitadhumralocanayadhe he candamundarddini nissesikrtaraktabljanidhane nitye nisumbhavahe sumbhaddhvamsini samharasu duritam durgge namas tembike 1 traiva(r)nyanam gunanam anusaranaka laIt begins:
1 I

harih

ke! inanavatarais trailokyas

tranasilam danujakulavanivahni-

kilasalilam devlm saccinmayln tain vipulitavinamatsatrivar-

ggapavarggam durggam devlm prapadye saranam aham

asesfipadunmulanaya
I

2
f.

santah pathantu stavam hrnmohaddhvantabhanupratiakbilavipatjjyalatulanalabham mani amitasamkalpakalpadrukalpam daurggani daurggatya-

The Durgastaka ends

2:

etat

ghoratapatuhinakaraprakhyani
nainah

auho(?)gajendrasrenipahca|

syadesyam suvipulabhayakalahitarksyaprabhavam sridevyai

i

The Hastamalakam
manaScaksuradipravrttau

(f.

2b)

begins:

harih

nimittam

nirastakhilopadhir

akasakalpah

ravir llokacestanimittam yatha yas sa nityopalabdhisvarupo-

ham
F.

atnia
3

ends: tatha cancalatvam tathaplha visnau hastamalakah See No. 63 (6) above p. 82.
ii

iti

The Mantraksaramala

(f.

sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye above Nos. 43 (2) and 112

It

3b) begins: harih kallolollaSee virajanmanidvipe, etc.

(5).

ends

(f.

10b): srimantraksaramalaya
some
lines in the

girisutam yah
1

pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suvihitam tasyavidhatte malasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisutanrttam sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganniaipgala
I

(Then follow
i

Malayalam language).

The other two MSS. read suniyatam.

-&

230

k~

172.

Whish No.
Size:

184.

7x1*

in.,

(1)

30

(6)

leaves, 6 or 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th or 19th cent.?

Character: Telugu.
Injuries:

The MS.

is

much damaged by

insects,

some

leaves being

almost

illegible.

treatise

on dreams (Svapnadhyaya?), only partly in

Sanskrit.

The beginning
It

is

not Sanskrit.
I

devatan

(read syat tv asamsayah) marppanam astu H

ii

ends: saktya tu daksinam dadyat namasyann istadoso na syatvu samsayah sarvadusvapnajanitam ** srira8 iti
I

II

dusvapnasa

ii

173.

Whish No.
Size:

188.
(5

8lxll

in.,

20 leaves, 7 lines on a page

lines

only on

the last 3 leaves). Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18 * or 19th cent.?

Character: Malay alam.

broken Injuries: Slightly damaged, part of last leaf

off.

The CandiMsaptati, a Stotra in honour of Durga. Printed in Kavyamala IV (1887), p. 1 seqq., and called there Candisataka. The author is Banci. See Aufrecht CC. p. 177.
It begins:

ma bhamksir vibhramam bhrur adharavidhu-

rata keyamasyasya ragam pane prany eva nayam kalayasi kalahasraddhay;i kin trisiilam ity udyatkopaketun prakr-

avayavan prapayanty eva devya nyasto vo murddhni musyan marudasuhrdasun samharann amghrir amhah 1
tim
i
I

It ends:

kurvatl parvati vah

11

II

srldurggayai

namah

candikasaptatih

HX

231

Kr-

174.

Whisb No.
Size: 7

189.

1-| in.,

(1)

13

+ (1)

leaves, 7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Early 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

Fragment

of

the Lalitdstavaratna,

called

Aryadvisati

by Mr. Whish. Beginning and No. 160 (2).

end

the

same

as

in

the

fragment

175.

Whim
Size:

No. 190.
leaves, 9 lines

13|xlf

in.,

(1)

-+-

39

+ (3)

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th or 19* cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Bhojaprabandha, a
verse, (by Ballala.
It begins:
I

historical

romance
p.

in prose

and

srimaharajasya Bhojasya prabandhah adau dhararajye Bandhulasamjno raja ciram asya ca vrddhatve Bhoja iti putras p raj ah paryyapalayat sa yada pancavarsikah tada pita atmani jaram samajani jnatva mantrimukhyan uhuya annjam Munjam mahabalam alocya putran ca balam viksya vicarayam asa yady aham sodaram apahaya rajyam rajyabharadharanasamarttham athava balam me putraya prayacchami tada lokapavadah tatha putram Munjo rajyalobhad visadina marayisyati lobliah pratistha papasya prasutir llobha eva ca hi 1 lobhat dvesakrodhadijanako lobhah papasya karanam drohena kopah prabhavati krodhad (d)rohah pravarttate
kathyate
I i i

svasti

See Aufrecht-Oxford,

150

seq.)

II

ii

narakam

yati sastrajhopi vicaksanah

i

mataram pitaram

putram bhrataram va subrttamam lobhavi^to naro hanti svaminam va gurun tatha 3 iti vicaryya rajyam Munjaya
n
ii

^h

232

f<~

tatah kalantare tadutsamge atmajam mumoca divam sati gate rajani sainpraptarajyo Munjah buddhisagaram vyaparamudrayah durikrtya tatpade anyan didesa gurubhyo rajaputram vacayati sravayati ca sastrani evam

dattavan

sthite

sabham abhyagat
upavistah praha
i
I

jyotissastraparam gatah kascit brahmanah rajnas sa ca rajne svastlty uktva tadajnaya

I
i

raj an lokoyam mam sarvajnam vakti kanthastha kimapi prccha ya bhaved vidya sa praka^ya sada budhaih ya gurau pustake vidya taya mudhah pra *** 4 mateva raksati piteva bite niyunkte kanteva (ii
I

i!)

kirttin ca diksu vitanoti cabhiramayaty apanlya khedam tanoti laksmim kim kin na sadhayati kalpalateva vidya 5
i

11

II

tato

raja,
i

prstavan

putrasya Bbojasya buddhyatisayan jatakan ca tato brahmana aba rajan tava putroyam atiI

buddhiman buddhir eva klialu sarvakaryyasadhini tatha ekam banyan na va banyad isur mmukto dhanusmata hi
I
I I

buddhir
n

buddhimatotsrsta

banyad

rastram

sarajakani

ii

etc.

end of the MS. being as follows: kavis raja sarvani bhumim kavidattam matva udatisthat ca tam abhiprayam jhatva punar aha rajan kanakadhaIt is incomplete, the
I

II

rabhis

tvayi sarvatra varsati abhagyacchatrasahchanne mayi nayanti bindavah 302 raja antahpuram gatva Liladevim aha tasmat devi sarvam rajyam kavaye dattam asminn avasare vidvan tapovanam maya saha agaccha
I

II

nirgatah Buddhisagarena mukhyamatyena prstah vidvan sa aha na kimapi dattam rajna kin dattam amatya ****** aba tatas slokacatu(leaf broken) akam patha sukave tava kotistayam pathati tatomatyah praha
i

tat

dravyan diyate paran tu rajna yad dattam tava bhavi kavis tatha karoti tato kotisampunar vikriyatam kavim datva khyan presayitva amatyah rajani katam agatya
I i I

tisthati

raja tam aha Buddhisagara rajyam idam sarvam atas tapovanam gacchami dattam kavaye tavapeksa asti tarhi ma deva kotidravyadi gaccha tatomatyah praha idam ca viduse vikritam yamulyena rajyam kotidravyah dattam ato rajyam bhavadlyam bhumksva raja amatyam sammanitavan anyada mrgayarasena atavim atann ataI
I I I I i i

~>4

233

Kr-

pena dunadehah pipasaya paryyakulas turaingam adhiruhya udakartthan nikatakatabhuvam atan tad alabdhva" srantah tatr;i kacit gopakanya kasyacit taror adhastad upaviat sukumarl manojnasarvamgl dharanagaram prati takram vikrltukama takrabhandam samudvahanti samagaccli.it agacchantin tan drstva raja pipasaya etat bhandastham
I

peyan cet pibamlti buddhya prcchati

sa ca mukliasriya
tain
I

tarm.ii kini vahasi

Bhojara

viditva rajfio

bhavafi

ca

jnatva

himakundasasiprabliasamkhanibliain paripakvakapitthasugandhi rasam tarunlkaranirmmatliitain

I

aha

deva

piba he nrpa sarvarujapaharam

176.

Whish No.
Size: llf
a page.

191.

x2|
Palm

in.,

+ 226 + (3)

leaves,

from 14 to 16

lines

on

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The Vyaya year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 182627. The MS. may have been written in that year, or in A. D. 1766 67. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.

Character: Grantha.

Taittirlya-Samhita, in 7 Kandas, the Samhita-Patha, complete, unaccented. The first three leaves contain a
table
of

The

contents

indicating

the

commencement

of the

Prasnas and Kandas.

It begins:

suklambaradharam visnum
n

sasivarnah caturI

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye om ise srlramacandraya namah srigurubhyo namah

bhujam

ii

tvorjje tva

vayava sthopayava
ff.
ff.

stha, etc.

132, Kanda II ff. 3368, Kanda III ff. 6988, Kanda IY 89-116, Kanda V ff. 117155, Kanda VI ff. 156193, Kanda VII ff. 194-226.

Kanda

It ends:

yonis

samudro bandhuh

II

dasa ca

ii

gavo gavas sisasanti .... catuhpahcasat

i

vyattam avahad dvagavo

II

harih om subham astu sriguruyonis samudro bandhuh bhyo namah srlramaya namah n krsnarpanam astu n

~>~

234

hs~

daksine pakse

samvatsare vyaye bhanau kannyarasim upeyusi ayane anuradhabhidhe tare site vare brhaspateh
I
I

caturtthitithisanryute

ktena dhlmata
kani
i

Ramakrsnasya putrena ramabkaRaghunathena vidusa likhitam vedapustaI

abaddkam

va,

etc.

ksantura arhanti santah

li

177.

Size:

12{x2

in.,

Whish No. 192. + 302 + (2) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Taittirvya-Brahmana, in 3 Astakas, ending with The first two leaves contain a table of contents indicating the commencement of Astakas and Prasnas.
III, 9.
etc. begins: brahma san dhattan tan me jinvatam rst The l Astaka ends (f. 88b): varunasya yad asvibhyam varunasya prati yat trisu tasmad udvatis saptatrimsat

It

tisthati

li

harih

om

etc.

Astaka ends (f. 185 b): pivonnam yuyam pata harih om, etc. svastibhis sada nah The 3 rd Astaka ends (f. 302): prajapatir asvamedhan
li

The

2 nd

juhvati

li

harih

om

etc.

178.

Size:

12jX2

in.,

Whish No. 193. + 130 + (1) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.? Character: Grantha, the same hand as No. 177.

The Taiittiriya-Aranyaka and

the

Taittirlya-Brahmana III, 1012). the Prapathakas differs from that in Rajendralala Mitra's
edition,
;is

Aranya-Kathdka (i. The arrangement

e.

of

in the

and Prapathakas VIII and IX are missing, just Dravida text, described by Burnell, Tanjore p. 8b.
p.

See H. Liiders, Vyasa-Siksa,

61 note.

->*
HY.

235

hs-

21

29

20 28

= =
= = = = = =

Prapathaka

II

36b=
45 54
69

III

36b46
55
70 Kathaka
or

VI
VII

a d 2

a ^
*
g

m
c
'-5

x
IV

84

"
J

ICC!

85 104 112

-103

111

Taittiriya-Brahniana

III,

10

Aranya-

Kathaka
It begins:

-120b120b-130 =

III, 11

HI, 12
I

The l The 3 rd

rst

karnebhis srunuyama devah etc. nd P. f. 28 ends f. 20 the 2 b. b, Prapathaka P. ends (f. 36b): suvarnam sahasrasirsabhyo

bhadram

bhartta harin taranir apyayasveyuste ye jyotismatlm prayacittis simginikosyabhyam u harih saya cittam ekavimsatih
I

om
sat

i!

srikrsnarpanam astu
follows:

ii

vasudevarpanam astu on

tat

ii

pravato mahir anu bahuth bhyah pantham anapaspasanam etc. which is the 6 Prain Mitra's edition. It ends (f. 45): pathaka Rajendralala
I

Then

pareyivanisarp.

om

utsrjata

II

vadhistha dve ca
i

12

pareyuvamsam
I

ajo-

bhagas catuscatvFirimsat apasyama prnihi dvadasa dvadasa pareyivainsam ayatvotas te saptavimsatih paI

subhani astu reyuvamsam om utsrjata harih om Then follows Prapathaka VII ending f. 54 b, and this is followed by P. X, which begins (f. 55): ambhasy apare bhuvanasya maddhye nakasya prsthe mahato mahiyan etc.
ii
I

II

64 ambhasi (f. 69): mahimanam ity upanisat bhur agnaye bhur annam bhur agnaye ca pahi no ambhasi vrsa hamsas (f. 69b) tasyaivam vidusas catussastih
It ends
n
I

II

sarvo

vai

rudra
ii

ayatu sraddhayan
n

vyaikannasitih
.
.

ambhaslty upanisat

tat purusa ya prthisrikrsnarpanam astu

I

srlgurubhyo

namah

ii

Then

follow Prap. IV,

ff.

which ends as follows:

satram yajnaparur antas tejasaivasminn acchrnatti svaha marutbhir rtubhya eva-

deva vai

7084, & Prap. V,

ff.

85103,

-5*

236

k^

dhryantoveksante panikto yajiias tabhya evainam yajhani raksamsi jighanisanti tat samnah payo vacyeva vacan daharih om dhati tasniad idam satottaran caturdasa
I

Then

follows the
(ff.

1012
It

Kathaka, 104130).
(f.

i.

e.

Taittirrya-Brahmana III,
saptapancasat

ends
harih
II

130):
I

tubhyam
I

tubhyam

om

II

ptam

om subham astu idam aranakathaka samaharih om tubhyan tapasa tava eta hiranyan dadati
ii

sarva disas tapa asit saptapancasat

sriguru

etc.

179.

Size:

14ix2

in.,

Whish No. 194. + 150 + (1) leaves, 10

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. be about 50 or 70 years older. Character Grantha.
:

The MS. may

The Uhagana or Saptagana of the Samaveda, Prasnas 1249, or Books II VII. The titles of the Books are: Samvatsara, Ekaha, Ahina, Satrani, Prayascitta, and Ksudra. The first Book, called Dasaratra, consisting of Prasnas 111, is found in No. 180. The first two leaves contain an Index of Books and Prasnas. On this work, see Th. Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vn; WeberBerlin
I,

p.

It begins:

amahlyavam
i

67; Anfrecht

CC.
I

p.
I

709.
ucca, tajjatam

yo
I

andhasah

ii

vr

cchara ru tva ta pre i pha pavasva dharaya na kah ojasa u etc. vi ro sva dadha ca kali matsarah
si,
I I

ma

See Sv.
F. 31:

I,

5,

2,

4.
II

samvatsaram samaptam

om

nanadam
2,
I

sva

See Sv. I, etc. pra thu tyasmai pi pi ekahas samaptah n harih F. 63:

4,

2,

1.

om
I

namah
ne
sfitfl

ii

harih
i

om

ll

srautakaksam
I, 2, 2,
ll

yo

indraya
(F.

srlgurubhyo ma dva

F. 94:

ahinam
I

etc.

See Sv.
vi
ti

2,

4.

samaptam
so
I

harih
ti

om

ii

vitam
Sv.
I,

vipaah
1,

vS ta

tatha im

94b) gauiiSee etc.

I

2,

4,

7.

~X
F. 119b:

237

~C-

satrani
i

japatyam
mS,
I

yo

harih om udval prasamaptam punanas soma dha pra ro tnam sadhasthan

II
i

etc.

See

Sv. II,

1,

1,

9.
II

F.
astu

129: prfiyascittam samaptam

i i i

harih
tva

oip

subhani

mah
ptam

akanvarathantaram a rau bhi etc. See Sv. I, 3, 1, 5, 1.

(f.

sura

no

nu

It ends
ii

150b):

ksudram

samaptam

II

uham sama-

harih

om

etc.

180.

Size:

Material:

12^-Xli Palm

in.,

Whish No. 195. 70 + 74 leaves, 8 or 9

lines

on a page.

leaves.
1831'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December

be about 50 or 70 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Dasaratra
Samaveda, No. 194).
in

or first

Book

of the

Uhagana

of the

11

Prasnas.

See above No. 179

(Whish

It begins: amahlyavam svayona u pha cca ta i jatam andhasah dl chu va i sat bhu pre mi kah ya da da i u ro gram sarmma ma kah ha i srava 2 yaca sa pha na a indra ya yu jyava i va chu ru na ya pre makah rut
i I I

bhi yah

vakaira,
i

vo va

it

pakah ra 2 srava 2
etc.
i
I

vaca
8.
I

ephana va
It ends:

sva ni aryya a o au ce ho ha
I

See Sv. II, 1, 1, sva kah nta u va

i
i

ya
cli

ti

ntyau ho
4 2

him kamapre
2 6
i

nama

lu

II

va khi mi jo muha dasaratrah harih om, etc.

ll

nu

(2)

The Rahasya

of the

Sdmaveda,

in 7 Parts.

The

titles

of these 7 Parts are the

same as those of the 7 Books The work is evidently the same as the of the Uhagana. Uhya/jana or Uhyagana, on which see Benfey, Die Hymnen
des Samaveda,
p.

vm; Weber-Berlin,

I,

p.

67;

Aufrecht

CC.

p. 709.

~3H

238

r<H

rathaIt begins: a ra bin tva su ra no nma mo va ntaram sva catvari a ra bhi tva su ra no nma mo va aka dugdham thenava (sec. m.: dugdha iva dhenava) I(sa)nam asya jagatah su kah vardrsam etc. See Sv. I, 3, 1 5, 1.
I

11

F. 11:

tritiyah
I

dasaratrah

harih

om

aprcchyam
ll

purvavad ratliantaram n samvatsaras samaptah atharF. 26: uhasamam 41 vanam uhu va o ha o au ca ho va etc. rtanidhanam ajyadoham n ekahas samaptah F. 34:

samkrstah

dha

ratnali
i

ll

cyokaham F. 44 b:

mabhe rathakhye yo samaptah samkrstah ratliantaram ma rabhe mama, etc. u ca hu va 6 harih om F. 48b: satram samaptam
n
I I

ahinas
ho

prakasunvanaya,
n

etc.

See Sv.

I,

6,

2,

1,

9.
I

ll

ha

au ca

F. 54b:

prayascittam

va

etc.

samaptam samam 19 harih om

I

o aii h6 iyajim yajna, It ends: it ku ida

etc.

simasuva
I

gatih

di

12

ut 3

ptam

ii

srigurubhyo

manu 4 jl 2 namah harih om

i I

adya yo stotriyo rityarahasyam saman

subham astu

181.

Sansk. No.
Size:

1.

HtXIt
Palm

in.,

(1)

-\-

53 leaves, from 5 to 7 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.

The
it

Hastigirimaliatmya
1

Adhyayas

15.

from
to

the

Brahma - Pur ana,

p.

According

Aufrecht-Oxford

30a,

belongs to the Brahmanrf a -Parana.

It begins:

bhagavan munisardula varnadharmma bhavata me bahavo akhyata sramasamasrayah kathita dhatur visnunabhisaroruhat sanatanah utpattih devata * ryyan 1 naranah ca sambhavah kathitas tvaya
I

Bhrugur uvaca
i

piece of the

first leaf is

broken

off,

one Aksara being

lost in

each

line.

Read devatanan?

~x

239

Hg-

dharmmartthakamamoksamlm svarupan ca yatlialatham dehinam kannmabandhas ca taddhetus ca suvismrtali

pradhanapumsor ajneyo svarupan ca (sa)mlritam vidyavidye
i

ca katliite lokabhediis ca vismrtfih punyaksetrani sarvani ca kathitani samagratah nagarani punyani visesena maintatha badarikasramam etc. kuruksetram tale sFilagramain
i I i

F.

5:

iti

sribrahrae purane

Bhrugu-Naradasamvade snII

hastigirimahatmye pratliamoddhyayah F. 19: iti sribrahme purane Bhrgu-Naradasamvade

sri-

hastagiriinahatmye ahamkaranirupane dhasamvado nania pancamoddhyayah

hiranyagarbliavibuII

F. 23:
F.

iti

gunatrayavibhago
.
.

25b: iti
II

nama sasthoddhyayah bhagavatpradurbhavo nama saptanioii

ddliyayah F. 33: iti

asvamedliavabhrtho

nama navamodkyanama dvadaso-

yah

II

F. 43:

n n

iti

dvijabliaradvajasamvado

ddhyayali F. 47:
F. 50:

iti

apsaroganavipralambho nama trayodaso.

ddhyayah

iti

mrkandugajendrasamvado nama cadurca munibhir gandharvais

dasoddhyayah F. 52b ends:

II

yaksasamghais

ca nisevitam
vitah
i

sa pravisya saromaddhye kautuhalasamani

dadarsa paramapritas sobhitan nirmmalodakam The last leaf does not end of the work is lost. The
it,

belong to

182.

Sansk. No.
Size: 9

2.

X It

in., (2)

+ 57 + (2)

leaves, generally 6 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The tirtrangamahatmya from

in 10

Adhyayas.

See

JS o.

49

the Brahnulw/a-Purdna, (a) and Ind. Off. VI, p. 1248

(No. 3437).

-**

240

r<~

It begins:

asniatgnrubkyo namah
I

Naradah
I

devadeva

trailokyantargatam virupaksa srutam sarvani mayadkuna tatha punyani tirtthani tvanmukhambhojanissrtam pratnam

gamgadyas saritas sarva itihapunyany ayatanani sas ca samkara kaveryyas tu prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya visnor ayatanani prastutani raragam ity uktam pura mahesvara vistarena icchami srotum maliat tasyahani
ca
I

mahatmyam
Y, 5b:

brahmandapurane maliesvaranaradasamvade srlramgamahatmye srlramgaksetravaibhavan nama prathaiti

aghanasaya punyasya ca vivrddhaye

etc.

sriramganathaya namali n srlramgamahatmye brahmasrstikatkanan nama dvitlyoddliyayah n hayagrlvaya namali n Adliyaya 3 (srlramgavimanam avirbhavan nama) ends

moddhyayali
p, ll]j

iti

Adhy. 4 f. 20b; Adhy. 5 (arccavataravigrahasvaru7 (srlpavaibhavan nama) f. 25b; Adhy. 6 f. 31; Adhy. f. 38 b; Iksvakulabdhavaibhavan nama) ramgadivyavimanam Adhy. 8 f. 44b; Adhy. 9 f. 50b. It ends: iti brahmandapurane mahesvaranaradasamvade srlramgamahatmye dasamoddhyayah sriramganathaya
f.

16;

namali

harih

om subham

astu.

183.

Saxsk. Xo.
Size:

3.

16fxlj
Palm
r

in.,

(6)

+ 82

(numbered

also as

ff.

66 to 148)4-

(3)

leaves, 5 lines

on a page.
leaves.

Material:

Date: 18th

19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Visvagunadarsa, by Yerikatacaryayajvan, son

:

of

Ea-

ghunatharyadiksita. It begins srirajlvaksavaksasthalanilayarama hastavasta-

See Aufrecht-Oxford

p.

150 (No. 319).

walolallila(bja)n nispatantl

murareh

madhuramadlmjhari nabhipadme astokam lokamatra dviyugamukhasisor ananesv arpyamanam samkhaprante na divyam paya iti vibudhais kancimandalamandanasya makhinah sainkyamana punatu
I

-9*

241

<-

karnatabbubbrtguros tataryyasya digantakantayasaso yam astokaddhvarakarttur Appayaguror bbagineyam vidub vidvanmaneb asyaisa putra sri Ilagliuiiatbadlksitakavib
i

2 tatsutas tarkavedantatantravyapurno gun air edhate krticintakah vyaktam visvagunadarsara vidhatte Ve(n)kataI
I I

padyani yady api vidyate balm satam hj'dyam vina tarka (read tad?) gadyan ca pratipadyate na gadyan vijahat padyarn budba svadyatam adhatte hi tayol.i prayoga ubhayor aniodam mamodayam saragah kasya na hi svadota manaso maddhvikamydvikayoh visvavalokasprhaya kadacit vimanamrirubya sanianarupamsKrsanuvisvavasunaniadlieyai.il gandbarvayugmam gagane cacara 5 tatra tu Ki-sanur Visvavasur abbud akrsasuyab purobhagi padam gatali
ddbvari
I
i i I

6 atlia puratas samapatantam visvagunagralianakautuki aravindabandliavani avalokayann avandata nanani (?) agaI

masagaraparadrsva visvavasub brabmacaryyavratotsargagurave kokasantateh ccbayabimbokalolaya ccbandasai i

jyotise

namab

It nigamavartmanis sapatna (read tnan) jayatu jayaya murarir anjanadrau jayatu jagati laksmanaryyapakso jayatu vacas srutiniaulidesikanam prakasadoi i

ends: jayatu

sapracurepy amusniin grantlie madlye karunanubandbat prasadavanto na krsanavantu jiaran tu visvavasavantu santab slo 575 222 iti srlmad-Atreyanvavaga Ragbunatharyyadiksitatanayasya siinivasakrpatisayasuviditanayasya Sltanibagarbbasambbavasya srimatkancinagaraI I
I I

II

vastavyasya Yemkatacaryyayajvanali krtisu visvagunadarsabarib om n kbyaii cambu (sic) sampurnani

ii

184.

Sansk.
Size etc.:

]S o.

4.

lo^-xll

in.,

(2)

176

+ (2)

leaves,

from 6

to 8 lines

on

a page.

Material: Palm, leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
16

242
(1)

><~

.The Madhyarjiinamahatmya from the Shanda-Purana and Uparibhaga of the same (ff. 80 145). (ff. 179)

namah advaitadantam ahirajakrtopavitani akhandaladivibudhair abhiyanditamghrim apaIt begins:

i I

srlganesaya
i

nnakalpatarum adrtahastirupam anandavarddhanam aharn srikantham varadam vande sridharasivayor nnamami drumareditam dharayantarn viyannadya samam mursuprasannamukhambhojam suvarnaddh[a]ni sudhakaram
I i

citivigraham

disvaram
F. 4b:

gaurlsakham anadyan tam bhajeham jagaom rsayah srutani punyasthanani tirttham

I

vividhani ca

etc.

iti

sk&nde purane maddhyarjjunaniahatnrye praII

thanioddhyayah

Parti

(f.

79) ends:

iti

sriskande purane maddhyarjjuii

maddhyarjjunamahatmyam namahatmye triinsoddhyayah ajhaganesampurnam srimaddhyarjjunesvaraya namah karih om srldaksinamurttaye namah svaraya namah
I i

avighnam astu. Part II begins (f. 80): mahaganapataye namah srltirtthavaibhavakovida Saunakah nadlnadapuranajha srutam saivarahasyam me tvattas samgam mahamate

gamanagamanah
vrsnivaryasya srutam vistarena

caiva

maddhyarjjunapateh
tatvavisiirada
i

mahatmyam
Suta

prabhoh maya tatragamanakaranam

I I I

srotuni

icckami
tir-

mahatmyam

tirtthanah ca vi.sesatah
I

kani tirtthani tatksetre

subhe maddhyarjjune pure

kartsnyena bruhi dayaya

tthadevadikany api iti srlskandapurane uparibhage tirtthavaibhavaF. 83:

etc.

khande Sutasaunakasamvade karunyamrtatlrtthaprasamsanam nama dvatrimsoddhyayah iti srlskandapurane SutasaunakasamIt ends (f. 145 b):
li

vade

uparibhage

ksetravaibhavakhande

srimanmaddhya-

rjjunamahatmye kalyanatirtthasikharatrivaibhavanirupanan nama (Ivipaneasoddhyayah srimahamamgalamurttaye nali

mah
ttaye

sril)i'hatkucambanayakisametasrlmahrdiipgamahamur-

namah

li

243
(2)

<~

The Madhyarjunamahatmya from Purana (ff. 146160).

It

the Brahmakaivarta-

begins

(t*.

146

= 1): srlniahaganapataye
i
i

namah

Xarado munivaryas tu kadacit caturananam padainulam sabhayam manito upasritya vavande pitaram svakam
bhutva brahmana patmayoninS upavisyasane divye sarvadevais sup uj it ah dpstva munir brahmasabham murttamuri
i

ttajanai(r)

vrtam

iti srlbrahmakaivarttapurane rahasye sivavaibhavakhande brahmanriradasaravade maddhyarjjuna-

F. 149

(=4):

etc.

niahatmye prathainoddhyayah iti sribrahmakaivarttapnranaIt ends (f. 160b 15b): brahmanaradasamvade .srisivavaibhavakhande rahasye
ii

nianmaddhyrirjjunamahatniye sasthoddhyayah
(3)

The Madhyarjunamdhdtmya from

(ff.

the

IAnga-Purana
i

161176).

16): srlmahaganapataye namah begins (161 naimise nimisaksetre Saunakadya maharsayah dvadasabdakratuvaram cakruh kailasahetave tadayato maliapujyah

It

Sutah pauranikottamah
lidiTimkitadehavan
F. 164

sivasamklrttanam kurvan tripn-

(=

19):

etc.
iti

srimallimgapurane maddhyarjjuna-

mahatmye maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade prathamoddhyayah iti srimallimgapurane nagaraIt ends (f. 176b = 31b):
il

maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade rjjunesvaramahatmye pancamoddhyayah

srimanmaddhya ll

srlbrhatkucamn

basametasrimahrilimgamahaniurttaye namah

harih

om

185.

Sansk. No.
Size etc.: 15!-x1t.
106,
108,
in.,

5.
[ff.

219

(2)

leaves

16, 82,

124 occur twice, 104, 107, misplaced], 6 or 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

109,

198,

211, 212

214 are missing, & 213 are

1.

~h

244

HJr-

Date: 18 th
It

r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The MS.

is

looks as if original lacunas had been supplied by a

written by two different hands. more recent

hand.

The end

is

missing.

The Pancanadamahatmya from

It begins:

the

T'trthaprasamsa of

the Brahmdkaivarta-Purana, incomplete and very incorrect.

suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturI

bhujam prasannavadanam ddhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye

ya kundendutusarakaradhavala (read Ia)ya subhravastravrta (read ta) ya vlna(read na)varadandamanditakara ya svetapadmasana ya brahma(read hma)cyutasamkaraprabhrtibhi(r) devl sada pujita sa (read ta sa) mam patu (read patu)
|

sarasvatl bhagavati nigyesajadyapah (read nissesajadyapa-

ha)

1
i

doskayukta (read dorbhir yukta) caturbhi sphatika-

manimayim aksamalan dadhana hastenaikena patmam sitam api ca sukam pustakan caparena bhasakundendusamkhasphatikamaninibha bhasamana samanam (read am) sa me
vagdevateyan nivasatu vadane sarvada suprasanna (read nna n) vande mahesvaran devam vighnesam sanmukham

gurum ganesan nandimukhyas (read khyam.s) ca sivabhaktamahamunin namo dharmmaya mahate namah krsnaya
|
|
I

vedhase brahmanebhyo namaskrtya dharmman vaksyama(h)

sasvatan (read tan) srlgurubhyo namah Devavarmmabhidho raja suryavamsasamutbhavah sumutum (read Sumantum) paripapraccha sivabhakta[ka]dvijottamah (read mam) uktam samastam bhavata Snmanto tirtthavaibhavam kaverya mahima prokta (read kto) vrddhadrsasya vaibhavam
I I i

madhuraksetramaharttham

(read
I

yam?) vistarena tvayoditam

I

mathuraksetramahatmidanlm srotum icchami srl-

matpahcanadasya vai mahatmyam kayutam vidvan (read etc. kathyatam vidvan) kautuhalaparasya me
srimatbrahmakaivarttakavye mahapurane tirtthaprasainsayam i)ahcanadamahatmye prathamoddhyayah
F. 54: F. 99 b:
1

F.

6:

iti

11

iti
iti

navamoddhyayah

II

dvavimsoddhyayah

11

schriften der Universitiits-Bibliothek zu Leipzig'

See the beginning of Xr. 187 in the 'Katalog der Sanskrit-Handvon Theodor Aufrecht

(Leipzig 1901).

-S*

245

KII

j\ 164:
]<\

187:

iti
iti
iti

pancatrimsoddhyayah
tricatvarimsoddhyayali

F. 212b:

snbrahmakaivarttakhye
pahcanadaniahatinye

mahSpurane

n*-

tthaprasamsayam
ddhyayah.

astacatvarimso-

186.

Sansk. No.
Size
etc.
:

6.

16 J

1?

in.,

(1)

149

(1) leaves,

7 or 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tb or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Thdakaverimahatmya from the Agneya-Purana,

31 chapters.

in

Another copy in No. 51 (= Whish No. 52). suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnah caturIt begins:

bhujani

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye

I i

Dharmmavarmmatha rajarsir nniculapuravallabhah bhuyah

papraccha tan natva Dalbhyara bhagavatottamara bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajlvinah katham syat papanirhara kena dharmmena .sri.se (readsrls ca?) bhaktih katham bhavet
I

santusto bhagavan bhutabhavanah

I

prasldati manusyanain

visesapapabhuyisthe duracare bhuktimuktiphalapradah brahman mahapatakinopi bhavet kalau ynge papanaso iti va etat sarvam asesena tava sisyasya me vada Dharbabhase rajhanusamprsto bhagavan bhagavatpriyah Dalmmavarmmanam dharmmistham brahmanottamah
I

bhyah

sadhu prstam maharaja bhagavatbhaktivarddhana visnukatham .subham yat te manogatam srotuiii divyam sarvam tatvani tasmat te varnayisyami yathamati asminn kuruksetre artthe pnra prsto Hariscandrena Kumbliajah tat teham mumndranam agrato yad avarnayat sampraI
I I
I

etc. vaksyami .srunusvavahitodhuna iti j\ 5b: srimadagneyapurane

I

tulakaverimahatmye
the

prathamoddhyayah
1

The colophons at the end of almost is exceptional. have srlmatbrahmakaivartta/v-fli'ye. chapters

This

all

~>;

246

ms-

It

ends:

iti

sriniadagneyapurane
11

tulakavermiahatmye

ekatrmsoddhyayah bhadram astu vah

puravrttam akhyanam pravyakarata visrabdhah balam visnoh

evam

etat

pravarddhatam
vasavah
I

kaverl

varddhatam

kale

kale

varsatu

tam

lablias tesafi. jayas

sriramganatho jayatu srlramgasris tesam krtas tesam parabhavah

n

ca varddhaliaiih

tesam indivara syanio hrdaye supratisthitah

om

187.

Sansk. No.
Size
etc.
:

7.

16

'i

in.,

(1)

+ 187 -f

(1) leaves,

6 or 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18 tb or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.

The Kaunjarasanaksetramahatmya from the

kotisamhita (Vaidikadharmakhanda)

Satariidriya-

of the Siva-Purcum.

Incomplete.
It begins:

suklambaradharam vismmi sasivarnam caturi

bhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye nidhaye gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam

i

sarvavidyanam

namah

.sridaksinamurttaye namah n srigurubhyo krtya samvatsaram diksaniyamam Maithilo mahan

nivisto

suddhavratyah suddhamana

rauravebhavat

tatra

bhagirathltire sarvadevasamasraye sannidhau visvanathasya cittasuddhividhayake kevalam cittasudhyarttham rtvikbhih

I

parivestitah

santyajya sarvakaryani rajyakaryani mantrisu khalu medhavl svasya meddhyatvasiddhaye netraniksipya kr-navinasfiya tvagasthyaikatvasiddhaye ativrattya[h]s sapadnlkah babhuvakila diksitah sanantarika (read satrantaI
I I I I

rita?)kalesu Maithilas tarn mahamunim tesan dvijanam puratah srutidharmman asesatah smarttan pauranikams capi paripapraccha tatra vai vaidikah kepi va dharmma ye va
I I I

kim

ddharmmaih phalam pauranikah punah ca tatvavit iti paripapraccha srnvatsu nikhilesv punas tena tathaddhvaryyur Mmaithilo dharmmaayam prs^as vittamah provaca srnu rajendra vaksySmy etani te dvijah
I

anusthitais tu tair

caturbhis

ca

caturbhis

ca dvabhyam pahcabhir eva ca

-5n

247

Kiti

kriyate yas sa

dharmma syad atonyo nfimadharakah

i

etc Knsnajinih praha sa srinian brahmavittamah F. 3b: siity adimahapurane srisaive satakotirudras[s]ainhitayam kunjarrisadivyaksetrarardiatniye prathamodhyayah F. 7: ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudryakotisaiii-

hitayamkunjai\asainxdivyaksetrarnahatrayedvitiyyoddliyavali adi srisaive satarudriyakotisarahitay;im F. 18: ity

kaufijarasanaksetramfdiatniye pahcamoddhyayah F. 45: ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamII

hitayam vaidikadharmmakhande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye caturddasoddhyayah F. 78: ity adi srisaive sata vaidikadharmmanirupanaII

khande

srlkauhjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye
II

astSvimSo-

ddhyayah
F. 113:

ity
II

adi

srisaive

sata

vaidikadharmmaniru-

panakhande srikaunjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye ekacatvarimsoddhvayah

F.

164b:

ity

adi
II

srl

sata

vaidika

siikau

asta-

pahcasoddhyayah

In the colophons at the end of the following Adhyayas the number of the Adhyaya is not mentioned, e. g. f. 169b:
ity

adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayani kauhjarasanadivyak^etramahatmye (then a blank space) 176 and 184. So also indranandah It breaks off (f. 187b) with the words: anandam atbhutam ca paramam dhisanasya tatah param
ft".

<ri-

tatah prajapater ddivyam prapya copamfirahitani param anandam yogidurllabham samprapya ksanamatrena tandulanam dharadhipah
I i

II

188.

Sansk. No.
Size
etc.:

8.

lOixl}
Palm

in.,

51

+4

leaves, 5 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.
?

Date: 18 or 19th cent

Character: Grantha.

Tlie Kapalisasthalamahdtmya from the Utltrstasivdksetraprakarana of the Suicakotinidrasamhitd (i. e. KotirudrasamJutCi

of the Siva- Parana?), in 10 Adhyayas.

Followed by

-5H

248

Hg-

the 27 th

Adhyaya

of the

Mayurapurimahatmya from the

KseiraJcdnda of the Slianda-Purana.

kurutam kascit karunavarunalayah mayuranagaradhlso niama nrttavinayakah srimahasrlgamdhabamdhure sarvapuspfiramaganapataye nainah tisobhite campakairandacanivedhaih phanasaih patalair vakulair varpjulair devapunnagais saralair api api dhavaih kumdais ca mamdarai(s) tatha camalakadibhih rasalais krtamalai(r) nnaktamalair nnalikeradibhis tatha
It

begins:

kalyanam
I

tantrinibhis

ca ciribilvair visesatah

vitapollikhitakasair
I

visramamekha(read
I

megha)mandalaih
I

pacelimaphala-

nammrapakvapuspopasobhitaih atisyamalapatralimattaya meghamandalaih pura samudrapanena jalabhavataya punah

tatratyam isvaram kihcin munlnam kumbhasarabhavam
yacituni tvaraya ramyaphalapallavapanibhih natai ramyair agatyavasthitair iva etc.
i i

phalabharasrutani hi
i

F.

3:

anandasthalamahatmyanny
I

akhilani

kapalisasya

mahatmyani sarvagamavivarnitam brahman tad sannahya tisthanti srutayosmakam adarat nah atha vaadya karunajaladhenugrhana Agastyah aham adbhntam ksyamy punyam rahasyataram kapalisasya mahatmyam vividhagamavarnitam savadhanah prasrnvantu etc. naimisaranyavasinah
i I
I i

srotum

F. 5b:

II

iti

srlsaivakotirudrasamhitayam

utkrsta^ivakseII

traprakarane kapallsasthalamahatmye prathamodhyayah F. 6b: srlsaiva utkr kapallsasthalamahatmye dvitlyo-

dhyayah
f.

Adhyaya
36,

3 ends
f.

f.

15,
f.

A.

F. 51b:

II

40b, A. 8

A. 4 f. 27, A. 5 f. 30b. A. 6 42, A. 9 f. 47b, A. 10 f. 51b.

iti

srlsaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrstasivakse-

traprakarane kapallsasthalamahatmye dasamodhyayah n n Srir astu sarvam puranam sanipurnam n sarvalokaikanaii

thaya padmanetraya visnave nilambhonibhasyamavigrahaya namo namah n pura narayano devo mayaya mohayan
i

ramam

amtardhanagato visnu(r) visvavyapi jagadguruh amtardhanagatam devam vicinvainti vibhum rama cacara prthivim sarvam napasyat pu(here begins f. l)rusam param
I

k;isim

gam gam prayagam

ca kuruksetran tu puskaram

etc.

~$h

249

*S~

iti ska[m]ndapurane Agastyadilipasamvfide ksetrakande mayurapunniahatmye varnanam nama saptavimsodhyayah

:

F.

4b

189.
Sansk:.
Size etc.: 16j

Xo.

9.

X ly

in.,

(l)-f-

45 leaves, from 5 to 7 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.
C ent.?

Date: 18 th or 19th
Character: Grantha.

The Kumbhaghonamahdtmya from

(Madhyamakhanda), Adhyayas 97
It

the Bhavisyat-Purana

to 106.
I

nalinlmaddhyamandire sri-Nakunibhaghone sayanasya sariigapaneh prasasanam radah bhagavan patmasambhuta paravaravidam vara varnitara bhavata paravarajagatsrstisthitisamharakarana
begins:

etat

kalyanarajiva

samyak
sya

punyaksetrakadarabakam
I
i

jambudvlpavisesena

varse bharatasarajnake

susrusus tasya

mahatmyam

ksetra-

tatvam acaksva bhagavan vistarena pitaraaha iti prsto mahateja visvasrg visvagrahanah uvaca Naradayaiva ksetramahatmyam uttamam brahma srunu Narada bhadram te savadhanena cetasa kumbhaghonasya
I I
i

harimedhasah

mahatmyam
F. 5:

sarvalokesu pujitam

etc.

iti

bhavisyatpurane
n

kunibhaghonamahatmye sa .

ptanavatitamoddhyayah
F. 17:

bhavisyatpurane maddhyamakhande brahmanaradasamvade kunibhaghonamahatmye satatamoddhyayah

iti
n

maddhyamakhande kumbhaghonamahatmye satsatatamoddhyayah kumbhaghonamahatmyam sampurnam om sri.sarhgapanisvamine namah

iti

It ends:

bhavisyatpurane

bra-

hmanaradasamvade
n

II

190.

Sansk. No. 10.

Size
etc.:

16x1t
Palm

in., (1)

-j-

61 leaves, generally

lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

^h
The
yas 1
It

250

r-

SamastiJicinanamdliatmi/a,

or

Samastikantaramaha-

tmya, from the Brahmanda-Purana, Uttarakhanda, Adhya-

17,

incomplete.
I

vande mahesvaran devam begins: sivaya namah sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyans ca vighnesam kadacin naimisaranyamunayas maharaunin sivabhaktan samsitavratah satrayagam prakurvanas saivagamavisaradah drstva Sutam[m] mahatmanam papraccliur "amitaujasah sambhoh kathapato netra **** pajayate punar bmhi mai I

hesasya

katham

cittavairagyam uttamam
I

paramaisvaram Vyasam sarvajnam atulam ddhyatva svantasaroruha yuya(n) dhanyatama loke mahesasrayasatkatham srotukamas ca sa(m)jatah vaksyami srunutadarat rahasyam astinikhilesv srlmatkampaharesanaksetramahaagamesu ca sarvasah uttamam srunvatam sarvapapaghnam bhuktimuktitmyam sarvasaumyadam sadyah caturvargaphalaphalapradam brahmavisnumahe(n)dradyaih sevitam sarvasipradam ddhaye puragastyena samproktam rsinam bhavitatmanam vaksye puratanam punyam .srlmattribhuvanabhidbam darsanat sarvapapaghnam ksetram ksetresv anuttamam tathapi tad adya tasya mahatmyam brahmande bahudha srutam
I I
I I

satkathasravanenaiva papapranasinim divyajnanan ca sumahat jayate iti prstas Sutayogl karimarasasevadhih

i

etc. vaksye yusmakam lokanafi ca hitaya ca brahmanSradasamvade F. 3b: iti brahmandapurane

1

samastikananamahatmye uttarakhande prathamocldhyayah F. 8: iti srimatbrahmandapurane samastikantaramahatmye dvitlyoddhyayah F. 30b: iti srlbra samastikananama navamoddhyayah F. 56: iti bra samastikantarama sodasoddhyayah
n

ll

I!

ll

61b) with the words: laukikair vaidikais prarttha(ya)m asa devesam capi krtva stotrasatais sivam mannatha sarvajha srimatkamharsagatga(da)ya gira svamin
It

breaks

off

(f.

pahareti ca
i

sarve lokas ca grnhiyur

nnamadheyan
iti
i

tavaI

(d)bhutam evam samprartthito devah tathastv tirohite tada deve raja harsasamanvitah

tirodadhe

APPENDIX
BY
F.

W. THOMAS.

191.

Whish No.

44.
title in

2 containing index and Size: 14f in.; 66 leaves English + covers, 6 rarely 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Xly

Date: Probably 17th cent. Character: Grantha, legible and

fairly correct.

The Aitareya-Aranyaka

in close

printed in Bibliotheca Indica.

At

agreement with the text the end of II. 2. 3 we

have the error tad vai Visvamitram for tad vaisvamitram: at the beginning of II. 5. 4 and II. 6. 1 respectively the

words apakramantu garhliinyah and yathasthanan tu garbhinyah are omitted. A peculiarity of the MS. is that the colophons read aranali for aranyakah. The label reads 'Rig-Vedah; Aranyam. Vol. 4.', and

Whish has written 'The Aranyam of the Eig-Vedah' and opposite 'N. B. The 2 nd Aranyakam is called the rd Aranyakam is Bahwricha-Brahmanopanishat; and the 3
inside

called the Samhitopanishat'.

192.

Whish No.
Size:

47.

llf

X2
Palm

in.

2 leaves (with 2 covers). 7

10

lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Perhaps 19 th cent. Character: Square Grantha, clearly written.

At

The Kaivalyopanisad. the end the MS. reads phalam

I

with the best

brahma

om

editions, and proceeds: bhadram dadhatu om

I i

ity
I

(not

padam) asnute aha bhagavan

i

santih trih

kai-

valyopanisat samapta

harih

om

~x

251

k~

Then a note in the handwriting of Whish: 'Here ends the Kaivalyopanishad C. M. Whish Calcutta 1825'. On the front cover we also read outside (in Malayalam
in the

character) Kaivalyopanisliat with a few other faint marks same character, and inside: 'These few sheets contain the Kaivalyopanizat Grantham character. C. M. Whish
Calcutta'.

193.

Whish No.
Size:

167.

13|xl|
Palm

in.,

21 leaves

2 blank

wooden

covers, 8 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date: Probably 19 tb cent. Character: Square Grantha.

The Brahmasiitracandrikd, a concise Commentary by an unnamed author on the Vedcintasiitras.

It begins:

i i i

srl-Lokanandanathagurucaranaravindabhya(m) namah avighnam astu pranamya paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham kurveham atisamksepat brahmasutrasya candrikam athato
n

brahmajajhasa (sic) atha nityanityavastuvivekaihikamusmikaphalabhogaviragasamadamadisampan mumuksatmakasadhanacatustayasampatyanantaram

I

It ends:
iti

vai prajapatir
trir

pitrn
I.

III.

ddevan asrta asrtasramitamanusyat iti apavitram iti grahan. The last sutra cited is 27 (20b, 1. 4), but the commentary seems to touch
28.

also

on the subject of

of the work and the words 'first part only' are written faintly, in Whish's hand, on the outside. slip in Burmese reads 'Commentary on the nine parts of

The name

Metaphysics'. Whether the work

is

identical with

any of the other

candrikas mentioned in several places byAufrecht CC. s. v. Brahmasutra, it is impossible without fuller descriptions
of these to say.

-X

255
194.

ne-

Sausk. Xo. 11.

Size:

12x2}
Palm

in.;

40 leaves

-j-

2 blank

covers,

10 lines on a

page. Material:

leaves.

Date: Probably 19th ce nt. Character: Square Grantha,

clearly written.

The Vasudevamananaprakarana
respectively
foil.

4a,

33

b,

36 a, 38

a,

40 b,

and Sundaresvara.
also

in 12 varnakas, ending lib, 18b, 25a, 29a, 32b. generally with namaskara to Mlnaksi At tbe end of tbe seventh we read

5b,

7a,

srirKsemanandandthaparamagurave namah, mentioning

to

the author's guru.

According
is

Burnell,

Tanjore,

p.

92 b

the

work

at least
is

two hundred years

r

old, as an ancient Tamil

know n. But the present MS. exhibits not the a shorter compendium, the date of which is but original, not known, probably identical with some of those cited by Aufrecht CC, p. 42Sb, s. v. Mananagrantha. Of this
version

an edition
far as

in

Telugu character was printed

in

1884 at the
agrees as

Saradanilaya press.
sents a
stanza,

With

this edition the

7,

MS.

the end of varnaka

after

which the former pre-

much
also,

is

longer and widely differing text. different, the MS. reading:

ll

The opening
I

srimanacaryyarupena yatinam mude tam harim vande karunanidhim mananakhyam narayanam racitam vistarenadya prakaranam vasudevayatlsvaraih balanam upakaraya mamapi samgrahena prakasyate

yovatlryyeha

ii

jnanasiddhaye
It ends:
iti

tatra sribalagopalakrsnas sannihito bhavet

ll

jnatva tat-tvam-padadivakyajnanena paroksajfiananubhavenaparoksasaksatkaran ca yonubhavati sa candalo va brahmano vasmakam gurur evety acarvyavacanena vijnatatatvopi

mahasanyasinas ca variyan bhutva madaha(read deha)vasane paripiirnaparamahamso brahmasvarupo bhavati srlminaksisuniti manane dvadasavarnakam samaptam
vidisasanyasino
I l

daresvarabhyan namah srlgurucaranaravindabhyrm namah

i

256

r<~

The divergence
five

of the MS. and the edition in the last with the peculiarity in the seventh combined varnakas,

colophon of the MS., suggests that either the edition supplies the full text and not the samgraha or we have two different, possibly independent,

summaries.

On

the outside in

European hand 'Mananaprakaranam'.

195.

Whish No.
Size:

187a.

17tX1j-

in.;

19 leaves, generally

8 9
q.

lines

on a page. The

cover and label are shared with No. 203, Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably 18 th rather than 17th
Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

v.

ceil t.

The ends

of the first 2

and the

last 3 leaves

somewhat

broken away.

TheVirata-Parvan of the Mahabharata as far as XII. 7. Adhyaya I ends on f. 2 b, II on f. 3b, III on f. 5 b, IV on f. 7a, V on f. 9b, VI on f. 10b, VII on f. 12b, on f. 18a, XI on f. 19a. VIII on f. 15b, IX on f. 17a, The text agrees in general .with the Grantha edition

published at Sarabhojirajapura (Tanjore), but presents not a few small divergencies, such as the omission of

III 51

2,

IV

8. 33.,

IV. 21 and a halfsloka after 55 a.

and the addition of two slokas after To the commencement

we

find prefixed the verses:

xx baradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye Vyasam

I

Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautrani akalmasam para xxxx m vande Sukatatan taponidhim Vyasaya visnurupaya Vyasarupaya visnave namo vai brahmanidhaye Vasisthaya
n
I

namo namah

11)6.

Sansk. No.
Size: 16

12.

? 17x1 1?
Palm
leaves.

in.;

14

14

14 leaves, from 5 to 8 lines

on a page.
Material:

Date: Early 18 th cent.

Character: Grantha.

-3h

257
(1)

**.

The Kumdrarudrasamvdda
the
It begins:

of

the

Tirthamahatmya

in

TJttarakhanda of the Skanda-JPurdna.

rsayah

Siita

Siita

mahaprajna puranartthaviarada
ll

srutani sarvatirtthani punyani subahuni ca

tesu

madhye
vadasva

mahatlrttham

mahabhaga
Sutah
i

srutam sesakiipe sthitam srotuni icchrunahe vayam

11

tad

pura khalu maharanye nanapaksivirftjite vyakastuiighrapahcasyasampurne candanadrumasobhite

i

ll

nirgasanimardde devagandharvasevite agatya visrantam madhavena ca

ll

ausadhadrau sam-

It ends:

sarvam maya srutam proktara rahasyam idam uttamani sarvesam navaisnavaya datavyara nabhaktaya kadacana na tu vaktavyam idam paramasobhanara iti skande pnrane uttarakhande tirthamahatmye kurnararudrasamvade trayodasoddhyayah srlmate vedantall
I

gurave

namah

Summary

of the adhydyas: (ends 2b): Origin of the Sesatlrtha on the

Ausadha

hill,

where was the Khagendra or Garuda river. XI (ends 9 a): Story of a combat between the devas and At asuras, headed respectively by Yisnu and Siva. the end Siva asks permission to occupy the Patala Vana
near the Sesatlrtha.
(ends lib): Story of Bhrgu and Hemabjanayaki. The Bhutlrtha (11a, 1. 1): Ahmdrapura (lib, 1. 2). XIII (ends 14b): Story of Vrtra (Vrka 12a, 1. 2) and Indra. The Laksmitirtha (13b, 1. 4).
(2)

XII

The Ahindrapuramdhdtmya
of the Bralimdnda-Parilna. It begins:

in the

Erahmandradasamvdda

kadacit

pitaram

praha
devesa

brahmanam Narado munih

barer

bruhi

pranamya
i

vaibhavam

uttamani
17

ll

brahma

Hsh

258

hs-

srnu Narada vaksyami harer makatmyam uttamam arccavataravibhavam paramam papanasanam n atha tai (sic)
I

kadacil lokanamunayas sarve Sanakadyas surarsayah gagane jagmur alokya thasya darsanarttham samagatah
I

kslrabdhim rsisevitam
It ends:

srutva tu brahmano vakyam Narado rsisattamah ahiiti srindranagaram prapya devanatham (his) nanama ca brahmandapurane brahmanaradasamvade ahmdrapuramahatmye paiicamoddhyayah
i

Summary
I

of the
:

adhyayas:

(ends 3 a)

The

Virajatlrtha

is

conveyed
is

by Garuda
11.

and Sesa

to

Ahlndrapura, which

thus located (lb,

1-2):kahsadyojanapramanena kumbhaghonasya cottare tu daksine ca (sic) bhage cyas samudrasya pascime arddhayojanamatrena by ahlndrapurasahjhake agneyabhage Sesadrer Markkandeyas tapasyati II (ends 7 a): Visnu directs the tirtha brought by Ananta (Sesa) to be called Sesatlrtha and that brought by Garuda to be the Garuda river (Suparnatatini 7a, 1. 5). Brahman establishes a festival, and begs Visnu to abide on the spot with Rama (entitled Hemabjanayaki). Brahman himself occupies the Brahmatirtha in the
I

ii

agneyadigbhaga, the Rsis Patali (Patalesvara 7a, 1. 5) on the AusadhapUrvata in the purvottaradigantara,

Hanuman

a part

of the

Sahjivanausadhagiri

in

the

purvabhaga, Sahkara a linga under a Patali tree at Patali, Prahlada the Bhrgutirtha in the north at a ksetra called Krsnaranya. III (ends 10 a): At the request of Prahlada Visnu consents to abide, arccavataram asrtya, facing the west at Krsnaranya. Praise of the aranya and of the Ausadhacala standing on the river's (Suparna's) bank.

IV

(ends 12 b): Siva is implored by the gods to destroy Tiipura and performs tapas. (ends 14b): Siva, after destroying the demons, goes to the eastern ocean, on the shore of which Visnu esta-

~3*
blishes

259

f<~

him,
viz.

and there

arises

a city

devoted

to

the

two gods,

Ahindrapura.

(3)

The Ahindrapuramahatmya
Brhannaracllya-Maha-Purana.
It begins:

of the

Jnanakanda

of

the

purubhun naimisaranye satram hi bahuvarsikam sanieta labdhavakaas taip rsayo yatra kusalSs Saunakadayah Sutam aprcchan harivaibhavam rsayah klrttitan ta(t) tvaya brahman hares caritram uttamam srutvadyapi na trptir no jay ate matravabhava (read mativaibhava) Sutah kin tais tapobhir uruvikramabhaktihinaih pui

ll

11

nyair athalpaphalasantatidair anantaih

danair jaganmayall

padambujayugmasaktacintavatam hrdayatosanaviprahmaih aho tapahphalam kincit bahujanmabhir Tirjitam yad yajhesapadambhojayugacintaprasutikrt

ll

ll

(3 verses).

rsayah
It ends:

divyabhivyaktidesanam

klrttanavasare
&c.

pura

ahmdranagaran nama devesacaritasrayam

tasya Sutad devapater krtarttha iti menire dvijah harsasrupurnanayanah prasasamsus ca tam vipram nemi^aranyavasinam yajhasalam
srutvaitas
i

(read

tac)

caritan

ll

punar jagmuh kriyam uddisya yajniklm iti sn-brhannaradiyamahripurane jnanakande ahindrapiiramahatmye catuscatvarimsoddhyayah. Summary of the adhyayas(ends 3 b): Brahman visits the world at a place called
ll

1.

XL

by the eastern ocean, where was a hill called Ausadha producing a mahausadha called Samjivana (2 a, 1. 6). Then appears Visnu,
the Sugandha
(2 a, 5)

Vana

whom Brahman

lauds.

XLI

(ends 7 a)

Brahman

obtains from Visnu the boon that

a tlrtha like the Virajatirtha and bearing his name may be established by the mouutaiu (Brahmacala

4 b,

1.

5),

that Visnu

may

always be present there, and

17*

-$*

260
after

Hg-

the ausadha be
is

named

him

(4a,

1,

1).

The

tirtha

to

be the Brahmatirtha.
gods against the asuras. Sesa makes him a pool

XLII (ends 9 a): Visnu helps the When he is tired after battle,

and Garuda produces a river (pragvahinlm nadim). Visnu promises to be ever accessible there. XLII1 (ends lib): Story of Markandeya and the lotusborn maid Tarariganandini. XLIV (ends 14b): Continuation of the story of Markandeya.

Sesa founds Ahmdianagara.

197.

Sansk. No. 13.

Size:

15iXlj

in.;
(foil.

168 (167
1

wooden boards, 7 Material: Palm

Date: 18th

117),

+ 65

bis)

leaves

covers between

later 8 lines

on a page.

leaves.

cent.

Character: Grantha, small clear writing.

(1)

The Campakaranyamaliatmya
Ff.

of the Sivaparvatisamvada

of the Ksetravaibhavakhanda of the Bhavisyottara-Purana.

1117.

j It begins: 5*

namah*
I

kallyanyai

harih

om

pura

hi kailasagirlndramaddhye
I

surasuradyaih abhivandite pare vicitravaiduryyamukhaih suratnakaih

suvar namuktasraj adamasobhite
n

sanmandape devavaraih samanvite[h] samstuyamane munidevanayakaih

I

astadasaih vadyavaraih abhistute ramgamukhaih narttanasobhite muda

li

nandlsacandisamukhaih suparssadaih
samsevite cchatravitanasobhite
I

suratnapithasritasamkaramke
sthita g(ir)isendrasuta

mrdanl

-5*

261

Kr-

sarvajfia svapatim vlksya smayannlnaniukhambuja brahmadin ajnapaitum svapateh vaibhavam param samartthya vismayam vaktum gamgadharakathiimrtam
i

11

pranamya

sivena prakatikartum visesena sabhatale samkaram devl devanaii ca samahksitah

II

papraccha bhaktibhavena samkaram mlalohitam

n tvayoktani puranyaddha saivaksetrani bhutale namanad eva darsanat api bhaktimuktipradany

11

(3i slokas)

saptasahasrasamkhyani catuhsatayutani ca tatra pituh visesena sthanani tava bhutale

dvatrirasatsaptasatakasamkhyakani tatrapi satasamkhyakasthanany uktani

mama
me

prabho
vibho
i

ii

tatrapy atyantadayitam dvatrimsatsthanam tesu punyatamam srestham pumartthanam nidarsakam

n

uttamam

ksetram ekam samastaghakrntanam subhadan nrnam kalau kalusayuktanam sadyah siddhikaram subham
i

saksatkailasasadrsam Campakaranyasamjhitam
It ends:

II

itiritas te

munayotibhaktya sampujayamasur adinasatvah supunyade naimisakanane subhe sutam suvastrabharanais ca godhanaih

iti

srlmat-bhavisyottarapurane
-

(sic)

ksetrayaibhavakhande

campakaranyamahatmye sivaparvatlsamvade kannyatirtt lindharmmarajatirttha mdratirtthamahimanuvarnanain catubcatvarimsoddbyayah

I i
I

nama

karakrtam aparadham Subham astu Sriyai namab ksantum arhanti santah srimatgirikucambayai namab
*
i

harih
vatyai

om

bhavisyatterapuranam
I

(sic)
I

sampurnam

sriparI

namab

avighnam astu
I

saksiganesaya
as follows:

namab

srimattripurasundaryvai namab The titles of the adhyayas are

I (ends 4 a) Anukramanika.

II (6b) Sulatlrtthanirmana rsinam sarupyadana. III (8 a) Nandlsvarapujananandikesvarakrtamahotsava.

IV

(10 b) Yinayakapujakarana.

-&

262

h&-

V
VI

(13 a) Durgatapascaryyaya samkalpakarana.

sivapratyaksavarapradana-

(15 b)

Girikanyavaralabha

parvatya

rupadvayaniru-

panaarddhanarisvaravirbhavamulaliingabhutanagesvaravaibhavanirupana.

VII (18 a) Devlbhyam krta adarsotsavanirupana. VIII (20 b) Indragamana indrasya devyopatisthacandanotsavavidhananirupana.

IX

(23 a)

Indrasya

devya

proktacandanotsavaniriipana
sivadutaih

antara

itihasanirupane

yamadutan

prati

Sivabhaktisvarupanirupanarambhana.

Sricandanotsavanirupane srlmatgirikucambaya (25 b) surarajam prati prokta itihase srisaile jaladlpahpradaviprasya sivapadaravindah prapti Candrasenarajna nara-

kanubhavanantaram

campakaranye

dvijatve

durgan-

dhamgatvapraptimahimanuvarnana.

XI
XII

(29 a) Devyopatisthamargena indrena krtacandana ut-

savavidhananirupana.

Gautamapujanimittakagautaniasramam (32 a) indragamana Ahallyasamgavidhananirupana.

(35 a)

prati

XIII

Gautamena indrasya svabharyayah sapanugrahadana badarlvane Gautamasya Vyasopadesaniru(37 a)

pana.

XIV

Ahallyasapavimocana Gautamona nagesvaraRtuparnarajyasya

svepne
satruvijayakhatga-

pujainahimanuvai'nana.

XV
XVI

(40 a)

praptibhutanalapuj anirupana.
(42 b) Gagesvara
(sic)

piijavaibhavena Nalasya nasta-

rajyasriya prapti.

XVII

(45 b)

Nalapuja Nalakrtavaisakhotsavavidhananiru-

pana.

XVI [I

(48 b)

Pandavapujavidhana
svarajyaprapti.

naganathaprasadena

Pandavanam

XIX

XX
XXI

(52 a) Nagesvarasya Pandavapujamahimanuvarn(an)a. (55 b)

Brahmagamana brahmanah

piija

brahmana

krtakarttikotsavanirupana.
(58a)

Masyagandhisamgainena bhrfiutiyuktaparasa-

-Sh

263

k-

rasya

nainiisaranyagamana tatrakyarMn

panuvarnanam

prati svapasrutva te tasya niskrter alocanakarana.

XXII
XXLII

(60 b) Parasarapujamahiniauuvarnana.

nagagamanopotgbatadampatyoh vyasanaparisamgatya aputradvijakatkayam haraka-Markandeyagamana.

(63b) Nagesvararutyasya
(sir)

XXIV

(66b) Dvijaputranimittakataksaka^amkarasaravrul;i.
(69a) Taksakasya viprasapagamana.

XXV

XXVI (71b)
XXVII
XXVIII

Taksakasya Kasyapenoktasivaksetranirupana. Taksakasya Kasyapoktastaladvayamahimanuvarnana bhagiratbapiij aniriipana.

(74b)
(77 a)

Taksakasya Kasyapoktasaivaksetrasthana-

catuhstayamahinianuvarnana.

XXIX

(79 b)

Taksakasya campakaranyam prati punara-

XXX

gamana.

nagadhipatyapraptyarttbam (81b) Nagesvarasya Nagesvarasya anekaratnapujakarananantaratn Taksakasya nagadbipatyaprapti. XXXI (84a) Xagendrapujamabiiuanuvarnana nagendra-

pujavalmlkapujamahimanuvarnana.

XXXII

(87 a)

Campakaranyam

prati

suryyagamanasa-

dlianlbhiitacchayasuryyakopakaranaiiuvarnana.

XXXIII (89 b) Suryyamayakopaprasadavarnananuiiirupana.

XXXIV

(91b) Sftvaradkipasya svarnapanihprapti.

(94 a)

XXXV
XXXVI

Vasistbapujanhnittakavisvamitrajasu(n)da-

uimittakakalmasapadarajna vacana. (97a) Siidaruparaksasavadha Vasisthena

Kal-

XXXVII

masapadarajnah sapapradananirupana. (100 b) Brabmopadistamargena campakaranyam prati Vasisthagamaiiodyamanirupana.

(102 b) Vasistbapuj aniriipana.

XXXVIII
XLI

XXXIX (104 b) Sivadbarmaplialanirupana. XL (107 a) Sivadliarmapunyanirupai.ia.

(109 b) Suryyatirtthamahimanuvar[tta]nana.

XLII (112 a) Suryyatirttliamahimanuvarnaua. XLIII (114 a) Suryyapuskarinlvaibliavanirupana.

XLIV

Kannyatirttha -dharmarajatirttha-iudra(117 b) tirttliamabimanuvarnana.

H3*

264

x~

The

site is

thus described (2 a):

i I

kaveryya daksine tire harinadyas tatottare

srimat-Maddhyarjimapateh nairrtye punyadayake n Karkatesasya samsthanat daksine krosamatrake kannyatlrtthasya piirve tu krosamatre supunyadam
kihcitvayavyabhage tu Manojnesasya vaih prabho
I

campakaranyasamjiiam tu mahapatakanasanani
(2)

of the Ambartsanaradasramvada of the Ksetravaibhavdkhanda of the SlMnda-Purana.

Ff.

The CampaMram/amahatmya
118135.

It begins:

bhuyah pranamya caturananajatam agryam munlsvaram sa(m)karatatvakovidam

trilokasahcarinam avyayani sada papraccha raja sivasatkathamrtam
n

Ambarlsah

bhagavan yoginam srestha ksetratirtthavicaksana nadmadavisesajna mantrayantravidam vara

n
I

tvayoktani rnahabhagii saivaksetravarani ca tesu sthanatrayani punyara bhumau kailasasanimitam

11

vedaranyani svetavanain campakaranyam eva ca tesu sresthatamam proktam campakaranyam uttamam

i

II

uktam yat tvaya purvam samgrahena munisvara tad vadasva ca ka(r)tsnyena mamanugrahakamyaya
ity

ii

It ends:

yah sraddhaya pathati pavanapavanah ca srutvapi tat darsanam acared yah samastapapaih sa vimucya tatksanat samastasamnmamgalam apnuyan nrpa iti skande mahapur[ur];lne ksetravaibhavakhande campakaranyamahatmye Ambarlsanaradasamvade suryyatirtthaI

li

mahimanuvarnanam nama pahcasltitamoddhyayah

sriyai

namah
i

srlmatgirikncambasametanaganathaya
n

mam gal am

srimat-girikucambam tilm girikannyam tathaiva ca

~3*

265

k~

naganathesvaram vande pranamami punah punali

sumerusrmgamaddhyastham suksmarupam sukhapradam

naganatha[h]priyam bhavya namami girikannyakam karakrtam aparadhani ksantum arhanti santah om rigurubhyo namah .subham astu sampurharih
II
i
I i

nam

harih

om

The adhyayas end

as follows:

LXXX\'
1351).

LXXXl22a,LXXXII125b,LXXXIII128b,LXXXIY
(indrena krtamrgasarotsavavidhinirupana) 131a,

(suryyatirtthamahimanuvarnana
(3)

The Nagantitliamaliatmya of the Tirthdkhanda of the Uparibhdga of the Brahmdnda-Purdna (foil. 136 154a) in adhyayas numbered LI LVH ending as follows: LI 138a, LII 139b, LIII 142a, LIV (Pisacamocana)

145b,

LVII
om

(Tlrthavaibhavanirfipana) (Parvatya tapascarana) 154a.

LV

149a,

LVI

152b,

It begins:
i

Sutam prati rsayah Suta Suta mahaprajna sarvasastravisrirada (sic) bruhi nah .sradd(adh)anfinam paramai-tthaikasadhanam
i I

sarvapapaprasamanam sarvopadravanasanani sarvasampatpradaip nrnam sarvarogavinasanam

i

ii

ayuskaram balakarain prajavrddhikaram nrnam rajnam jayakaram yuddhe parasenapravasanam samksepam asrutam purvain naimiseye tapovane idanim srotukamanam munlnaip bhavitatmanam
suryyapuskarinl

ii

nama

tirttham

paramapavanam
n
i

yatra devi jagatdhatri tapas tepe suduskaram tapobalayuta nityam tatra vasam akarayat

suryyanamakhyapadminyam

tate ye nivasanti ca

ye ye krtartthitam yatah tan atra vasato

It ends:

mime vada no

mune

etat salam (read satSni?)

advitivani puca adhivasitah nyamunindrair

paramapavanam

~>i

266

k~

pasyanti

ye

brahraapurisam

adyam dhanya bhavanti manujah khalu bhagyavantah

II
I

uparibhage naganathamahatmye parvatya(s) tapascaranan'nama saptapahcasoddhyayah sriyai nam ah iti brabmandapurane naganatbamahatmyam
iti

sri-brabmandapurane

samaptah
sriyai

sampurnam
I

barib

om

subbam astu

namah

(4)

The Campakaranyamahatmya
hita of the

of the

Ekadasarudrasamb.

Siva-Pur ana.

Ff.

154 a 167

is a conspite of the difference of title this work the as of the tinuation numbering of regards preceding

In

the adhyayas, which end as follows:

LVIII 156 a,
160b,

LIX
a,

(Suryatlrthavaibhava)

159 a,

LX
164b,

LXI
166b,

162

LXII
167b.

(Candravarmacarita)

LX1II

LXIV
I

The work

begins:

Saunakovaca (sic) Suta pauranika[h] srestba sarvalokaprapujita (read ta) campakaranyamabatmyam bhavata kathitam pura idanlm suryyakundasya mribatmyam samgrahat srutam
il

tasya tlrtthasya mahatmyam samgrahat vistarat srotum adyaiva vancha me varttate

n

nunam

*
It

ends:

x krpa yady

asti

ced vada

li

vrjinavilayahetum yah srunotiba nityam sa bbavati paripurnab sarvakamaih mrdasya

I

padam akhilasuredyam yogivaryyabbigamyam

iti
I

il

saivapurane ekadasarudrasambitayam campakarasriyai namah nyamahatmye catuhsastitamoddhyayah om barih sampurnam campakaranyamabatmyam

i I
i

srimatgirikucambasameta naganatbamamgalam om karakrtam &c. srlgurubbyo namah gobrahnianebbyah subbam bhavatu barib om On the front cover of tins MS. we read (inside) 'Tirui

barib

nakesvara' (Tamil for Srlnagesvara) and (outside), 'Tepiska'

~>*

267

Hg-

and the number l'i in and and a Telugu European figures, sign probably indicating the same number appears on all the leaves.
'Tirunakesvara' 'Puriinain' (167)

198.

Sansk. Xo. 14
Size: 15?

X lj
Palm

in.;

172 leaves (169

170 blank) and wooden covers,

6 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18 tb cent.
Character: Telugu, fairly well written, but often difficult to read

and showing many corrections. The leaves are numbered as far as 130, though even here with troublesome erasures and corrections. As far as fol. 56 the writing is in three columus at that point commences a rather larger hand, traversing the full width of the
:

leaves.

The Madhyamabhdga
Bhdradvajasamhitd

of

the

HemakutaJchanda

of

the

of the

Adimaha-Purana.

pp.

For another MS. of this work see Ind. Off. No. 3698, 1387b sqq., with which the text seems to agree Thus in the opening verses si. 4 reads closely. irnvamtu, and after sudhdnisyam si. 5 we have a mark showing that there has been a correction. The colophons
are generally in nearly literal agreement, and their disagreements (e. g. in XXXI) sometimes point in the
also

same direction. The There are, however, considerable divergences. is inserted at a different point in Hariscandropakhyana the two MSS., while each offers certain chapters not found
in the other,

according to the following scheme:

As. Soc.
adhyy.

MS.

Ind. Off.

MS.

118 1935 4047 3639

?

adhyy.

= = =

118 3652 2027

?

2835.

~5*

268

<-

The present MS., however, breaks

adhy. 47.

off in

the middle of

MS. confirms Dr. Eggeling's suggessource for the Ind. Off. Nagari copy, and Telugu his conjecture of hrdayastheydn (for steyan) in adhy. 9. 22
The
existence of this
tion of a
is

also confirmed.

following statement gives the numbers of the pages on which the adhydyas end and the names of those not given in Dr. Eggeling's list: III 9a, IV 12a, V 17a, VI 19a, II 6b, I 3b,

The

VII 20b,

XII
53 b,

29

b,
a,

VIII XIII

IX 25a, 22b, 33 a, XIV 34 a,

42
a,

XV

26b, 36 b,

XI

XVI
47
a,

28b, 38 a,

XVII
70a, 91b,

40

XVIII
57 b,
75a,

XIX
61b,
80a,

44 a,

XX

XXI

XXII

XXIII

XXIV
XXVIII

66 a,
86b.

XXV
XXIX
107
a.

XXVI

XXVII
a,

XXX
112b,

96

XXXIII

XXXI 102 a, XXXIV 115a, XXXV

XXXVII
XXXVIII

XXXII
118a,

XXXVI
ka(sic)

(Kajnldh-amddn-ydyhrajnitaisic^hihaparyantatlrthdni 123 b, (Demghdtamamrara thanam)

kathana)

127

a,

thakathana) 130 a, 139 (sic) 134 a,

XXXIX
b,

XL

154 b,

XLIV

159

b,

XLV

(Surasdsamgamajdlapddatir(ManmukhaUrthotpatikathana XLI 143 a, XLII 149 b, XLIII 162 a, VI 167 b, XLVII

XL

(imperfect) 168 b.

The names

XIX

XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII

of the chapters in the Hariscandropakhyana are Vasist(sic)avisvdmitr asa mvada.

Mrgayd.
Vasisth adh armopadesa.

Mayavarahaprabha va.
Hariscandrasvassadarsanarosd virbha va.

XXIV

XXV
XXVI
XXVII
XXVIII

Canddlakanyakddarsana Kasikena rajdpraliarana. Rdjd nn irgamana.

.

Mayavalmisrsti.

XXIX

XXX
XXXI

Hariscamdrena Camdravatluikraya. Yirabdlmdarsana. Hariscamdrena smasaneksana.

Camdravatyd risada^ahliitasvasam darsana.

-s

269

h$-

XXXH
XXXIII

Hariscamdrena Camdravativadha.

Hariscamdravaraprasddana. The concluding lines of the MS. read thus: tatah param tanubhrta sidhido bramhmanirbharah mahato mSlyavacchpngas te patamty udha&karah. mu (= 20 21 of the

Ind. Off.

MS.

adhy.

XXVII).

For SanmuJcha (see Ind. Oft', adhy. 9) this MS. seems always to read Manmukha, which is perhaps due to the
likeness of the aksaras

ma

and sa

On
'sri

the last two leaves

'rl

we read
(3)

few other scrawls.

after

Ramaya namah' At
a blank half
'sri

Telugu character. Virupaksa sri' (bis) sakadadaya namah' and a

'sri

in the

the

commencement
there
is

of adhv.

XXXIX,

the words

a fresh beginning with leaf, namah'. Virupaksaya 199.

Sansk. No.
Size:

15.

17tx2

in.;

10 leaves, 9 lines to a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cen t.

Character: Grantha, not inked over.

The Kadambapurimdhdtmya
It begins:

of the

Brahmanaradasam-

vdda of the Purvakhanda of the Brahmdnda-Purdna.

suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam

prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasilntaye naimise punyanilaye rsayas satram asate
Asito
n

ete canye ca bahavo naimisaranyavasinah

jamitandosasantyartthaiu satkathasravanotsukah Sutani pauraiiikam srestham idam vacanam abravit

I

II

rsayah Suta vidvan (read dvan) mahaprajha[s] sarvasastravisrirada tvatta srutany anekani ksetrani vividhani ca nadyas ca vividhas sarva tirtthani ca vanani ca idanim srotum icchamo nipaksetrasya vaibhavam n
ii
I

-5*
It ends:

270

r<~

idani

puranam jagatam yasaskarain

surais ca sendrair api nityacintitam

ayusyam arogyakarani yasasyam sada sujalpani paramatmayogibhih iti brahmandapurane brahmanaradasanivade sn-kadambasubham astu purlmahatmye sasthoddhyayah harih om
h
I i

srimate

srinivasamahadesikaya namah
of the adhyayas:

Summary
I

(ends

2 a):

Kaveri,

being

adjudged

inferior

in

her

rivalry with Gaiigfi, performs tapas in Sutala. Brahman appearing informs her that superiority to Gaiiga can

be obtained from Visnu alone. Narada directs her to

the Nipaksetra. II (ends 2b, Oi)iirusottamamah(dmye dvitiyoddhyayah): Description of the Ksetra:

sriramgasya vimanasya kimcid isanya uttare 6amlvanamahaksetrapurve vai krosamatrake

s>I-kadambavanam nama prasiddham lavanatraye n piirvvam Dasaratho raja yagam arabhya satkrtah tu suvrate colabhumau tire uttare kaveryya sri-kadambapurlksetram muninam sthanam uttamam
I I

II

&c.

The Kadambavana is astdvimsatindmdka. There dwells Purusottama and in front of him an arrow's reach is
the tirtha
ksetra,

called after Prahlada

and

also

the Nipa-

where dwells Markandeya.

tejasddhikyaprdptito

III (ends 4 a, puravaibliaval<athanam

katha(na)m ntima): Long Visnu promises a boon.

stotra

by Kaveri,
for

whom

Ganga
that
all

in

superiority to near dwell should that V. her, and tejas, creatures living in the neighbourhood may be

K. asks

sure of moksa.

a,

1.

7:

V. creates a temple on the spot. tadaprabhrti tatksetrarnm adimapuram

ity

abhiit.

IV

(ends 6 a, satlxlrttivarddhanasdrupya2)rdpti): Markandeya at the advice of Brahman visits Kadamba-

pura by the Kadambasaras

(=

Nipapuskarini).

At

-**
his advice a

271

*<~

Cola king Satkirttivardhana by worshipping obtains a son. He afterwards builds a temple Visnu

and gains moksa.

V (ends 7 b):
VI

(ends 10 a):

The Nipapuskarinitirtha and the Brahmatlrtha. The Prahladatirtha and the Nipatlrtha.
1.

The Adimapura of 4a, 1. 7 is again mentioned 8 b, krte yuge nlpaksetram tretayam adimapuram.

2:

the outside of the last leaf in European hand 'Kadambapuri Mahatmya of the Brahmfinda Purana'.

On

200.
Sansk.
Size:
t

JS o.

16.

16yXl?

in.,

22 leaves

2 blank covers between boards,

6 lines to a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th r 19th cent.

Character: Grantba, clear and well written.

The same work

as
is

gaps,

and
6

proved by in one or two slight points

its

as the preceding, from which it is copied, displaying the same numerous small
(e. g.

9a,

1.

6 a,

1.

3 a, 1.2,

4a,

1.

8)

making
3
a,

corrections.

In

this

MS.

the

chapters end

foil.

5 b, 9 b, 13 b, 16 b, 22 a.

leaf in European hand and of the first a statement Mahatmya', contents in and the the numbers 22. of Tamil,

On

the

outside

of

the

last

'

D Kadambapuri

201.

Sansk. No. 17.

Size:

l^xlj-

in-,

35 leaves

blank

covers,

6 lines (nearly

always) on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th

r 19th cent.

Character: Grantha, fairly correct.

The Kapisthalamahatmya
manda- Purana.

of the

of the Ksetragolakavistara of the Uttarablmga of the

Brahmanaradasamvdda Brah-

~&
It begins:

272

xh

uklanibaradharam visnum sasivarnah caturbhujam

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye srl-Naradah

I

pitamaha namas

testu prasida karunanidhe sarvalokesa sarvaksetrajiia mantravit sarvajna

I I

vimanatarasarajha tirttkasarajha punyavit girlnan ca nadmah ca vananam vaibhavani pura srutan tvatto mahabhaga astottarasatasthalam
I

tesu ksetresu sarvesu srutam ekam subbastbalam sarasaram niabaksetram kaveryyas cottare tate kapistbalam nrnam sarvasiddbidam pavanam param
11 I

11

It ends:

punyaii caritraii jagadekapavanam

bbaktipradam sarvasukbavaban ca

patbec srunotlba kapisthalesvaram prapnoti drstva purusartthabhak bhavet

iti

&c.

varadaparabrabmane namab
7,

srimate gajendrasrimate bayagrlvaya namah a grantbam gajendrarttivinasaparabrabmane namab

barib
i

om

srlgurubbyo

namah

100.

Summary

of tbe

adhyayas:

I (ends 4b); II (ends 8a); III (ends 11 b, Indradyumnagajendrajprdpti); IV (ends 15a, Gajendrarttiharana); (ends 16b). Tbese five adhyayas relate tbe foundation
of Kapistbala by Rama's apes, and tbe fight between an elephant and a crocodile as told in tbe Gajendra-

moksana (Aufrecbt-Oxford, p. 5 a, Ind. Off., p. 1159 a b and often printed in tbe Pancaratna). According to the present MS. the nakra is a Gandharva cursed by his teacher Devala, and the elephant the Pandyan king Indradyumna, who had incurred the anger of Agastya. The elephant is saved by Visnu, at whose instance

Brahman founds
tirtha.

the Gajendramoksana or Gajarttiharana Tbere Visnu shows himself yearly in the month

Vaisakha.

-^ VI
(ends 18b): Brahman founds a festival.

273
visits

~
Visnu at Kapisthala and

VII

(ends 22b, Gajendrcmoksatirtthavaibhavd).

gives

VIII (ends 26 b, Oajendramoksatlrtthapanksaiia)

account of a
visit

an

by Indra and

Saci.

IX XI

(ends 29b, TJlrUhavaibhavanirupana)] (ends 33

b,

(ends 31a).

XII (ends SarvalcsetraprcfoMvaphdasrutinirupana) give the history of various other tlrthas at Kapisthala, the
TlrtthavaibTmvanirupana), and
35b,
Bralnnatirtha,
YvuScitirtlia,

Indrapuskarini, Yamatlrtha

(IX),

the

Laksmltlrtha (X), the Bilvatirtha, Papavinasatirtha with the story of Cyavana and Sukanya,
Agastyatlrtha (XI), the Visvainitratirtha, Dasatirtha. This last perhaps means all the ten preceding, taken
cf. fol. 2a, 11.46 (XII). In all cases are recorded the names of the tirthapala, the devata, the bodhi-tree, and the exact location.

together:

The most important feature of PapavinaSa appears to have been a temple called Pahcasrnga (18 a, 1. 2., 26 b, 1. 2). Visnu is attended by Sri under the title Sri-Bhumi.

The

site is

thus defined, lb,

1.

5sq<j.:

kaveilsaritas tire hy uttare daksine tatha pascime caiva purvabdher yojananah catustaye
i

II

griramgat purvabhage tu yojananah catustaye ^he covers give in Tamil the words kumpakonam sva-

pavukku merakke kapistalappuranam yedu 315 and the numbers 8 (Tamil) and 5 (European), also the title 'Brah-

mandapuranam'

in

European

writing.

202.

Sansk. No.
Size:

18.

lOxlf

in.,

15 leaves

1 cover, 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 18th cen t.

Character: Grantba.
18

-3*

274

f<r-

The Kayaroliana mah a tmya.

It begins:

|
11
I

Saunakadya mabatrnana rsayo brabmavadinab naimisakbye mabaranye tapas tepur muniuksavah ekada te m(ab)atmanab samajafi cakrur uttamam dbarmarttbakamamoksanam upayain jiiatum iccbavab
sadvimsatisabasranam rnunayas te mahaujasab tesam sisyaprasisyanam sa(m)khya vaktun na sakyate kani ksetrani punyani kani tirttbani bbutale
I I

II

katbani va prapyate mnktir brban (read nrnan

?)

tapartta-

cetasam
ity

evam prastum atmanani udyatan preksya Sanikarab

(read Saunakah)
u
i

Saunakab

aste siddbasrame punye Suta(b) pauranikottaniab

II

yajan makbair babuvidbai(r) visvarupam jagadgurum sa eva sakalani vetti Vyasasisyo mabaniunib
11 11

II

tasmat tarn evani prccbama ity uce Saunako munib atba te munayo jagmub punyam siddbasraruam vanam
iksantas
tatra tastbur makbalaye addbvaravabbrtbasnanani niunini pauranikottamam
te

II

tam avabbrtban

11

papraccbus
I

sukbaslnam nainiisaranyavasinam

rsayab kani &c. &c.

katham

sive manusyanani (sic) bbaktir avyabbicarini vada sarvamunisrestha sarvam etad asamsayah Sutab srimuddbvam rsayas sarve sandisto to vadamy abam gltam SanatkumarSya kumarena mabatmana
i

kayarobananatbasya niabutmyam paramatbbutain

It ends:

i I

etatksetrasya mabatmyam ye Srnvanti patbanti ca

vaktaram pujayanti ye tesam manoratbam svayam dadyat kayadbirobanam

i 1

->*

275

f<-

bhusanair vividhai(r) vastrai(s) tambulai(r) dhanaddhiinya-

vaktaram pujayitva tu sivasayujyam apnuyat

[kaih

Summary:

11.

harih

ora

I (4b, Adipurdnc Limgotpatti) relates the origin The site linga near to Sivakhyarajadhan!.
described (3 a,

of the
is

thus

67):
i

purvambodhitate ramye pundarlkapurasya ca yojanatrayaslmante kaveryyas caiva daksine u II The Kayarohana. On the banks of the Yamuna was a village called Vedapuri, where dwelt a sage of the Gargyas, named Kardama. His son Pundarlka, wishing
to obtain sayujya, worships

Mahadeva

for

2000 years

at Benares, but without success. At the advice of a certain Vamadeva he proceeds to Kanci, and sets up
(6 b, 1.7)

a Kayarohana linga.

After 62,000 years a

him that, that place being a bhogadhikya sthana, he would find a difficulty in there obtaining sayujya sardhadehena. He must depart to
heavenly voice informs

a bhogamoksasama sthana. Proceeding to Kumbhakona at a time when Jupiter was in Leo, he sets up a Kayarohana at a tlrtha named from Siva (7 a, 1. 6). After 80,000 years he is advised by a Rsi Kanva to visit
Ksetrarajapura on the shore of the eastern ocean between Pundarlkapura and Vedaranya, a yojana from Kamaldsannidhana (?P. N.) on the east. There he is to bathe vrddhakaverisamgame. Pundarlka goes there, and beholds Paramesvara with Ambika. On the west
of

the

linga,

which

is

west

of

the

Sarvatirtha,

he

asrama and a Kayarohana linga. Siva appearing grants him sayujya and promises to Kanva
establishes an

that bhaldi shall always be acancala at the place.

(Here perhaps a chapter ends, 9 b, 1. 7.) After a long interval Kanva obtains sasarlrena sayujya. (? a chapter ends 11a, 1. 6.)

and

Story of the Vindhya and Agastya, who visits Kayarohana sets up a linga in the aqneyadigbhaga (Agastyalinga
1.

13 a,

2).

18*

-$*

276

Hi-

story of Nagar&ja.

Sesa, desiring offspring, visits

Ka-

yarohana with his wife and sets up a linga W. of the Sarvatirtha. His wife bears a daughter, who is ultimately bestowed upon a king Sdlisuka, of the Suryavamsa, who comes to Pannagendrapura (Ahlndrapura). Sesa, having placed his mantrin on the throne, gives his mind to tapas and obtains sdyujya (14a, 1. 4).
Praise of the tirtha.

On

one cover we find the figure

(European) and on

the other an illegible scrawl in Tamil.

203.

Whish No.
Size:
lines

187 B.
blank

18xli"

in.,

38 leaves

cover,

5 (sometimes 4)

on a page.

Material:

Palm
cent.

leaves.

Date: 18th

Character: Grantha, somewhat cramped, but legible.

of the TJttarabhdga of the

The Kumbhakonamdhdtmya of the Ksetravaibhavalzhanrta Brahmdnda-Purdna. The coloto adhy.

phon

XI

has Pdlasavanamdhdtmya in place

of

UttarahJidga. It begins:

pura kadacid ajagmuh punyaranyopasobhitam naimian niini&iksetram rsayo gautamitate vidhatukama vidhivat satram dvadasavarsikam
ii

hutasanasamakarah pratarastuhutasanah Kapilah Pulaho

(sic)

(12 slokas)

Sutamabhyagatamvlk^yatejasa suryyasannibham tasmai brahmasanan datva tarn ucus tatra tenaghah Suta prasida sumate sutaram sujata
(2 a, 1.2.)
II

s(v)arvahinijalajasaurabhasodaribhih vakbhir virihca vanitakarunajharibhis

i

tvan no drutam vrjinatapam apakurusva

(2 b,
1. 3.) pura prasamgena pui-anaratne brahmandanamni (sic) prakatikrtain yat

-5* kincit tad acaksva vivicya

It ends:

277

hc

kftmam
n

srl-Kuinbhakonasthalavaibhavan nah

fidikumbhesamahiitmyam prektam (read proktam) eva

dvi-

jottamah

kumbhakonamahatmye ksetravaibhavan naina dvadasoddhyayah

Sutah
i

anyad atraiva yusmakam tatra sarvahitaya ca iti brahniandapurane ksetravaibhavakhande

11

Summary

of the adhyayas:

I (ends 6 a): Suta begins with the praises of Kumbhaghona on the Kaveri and the Kasyapakhyatirtha (3b. 1. 3 and 4b, 1. 2). Kasyapa practising tapas there,

and that
II
(ends

Siva promised that the tlrtha should bear K.'s his (S.'s) image should be there.
9 b):

name

The Hemapuskarinltlrtha and MadhySrjjunapura (6 b 1. 2.). The Adikumbhesvaralihga and the Hemabjatlrtha (7a, L 4 = Hemapuskarim 7 b, 1. 1). Account of the foundation of the tlrtha. The Kumbha and Siva. Mandhatr worships at the spot. III (ends 12b): The Hemapuskarinlcakratlrtha and to
a, 1. 3.). A vimana Laksml-Bhumi 12 a, 1.5. IV (ends 14b, Brha^patisvargaprdptikatJiana): The Somesvaratlrtha and the Hemakarasaras. Story of Brhasj)ati. V (ends 17a): The Patalabljalinga at the Asvatthatirtha.

the north

the Svayambhuvatlrtha (12

1.4.:

Yaisiiava mentioned 12a,

TI
VII

(ends 21b): Story of the

Umabhaga.

Mahamdghatirfhavaibhava): panodanasaras, where Siva A\as present hananatha.

(ends 23b,

The Papaas

Kayfiro-

Till

(ends 25b, BhasJ;ara[s]tapassiddhikathiui<i Bhaskaraksetra.

):

The

IX

(ends 30b, BralimaliattistrlhattiMOcana): Account of the Kasyapatlrtha, presided over by Umasahaya. Story
of king Satyakirtti of Candrapura a jealous wife.
in

Malwa,

slain

by

(ends

33a,

mocana):

Story

Bilvaran(ya)mahdtmye Gautamagohattiviof the Gautamasaras. where was a

278
linga of Siva.

h^-

Cidambara mentioned 31a,

1.

1.5.;

MayuStory

rasthana 32 a,

2.

XI
XII

(ends 35a,
of

Subahu and

Subahv[o Marudvaty]as ca carita): his wife Marudvati.

(ends 38a, Ksetravaibhava): Recapitulation of Kumbhagbona.

usually spell

and praise

The Colophons
final

Kumbhaghona

(sic).

The

colophon was apparently intended to be followed by a fresh adhyaya, as Suta's name is repeated: see also No. 204.

The label reads in Tamil yinta stalappuranam ku(mpa)konam sivanakovixxyedu312, with the numbers 2 (Tamil) and
7 (European),

and the title Brahmandapuranam (European). For another MS. of a Kumbhakonamahdtmya professing
to

also

Tanjore,

belong to the Brahmanda-Purana, p. 190 a.

204.

see Burnell,

Sansk. No. 19.

Size:

17|xl? (
Palm
cent.

in.,

26 leaves,

89

(more frequently

8) lines

on a page.
Material:
Character:
leaves.

Date: 18 th

Grantha, clearer than in 203.

The Kumbhakonamahatmya.
It begins as in

No. 203, but at the end adds,

of a

after Sutah,

the

commencement

new adhyaya:

kumbhaghonasthale nania sthanam kayarohanavikhyatam sarva

asti

mahattaram

confirming the suspicion that a portion of the

is

Mahatmya

lost.

The adhyayas end

I 3a, II 5a,

as follows:

III 7b, IV 9a: Brhaspatisvargaprapti11a, VI 14 b, VII 16 a: MahamaghatirtthaJcafhana, 17 b: Bhaskam[s]tapassiddhikathana, IX 21 b VIII vaibhava,

Brahmahattistrihattimocana,
(as

X 23 b:

Bilvaranyamahatmye

Gautamagohattivimocana, XI 25a: SubaJivos carita No. 203), XII 26b: Ksetravaibhava. The MS. is slightly more correct than No. 203, which, if

-$*

279

*<-

this, is derived at any rate from a not remote common original, as is proved by the colophons and especially by the common error in the colophon of IV. The outer cover, shared with No. 195, shows various numbers (11, 26, 19, 11,48, 11) in Grantha, Telugu, and European characters, likewise in various characters, 'Harkness

not copied from

examed
ible

lees

20'

(?),

Kumbhaghona-Mdhdtmya,

Kodanu,
illeg-

Kumbhovaram Purdnam, Virdtapuram, and another

superscription.

An

attached label reads

(in

Tamil

character) KumpaJconaksetra'Mdhdtmyam Pdratavirdtaparvanil Jconsam.

205.

Sansk. No. 20.

Size:

14^X1^Palm

in.,

38 leaves

2 between

wooden

boards,

68

lines to a page.

Material:
Character:

leaves.

Date: 18 s possibly

19tb, cent.

Grantha, clearly written. small gaps and ends abruptly.

The MS. shows numerous

The Pdpavindsamdhdtmya
It begins:

of

the

Brahmanda-Puru.ua.

namami

siipatim visnum saccidanandani

advayam
II

svamayasaktisamksiptaprapahcam sesasayinam

Naradauvaca (sic)

snmadastaksarakhyasya mantrasya vada Samkara kesu ksetresu siddhi syad iti karunyato mama Samkara uvaca
II
i

samyak prstam mahaprajha sarvalokahitavaham

astaksaramahama(n)trasiddhiksctrani me
.synu
II

satyaksetram hariksetram

(4 slokas).
I

papanasam mahaksetram sarvaksetrottamottamam etani siddhiksetrani vadanti munipumgavah astaksarasya mantrasya catustrimsan mahamune etesu punyaksetresu kurvatam sumahat tapah
II
i

II

kalena bhiiyasa siddhih papanasasthalam vina n papanase tapassiddhir acirad eva jay ate

-X
It ends;

280

K~

11
I

ayam eva hi me kamo nanyosti madhusudana tva dadayam (for tvadodayam?) me syat kamo (vai)kunthaisvarah
I

tesam bhuktih ca muktifi ca dehi keava nayaka[h]

[nayaka
i

evam samprartthito laksmya kesavah kamalapatih tathastv iti jagadainam pa.

Summary
I (ends 5

of the adhyayas:

b,

Mddhavaraksasatvamoksana):
Sarabhdmadyasurava(dh)o):
with his
wife

Story

of the

Brahmaraksasa and the Brahmana Dalbhya.

II (ends 10
cast
b,

Story

of the

Brahmana Kundina, who

into

the

sea

by an asura

Gunadhya is Shnhanana at the

command

of the asura king Sarabha, but

Garuda and

ultimately

meets Parasara. III (ends 12 a, Kundinatapascarana). IY (ends 14b, Kimdinamol^aladhana)-. praises Visnu, who instructs him to settle one Yojana from Srlranga on the N. bank of the Kaverl (13 b), where he begets a son named Papanasesvara, and then proceeds to Papanasa, where he obtains mukti. The mukti-securing

is saved by reaches Papanasa, where he Visnu destroys the asuras.

stotra

is

given.
:

Sudarsanamukiikatliana) Temptation of Sudarsana by a nymph; he resists her and obtains mukti (marudvrdha 'river' 15a, 1. 4, 19b, 1. 2). XI (ends 21b, Subudhacarita): Story of Subodha and the Raksasa Candakopa. VII (ends 25 a, Prdhladamoksaprada): At the suggestion

(ends

18 b,

of

Sanatkumara Prahlada obtains mukti from Visnu.

(ends 28 a,

VIII

Pratapavlracarita): Story of the Cola king Pratapavira, son of Pratapavira, who constructs many dykes (kulya) in order to irrigate the land on both sides of the Kaverl. On a certain occasion the

river

disappears in a daksinavartta-shaped gartta at a place called Svetavighnesvarasivasthana. famine ensues and for three years P. endeavours in vain to

fill

the gartta.

He

then appeals to a

Brahmana Eranda,

~>4

2S1

i<~

it will
,

dwelling at the foot of an Eranda tree, who says that not be iilled until a muni equal to himself or a king equal to P. leaps in. That honour falls to the

sage, who, when P. is about to follow him out of remorse for a Brahmana's death, reappears and directs him to visit Papanasa and set up fallen lingas &c. This he does and obtains union with Visnu.

The

lines describing the kulyas are as follows:

i

Pratapaviranrpatis Colendro munipumgavah Colaksetresv osadhinarn % vrddhyarttham ekada

gramanan nagaranan ca kaveryyubhayakulatah sukulyah khanayamasa sasyavrddhyartthani adarat

i

tlradvaye ca kaveryyam ye vasanti sivalayah ye ca visnvalayas santi tan apalayata prabhuh tat-tad-devalayasthana (sic) devanam api dattavan
I

11

bahuksetrani vittani bhaktisraddhapurassaram

II

kulyanam abhiraksarttham sa Pratapanrpo mune

silabhir istikabhis ca

mukhadvaram akalpayat
I

kaverimulakulyanam sudhrdepanapurvakam
(25b,
1.

evam sambandhitas Coladeso bhiipatina mune

6 sqq.)

IX

(ends

32

b,

PundarikasarastiiihcivaibhavakatJiana):

Story of the devas and the asura Candavega whom with his army Visnu destroys at Papanasa. Praise of the Pundarlka-saras, named after a sage Pundarika
(31a,
1.

7).
:

X
XI

Digging of the (ends 36a, Pundarikamunikathana) saras by Pundarika at the advice of Dalbhya. P. obtains mukti.

Laksmi performs tapas and asks to be (unfinished) dwell with the good instead of with the to allowed
:

bad,

who on her
hosts.

travels round the world have hitherto

been her

Visnu consents.
is

The

situation of the tlrtha

thus defined (lb,

(read
clisi)

1.

6sqq.):

caivarddhayo[janei kaveryya daksine tire papa(naa)sthalam hareh n muktidam varttate pumsam vasatam bhuktidam tatha

kumbhaghonasya nairtyam

(sic) nisi

HX

282

Kr-

'harih

leaves at the beginning we read 'papavinasamahatmyam' 'sriyai namah grantha 880' in Grantha character with 'yedu 318' in Tamil, and 2 in Telugu and European character: finally the title

On

the two
I

spare

om

i'

again pencilled in label in Grantha.

European

letters,

and on an attached

206.

Saksk. No. 21.

Size: 16 7 Material:

xl-| Palm

in.,

18 leaves

cover, 7 (rarely 6) lines to a page.

leaves.

Bate: 18 tt

cent.

Character: Grantha.

The

TulasivanamarMndeyasrinivasaksdramaMtmya

of

the Madhyamablutga of the Bliavisyottara-Purana.

It begins:

devadevaravindaksa kalijasana surarccita

praslda jagatan natha sarvalokanamaskrta ksetrabrndavidhanajna tirtthabrndavicaksana

li

mantrabrndavidhanajha vimanajha suresvara n srutva tvatto mukundasya mahatrnyam pavanam parani manaso na bhavet trptir atah prcchami sampratam krpaya bruhi sisyaya lokfinam vai hitaya ca kumbhaghonasya mahatniyani varnane yan nianak cchrutamii
n
I

bruhi

markandeyamahaksetram sarvalokaikapavanam me devadevesa guhyat guhyataram param

i

It ends:

dharmakamartthamoksanam yah pathet pratar utthitah etan mahatrnyam atulam patrobhun natra samsayah subham bhavati sarvesam siddhir bhavati mamgalam
n

li

iti

srl-bhavisyottaiapurane

madhyamakhande
i

tulasivana-

markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmye

tlrtthamahimanuvari

nanan nama navamoddhyayah

harih

om

subham astu

kallyanatbhutagStraya kamikartthapradayine srimadvemkatanathaya srlnivasaya mamgalam

i

-><

283

,<-

Summary
I (ends 3 b):
(la,
1.

purvambodkes tu pascinie sarddhakrose kumbhaghonat purvabhage munisvara tulaslvanam ity etat ksetrani pavanapavanam adav eva mahaksetram markandeyan tatah param "We hear (la, 1. 7) of a puskarinl at the tlrtha. Some
5):

Sahyajadaksine

of the adhyayas: The situation of

the tlrtha
is

thus defined
I

tire

ll

ii

II (ends 5

details of places are given fol. 3. a): Origin of the Tulasivana (Tulasi daughter Tulasikavaca is mentioned of Sudhabindu 4a, 1. 3).

and given at length (4 b, 1. III (ends 6 b) Markandeya

:

5.).

visits the Tulasivana and performs tapas at the foot of a TulasT.

IV

(ends 7 b):

Dkaranl (= Tulasi) appears

to

M. and

becomes

his daughter.
:

Visnu appears as an aged ascetic and (ends 10 a) for the begs girl: on her refusal M. appeals to Visnu. VI (ends 12a): M. praises Visnu, who asks for Tulasi,

and promises
(2)

to

M.

3 boons,

(1)

that he and Tulasi

shall dwell at the tlrtha, to be called after M.'s

name,

food without salt (see 11a: no salt to be brought to Hari's temple), (3) moksa. Visnu adds that M. shall

name Kalyanapura
is

see the Akasanagarl, which shall be visible under the or Markandeyasthala. The tlrtha
called Sarnga.

The dv&daSaksaravidya lib,

of

1.5.

VII

(ends

13 a):

Marriage

Visnu and Tulasi.

1.

The
is

temple Suddhananda VIII (ends 14b, Tirthamdhatmya):

built 13 a,

6.

The Akasanagara
The

nairrtyam tirttharajasya.

IX

(ends 18a):

Brahman

establishes a festival.

fruits

of bathing in the Ahoratryahvayatlrtha.

The sage Devasarman

a

(a Bharadvaja),
is

daughter of Jaimini,
the tlrtha.
(16b,

having ravished cursed to become a kraunca

tree

and liberated only when a Sal

falls into

on which he nests

The Candratlrtha
Suryatlrtha (16b,
tirtha (17 b,
1.

1.6),

11. 14), Sarngatlrtha (16b, 1. 5). Indratlrtha (17b, 1.2), and Brahnia-

3).

-><

284
in

<-

On

the

cover we

read

Tamil: Inta stalapuranam

kumpakonatukku samlpam

uppili

appana yena nukua

title,

vis-

nukovilapuranam yedu 18 and inside the above, in Grantha.

207.

as

given

AVhish No. 186.

Size:

{xl\

2 covers, 7

in.,

lines

6 leaves (numbered on a page.

cent.

70, 71,

73-74, 8081) and

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th (possibly 17th)

Character: Grantha.

The last part of the Mahaganapaddhati of Oirvanendra Sarasvati, pupil of Visvesvara Sarasvati, who was himself a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati.
It begins:

m madhu melayitva sampisya japtanyayutadvayena (sic) ebhis subhair ahjitalocano yo marttyani dhSnani sa pasyatiha lajjanduka prasiddha laksanan tu sparsasamkucavatpatratvam ghanasarah karpurah suklam girikarnika svetax x x x x x x x
I

ii

parajitah

trevau (??)

eka trnam
i

ayahprasuna samkha-

pusplm ayomukhapuspaki

bhavet ganesarnasatastajaptasrikhandilepat kila duhkhanasah

i

srikhandas
j apt

am

ity

candanakhandah satastajaptety astottarasataartthah evam sarvatra

luta savisphotakabhutakrtyii(t)

pretotbhavat ghoratara
vinasayen

(j)

jvarac ca

manorathastadhyasahasrajapad (sic) mantrivaras tu vasyam

visadvayam sthavarajangaman ca jvaran athastav ilia sidarogEn

I

sudarunan tain grahanlii ca rogan

vataprasutan kaphapittajatan
sat a stajapena vinasayet
;

II

galagrahadin api rogasamghan

i

->i

2*5

:C-

laksaikajfipena inanorathasya siddhir bhaved asya hi padukayah

i

11

It ends:

(sic)

somasuryyoparage ca parvanes

suddhayos

latlia

siddhainrtadiyogesu dvadasadivratesu ca n caturtthyan ca tatha sastyam vasare sukrasoinayoh uktakalesu vidhivat ganesam samyag arccayet n
iti

srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacriryasrimad

Amaren-

drasarasYatisisyasilmad-Visvesvarasarasvatyah priya&syena

Girvanendrasarasvatya viracita mahaganapaddhatis sam-

aptah harih
i

om

srlvaiicchattiliru

Kukum
I

Sesadrina su(read sva)hastalikliitani

i

Sesadriyaulaputran srlvancckesvaramaii-

kalamkamakakatta&rivighne&varaya galanayakyai namah naniah srigurubhyo namah srlsarasvatyai namah Then in uninked letters gane^aya namah
i
I

For the author see Aufrecht CC. s. v. Girvanendrasarasvati. The work deals with charms, and seems especially devoted to Ganesa. Possibly it bears some relation to the Gam
-

sapaddhati (dh.) by recht CC. II p. 196.

Somes varaputra mentioned by Auf-

208.
Sansk. No. 22.
Size; 7|

xl?

in.,

26 leaves

-f-

2 blank between boards, 6 lines

on

a page. Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18 th or 19 th

cent.

Character: Malayalam.

astrological It begins:

An

work bearing no name.

harih

srlganapataye
I

namah

avighnam astu
I

srigurubhyo namah

trilokambayai namah

kalavenuravah kalayanilah kamalacumbanalampatotira myah me hrdi devaklkiSorah alipota ivaravindamadhye ramatani visvatma sahajabhusanam nabhasah jayati jagatah prasutir n drutakanakasadrsada^asatamayuldiamalarccitas savita

-s*

286

H8-

arkkendvarabudhacaryyasukramandasiketavah

raksantv anium gralias sarvve yah pusye mrgalagnajah vidhatra likhita ya" sa lalateksaranialika
i

II

daivajnas

tam pathed vyaktam horanirmmalavaksasa

II

pusyarkse sltabhanSv udayati mrgabhe vrscikasthe ca bhanau

bhuputradauvaniksatpadasatuladhanuryyugmajikakriyasthe cchalismelugh(?) isoyas samajani bhavatallokamatrprasadat balah prajnonujoyam kalitadhanasukharogyadlrghghayur

(

adhyah
athaharggano likhyate.
It ends:

II

sesa dasah

kramena yojyah

subham astu

the writing

on the last leaf being indistinct and in places hardly legible. There is no regular division into chapters, but new
topics are introduced

lb, 2 a,

1.
1.

6.

by athaharggano
yante.

atlia,

as follows:

likhyate.

4.

atha tatkaladugganita

grahassatvakyani likh-

4b,
5 a,

1. 1. 1. 1.
1.

2.
6. 5. 2.
1.

8 b, 9 b,

atha bhasakalidinadayah. atha bhavasrayaphalani. atha rasmayo likhyante. atha yogaphalam. athastakavarggo likhyate. atha samudayastakayarggah. atha bhavah lagnadlnani samanvayah. atha bhavestagrahadustayah.
atha grahanani sthanabalani. atha cestabalam.

10 b,
lib, 12 a,

1. 1.

3. 6. 3. 5. 1.

13 b,

1.

15 b, 16 a,
16 a, 16 b, 16 b, 16 b,
17 a,

1.

1.
1.
1.

3.
1.

athovvabalam.

1.

3. 5.
1.

1.
1.

athayanabalam. atha kalabalam. atha nisarggabalam.

atha grahabalapuhjani. atha lagnadibhavabalapuhjani.
atha suksmarasmayah. atha lagnabhavasya baladhikyad atrarpsakadasa
likhyate.

17 a,

1. 1.

4.
5.

17 b,
18a, 18b,

1.

2.

1.

3.

atha bhavavindanam.

-^
26 a,
1.
1.

287

h^

3.
6.

26 a,

atha kalacakradasa. atha naksatradasil likhyate.

On

the outer side of one of the boards

in

Roman

character.

209.
Sansk. No. 23.
Size: 8^

Xl

in.,

31 leaves

+ covers,

8 lines (generally) on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.

Character: Grantlia.

Unnamed. But
parisat, It begins:

in the margin at the beginning Afigirasaand at the end SrimukJiaparisat is written.

vagisadya sumanasa sarvartthanam upakrame yan natva krtakrtya stus (read syus) tan namami gajananam vinddhyaI
i

syottarade.se biirhaspatyamanabdo grahyah vinddhyadaksina-

sauracandramanabdo grahyah barhaspatyamanena citrabhanusamvassarah (sic) sauracandramanabhyam Sngirasasamvassarah sarvatra ^u(?)rodayavasat pusyabdah asya samvassarasya Salivahanasakabdah
dese
i

It

is

incomplete, breaking

off as follows:

ddhruvam gamgeyo
ala
i

vallipritih

pusa 4 ku 8 sunnyatithir

There are no regular chapters. On fol. 2 a, 1. 4 we find a section beginning 'atha samvassaraphalam' and on 4a, 1. 7
one beginning 'atha inakarasanikrantiphalam'. The rest is mainly numbers &c, arranged as in a table. On the cover subham astu minaksisahayam\ with two
lines of

Tamil writing

(of

an astrological nature)
210.

inside.

Sansk. No. 24.

Size:
side, 5

12x1
lines

li in., 5 leaves
leaves.

double leaf joined at the

left

on a page.
r 19th cen t.

Material:
.

Palm

Date: 18th

Character: Malayalam.
Injuries: All the leaves are

more or

less mutilated.

-5h

288

Kr

paper wrapped round these few leaves states were that they presented by Col. H. S. Osborne, March st 1 1828, and that they contain a copy of a Malabar (i. e. Malayalam) petition. On one of them however the language is Sanskrit, and it begins the Bdgadvesaprdkaranam, as
slip of

follows

citgkanam paramatmanam apannaivarusakrtim advitiyam aparan tain Vekitesaguruni (sic) bhajet

I

ii

ragadvesaprakaranani.

ragadya sodasa.
211.

WhishNo.
Size:

180.
(later 8) lines

MjXlf

in-,

24 leaves between boards, 9

on

a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Perhaps 19 * h cent.

Injuries:
partially

Character: Square Grantha, clearly written. The left-hand lower corner of the first 16 leaves has been

rubbed away.

The Samkaracaryacarita
It begins:

in 9 adhyayas.

x x x x namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata

niadiyarasanabamsanatanesu samutsuka esa Sarasva x x x x x m anandadayini
i

pratyuhadhvantavidhvanisah kriyate sarvakarmnianain

ll

11

samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah sarvam mania subhabhistam purayet partthasarathih ksiptvajnanatamorasim padarttha x x x x x

i I

gururatnapradlpo me manodhamani bhasatam visnulllamrtanan te karttarah kavipumgavah

I

ll

jayanti sutaram loke Valmlkivyasasanikaruh

ll

x x x x x x x nde vyasacalam idam kavim babhuva SamkaracaryyakirttikallolinI yatah

ll

atyunnatasya kavyadror vvyahsacalabhyapo khilam

x x x x x x x x m asamartthoham atbhutam hrasvam atyamkusagrahyaiii grhitva kalayami tat

n

nibandhanasrjam kahcitadvatisvaramagno mude

"

-
$ * *
:*

289
*

><~

-x-

x * *

vakarpitaip

karomi yativaryyasya nideSam samup53ritab n kathasamksepa evadyo dvitryoddhyaya utbha(v)e(t)

It ends:

&C.

grimacchamkaradesikasya caritastotram prabodhapradam nirddandakhilapapavrndavidhinam samksiptam etan narah ye srnvanti pathanti cadarayuta sahcintyanvaham te labdhva blmvi sampadan ca sakalam ante lablianterartam n
iti

sVi-Samkaracaryyacarite navamoddliyay;ili
I

Srigurubhyo

namah The

in a sober

following is a summary of the story, which is told and credible style with scarcely any miracles: adhy. I (ends 2 b, 1. 7) Kathasamksepa.

II (5a, 1. 7) Story of Upamanyu and birth of Samkara, which 'causes the books to slip from the hands of the

The birthplace was in the 1.2.). Kerala country (famous for the birth of Medinlkara &c 3 a, 1. 1), where was the Daksinakailasa tlrtha, also called Syanandura (? 3a, 1. 2). Here were two rivers Nila (?) and Curni, and on the north bank of the latter, at a place called Kalati, was the home of S.'s parents, whose names are not given. III (8a, 1. 7): Samkara's precocity. At five years of age he loses bis father, and he is brought up by his mother, for whose sake, when sixteen years old, be brings the The river was thence called river near to the house. Ambapaga. A crocodile seizes him while bathing, and in gratitude for his escape he becomes a Sannyasin. He is initiated by Govindasvamin, pupil of GaudaDvaitavadins' (5a,

pada, with whom he spends a long period. Having tirthas. he visits with difficulty obtained leave, The friendly counsels of the guru are charmingly
related.

Proceeding to the Badarikasrama, he studies Vedanta and composes the Bhasyapradlpika. Vyasa appears and compliments him.

IV

(10a,

1.

3):

After his mother's death,

s,

returns to the
19

Badarikasrama, where the Brahmana VisnuSannan, son

~><

290

k~
in the

of

Somasarman
1.

of

Srikundagrama

Kerala country,

becomes

his first disciple.

:

(12 b,

S. visits Bhattacarya at Prayaga. The latter, to the karmakanda, is converted to devoted previously that at one time, when Buddhism He relates views. S.'s 1)

was triumphant (svetamarge pura tena sugatena subadhite), he had himself outwardly professed that religion, for which reason he is not fit to compose varttikas
on the Bhasya.
in

He
a

Magadha,

as

indicates a pupil Visvarupa, living S. converts Visvarupa substitute.

wife

from Buddhism.
daughter of Yisnumitra, dwelling near the river Sona, shows some reminiscences of Bana's Harsacarita adhy. I.
story
of Visvarupa's

The

VanI,

YI

Visvarupa receives the sannyasa name of Samkara composes fifteen bhasyas (ten on Upanisads), and Sanandana (Visnusarman) writes a tika on the Bhasya, while Suresvara is the author of On the the Naiskarmyasiddhi and two Varttikas.
(14a,
1.

1):

Suresvara.

way to Clokarna, Samkara obtains a Hastamalaka (Kahcanavarnin 23 b, 11. 4

called Sivavihara.

third
5) at

disciple

a village

fourth, exceedingly devoted,

was

Totaka.

VII

(17

a,

1.

2):

Sanandana obtains

at

Haridvar the name

Padmapada. Samkara, journeying to Ramasetu, bathes in the river Suvarnamukhari at Kalahastiksetra, also Praise of Kancl. called Daksinakailasa.

VIII

where

(20 a, 1.3): S. visits Pundarmtapura (Pundarlka23b, 1.7), Then to Sriranga: then is the tirtha Sivaganga.

IX

bathes at the Dhanuskotitirtha at Ramasetu. (24a, 1.9): S. revisits Kahci and mounts the Sarvajha Then to Vrsacala, where he dwells and dies pitha.
at Daksinakailasa.

Recapitulation in the form of an

aiirvada.

This work professes to be composed by Govindanatha,

friend of

Samkara (23a, 1. 1): idam sri-Samkaracaryyacaritam lokapavanam krtam Govindanathena yatibhaktisahayatah.

~X

291

K-

24 in Whish's hand 'Samkara Acharyya charitram professing to be a history of that learned individual' and 'An unworthy work No. 79b.'
the outside
of
fol.

On

above

p. 106.

Other

MSS.

of

this

Burnidl, Tanjore p. 96b 97a, and 6esagiri 6iistri 'Report on a Search for Sanskrit and Tamil AI.SS. for the year

work have

been

examined

l>y

18931894' pp. 1012 and 2579, the readings of which may be compared with the present. The former makes
no mention of the author, but the latter accepts without question the above statement of the MS. ascribing it to Samkara's disciple Govindanatha. Although I cannot agree with BurnelFs statement that the book is 'full of miracles' and the litany at the end may be an addition, it is impossible to ascribe such an antiquity to a work which
the distinguished sons of the Ker country Medinlkara, apparently the author of the Medinikoa. For the story of Samkara as related in the Sanikacites (3 a,
1.

1)

among

ravijaya see Aufrecht-Oxford, pp. 247 sqq.

212.

Sansk. No. 25.

Size:

12x1t

in.,

9 leaves -f covers,

89

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18 th or 19th cen t.

Character : Grantha.

213.

Sansk. No. 26.

Size:

lOjxlj

in.,

11 leaves

cover, 7

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th r 19 th cen t.

character: Grantha.

214.

Sansk. No. 27.

Size:

lO^xlj l|
Palm

in.,

10 leaves

+ covers, 78

lints

on a pa

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th or 19th

Character: Grantha.

cent.

-5*

292
1

Kr-

On
the

the

cover 'Suvisesam

intended to

mean

'Holy',

or

like.

215.

Sansk. No. 28.

Size:

10|-Xl{

in.,

31 leaves

(less fols.

18 and 30, missing)

cover,

56

(generally 6) lines
r

on a page.
cent.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18th

19*

Character: Grantha.

All these
of

MSS.

Mr. Glenies sermon

in all the

are described externally as 'Translation in Sanscrit', and the contents

correspond to this description.

"We have apparently the

same sermon

MSS.

-$HH$-

LIST OF

WORKS
SUBJECTS.

ARRANGED ACCORDING TO

I.

VEDIC LITERATURE.
to

1.

Samhitas, and Wqrks relating

a)

them.

Rigveda:

Rgveda-Sanihita, Padapatha, Astakas 1

(No. 165).

2 3 4

"
,

first

Rgveda-Bhasya, by Sayana,

:

I, I, I,

19

(No. 166). leaf only (No. 14).

(No. 13).

58

5
e

75121 (No. 2). 122-165 (No. la).

8
9

1 Rgveda-Pratisakhya, by Saunaka The same, with the Com. Parsadavrttij

Rksarvasarnana by Nagadeva
Rgvilanglryalaksana by Nagadeva Tract on the Rgveda-Samhita, title not given

10

n
12

13 14 15
16
17

Padantadipini Trisandhalaksana

Rksamkhya
Avarnadipa Nantasamgraha by Sesanarayana
Tantalaksana Naparavyakkyana, Com. on Nantasamgraha Taparatika, Com. on Tantalaksana Paribhasa (?) Avarnilaksana Avarnilaksana (No. 73, 21 Com. on Avarnivyakhyana, Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 22 Katyayana's Sarvanukramani (No. 78, 6).
v

(No. 73,2).

18

19

20
21

22

23
24 25
26

A kind of Parisista to the Rgveda-PratiSakhya

(No. 78,

7).

-X
b)
27 28

296

hs-

Black Yajurveda:

29 30
31

Taittiriya-Samhita, Samhita-Patha (No. 176). Coin, on Satarudriya (Taittiriya-Sanihita IV, 5) (No. 21b). Another Com. on the same text (No. 22 a).

32

Taittiriya-Pratisakhya (No. 38, 1). Tribhasyaratna, Com. on the preceding (No. 38, 2). Com. on Bharadvajasiksa, by Laksmana Jatavalla-

33

bhasastrin (No. 25b). Svaralaksana (No. 28 b).

34
35

36
37

38
39

40
4i

The same with Com. (No. 28 a). Samanavyakhyana, Com. on Samkitasanmnalaksana'* o 3 CO Yilinghyavyakhyana by Pundarikaksisuri Naparavyakhyana, Com. on Naparalaksana f's Taparapaddhati, Com. on Taparalaksana Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on Avarnilaksana Akarapaddhati, Com. on Avarnilaksana Anihgyavyakhyana, Com. on Aningyalaksana
SO

c)

Samaveda:
1 ,T

42 43

Prakrti of Samaveda

Prakrticalaksara

44 45
46

Uhagana, book I (Dasaratra) (No. 180, Uhagana, books II VII (No. 179).

1).

Rahasya (No.
2.

180, 2).

Brahmanas and Aranyakas.

47

48

Aitareya-Aranyaka (No. 191). Sayana's Com. on the first Aranyaka of the same
(No. lb).

49

Maiidala-Brakmana,
(No. 22 b).

i.

e.

^atapatha-Brahmana X,

5,

so
51

Taittirlya-Brahmana (No. 177). Taittiny a- Aranyaka, and

1^

52

Aranya-Katkaka,

i.e.

Taittirlya-Brahmana III,
ZPpanisads.

10 12J s

3.

53

54

Sankara's Com. on Aitareya-Upanisad (No. 78, 2;. Saiikara's Com. on Bahvrcabrahmana-Upanisad,

i.

e.

Aitareya-Aranyaka II (No. 158,

1).

-^
55

297

f<~

56

Sankara's Com. on Samhitfi-UpanNad, Aranyaka III (Xo. 158, 2). Brhadaranyaka-Upanisad (No. 21 c).

i.

e.

Aitareya-

57
58

Isa-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 1). Sankara's Com. on the same (No. 16b,

1).

59

60
6i

Sankara's Taittirlya-Upanisad-Bha^y;i (No. Kena-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 2).

15).

62
63
6-t

Sankara's Com. on the same (No. 16b, 2). Sankara's Com. on Chandogya-Upanisad (No. 23).

65
66 67

Katha-Upanisad (No. 17, 1). Sankara's Com. on the same (No. 24 a). Prasna-Upanisad (No. 17, 2). Sankara's Com. on the same (No. 24 a).

68
69

Mundaka-Upanisad (No. 17, 3). Sankara's Com. on the same (No.

Mandukya-Upanisad (No. 17,
4).

24a).

70
71

72 73
74

Pnrvatapaniya-Upanisad (No. 17, 5). Uttaratapaniya-Upanisad (No. 17, 6). Rahasya-Upanisad (No. 18a, 1). Amrtabindu-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 2).
Tripnrasundari-Upanisad (No. 18a, 3). Kalagnirudra-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 4). Sarira(ka)-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 5).
Atharvasira-Upanisad (No. 18 a,
6).
3).

75
76 77

78
79

Atharvasirobhasya by Bhaskara Raya (No. 18b.

Kaivalya-Upanisad (No. 18 a,

7).

80
81

The same

(No. 192).

82
83

84 85

Skanda-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 8). Maha-(or Tripuratapana-?)Upanisad (No. 18 a, 9). Devl-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 10). Tripura-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 11). Katha-Upanisad (?), different from 63 (No. 18 a. 12).
4.
Veclic

Ritual (Sutras, Frayogas, &c).

86 87 88

89

Asvalayana-Grhyasutra (No. 78, 5). Kausitaka (Sambavya)-Grliyasutra (No. 78, 3>. Com. on the same (No. 78, 4). Dvaidhasutra from Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No.

94.

1>

~$h
90

298

Mahagnisarvasva, Com. on the Agnikalpa, Dvaidha and Karmanta Sutras of Bodhayana's Srautasutra
(No. 94,
2).

9i

Another fragment

of the
rites

same (No.

94, 3).

92

Manual
(No. 99,

of Srauta

(darsapurnamasau, adhana,

pasubandha) according to the school of Apastamba

2).

93 94

Com. on the same (No. 99, 1). Manual of Srauta rites (Agnistonia) according
school of

to the

Apastamba

(No. 99,

3).

95 96
97

98

Com. on the same (No. 99, 4). Apastambiya Grhyasutra (No. 26, 2). Mantrapatha of the Apastambins (So. 26, Haradatta's Com. on the same (No. 27).
in Sanskrit (No. 139).

1).

99

Sodasakriya (Bodhayana) in Malayalam, with Mantras

100

101

102

loa
lo-i

Pahcangarudranyasa (?), rules and prayers (Black Yajurveda) for the worship of Budra (No. 48, 1). Budravidhi (?) with the o Pahcangarudranyasa of Bodhayana, and Prayoga for the Budranuvakas of Taitt. Saiph. IV, 7J

105

106
107

Mantrabrahmana of the Samaveda (No. 86, 2). Sayana's Com. on the same (No. 86, 1). Budraskandha's Com. on Khadira-Grhyasutra (No.

75).

108

Prayogasara (No. 153, 4). A kind of Prayoga, dealing with witchcraft and domestic
rites (No. 153, 5).

109

Prayascittasubodhini by Srinivasamakhin (No. 5 a).

Grhyaparisista (No. 91,
5.
1).

no

Miscellaneous Vedic Works.

in
112

Caranavyuha (No. 21a).

Somotpatti (No. 48,
II.
3).

ANCIENT EPIC POETBY.

Bamayana

us lu
115

Valmlki's

VI
1

(No. 53).
55).
3).

Uttarakanda (No.
I,

only (No. 146,

H3H
116 ii7

299

Hg-

Ramannja's Com. on Rain;iv;ina I, II (No. 10). III,l-^V,3_(No.62).

us H9
120
121 122

123

Com. on Ramayana I, 1, 1 83 (No. 54, 1). Mahabharata, Sambhava-Parvan (No. 153, 6). Pauloma and Astika Parvans (No. Sabha-Parvan (No. 19). Vana-Parvan (No. 61).

VI

(Xo. 67).

64)-

124
125
126 127

Virata-Parvan (No.

52).

112,
1

Udyoga-Parvan

94

7 (No. 195).

(No. 84).

128 129

Drona-Parvan 1 34 (No. 87). Parvans XIV XVIII (No. 50).

41198

(No. 85).

130
131

Bhagavadgita,

132

fr. (No. 157, 1). with introduction (No. 40). 6iidhara's Com. on Bhagavadgita (No. 41). Subodhini,

133 134 135

136

Uttaraglta (No. 44,

2).

Balabharata by Pandit Agastya (No. 21). Mahabharatasamgraha by Mahesvara (No.

71).

137

Campnbharata (No. 152, 2). Kusalavopakhyana from Asvamedhika-Parvan

mini-Bharata (No. 49 b).

of Jai-

III.

CLASSICAL SANSKRIT LITERATURE.

1.

Epic and Lyric Poetry (Kavya).

138

Narayana's
(No. 121).

Com.

on

Kalidasa's

Kumarasambhava

139
140

Bhattikavya with Com. Jayamangala (No. 123).

The same (No.

(No. 66).

164).

ui
142

Mahanatakasiiktisudhanidhi

by

Immadi

Devaraya
by

143 144

Srntirahjinl, Com. on Jayadeva's Gltagovinda, Laksmldhara (No. 113, 1). The same (No. 142). Another Com. on the Gltagovinda (No. 1 3*
>
i

-$*
145 146
147

300

*<-

Suryasataka by Mayura, with

by Anvayamukha 1 Daksayajhaprabandha (No. 149,

2.

Cora,

2).

Drama.
3).

148
149

Kalidasa's Abhijiianasakuntala (No. 81,

150

The same (No. 149, 1). Com. (called Sahityasarvasva) on the same by
vasacarya (No. 82).
5.

Srlni-

Romance,

Tales.

Campus.

151

Bhojaprabandha (No.

175).

152

Visvagunadarsa by Vei'ikatacarya (No. 183).

4. Technical

and
a)

Scientific Literature.

Grammar.
2).

153

Panini's Astadhyayi (No. 59.

154

Paribhasarthasamgraha by Vaidyanatha Sastrin (No.

95, 1).

155 156

Com. on the same by Svayamprakasananda (No.

Prakriyasarvasva by Narayana,
fr.

95, 2).

(No. 117,

3).

157

Ganapatha,

fr.

(No. 117,

4).
fr.

158
159

Paradigms

of Conjugation,

(No. 92,

3).

Prakrtarupavatara by Simharaja (No. 154).

b)

Lexicography.
155).
1).

160
161

Amarakosa (No.

162
163

Aniarakosodghatana, Com. by Ksirasvamin (No. 152, Amarakosa with Malayalam gloss (No. 122).

The same

(No. 133).
c)

Prosody.

164
165

Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta (No. 160, 1). The same with the Manimahjarl, Com. by the Purohita Nrtrayana (No. 54,
1

3).

As Mr. Thomas
is

quite a modern poem by Ramanarayana karatna, Professor at the Sanskrit College, beginning: abhud abhumir
at Calcutta in 1881

kindly informs me, the Daksayajiia printed Tar-

vinayasya vaibhavfit.

~x
166
167

301

hs~

Tlie same Com. (No. The same Com. (No.

d)

116, 2).
170;.

Poetics (Alamkara).

168

169

Prataparudra by Vidyanatha (No. 89, 1). Com. (Ratnapana) on the same, by Kumarasvamin
(No. 77).

no in
172
173

Kuvalayananda by Appayya Diksita (No. The same (No. 127).

Kavyaprakasa (No.
128,
1). 1).

109).

Alanikarasarvasva (No. 151,

e)

Music, Acting

etc.

(Samgitasastra).
110).

174

Abhinayadarpana by Nandikesvara (No.

f)

Medicine.

175 176 177

Astangahrdaya by Vagbhata (No. 120). Astangasamgraha by Vagbhata, fr. (No. Ratirahasya by Kokkoka (No. 45).
g)

168,

1).

Astronomy and Astrology.

59, 1).
I,

178
179

Suryasiddhfmta (No.

114

(No. 12,

1).

180

Kamadogdhrl, Com. on SuryasiddhSnta, by Taniinayajvan (No. 12,

2).

181

Suryasiddhantavivarana by Paramesvara (No. 137).

182
183

184
1S5

186 187

Vakyakaranadlpika by Sundararaja (No. 68, 1). Kujadipahcagrahavakyam (No. 68, 2). Mahabhaskarlya Karmanibandhana (No. 124, 2). Fragment (part of the preceding work?) (No. 124, 3). Siddhantasekhara by Sripati (No. 124, 1). Brhatsamhita of Yaralianiihira with Bhattotpala's
Com., fr. (No. 72). Varahamihira's Brhajjataka, with the
1

188

-.

189 190
191

Com. Subodhinl
First Part of the same Com. (No. 160, 4). Another Com. on the Brhajjataka: NaukS or Hora-

vivarana (No. 118,

1).

H>;
192

302

k~

193

194
195
196

197 198 199

Prasnamrta by Kumara, fr. (Xo. 118, 2). Prasnasamgraha (No. 144, 1). Laghvi Jatakapaddhati, fr. (Xo. 144, 2). Utpala's Com. on Satpancasika, fr. (Xo. 144, 2). Sarvarthacintamani, by Vehkatanayaka, fr. (No. 146, 2). T Krsnlya (X o. 161).

The same, The same,

Com.

fr.
fr.

(No. 162).
(Xo. 113,
2).

200
2oi

Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha, with a]

|

(^ 0.134;.
3).

202
I

Trilokasaravrtti (Xo. Ill,

Fragments

of astronomical
gical works

and

~ "

astrolo-

'

'"
'"

on20a

^'

(Xo. 209).

5.

Law, Religious and

Civil.
1).

206

Gautamlya Dharmasastra (Xo.

102,

207

208

Haradatta's Com. (Mitaksara) on the same (Xo. 102, 2). Haradatta's Com. (Ujjvala) on Apastamblya Dharmasutra (No. 37).

209 210
2ii

Parasarasmrti with Madhava's Com. (Xo.

79, 2).

212

Smrtimuktaphala by Vaidyanatha Diksita, I (No. 74). Sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga from the (preceding?) work of Vaidyanatha Diksita (Xo. 91, 2). Smrticandrika by Devanna, Vyavaharakanda I (No.
129,
1).

213
214 215

The same

(Xo. 141).
fr.

(Xo. 129, 2). Barhaspatyastitra, or Xltisarvasva by Brhaspati (Xo.

Yyavaharainalika,
160,

3).

6.

Philosophy.

a)
216

Purvamimamsa.
1).

217

Bhattadlpika by Khandadeva (Xo. 92, The same, VII, 1 IX, 3 (Xo. 119, 1).

218
219

The same, fr. (Xo. 119, 3). Bhattacandrika, Cora, on Bhattadlpika, by Bhaskararaya Bharati (No. 119, 2;.

->*
220
221

303

r<-

Mlmamsakanstubha by Khandadeva, fr. (No. Maynkhamalika, Com. on Sastradlpika, by Somanatha

i

Xr. 30).
222

Mimamsa-Tantravarttika by Knmarila (No.

b)

108).

Ye d ant a
r

Yedanta-Sutras with Sankai

sabhasya (No. 57
22-t
.

in..

Sarlrakamlmam-

Bhasyaratnaprabha, Corn, on Sankara's Bhasya, by Govindananda and Ramananda (No. 93).

-.

The same.

fr.

(No. 78,

1).
i

227

Brahmasntracandrika, Com. on Vedanta-Sutras Xo.193). Upadesagranthavivarana, Com. on Sankara's Upadi sahasrika (No. 24
'
.

228

The same (No.

5(

230
231

Sankaras Vivekacudamani (No. 24 Com. on Sankara's Atmabodhaprakarana (No. 3 Com. on Sankara's Vakyasudha, by Brahmananda
Bharatl (No.
63. 1).

232

Com, on Sankara's Yakyavrtti, by

VisV< -vara (X
3).
,

233
.

(Sankara's) Yedantasara (No. 113,

235

Sankara'sPurvottaradvadasamanjarikaStotra N (Sankara's) Hastamalaka N 6).

236 237

The same

(No. 171,

2).

HaritattvamnktavalL Com. on Sankara's Haristuti. by Svayamprakasa Yati No. 8a).

Bagadvesaprakarana (by Sankara? See Aufrecht

s. v.i

(No. 210).
S

2?9

(Govindanatha's

okaracaryacarita (Xo.

79.

240
24i 242

The same

(No. 211).
I
.

243

2 Bhasyarthasamgraha,by Brahmananda Yati X .! Pahcadasi by Vidyaranyatlrtha (No. 81, 2 Upadi- -.anthavivarana, Com. on the Pancadaii, by

244

Bamakrsna X The same (No.

15!

245
246 247

Sadananda's Yedantas Yeiikatanatha's Satadusanl

31, 1).

Bharatltlrtha's Adhikaranaratnamala

(Na

~>i
248

304

Kr-

AppayyaDlksitaWedantasastrasiddhantalesasamgraha
(No. 105).

249 250

Vedantaparibhasa\byDharmarajadhvarlndra(No.l06,4). Vedantasikhamani, Com. on the preceding, by Eamakrsnadhvarin (No. 106, 5).

251

Vasudevamananaprakarana (No.

194).

252

253

Laksmidkara's Advaitamakaranda (No. 63, 4). Rasabhivyanjika, Com. on the preceding, by Svayamprakasa Yati (No. 8 b).

254 255

Brahmanubhavastaka (No. 92, 2). Raghavananda's Com., Paramarthasaravivarana, on the

Sesarya (No. 128,
3).

c)

ankhy

a.

256

Isvarakrsna's Sankhyasaptati (No. 104,

1).

257 258 259

The same (No. 145, 1). Jayamangala, Com. on the same, by Sarikara (No. 1 45, 2). Tattvakaumudi, another Com. on the same, by Vacaspatimisra (No. 145,
3).

260
261

The same (No.

104,

3).

Bodhabharati's Com. on the preceding Com. (No. 104,4).

d)

Nyaya, Vaisesika,

etc.

262 263

264

Kesavamisra's Tarkaparibhasa (No. 100, 1). Tarkabhasaprakasika, Com. on the preceding, by Cinnambhatta, fr. (No. 100, 2). Com. on G-aurlkanta's Tarkabhasabhavarthadlpika, fr.
(No. 117, 2)

265 266
267

Tarkacudamani by Dharmaraja, Yogyatavadartha (No. 106, 1).

fr.

(No. 117,

1).

Laukikavisayatavadartha (No. 106,

2).

268
269

Paramarsavadartha (No. 106, 3). Karakavada, by Jayarama (No. 100,

Vadaratnavall,
fr.

3).

270
271

(No. 100,

4).
fr.
fr.

272 273 274

Work Work

on Nyaya, unnamed, on Nyaya, unnamed,

(No. 100,
(No. 101).

5).

Annambhatta's Tarkasamgraha (No. The same (No. 169).

145, 6).

-^
275

305
145,

k5).
-'

Com. on the same (No.

276
277

Bhasapariccheda, by ViSvanatha Pancanana, with the] Com., Siddhantamuktavali

278

Prapancahrdaya (No.

107).

IV.

SECTARIAN AND DEVOTIONAL TEXTS

Puranas, Matiatmyas, and related Texts.
of

(PURANAS,MAHATMYAS,STOTRAS,TANTRA,etc.)
/.

279

Adi-Purana: Bharadvajasamhita, Madhyamabhaga

280

Hemakutakhanda (No. 198). Brahma-Purana Bhrgu-Narada-samvada, mahatmya (No. 181).

:

Ha^i

igifi-

28i

J82 283

Padma-Purana: Sivagita (No. 31). Karttikamahatmya (No. Visnu-Purana (No. 34).

oiva-Purana
:

47,

1).

284

oatarudriyakotisamhita, Kaufijara^ana187).

ksetramahatmya (No.
285

286

Siva-Purana: Kotirudrasamhita, KapalisasthalamahaImya (No. 188). Siva-Purana: Ekfidasarudrasamhita, Campakaranya-

mahatmya
287 288 289

(No. 197,

Bhagavata-Purana I

IX

4).

(No. 20).

with Com., fr. (No. 9h). with Srldhara's Com., XI

1

XII
26,
1

(No. 39).
290
291

Bhagavata-Purana, Malayalam Com. on

2).

it,

fr.(No.

1.

X,

fr.

in Sanskrit

and Malayalam

(No. 126,
292

293
'204

Bhagavata-Purana: Ekada&askandhasara&loka-I samgraha with Com., by Brahmananda Bharati

295

Bhagavatasara (?) (No. 9 a). Naradiya-Purana: Haribhaktisudhodaya

(No. 80).

with

Com

296

Brhannaradiya-Purana

Jnanakanda

Ahlndrapura20

mahatmya

(No. 196,

3).

~$*

306

k~

297

298
299 300
301
:;o2

Markandeya-Puratia: Devimahatmya, with] Argalastotra, and (No.

J.

42).

Kilakastotra

Agni-Purana: Tulakaverimahatmya (No.

51).

The same (No. The same (No.

131).
186).

303

304

Bhavisyat-Purana: Kumbhaghonamahatmya (No. 189). Bhavisyottara-Purana: Ksetravaibhavakhanda, Cam-

305

pakaranyamahatmya (No. 197, 1). Bhavisyottara-Purana: Madhyamabhaga, Tulasivanamarkandeyasrmivasaksetramahatniya (No. 206). Brahmakaivarta-Purana Tirthaprasamsa, Pancanada:

306

mahatmya
307

(No. 185).

Brahmakaivarta-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No.

184,
2). 3).

308

Linga-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No. 184,

[309331]

Skanda-Purana:

309 310

Agastyasamhita, Halasyamahatmya (No. 7). Sankarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas I

(No. 88).

IV

ii

Sankarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas

(No. 103).

V VII

312 3i3

Sanatkumarasamhita, Sivatattvasudhanidhi (No. 60)

Sutasamhita, Sivamahatmya-Khanda (No. 76). fr. (No. 148).

314
;u5 316 317

Jiianayoga-Khanda (No.
'

76).

(No. 148).
76).

Mukti-Khanda (No.

318
319

(No. 148).
76).
fr.

Vajnavaibhava-Khanda (No.

,

320
321

(No. 148).

Brahmagita(No.3).

322
323

Madhava's Com. on the preceding (No. 4). Sutasamhita, Yajiiavaibhava-Khanda, Uparibhage Sutagita (No. 9
c).

324

Madhava's Com. on the preceding (No. 9d). Uttarakhanda, Tirthamahatmya, Kumararudrasamvada

(No. 196,
1).

->;

307

hs~

326

Ksetravaibhava-Khanda, Madhyarjunamahatmyfl
184,
1).

327

Ksetravaibhava-Khanda, Mayurapurlmahatmya, 27

th

Adhyaya
328

only (No. 188h).

|

Ksetravaibhava-Khanda, < !ampakaranyamahatmya No.

197,
2).

329
o

331

Jayantlmahatmya (No. 168. 2). Vaisakhamahatmya (No. 47, 2). Gurugita (No. 32, 2).
[332344]

B r ahm a n d a Pu ra n u
-

332
333

Adhyatma-Ramayana
Uttarakhanda,

(No. 54,

2).

Hayagrivagastyasamvada,

Lalitopa-

khyana (No.
334

69).

Uttarabhaga, Ksetragolakavistara, Brahmanaradasamvada, Kapisthalamahatmya (No. 201).

335

Uttarabhaga,

Ksetravaibhavakhanda,
203).

Kumbhakona-

336

mahatmya (No. The same (No.

197,
3).

204).

337

Uparibhaga, Tirthakhanda, Naganathamahatmya (No.

338 339

Papavinasaraahatmya (No. 205). Bralmiauaradasamvada, Ahmdrapuramahatmya

196,
2).

(No. No.

340

Brahmanriradas;nnv;i(la,
199).

Kadambapurlmahatmya

:ui

The same (No.

190).

200).
I

342

Brahmanaradasamvada, Samastikananamahatmya
Srirangamahatmya (No. 49 it). The same (No. 182).
Bhugola-Purana
:

No.

i.

344
i

Keralamahatmya (No.

147).

346
347
348

Sivadharmottara (No. 156).

Atharvanarahasya of the Visnudharma(?) (No. Ekadaslvratamahatmya

Jayantivrata
(?)
(?)

63, 2).

349

(N(1

|,

;s

L>)

350
351
i

Anantavrata
See

Bhaskaramatamahatmya
also

below 382. 38& 392^ 397^

20

-$~

308

h^

352
353

KayarohanamShatmya (No. 202). An Itihasa of King Vrsadarvi, title unknown (No. 48, 2).
2. Stotras,

and Similar

Tracts.
(128,

354

Brahmapara Stotra with Com.

2).

355 356 357 358

Vedapadastava (No. 48, 4). Sivarcanasiromani, by Brahmanandanatha (No. 89, 2). Paramarthasara, by Sesanaga, with a )/-vr -mo q\ Com. Com. (Paramarthasaravivarana) by Raghavananda, see above 255.
with a Srutisuktimala, by J Haradatta,
1

359

AT

,.,_

360
361

Com.

[(No. 116,

,. 1).

362
363 364
365
366
367

Mahaganapaddhati,byGirvrinendraSarasvati.fr.(No.29). The same, fr. (No. 207).

Ganapatyastaka (No. 115, 11). Narayaniya Stotra (No. 140). Bhaktapriya, Com. on the preceding (No.
'

114).
")
}-

with the Sankara's Yisnupadadikesantastuti, r

,

(No. 44,

1).

368
369

Com. Sukhabodhini Another Com. on the same,

YiM.nibhujaiiga (No. 59,
Sai'ikara's
3).

fr.

(No. Ill,

5).

370
371

Com. on Visnusahasranainan (No. 111,4).

fr.

The same,
Metrical

(No. 130).

372

373
374

(Sahasranamapadyavrtti) on Visnusahasranainan (No. 138). Sankara's Anandalahari (No. 157, 2). Anandasagarastava by Nilakantha (No. 63, 3).

Com.

375
:;76
;;7 7

The same (No. 112, 6). Ambastava (No. 112, 4).

Kalyfuiastava by Kalidasa (No. 112, 8). Candikasaptati (No. 173). Carcastava by Kalidasa (No. 112, 7).
Tripurastottara (No. 115. 3). Tripurastava (No. 115, 8). Trisati Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmanda-

378
379
o

381

382

Purana) (No. 112,

3).

-$,,

300
from

*Brahma>da-Purajia
(No,

383

Daksi^amurtipanjara
115,
9).

384
385
386 387

388 389 390

391

Durgastaka (No. 171, 1). Balasahasranaman (No. 11"). 6). MantraksaramSla (No. 43, 2). The same (No. 112, 5). The same (No. 171, 3).
Matangyastottara (No. 115,
5).

392

Matrkanyasa (No. 115, 2). Matrkastava (No. 115, 1). Jayamangala, Com. on Lalitasahasranama Stotra (from Brahmanda-Purana), by Bhatta Narayana (No.
';.">).

393
u'J4

Lalitastavaratna (No. 63,

5).

39G 397

The same (No. 115, 12). The same, IV. (No. 160, 2). The same, fr. (No. 174).
LalitadevI Stotra (from Lalitopakhyaua of

Brahmanda-

398
39'j

400
401 402

Purana) (No. 112, 2). Syainalanibavarmaratna (No. 115, 4). SvapnSdhyaya (?) (No. 172). Sermon of Mr. Glenies in Sanskrit (No. 212).

403

The same (No. The same (No. The same (No.

213).

214).

215).
3.

Tantra.
Id.

404
405

Kauladarsatantra, by Visvanandanatha (No. 5

The same (No.

96, 2).
98, 1).

406
407 408 409

Daksinamurtisamhita (No.

Kumarasamhita (No.

98, 2).

Kularnavatantra (No. 43, 1). Kulacudaniani, Com. on Laghubhattaraka's Laghustuti,

4io

by Simharaja (No. 125). Divyamangaladhyana from Rajarajesvantantra

112,
1).

(No.
N

4ii

Kartaviryarjunakavaca from Uddamaresvaratantra

112, 10).

o.

Kriyakalapa

of

Tantrasamgraha, see above 200, 201.

~2H

310
150).

Hg-

412
413

Tantrasamuccaya (No.

&rlcakrapratisthavidhi (No. 5c,

1).

414
415

416
417

Srividyaldiyaniulavidyabhedah (No. 5c, 2). Srividyaratnasutra, by Gaudapada (No. 18b, 1). Com. ou the same, by Vidyaranya (No. 18b, 2
Saktisiitra, with its)
I

1.

418
419

(No. 6 a).

AT

Bhasya
Atharranaprokta-devirahasya-svarupakramopasanayah jaganmatrbhaktyaikavedyah prayogah by Jagannathasuri (No. 6 b).

420
421

422

Cidvalli by Natanananda (No. 6 c). Candrajhanagamasamgraha (No. 96, 1). Prapancasarasarasamgraha (No. 97).

423430

Umiamed

Collections

of Mantras,

and Tantric

fragments (Nos. 115, 7; 10, and 143, 16).

V.
43i
i

FRAGMENTS NOT IDENTIFIED

4).

1
.

(No. 32,

4;;

(No. 32, 5). (No. 144, leaves 4752).

(No. 145, 4).

434

435436
437

(No. 146,
3).

1; 4).

(No. 149,

3 (No. 151, 2). 439441 (NO. 153, 442444 (No. 157,

3).

1,

after leaf 52).

For other

tracts
2C>,

and fragments of unknown or doubtful

82, 85, 92. 94, 100,

titles,

see above 11, 20,

101, 103, 108, 157, 158, 185,

203, 204, 205, 271, 272, 294, 349, 350, 353, 399, 419,

423-130.

XKr

INDEX.

The

figures refer to the pages only.

anisakadasa 286.

adhyayana

98.

adhyatmaramayana68sq.,307. Agastya, Pan<lit 191sq., 299. adhyapana 98. Agastya 88, 155, 214, 2-18, ananta (Sesa) 25.S.
250, 272, 275;
(]ilipasamv;iil;i
"tirtlia

akanvarathantara 237.

273;

249;
7,

"linga

275; "saiuhita

204, 306.

Ananta Narayana 50 sq., Anantakysna, scribe L88. anantavrata 226sq., 307.

,

86.

Agni

(Ksi)

158.

agnikalpa, "sutra 126, 298.

aningyalaksana aningyavya khyana 31, 296.

anistayoga 171.

agniksetra 127.

agnipurana

03,

LOO,

188,

anumanaprakaa
anu&asanaparvan

167.
90. L63.

245sq., 306. agnividhi 187.

Antaryamin

(Rsi)

agnivivaha 120.

agnistoma 134, 298.

Annambhatta202sq.,227,304. Anvayamuklia 53sq., 300.

apamrtyuiijaya 120.

aghamarsanasukta

12i).

Aghora

(Rsi) 26, 56.

Apantaratamas

210.

ankurasya vidhi 120. ankurarpanavidhi 120. Augiras 7. ajamilakatha 196.

atibuddhiprayoga 212.
atirudraprayoga
89.

Appaya 241. Appayarya 203. Appayya Diksita

182, 301, 304.

144sq., 150,

apradarSanapara 171.

apsaroganavipralambha 239.
abhijnana&akuntala
205, 300.
sq.,

atirudrahutisamkhya 89. Atri 7.

atharvasira-upanisad
297.

109

sq.,

19

abhinaya 151.

abhinayadarpana 151, 301.

atharvasirobhasya 21, 297.

Amara

11.

advaitamakaranda
304.

8sq.,

81,

Amarakosa
300.

176, 190,213,300.

Amarako&odghatana

209

sq.,

advaitananda 75. AdvaitanandaSaras\

atil 28sq. &marasiipAal76, 190,209,213. adhikaranaratnamala 118sq., Amarendra Sarasvatl 35. 131, 303. 284 sq. adhikarakanda 222. amrtabindupanisad 19, 297.

H3*

314

i<r

Amrtanandanatba 117 s<j. abargana 286. Ambarisa 264; naradasam- Ahalya 262.
vada 264. ambapaga, N.
abina 236, 238.
of a river, 289.

anibastava, 155 sq., 308. ambika 275.

ahindranagara 257-260, 276.

,

ahindrapura

ahindrapuramahatmya 257
260, 305, 307. akoratrltlrtba 283.

ayabprasuna 284. ayanabala 286. ayodhyakandall,64sq.,67,69. ayomukhapuspakl 284. araniharana 91. Arunacalanatha 175.
arunopanisad
34, 35.

akarapaddhati 31, 296. akasanagarl 283.

agneya 224; purana, see agnipurana. angirasaparisad 287.

arkavivahavidbi 120.
argalastotra 48 sq., 306.

angirasasamvassara 287.
acaryavilasa 106. ajyadolia 238.

arcavatara 240, 258.

Arj unavi sadayoga 215. arthalamkara 117.

ardbanarlsvara 262.
arhagola, N. of a village
3.

atmajnana 83. atmabodhaprakarana atmananda 75.

39, 303.

Alaka

183.

alamkarasastra 101, 117. alainkarasarvasva 208, 301.

Atreya 173, 241. atharvana 238. atbarvanaprokta de virabasya

5sq., 310.

avarnadipa 95 sq., 295. avarnilaksana avarnivya,

atbarvanarahasya 80, 307.

atharvanopanisad 19; vivarana 28.
adarsotsava 262.

khyana

31, 97, 295, 296.

avyaktaganita 178.
asvatthatirtha 277.

a^vamedbavabhrtha 239.
astakavarga 170 sq., 286. astaksara (mantra) 27U.

adikumbbesamahatmya

277.

adikumbbesvaralinga 277. adityapurana 166.

astangasamgraba 226, 301. astangahydaya 173, 301. astadaSapadanirupana 186.

astadhyayl 75sq., 300. Asita 26'.).

Adityapuroga
adiparvan 82.

57.

adipurana

77, 275, 305.

adimabapurana 141, 247,267. adimapura 270, 271.

adbana(prayoga) 133,134,298.

Asuri Paiicasikha 202.

abamkaranirupana

239.

Auauda Bbarati

80.

-$h

315
ik

he-

Anandagiri 4. anandalahari 216, 308.

iinadlmahatmya 20 1. Lksvakulabdhavaibhava anandasagarastava81,156,308. itihasa 56 sq., 262.

2 10.

Apastamba

(school

32,

33,

indra 262,
263, 283.

273;

tlrtha

261,

133, 134, 298.

A-pastamblyagrhyasutra
298.

33.

ndradyumnagajendraprapti
272.

Apastamblyadharmasutra
302.

13,

indrapuccha 225.
indrapuskarin! 273.

amahlyava ayatanakhanda

23G, 237.
88.

[mmadi Devaraya 84 sq.,

is^aka
126. 126.
istikalpa

299.

Ayu

192.

ayuhprasna I99sq. ayuh, ayurdaya 170sq.

\;im;i l-upaiiisail 16 ^|.,2'.'7.

ayurhoma
arana 225.

120.

Lsvaraiq-spa

142,

143,

201,

202, 304.

aranyakathaka 234 236, 296. aranyakanda 64sq., (17, 69, 79. Fgra&ravas 90. 302. aranyaparvan 78, 91. ujjvala 43sq., uddamareSvaratantra 157 Arya, Aryabhata 86, 179. Aryabhatakarmanibandha 1 79. 309.
I

sq.,

aryadvisati 82, 231.

utkrstaslvaketraprakarana
2
1

aryamati 143.
alokamanjarl 138.

7 sq.
|

attarakanda ramayana
298.

7< >sq.,

Avadugdharana
avarnilaksana,

188.

avarnivya-

uttarakhanda of brahmanda-

khyana purana 88, 155, 250, 307; 92. of skandapurajia 257, 30< asramavasikaparvan 60sq., 171. asrayayoga attaraglta 52, 299. 59 asvamedhikaparvan sq., attaratapaniyopanisad L9,297. 60 sq., 92, 299. uttaratapini 1'.'.

31, 97, 295, 296.

A Svalayanagyhyasutra
297.

i.Y

uttarabhaga

of

brahma^da-

Asvalayanamantrasamhita Asvalayanasutra 86. asurakanda 116.

astlkaparvan 82, 299.

58.

purana 271, 276, 307. uttararamayana 70sq. uttarabhimanyuvivaha 91.

Qtpala 200, 302. udakasantividhi
1

20.

Ddayamurti

67, 69.

-s*

316

K-

udyogaparvan udvat 237.

91, 113sq., 299.

rgvedabkasya 1, 2, 15, 295. rgvedasambita 15, 105, 222,

223, 295.

upadesakanda 140 sq.

i
1

rnasya deyadeyavidhi 187. upadesagranthavivarana(C< 28 rtanidkana 238. on upadesasabasri) sq.,

1.

71 sq., 303.

rtunasa 212.

upadesagrantbavivarana(Corn. Rtuparna 262.

on pancadasi) 73, 75, 303. upadesavedantasiddbyarabasya 160.

71, 303.

ekasami 225.
ekaksaralaksmlpiijavidlii 132.

upadesasabasrika, sabasri 28, ekagnikandavyakhya 33.

ekadasarudrasamkita 266,305.
ekadasaskandkasaraslokasam-

upanayana 195.
upanisad 184, 235, 296 sq.

Upamanyu

289.
153.

graka 12, 305. ekadasivratamakatmya

307. 236, 238.

226,

upamapramanastaka uparibhaga of skandapurana ekaha

10 sq.,
242,

306;
148.

of

brah- ekoddistavidhi 120.

307.

mandapurana 265 sq.,

upavedakarana upangaprakarana 148. umabliaga 277.

ekoddistasraddka 105.

Eranda 280 sq.

aitareyaranyaka
155,
1,

216, 217,

umamahesvarasamvada
204.

253, 296, 297.

umasakaya Uvata 94.

277.

aitareyopaiiisad bkasya 103.

3,

103, 296;

aisikaparvan 90, 92.

ausadlia, ausadliaparvata, au-

uliyagana 237.

urclkvamnayamakatmya
iika 237, 238.

50.

sadhadri 257260.
53.

uhagana 236 sq., 296.

uliyagana 237.

kaksaputasarasamgraba kankalapatm 163.

katbavalll 18.

rksamkbya 95

sq.,

295.

katkopanisad

18, 20, 27, 297.

rksarvasamana 95, 295.

295. rgvilanghyalaksaria 95,
105. rgvedapratisakhya 94, 96,

kantaramanikka (grama) 167. kandaramanikya (grama) 167.

Kanva

275.

295.

kadambapuriksetra 270.

-5*

317

hs~

kadambapurlmabatmya
271, 307.

^(',9

Katyayana

76,

105. 295 >5.

kantisaurabhakarajia 212.
270.

kadambavana

kapSllsa 248.

kadambasaras 270.
kanyatirtba 261, 203, 264. kapalisastlialanialiatiii\a 247
sq.,

kamakala(vilasa

6sq.

kamadogdhri
kamaSastra
L-iya ni liana

13sq., 301.

53.

305.

kamyapasukanda
278;

173.
"nntli.i
1

kapitthaka 151.

274, 308.

Kapila 142, 143, 202, 276.

kapilasurya 226.

277; mahatmya 27 karika 104.

sq.,

karakavada 136, 304.

kapilasrama 268.

kapisthala 272, 273; maha- kamnyamrtatirthaprasaipsana 242. tmya 271 sq., 307.

kamalasannidbana 275.

kartavlryarjunakavaca L57sq.,
309.

kampabaresanaksetramahatmya 250.
karanapaddbal
karkate^a 264.
i

karttikamabatmya
karttikotsava
2i2.

5 tsq., 305.

20

karnaparvan

92. 92.

Karsnajini 247. kalacakradasa 287.

kalati,

Karnavadha

N. of a place 289.

karnavrddbi 212. Ivardama 275.

kariuaiiibandliana 179, 301. karmajiva 170, 171.

kalabala 286.
kalahastiksetra 290.

kalagmrudropanisad !!. 297. Kalidasa 109, 110, 156, 157.

174,

karm&ntasutra 126, 298.

205 sq., 299, 300, 308.

16:'..

Kalmasapadarajan

263.

kalindi

kalj anatlrtbasikbaratrivaibbavanirupana 242.

kaverl
272,

24<>.

211. 275,

264,

270,

273.

277.

280sq.

kalyanapura 2S3. kalyanastava 157, 308.

kavya 175.
kavyaprakaa 183, 301 kavyalaksana 183.
.

Kasyapa 7,57,263; tlrtba277. kanci 258; nagara 241,275. kiskindhakaiida64 67,69,79, katbaka 235 sq. kilakastotra 48 sq., 306. kucavardhana 212. kathakopanisadvivarana 27.

Kasyapa 277. Kabola 7. Kancanavarnin 290.

KMka

268.

Kanada

203. 227;

ant ia 111.

kuja 87.

Kama

126.

kujadipancagrabavakya

[301. s 7,

-5*

318

h$-

luihjarasanadivyaksetramaha- krsnarjunasamvada 21 5. krsniya 159, 200, 220, 302. tmya 247. Krdara 69 sq., 166, 218,228, Kundina 280.

Kutsa

7.

300.
171, 302.

Kumara

kenopanisad 17, 297. kerala 204, 289sq.;mabatmya rudrasamvada kumara 274;

257, 306.

204, 307. 132, 309.

174,

kumarasamhita

Kesava

8.

kumarasambhava
vivarana 174sq.

299; Kesavamisral35, 136, 168, 304.

Kumarasvamin 101, 301. Kumarila 149 sq., 303. kumbhakona 275; mahatmya kaivalyauavanita 39. 276279, 307; sthalavai- Kaivalyananda Yogindra 8sq.
bbava 277.
kaivalyopanisad 19 sq., 253sq.,
258, 277, 278,
297.

Kesavaditya 185 sq., 197. Kesavarya 35. kesavrddhi 212.

kumbbagbona 281283; mabatmya

306; sthala 278. Kumbhaja 245.

249,

Kokkoka

53, 301.

kotirudrasambita 247 sq., 305.

Konama
7.

172.

Kumbhasambhava
kulaciidfimani 180

Kolacala Peddacarya 101.

309.

sq.,

kaunj arasanaksetrara aha tmya

246 sq., 305. kulamulayatara 4. kularnava 4, 130; tantra 50, Kaundinyagotra 167.
309.

kaurma(purana) 100.
ndlya
150,

kuvalayananda,
182, 301.

kaulavid 130.
kaulasastra 130, 132.
4,

kusalavopakbyana 59 sq., 299. kaulagamatantra kaulacara 130. kustbacikitsita 174.

kutasthadlpa 73sq., 109,218. kaulacarya 130. kauladarsatantra krccbravidhi 120.

130.

4, 130,

309.

Krsanu 241.
I\i-sna,

Kausitakagrhya.su tra 104, 297.

of

guru

Narayana Kausitakacarya

104.

174si|.
K'rsiia,
I\

kriyakalapa 190 sq., 302, 309.

author of krsniya 220. ksatriyadbarma 98. fsnad\ ija, scribe 1 58sq.,197. Ksirasvamin 209sq., 300.
12.

Krsnananda 1H4. Krsnananda Bbarati

krsnaranya 258.

ksutpipasaharanaprayoga ksudra 236sq.

kscl

21 2.

rakanda 248 sq.

-**

319

<~
120.

ksetragolakavistara 271, 307. garbhinividhi

ksetrarajapura 275. ksetravaibhava 277, 27s.

gadadbarl

I5sq.
I

garuda(purana ksetravaibhavakhaijdaofskan- Gargya 27r>. dapurana 242, 264, 307; of garhapatyaciti

bhavisyottarap. 260sq., 306;
girikanya

LOO.

126,

127.

262, 26 tsq.

brahmandap. 276sq., Ksemanandanatha 255.

of

307.

gitagovinda

158 sq.,
35,

L92sq.,

197, 299; "vyakhyana L92sq.

Girvanendra
khagendra, N. of a river 257.
308.

131, 284sq.,

Khandadeva

42sq., 172, 302, 303.

121

sq.,

gunatrayavibhaga
(

runavisnu

14.

khayoga 170sq. Khadiragrhyasutra

Gunadhya
99, 298.

280.

guruglta 38, 307.

gurudiksa 38.

ganga 270. gangadharakathamrta 261.

gajarttiharaiia(trrtha) 272. gajendramoksana 272.

guruvakya

87.
L50.

guruvakyaleSasamgraha gurvadinirupana 98.

guhanaradasamvada
grliasaiitividlii
-

64.

gajendramoksatlrthavaibhava,
pariks;in;i

L20. 98.

273.
p.a

rhasthadharma

gajendrarttihara

272.

grharcanavidhi 120.
grhyaparislsta 119sq., 298,
grhyavrtti 99.

gananatha 198.
ganapatyastaka 164, 308.

ganapatha 169, ganeSa 284sq.

i

3<>i>.

grhyagniprayascitta 120.

ganeapaddha1 ganesastaka 164.

285.

gokarna 290. Gopala L03,

(

121.
I

robhilagrhj asutra
211.
<SG.

1~>.

gadaparvan gandharva 241, 272.

90. 92.

gomahatmya Golacudamani
(

Gambhira

172.

golavarnana 178.
rovinda, guru of Sankara
17,
li.

garuda 258, 260, 280; N. of a river 257 sq.

(

2729,
121.

38,

39,

52,

rarga

7.

L03,
(?)

L53, L85, 201, 217.

rargagotra
204.

86.

Gargayudhisthira?anrvada
ffarbhinldharma
(

Govinda, father of Anantakrsna 188.

scribe

Govindanatha
.*s.
(

106, 290,
2.s '..

3i

}o\ [ndasvamirj

~$*

320

h-

Govindanaridal02,124sq.,303. candra 178.

gosadangavidhi 214.

candragrabana 178.
candraj n ana gamasamgra 129 sq., 310.
1
1 1
1

Gaudapada Gautama 7,
278.

21, 289, 310.

224, 262.

gautamagoliattivimocana 277, candratlrtlia 283.

gautamasaras 277. gautanil 276.

candrapura 277. Candravati 268 sij. Candravarmacarita 266.

Gautamiyadbarmasastra 138 Candrasenarajan 262. candrika 128 sq. 140, 302. Gaurikanta Sarvabhaunia 168, camakanuvaka 89.
304.

campakaranya261
2:56.
:;06,

264; ma-

gaurivita

liatmya 260 sq.. 264, 266, 305,

307.

gaurlsambbogavarnana 175. grahanopavarnana 178.

grahadrsti 171.

grababalapunjani 286.

campubbarata 210, 299. campu (written cambu) 241. caranavyuha 24, 298.

carcastava 156, 308. grahabhagana 178. 178. grahayuddha caturmasya 126. grabayonibheda 152, 170 sq., caturvarnakrama 121. 220. candrayoga 170sq: grabavivarana 199. candrayana 120. grabanaip stbanabalam 286. camundika 49.

grabodayastamaya 178.
cakraradhanaphala
1

cikitsitasthana 174.

citradipa 73
30.

sq.,

109.

citrabhanusamvassara 287.

Candakopa 280. candamundardim

(

cidambara 278.
229.
cidvalli 6sq., 310.

landavega 281.

cintamani 147.

candalakanyalcadarsana 268. candikasaptati 230, 308.

Cinnambbatta 136, 304. curni, N. of a river, 289.

ccstabala 286.

candikabydaya 49.
candi^ataka 230.
caturthnjvaras;tnti 171
165.
.

caitanya 139.
cola 270
sq.,

280 sq.

caturvedatatparyasaipgraha

Cyavana

273.

caturvedabhasya 165. candanotsava 262.

cbandogamantrabrahmanabhasya 114sij.

32]

i<r-

chandogyamantiabhasya
26sq., 297.

114.

chandogyopanisadvivarajia

Taksaka 263; vada 263.

samk:iras:iiii-

tattvakaumudi 142, 202, 304.

tattvacintamaniprak&Sa L67. tattvaviveka 73sq., 109.

Jagannathasuri 5sq., 310. jaganmatrbhakti 5sq., 310.

taddhitakhanda 169.

Jatavallabhasastrin (Laksma- tanubhuvanaprakarajLa 148. tantra 309 sq. na) 32, 296.

Janamejaya 60, 91, 113, 194sq. tantraraja

janraan 170 sq.

4.
s<]
.

tantravarttika 149
309.

Jarabunatha 171.
Jayadeval58,192sq., 197,299.
ta 226sq., 307.
jayaniai'igala,

tantrasamgraha 190 sq., 302,

jayantlniahatmya, jayantivra- tantrasamuccaya 207, 310.

Com. on

lalita-

tapara 95sq.; tlka 95sq., 295; paddhati 31, 296; laksana

sahasranrimastotra41sq.,309; 31, 296. Coin, on Bkattikavya 177, Taminayajvan 13 sq., 301. 222, 299; Coin, on sankhya- Tamm ay ry a 1 3 s
i i
.

saptati 201, 304. Jayarama 136, 304.

Taranganandinl 260.

tarkacudamani 146, 147, 167,

200, 304.

jatakapaddhati
302.

(laglivl)

jatakarman

195.

tarkaparibhasa 135, 136, 304. tarkabhasa 135, 136, 168:

prakasika
136,

jativiveka 98.

3^4;

bha-

jatyadliikarana 138. janakiharana 175.

varthadipika 168, 304.

tarkasamgraha

202 sq.,

227,

jabalopanisad 24, 158. jalapada 268.

304; dlpika 202.

talavakaropanisad 17.
tatparyadlpika 74, 218. tatparyabodhinl 73 sq., 102.
tantalaksapa, 95sq., 295.

Ji^nunandana
jivadvaita 109. jivayoni 159.

179.

tantasamgraba

Jaimini 42 sq., 58, 59 sq., 111.

121sq., 166, 172, 283.

tarakasuranigraha 175.

Jaiminibharata 59 sq., 299.

Timmaya

A.rya

LlOsq

tirthakhanda 265, 3< '7. jnanakanda 259, 305. tirthaprasamsa 24-1 sq., 306. jnanaprakarana 148. jnanayogakha i.k] a 100,205,306. tlrthaniahatniya 257, 283, 306.
jyotistoma 126.
tirthayatraparvan 78.
21

->

322

tirtharaja 283.
c

Daksa

98.

tlrthavaibhava 244; kbanda daksakanda 140 sq.

242;

nirupana 265, 273.

tulasi 283.

daksayajiiaprabandha206,300. daksinakailasa (tlrtha) 289,

290.
;

tulasikavaca 283.

tulasivana 283; niarkandeya- Daksinamurti (Rsi) 162, 163

srmivasaksetramahatmya 282 sq., 306.

tulakaverlmahatmya 245 sq., 306.
trptidipa 73
'

panjara 164, 309; samhita

132, 309.

63, 188,

daksinavarta 175.

dandadharana
dandaniti 219.

98.

sq.,

218.

taittirryapratisakhya 296.

taittirryabrakniana 234 296.

236,
56,

44 sq., dandavisayani 186. Dattatreya 158.

darsapurnainasaii
134, 298. 126,

133,

taittirlyasambita 24, 25, 89, 233sq., 296.

dasatikavibhanjani 147. dasatlrtba 273.

taittiriyaranyaka 234 sq., 296. Dasaratba 270. taittirlyopanisad 3; bhasya dasaratra 236, 237, 238, 296. 16, 297. dasadhyayi 170.

Totaka 290.
tripura 258.
297.

dasSphala 171.
dasavipaka 170.

tripurasundaryupanisad 19sq., dana 98.

tripurandalaksana 130. tripuratapanopanisad
297.

Damodara, scribe, 203. Dalbbya 63, 245, 280, 281.

19
sq.,

dasyadhikarana 187.
divyamai'igaladhyanal55, 309.

tripurabhedah 4sq.
tripuramahimastotra 163. tripurastottara 162, 308.
tripurastava 163, 308. tripuropanisad 20, 297.

divyavyavastba 186. diksa 126 sq.; vidld 130.

dirgbakesakarana 212. durgatapascarya 262. durgastaka 229, 309.

tribhasyaratna 44 sq., 296.

trilokasaravrtti 153, 302.

Duryodhana

215.

Durvasas 163.
Dusyautacarita 91.
dusitalekhyapariksa 187.

Trivedinarayanayajvan 167.
trisatlstotra 155, 308.

rtisandhalaksana 95 sq.,
traikalyajnana 220.

295

drgana 171.
drgdrsyaviveka 80.

-X
drsfi 171.

32.'}

hs~

dharma&tstra
197,

43,

98,

1",.

Deva
302.

or

Devanna 185 sq.,

138140,
dharani

302.
63.

dharmasaravivecana

devakanda 140 sq. Devanna, see Deva.

Devaraya, see Iuiniadi D. Devala 272.

(=

tulasij
ii33.

2ti'S.

dharanagara

dhararajya 231.

Dhrtarastra 113, 215;

cattapa 23.

Devavarman Devasarman

244.

283.

dhyanadlpa 73sq., 109, 218.

devl 262, 265.

naksatradasa 287. devitulakaverimahatmya 63. devlniakatmya 48 sq., 175, 306. Naciketas 27.
devirahasya 5sq.

Natanananda

6sq., 310.

Devena

186.

Nandikesvara 151, 301.

nandlsvarapujananandikesvarakrtamahotsava 261.

devyupanisad 19, 297. desikanatha 198.

dorduramodabarana 212.
Drahyayanagrhyasutra 99. drekanaphalapaksa 171. drekkana 152, 159.

naparapaddhativyakhyana 30 sq.
naparalaksana
295, 296.
30, 296.
30,

naparavyakhyana

95

sq.,

Dronaparvan 92, Dronavadha 92.

115, 299.

namakanuvaka
Nala
262.

89.

dvadasaksaravidya 283.
dvigrahadiyoga 170sq.
dvipakanana, a village 171. dvaitavadin 289.
dvaitaviveka 74.

narasimhavatara 196.

dvijabkaradvajasamvada 239. Nalacarita 91.

Nalopakhyana

78.

navinamatavicara 146.

nastajanman, jataka 171. dvaidkasutra 125 sq., 297, 298. Nahusa 192.

dkarniajijiiasa 122. dharmadesah 98.

Nagadeva 95, 295. naganathamahatmya

307.

265s<{.,

Dharmaraja

167, 304.

Qaganathe&vara 265.

dharmarajatirtha 261, 263.

Dharmarajadhvarindra 146
148, 304.

nagaramadhyamakhanda
nagaraja
276.

243.

dharmavarapradana

78.

aagendrapuja 263. nage>vaia 262, 20:>.

Dharmavarman

63, 188, 245.

natakadlpa 73sq.,
21

L09.

~3*

324

r<-

natyalaksana 151.

nisumbhavaba 229.
nitisarvasva 219, 302.

Nathananda
95sq., 295.

6sq.

nantalaksana, nantasamgraha nipaksetra 269271.

nipatirtba 271.
120.

nandlmukhaSraddha

nipapuskarini 270

sq.

namalii'iganusasana 176, 190, Nilakantba 86. NilakantbaDlksita 81,156,308. 209, 213. nila (?), N. of a river 289. nayakaprakarana 117.

Narada

7,

59, 108,

164, 186, Nrsiniba 87, 172.

187, 226, 240, 243,249,257sq., Nrsimbayajvan69sq., 166,228. 264, 269sq., 272, 279. nestayoga 171. Naradiyapurana 100, 107 sq., naiskarmyasiddhi 290. 305.

nauka 170, 177, 301.

30.

Narayana
41
sq.,

nyaya 135, 137, 304. Narayana, son of Venkatadri nyayamulaparibbasa 128.

309.

Narayana, scribe oi" book 43 sq.

or

owner paksadbarmatva 209.

paficakosaviveka 74, 109.

Narayana, Purohita, son of pancagavyavidhi 25. Nrsimbayajvan 69 sq., 166, pancadasaprakarana 109. 228, 300. pancadasi 73, 109, 218, 303. Narayana Bbatta of Kerala pancanadamabatroya 244 sq.,
161, 169, 196, 300.
306.

Narayana Jyotisa

pancapadika 147. Narayana, pupil of Krsna pancabbutaviveka 74, 109. 174sq., 299. pancaratnaprakarana 37. Narayana, see Ananta N. pancalaksanarahasya 138. narayanlyastotra 161, 169, Pancasikba 143, 202.
171.

196, 308.

pancasrnga 273.
pancastavi 180.
63, 245.

narayanopanisad 165.
niculapura Nittala 36.

pancaksaramahimanuTarnana
189.

nityadana 187.
nidanastliana 174, 226.

pancangarudranyasa
298.

55,

89,

niryana 171.

Paficanana (Visvanatba) 221,

305.

nilanadimaliatmya 204.
nisekakala 170sq.

pancendropakhyana
Patanjali 76.

91.

nisargabala 286.

~x
patakalaksana L51.
padadlpika 73sq.

325

.<--

91;

pujavidhana,

puj&ma-

padayojana

74.

himanuvarnana 262;yuddhasannaha IN.

Panijuranga
I

padantadlpini 95sq., 295.

72,

Padmagarbha (?) 87. Padmanabha (?) 183.

pata 17s.
patalabijalinga 277.

Padmapada
166, 305.

290.
.'37,

patranirupana 98.
54sq., 100,

padmapurana

padapadohalaprakaravidhi
211.

pannagendrapura

276.

padma, see padmapurana.

papagativiSesa 214.

Pabbeka 70

note.

payastambha 212.
paragipura 13 sq.

papanasa 279 281. papanasrsvara 280.

37, 47, 52.

parabrahmavidya

papavinasatirtha 273.

Paramananda

46, 48.

papavina^amahatmya

279

paramarthasara 157, 308; "vi- 282, 307. varana 184sq., 304, 308. papapanodanasaras 277. Pa ranies vara 193 sq., 301. paramahamsasamhita 182. paramesvara 275. para^arapurana 166. paramesthin 26. Parasarya Vyasa 24. Parananda, see Paramananda. Parlksita 91. (Coir.)

paramarsavadartha 146, 304. Parthasaratliimisra 36. Parasara 7,40,41,113,263,280. parvatl 262; parvatyaa tapasParasarasmrti 107, 302.

carana 265

sq.

paribhasa 97, 127, 295.

paribhasarthasamgrahal27
129, 300.

paradavrtti 94, 295.

palaSavanamahatmya
Pingala
70.

276.

Pariksit 41.

pindapitryajnavidhi 104,

120,

parjanyasuktavidhi 120. parvanayana 178.

pipasaharana 212, pip(p)ala 120.

pisacagralia 81.

pavamana 225. Pavyeka 70 note.

pisacamocana

2*'..").

pasubandha(prayoga)133, 134, pithalaksana 298. Pundarlka 27.~>.

patalavana 257. patali 258.
Panini 75 sq., 127 sq., 300.
275;

130.

281;

pura

281; "sarastirthavaibhavasaras,

munikathana

katbana 281.
3d.
29fi

Pandava 262; dyutaparajaya Pundarlkaksisuri

-2*

326

><-

Punyananda

6.

prapancarabasya 160.
prapancasara, srirasamgraha
131, 310.

punyabavidhi 120.

puranasravanamahimanuvarnana 189. Purusottama 270. Pururavas 192. Pulanda 7.

Pulastya
7.

prapancahrdaya 148 sq., 305. prayaga 290. prayoga 5sq., 298, 310. prayogasara 211, 298. pravrajyayoga 170 sq.
prasisya 274.

Pulaha 276.
pujadesakalaniriipana 130.

prasnavidbana 179.
prasnasastra 199.

ptirvakbanda of brabmanda- ]>rasnavivarana 28.

purana 269.
purvatapaniyopanisad purvatapini 18 sq.
18, 297.

purvamlmamsa
purvabdhi 273.

129, 302.

prasnasamgraba 199 sq., 302. prasnamrta 171, 302. prasnopanisad 18, 27, 297;
bbasya 28, 297.

purvambodbi

283.

purvottaradvadasamanjarikastotra 38, 303.

Prablada 258, 270, 280; tlrtha 271; moksaprada 280.

prakrtarupavatfira212sq.,300.

Prthuyasas 200.

prajapatya 237.
pratarabuti 139.
prayascitta 236 sq., 238. prayascittavidbi 214.
3,

paurnaniasyadbikarana 173. paulomaparvan 82, 299.

praklrna 171.

prakirnakanda 177.
prakrti 224, 296; 224 sq., 296.

prayascittasubodbinl calaksara pretagraba 81.

298.

prakriyasarvasval69, 196, 300. Phanisailapati 111.

pragalbbiyalaksana 138.
Prajapati 187.

Pbanindra 111.

prataparudra,
301.

yasobhusana, bakavadba 91. prataparudrlya 101 sq., 117. badarikasrama 289.

badarivana 262.

Pratapavlra, carita 280 sq. pratisarabandbavidhi 120.

Bandhula

231.

Ballala 231.

pratyabhijnanasakuntala 109 sq.

babusami 225.
babvrcabrabnianopanisad 216, 253; vivarana 103, 216 sq.,
296.

pradosapujamabimanuvaniana 189.

H>;

327

Kr-

Bana

230, 290.

brahmatlrtha

258,

260,

271,

Badarayana8, 72, 102, 124, 166. 273, 283. brahman (the god) ^">7 259, Badharanya 143 sq. 262, 263, 270, 272, 273, l'S3. barhaspatyamanabda 287. branman&radasamvada 2 Barhaspatyasutra 219, 302. balakanda 11, 64 sq., 67, 69, 249, 250, 257 sq., 269s
!.">.

84, 203.

271, 307.

balabharata 191 sq., 299.

balavyutpattidayinl 147.

brahmaparastotra 184, 308 bralimapuranalOO, 238sq., 305.

bralimapurisa 266.

baladidhanavisayani 186. bfilasahasrananian 163, 309.

bilvatirtha 273.

brahmayajnavidhi 1 20. brahmaraksasa 280.

215. bilvSranyamahatmya 277, 278. brahmavidya brahmasabha 243. 211. bijastambhana brahmasutracandrika254,303. bijaropana 211.

Bukka 114sq. Bukkana 107.

Buddhisagara 232. budhavakya 87.

brahraasrstikathana 240.

brahmahattistrlhattimocana
277, 278.

brahmacala 259.

41, 59, 68, brhajjataka 152, 170,219, 301. brahmfindapurana 239 sq., 238, 155, 164, 100, 88, brhatsamhita 93, 301. 269273, 250,257 sq., 265sq., brhadaranyakopanisad 24 sq.,

297.

276279,

307, 308, 309.

brhannaradlyaniahapurana
259, 305.

brahmandottara 155. brahmanaiida 74 sq., 109.

Brhaspati 185, 219, 302.

brhaspati 277; svargaprapti-

kathana 277, 278.

Bodhanidiii 28
sq.,

Brahmananda Bharatl, pupil of Krsnnnanda 12, 305; pupil of Ananda Bharatl 80, 303. Brahmananda Yati. pupil of
Visvesvarauanda 142sq.. 303.

71 sq.

Bodhabharatl 143 sq., 304.

Brahmanandanatha
308.

1 1

7 sq.,

Bodhayana7,

56,

89,125127,

195, 297, 298.

brahmanubhavastaka 123.304.
bralnnottarakhanda
100,
1

Bodharanya 143 note,

brahmakaivartapurana

88 sq.
98.

brahinanasraisthya 98.

243245,
brahmagita

306.
2,
3,

brahmanadivivahabhedah
306.

brahma,

see

brahmapurSna.

brahmajijnasa 119. 254.

-Sh

328

k~

bhavestagrahadustayah 286. bhaktilaksanasampranayal60. bbasakalidinadayah 286. bhagana 191. bhasapariccheda 221, 305. 239. bhagavatpradurbhava bhasya 290, 303; pradlpika 47 289 ;ratnaprablial02,124sq., sq., 52, 215, bbagavadglta
299. 303.

bhaktapriya 161, 308.

bhaglrathapuja 263.

bhasyarthasaipgraha 142
179.

sq.,

Bhata (i. Bhattaka

e.

Aryabhata)

303^

70, 218.

Bhaskara
ksetra

89, 179,

180, 227;

Bkattacarya 290.
Bhattikavya 177, 222, 299. Bhattotpala 93, 301.
bhadr&yurnraktipraptikatha-

277;
277,

tapassiddhi-

katliana

278;

mata-

mahatmya 226
Bhaskararaya
302.

sq., 307.

21,

172 sq., 297,

na 189.

bhayoga Bharata

178. 110, 151.

57, 225.

bhaskariya (laghu) 193.

bhiksacaiya 98.

Bharadvaja 7, Bhismaparvan 92. Bhartr 177; kavya 177, 222. Bhismasaratalpasayana 92. bhavisyatpurana 100, 249, 306. bhugolapurana 204, 307. bhavisyottarapurana 260 sq., bhiitlrtha-257.
282, 306.

bhunagatailaprakara 212.
10, 12, 23,

bhagavatapurana

bhunagotpattiprakara 212.

45sq., 100, 176, 181sq., 184, 305.

Bhrgu
258;

7,

238,

257;

tirtha

naradasamvada 239,

305. bbagavatasara 9, 305. bhattacandrika 172 sq., 302. bnrguvakya 87. bhattadlpika 121sq., 172 sq., bhogamoksasamastliana

275.

302.

Bharatltirtha

7375,

80,

bhogadhikyasthana 275. c Bhoja 231 233; prabandlia

231, 300.

118 sq., 218, 303. Bharatiyati 143 note.

Bhrugu, see Bhrgu.

;

Bharadvaja

32, 87,

283

siksa

32, 296; "samhita 267, 305.

makarasamkrantiphala 287,

bliava, phala 171.

Maukha, Mankhaka

208.

bliavanopanisad 5sq., 21.

Mahkhuka

208.

bhavavindana 286.
bbavarthadlpika 46. bhavasrayaphalani 286.

niai.iiprakasavivrti 167.

manimanjarl
300.

69,

166,

228,

->*

329

mandalabrabmana, "upanisad mayukhamalika 36 sq., 303. 26, 296. Mayura 53 sq., 300. 262. Ma(t)syagandhi mayurapurlmahatmya 248sq., 307. matsyapurana 37, 100. Madhusxhandas 105. Marudratl 278.

Madbusudana Sarasvati

39.

marudvrdha

= river"

280.

madhyamakhagda

Mallayajvan 13sq. madbyamabhaga267,282,305, Malladhvarindra L3sq. 306. Mallinatha 101.

243,

249.

madhyamadhikara

1 78.

mahaganapatistotramalamantra 164.

madhyarjunapati 264. madhyarjunapura 277.

mahaganapaddhati
242. 308.

284

sq.,

madhyarjunamahatmya

243, 306, 307. mahaganegamantrapaddbati 35. manana, grantha 255; prakarana 255 sq. lnaliagnisarvasva 126 sq., 298.

Maim

98, 107, 187.

mabanatakasuktisudbanidlii

manojneSa 264. mantra 104, 310.

84 sq., 299.
mahaprastbanikaparvan
60,

62, 92. mantraparvan 114sq. mantrapatha 32, 115, 195, 298. mababbarata 22sij.. 47. 59 sq., 6064, 78, 82sq.. 113sq., mantraprasnadvaya 32. 115, 187, 212, 256, 299. mantraprasnabbasya 33. mautrabrahmana 114sq., 298. mababharatasamgraha 90 92, 299. mantrabhasya 33. mantramurti 198. mababbaskarlya 179, 193,301. 131. mababbisekavidhi 120. mantrayantra mantrasadhanaprakarakatha- mahabbutaviveka 109. na 88. mabamagbatirtbavaibbava

mantrasarakramadipika 131.

277, 278.

maiitraksaramala50, 156, 229, mabarudrahutisamkbya 89. mabavakvavivL'ka 74. 109. 309.

mantrarthapratipadana 130. Malasvara 90sq.; 299. mabes>aranaradasamvada240. Mandapalacarita 91. mannmkkatirtha (?) 268 sq. mabogragraha 81.
See sanmukha.

Mammata Maya 193.

183.

mabopanisad 19 ^q.. 297, mandukyopanisad is, 297, matanglkavaca 162.

~s*

330

hs-

mataiigyastottara 163, 309.

raiikambika 215.

matrkanyasa 162, 309. matrkastava 162, 309.

mrkandugajendrasanivada
239.

Madhava,
3,

10 sq.,

mrgasirsa (a certain position of the hand) 151. 107, 175, 302, 306.
acarya,
amfity;i

Madhava
280.

Prajiia 83.

madhavarak?asatvamoksana

mrgasarotsava 265. mrttikasnanavidhi 120.

Madhaviya

1,

114sq.

Medinikara 289, 291. Medinlkosa 291.

Maitreya 40,
Maithila 246.
41.

Manaveda

210.
156. 198.

manasapuja manasasnana

Mailara 13 sq.
moksasastra 80.
268.

Mandhatr

277.

mayavarahaprabhava
mayavahnisrsti 268. niayurasthana 278.

moksasrama 98. mausalaparvan 60 sq.,

92.

Markandeya
263,
270,

155,

258,

260, yaksagraha 81.

98. sq.; purana yajana 48 sq., 100, 166, 306; nia- Yajhanarayana 95. haksetra 282; samasyapar- yajhavaibhavakhanda van 78; sthala 283. 11, 100, 205, 306.

282

2. 3,

10,

malavinatha 13. mitaksara 139 sq., 302.

misralaksana 138.

yaj hes vara 126. Yajhesvara 158.

yajhopavitanirmana 98.
209.

mimamsakanyaya

yatidharma

98.

mimamsakaustubha42sq., 303.
mlmamsatantravarttika
sq., 303.

Yadu

41.

149 yantravidhana 178.

yamatlrtha 273.

mlinamsadarsana
172.

36, 42, 121.

yamaduta 262. yamuna 275.

Yayati 192.
yajana 93.

mlmamsasastra 129;
172.

jlvatu

mukunda

282.
306.

muktikhanda 100, 205,

Yajhavalkya 7, 19, 24. Yudhisthira 113, 116, 226sq.;

vijaya 175.

Munja 231 sq.

mundakopanisad
bhasya 28, 297.
inunivakya 87.
18, 27, 297;

yuddhakanda
85,

64, 66, 67, 69,

116sq.

yogaphala 286.

~
yogasastra 37, 47, 52, 215.

331

ks-

yogananda

74.

Kajanaka Kuyyaka Etanayana Muni

1

L n8.

1'.'.

yogyatavadartha 145 sq., 304. radhs 151.

Rama
Raghunatha, scribe, 90, 92, HOsq., 233 sq. Raghunatharyadiksita 240 sq. ranga 240. ranganatha 76. Ranganatha 86 sq.

272.
scribe, 22si|., 182, 184.

Rama,

Rama

Gastrin 136.

Rarnakrsna 7375, 218, 303.

Rarnakrsna, father of Raghunatha 90, 92, 110s<j., 233 mj.

Ramakrsnadlivaiiul

l7N (i .,304.

rangamahatmya

59.

Ramacandra

167.
128.

Rarigaraja Diksita 144 sq.

rarigalaksana 151.

Raniabhadramakhin ramasambhava 177.

ramasetu 290.

ratirahasya 53, 301. Ratnagiri Diksita 127 sq.

Ramananda
Ramanuja ramayana

80, 124sq., 303.

ratnasagara 4. ratnapana 101 sq., 301.

ratnavall 151.

11,
11,

64 71,

79, 85, 299. 79, 85,

203, 298sq.

rathantara 238.

rasiprabheda 170sq.
rSsislla 171.

rathasamkhyambopakhyana
91.

rabunirakarana 178.
258.

rama

Rivakalyanda

(?)

86.

rasmi 286.

Rucaka

208.

Rucidatta 167. rasabhivyanjika 8sq., 304. rudra 55 sq., 298. of Saraa250, 257; rabasya veda 237 sq., 296; in Bra- Rudra, guru of Parainesvara
hniakaivartapurana 243.
193.

rabasyagama 132; sara 207. Rudradeva 42 sq. rudranyasa 55. rabasyatirahasya 132. rudravidhi 88 sq., 298. 297. rahasyopanisad 19sq.,
ragadvesaprakarana 288, 303. rudrasamhita 120. Raghavanandal84sq.,304,308, Rudraskandba 99, 298. rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhi rajayaksman 226.
rajayoga 170sq.
rajarajesvaritantra rajavarttika 142.
56.

155, 309. rudradhyaya 24, 25; prasna-

mahamantra
rudranuvaka

56.
b!'.

rajasasanalaksana 187. Rajanaka Mamniata 183.

298.

rudrabhisekavidhi 89.

~s*

332

*s-

Ruyyaka

208.

vanjiraprakriya 212.

Roniabarsana 100. Raumabarsina 90. Rauruki 119, 120.

vadanadurgandhabarana 212. vanaparvan 78, 299. vanamalin 198.

Yaradaraja 186. Yararuci 76.
varahapurana, see varaba.

Laksmana

Jatavallabbusi-

strin 32, 296'.

Yarabamihira
200, 219, 301.

laksnil 281; graina 204; tir-

93,

152,

170,

tha 257, 273.

Laksmidhara

Yarabasambita

93.

8sq., 81, 158sq.,

197, 299, 304.

Yaruna
97, 99.

(Rsi)

7.

laksmibbiimi 277.

varnasramadbarmanirupana

valmikapuja 263. Lagbubbattaraka 180sq., 309. Yasistha 7, 40, 113, 256, 263; lagbustuti, rnababbasya 180 dbarniopadesa 268; visva309.
sq.,

lagna 286.

mitrasamvada 268.
86;

lalitakbyana,

see

lalitopa-

kbyana.
lalitadevistotra 155, 309.

vakyakarana

lagbuprakasika 86

sq.,

dlpika, 301.

lalitasabasranamastotra41sq.,
309.

vakyanyaya 209.
vakyavrtti 83, 303
83.
;

prakasika

lalitastavaratna
219, 231, 309.

81 sq.,

164,

vakyasudba, tika 80, 303.

lalitopakhyana 88, 155, 307,

308, 309.

Yagbhata
202, 304.

173, 226, 301.

Yacaspatimisra 142 note, 143,

vajasaneyisambitopanisad 16

lingapurana 100, 243, 306.

lingotpatti 275. Liladevi 232.
lllavati 193.

bhasya 17.

lekbyanirupana 186.
lekhyaparlksa 186.

Yancbya 87. Yanl 290.

Yatsyayanasastra 176. vadaratnavall 136 ; 137, 304.

lekbyaprakarana 187.
lainga, see lingapurana.

Yadbula 97 sq.

Lokanandanatba

117sq., 254.

Yamadeva

7,

163, 275.

laukikavisayatavridiutba 146, Yamesvara (Rsi) 216. 304.

vamana(purana) 100.

vayavya 24. Yararucadika 45.

-3H

333

<r-

N'isv.i \;isn varaba(purana) 100. Valmiki 7, 11, 6467, 70sq., VteveSvara

1'

1.

35,

121

sq.,

131,

79, 85, 203, 288, 298.

281

Vasudeva, scribe, 161.

Vi>vesvnra Painlila 83,

3".;.

Vasudeva Diksita
i

126.
1 1

ViSveSvarSnanda 142 sq.

visayatavadartha 146.

Vasuclevamai anaprakara n
255, 304.

visayananda
visnu

75.

Vasudevayatisvara 255.
vimsatl 180.

visavidhi 187.

257260,
283;
80,

27027.;.
24:.:

videhakaivalyalaksana 160.

280 sq.,

"katha

Vidyadbaman

vidyaganesainantroddbaral32. 28sq., 71 sq.

dbarma

307; "pfwladik.'santastuti 51 sq., 154, 308;

purana 40 sq., 100, 305; vidyananda 75. 301. 117, 101, Vidyanatha "bbujanga 76, 308. 290. Visnumitra 21, 80, 7375, Vidyaranya 310. Visnugarman 303, 218, 289, 290. 109, 214. visnusahasranaman 153, 187, vidyarogyastuti
vidyfi^tadasaka 172.
194, 303.

vidbavadbarma

98.

vidkuragnisandbana 120. vinayakapujakarana 261.

vindhya 275, 287. Vibblsana 102, 124.

visnvalaya 281. virabfibudarsana 268.

vii-amabendrakanda 116.

virarudrayasobbiKana 117.
vvksavaicitryadobalabbedab
211.

viyonijanman 170sq.
virajatirtba 258, 259.

Vfksasecana 211. 69 vrttaratnakara virataparvan63sq., 91, 256,299. 147. 300. a of vilamkuti (N. 218sq., 228, place?)
vrtra 257.

sq.,

166,

vilanghyalaksana 95. laksana vilingbya

,

vyi

kbyana

30, 296.

vrsakapi 172. Vi'sadarvi 56 sq., 308.

1

vivaha 98, 120; prasna 200. vrsotsar janavidbi

2<

>.

vivekacudamam
visvagui.iadar.sa

29, 303.

Venkata Subrahmanya, scribe

15sq., 60, 62, 140sq.

240 sq., 300. Visvanatba 221, 305.

4,

Venkatanatba 1 1

sq.,

146, 303.

Visvarupa 290. Visvanaiulanatba

Vi.svamitra
273.
7,

Venkatanayaka 203, 302. 130, 309. Venkatapati 182.

Vcnka1:n.';ir\

263, 268; fcirtha

ayajvan

240

sq.,

300.

334
Verikatadri 41.

k~

vaisakhotsava 262.
vaisesika 304.

Vehkatadriyajvan 36. Venkatesa 111, 136.

Vehkusa, scribe 121.

vaisnava, see visnupurana. vyaktaganita 178.

Venkusudhlvara, scribe 44 sq. vyavahara 185187; kanda vetana 187. 185 sq., 197, 302; bhedah 58 308. vedapadastava sq., 186; matraprakarana 121; malika 186 sq., 302; laksana vedapuri, a village 275.
187. vedaprakarana 148. see Vedavyasa, Vyasa. vyaghraputa (read pura?) vedanta 112, 289, 303; guru tirtha 268. 257; paribhasa 146 sq., 304; Vyasa, Vedavyasa 7, 24, 40,
"sastra 157; sastrasiddhan41,

47,

58, 62, 91, 98, 100,

talesasamgraha 144 sq., 304; sikhamani 147sq., 304; sara

160,

103, 113, 119, 124, 161, 185,

194 sq., 210, 250, 256, 262,

274, 288, 289;
"tirtha 273;

303; 303;
73.

saraprakarana
sutra

108 sq.,
102,

72

sq.,

putra 39; adhikaranamala

118.

124,

254, 303;

sutra-

bhasya vedantarthamaya 184. vedaranya 264, 275. vedarthaprakasa 114sq. venasya katha 196. Vaiklianasa 110 sq. Vainika 164.
53.

Sakti

7,

113, 256.

saktipahcaksarastotramaha-

mantra 163.
saktisutra
5,

310.

Sankara, see Sankaracarya.

Sahkara

59,

77,

258,

279;

samhita 116sq., 140sq., 306. Vainyadatta vaidikadliarmakhanda 246 sq. Sankaracarya 4, 8, 16, 17, 21, vaidodankacarita 91. 2629, 38, 39, 51 sq., 71,

Vaidyadatta 53. Vaidyanatha Diksita 97 sq.,

121, 302.

72 sq., 76, 80, 82, 83, 102 sq.,

106, 124, 131, 153, 154, 187, 201, 216 sq., 288291, 296, 297, 303, 304, 308; carita 106,

Vaidyanatha Sastrin 127 sq.,

300.

288-291,

303.

Vainyadatta

53.
si].

sankulaksana 211.

Yaiyyasikl 78, 118 vaivahikotsava 88.

saiikhacakragadapadmadharin 198.

Vaisampayana 91, vaiSakhamahatmya

194. saiikhapuspi 284. 55, 307. .safikhapiija 198. 113,

->
sacl 273.

335

n<-

Salihotra

119,

120.

satadusani lllsq., 303.

Sahki
26,

12i.

127.

satapathabralmiana 25, 296; upanisad 24 sq.

Sali.suka 276.
3":;.

satarudriya 24, 25, kotisamhita 246 sq., 305.

Siistradipika 36sq., 56, 296; Sibi 56.

siromani 168.
siva 58sq., 257, 258, 262,
27."..

satarudrya 25. satasahasrika 114.

satiibliisekavidbi 120.

277;ksetra 263; gariga29o

glta 37, 305; "caturdasiina-

sani 87.

sapatbavidbi 187.

binianuvarnana 189; tattvasudbanidhi 77, 306.

sabdalamkSraprakarana 117. Sivadatta 172. Sivadasa 174. samanavyakliyana 30, 296. Sarabha 280. sivaduta 262.
sarlradurgandbaliarana 212. sarlralaksana 160.
sarvatlrtka 275 sq.

sivadharinapunyanirilpana
263.

salyaparvan 92. sasadhara 147.

sivadharmaphalaninlpana26'J. sivadliarmottara 214, 307.

Sakalya

96.

sivaparvatlsamvada 260 si [. sivapuiTu.ia 100, 189, 246 sq.,

247, 266, 305.

.sakinya(pattana) 13.

sakuntala 110

sq.

sivabbaktamabinianuvarnana
189.

saktaniantra 21.

saktasamayadiksavidhanal30. sivabhiksatanakatbana 7 7. Saiikaramarga 184. sivamabatiuya 189; kbanda

Sankbayanagrbyasutra 104.
&atyayani 119, 120.
santiparvan 90.

100, 205, 306.

sivarabasyakbanda 140 sq., 306.

116
37.

sq.,

Sambavyagrbyasutra 104, 297. sivaraghavasamvada saradatilaka 131. Sivarama 103, 124.

sarirakamlrnainsa 83; bbasya sivaviliara 290. 72 sq., 303; vyakbya" 125. sivavaibbavakbanda 243.

sarirakopanisad 19, 297. sarlrastbana 174.

sarlropanisad 19, 297.
sarngatirtba 283. sarngapani 249.

sivasatkatbainrta 264.

sivasayujva 275.

sixakhyarajadbani 275.

slvagama 214. sivanamlarasa 198.

sivareanasinunani
1

oalivahanaakabda 287.

7 -<
i

308.

~5*

336

hs-

sivalaya 281.

srikundagrama 290.
sricakrapratisthavidhi sricakralaksana 130.
4,

Sisupalavadka 175. Suka 7; tata 113, 256.

310.

Suka Yogindra 21. Sukra (Rsi) 198.

sukravakya 87.
sukriya 225.

sricaluTtntaraladevatapratipadana 130.

Srltrivikrama 179.

suddhananda 283.

Siidhara 45 sq., 48, 299, 305. Srlnivasaniakkin 3, 298.

117.

surapadmasamhara

Srlnivasacarya 110

sq.,

300.

sulatirthanirmana 261. sekliaripattana 121 sq.

Srlpati 178sq., 301. sribhumi 273.

sesa 157, 258, 260, 276; kupa srimukhaparisad 287. srlranga 273, 280; ksetra257; tlrtha 257, 258. vaibliava 240 divyavimana Sesanaga 157, 184, 308.
;

240; mahatmya 59, 239sq., Sesanarayana 95 sq., 295. 307; vimana 240. Sesasuri, scribe 40 sq. sesadri 258; "cudamani 110. .srlrudrayaraala 4. Sesadri, scribe 135, 285 father srlvidyakhyainulavidyabhedah of scribe Venkata Subrah4, 310.
;

manya

15sq., 33, 45sq.,

60

sq.

srividyaganapatikalpa 132.
srividySjapakalpa 130.

sesarya 184, 304. saikhandina 225.

srividyanyasa 130. kotisee srividyaratnasutra, dlpika 21, saiva, sivapurana; rudrasamhita 247sq.; ksetra 310.
261,

264;
250.

rahasya

242; srividyasandhyanusthana 130.

srlsukta 223.
srutiraiijini

agama

saucavidki 120.

158 sq., 197, 299.

srutisuktiniala 165, 308. Saunda (Venkusudblvara) srautakaksa 236. 44 sq. Saunaka 63, 90, 94, 96, 108, srautasutra 125 sq., 297 sq.

119, 120, 242, 243, 259, 266, svetamarga 290. svetavana 264. 274, 295.

Saurisunu 30 sq.

syamalambavarmaratna
sq.,

162

svetaviglmesvarasivastliana 280.

309.
212.

svetanibkodhi 228.

syamikaharana raddha 57.

srl

satpancasika 200, 302.

273.

sadangaprakarana

1 48.

H>;

337

k~

sadaimiayalak<ana 130.

sanmukba

269.

sania-tikfuianafor "kantarajmahatmya 250, 307.

sodasakriya 195, 298.

samadhividhi 205.

samvatsara 236, 238. sams&radusana 77.

samudayastakavarga 286. Sanmdrabandhavajvaii 212 sq.

sambhavakanda
sarpa&inti 120.
30,

116.

samsararabasya 160.
saiuhitavivrti 93.

sarubbavaparvan 91, 212, 299.

sarvak-etraprabliavaj)lialasrutinirupana 273.
37.

samhitagamanalaksana
296.

samhitopanisad 217,253, 297, sarvatomukliainaliavratayajin

samkhyapramana
samgrababharata

153.

145,

cf.

saingitasastra 150.
90.

sarvamangalim 81. sarvanukramani 105, 295.

sarvari^tasanti 120.

samgramavijaya 132. Sanjaya 115, 215.

sanjlvanausadhagiri 258, 259. satkirtivardhana 271.
Satyaklrti 277. satyaksetra 279.

sarvarthacintamani 203, 302.

sabasrananiapadyavrttil94sq.,
308.

sabasr anamasam grababha sya

153sq. sahyaja 283.

Satya
satra

54.

236238.

saksipanksa 186.
saksiprakarana 186.
saksipratyuddbrti 187.
saksivisayfini 186.

satsampradayasarvasva 131.

Sadananda 108 sq., 303;

Sadasiva
16-4.

sadasivabrahmasamvada 132. sagarastava 81. sadyomarana 1 70 sq. sankbya 304; karika 142, 201 Sanaka 7, 258. vivaranatattvakaumudl 143
Sanatkuniara 7, 274, "samhita 77, 306.
280;
"saptati 142, 143, 201, 202, 304.
sq.;

Sanatkumariya 131.

satvika (astau) 151.

Sanandana
Sanatana
7.

7,

290.

saxaabnilimanabba^va

14.

samaveda

99, 114sq., 224s<[..

sandhyopasanavidbi 120. saptagana 236.

236238, sayamboma

296, 298. 139.

saptalaksana 30, 97, 296. Sayana, "acarya 1, 2, 15, 73, sabhaparvan 22 sq., 91, 299. 114sq., 295, 296, 298.

sabhasabhyopadesah 187.

sayujya 275, 276.

.,.;

~Sh

338

h$~

sararakasyacaturvarnakranta-

vadgita 48,

299;

Com. on

vibhaga 121, 302.

sarasamgraka 199.
sarasara 272.

brhajjataka 152, 219, 301. Subrahmanya, see V'enkata S.

Sumantn
168.

244.

Sarvabkauma

sarvabbanmalaksana 138.

snmbbadhvamsinl 229. Suratha 49.

Savaradkipa 263. siirasasamgamajalapadatirthakathana 268. Savitryupakkyana 78. sakityasarvasva 110 sq., 300. Suresvara 290. Simkaraja 180 sq., 212 sq., 300, suvarnamukhari, a river 290. susvarakarana 212. 309.
Simkftnana 280.

suksmarasmayali 286. siddkantabkedasamgrakal44. Snta 37, 54, 55, 58, 77, 90sq., siddkantanmktavali 221, 305. 100, 141, 189, 242, 243, 250,
siddkantalesasamgraka 144. siddkantasekkara 178sq., 301.
257, 259, 265, 266, 269, 274,

276278.
Sutagita 10 sq., 306; tatpar-

siddkantasarasamgraka 144. siddkasrama 274.

siddkiksetra 279.
Sita 241.

yadlpika lOsq.

Sutamunisamvada 116. Sntasaunakasamvada 242 sq.

Sutasamhita
2, 3, 10,

Slradeva 127 sq.

100, 205

Snkanya

273.
51, 308.

sukkabodkini

306; tatparyadipika 11. sutrasthana 174.

sugandhavana 259.
Sugrlvaprasna 199. Sugrivasamagama 222.
sutala 270.

sudaruparaksasavadha 263. Suridevabuddhendra 35.

Suribbatta 36. surya 193, 263; kunda 266
;

Sudar.sana 280; miiktikathana

280.

grabana 178; tlrtba

263

Sudarsanacarya 166. Sudhabindu 283.

266, 283; puskarinl 263, 265; sataka 53 sq., 300; savarni-

kamanvantara 48 sq.,

sundarakanda
79.

14,75,193, 64, 66 sq., 69 ; suryasiddbantal2 301; vivarana 193 sq., 301.

srsti 98.

63.

Sundararaja 86, 301.

suparnatatini 258. Subahu 278.

sona,

N. of a river 290.
184.

Soma

Subodha,
subodhinl,

carita 280.

Somadeva 86 sq. Com. on bhaga- Somanatha 36 sq.,

303.

~3H

339

t<-

somavaramabimanuvarnana
189.

svargarobanika]);uv.i!i 60, 62!

92.

Somasarman

290.

soniesvaratirtba 277.

8varginarakicihna214. S\:imin 177.

svavambliuvatirtlia 277.

Somesvaraputra 285.
somotpatti 57 sq., 298.

sauptikapaivan 90, 92.

bamsasyabastalaksana 151.
hatti (sic) 277, 278.

saubhagyalaksmikalpa 163.

Hanuman 258. sauracandramanabda 287. skanda 214; purana 2, 7, 10, Hayagrlva 155; agastyasain38,55, 77, 100, 116sq.,140si..
v.ida 88, 155, 307.

188,205, 226sq., 242, 248sq., Haradatta 33, 43 sq. (Coir. and Add.), 165, 298, 302, 257, 264, 306 sq.

skandesvarasamvada 163.
skandopanisad stotra 308 sq.
19, 297.

308.

Haradattami&ra 139 sq., 302.

hariksetra 279.
haritattvanuiktavali
8,

stotrakbanda 155. strljataka 171 (Corrigenda).

303.

haridvara 290.
harinadl 264.

stridharma 98.
strlparvan 90.

baribbaktisudhodaya 107
305.

s<p,

strimukbakantikarana 212.

sthandilakundamandapanirmanadividbi 89.
stbalesamabatniya 204.

harimldestotra

8.

Haviscandia 245, 268 sq.

I

lariscandropakliyana 267,
268.

snatakadbarma

98.

smftikartynirupana 98.

baristuti 8, 303.

smrticandrikal85sq., 197,302. Harsacarita 290.

smrtimuktaphala 9799, 121, Hastamalaka 290.

302. 289.

bastamalaka, prakaiana.
tra 82, 229, 303.

"sto-

syanandura (?) svapnadhyaya 230, 309. liastigirimahatmya Svayamprakasa Yati 8sq., 303, 305.
304.

238
7.

sq.,

Ii.ilasyamabatmya

306.
-

Svayamprakasananda 128 sq., hiranyagarbbavibudhasamva 300. da 239.

svarapaficasacchlokl vyakhya hiranyaksakatha 196.
34.

svaralaksana 34, 35, 296.

bmalaksana 187. bemakutakbanda

267, 305.

->
hemapuskarini
tir.tha
,

310

;<H

cakratlrtlia,

277.

Homiamba, Honnambikal3sq. Honnarya 13 sq.

bora 171, 219, 286; tatparyasagara 170; vivarana 170sq.^
301; .sastra 152.

hernakarasaras 277.

hemabjatirtha 277.

hemabjanayaki 257, 258.

ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.

Page
P. P.
17, line 12
1.

read Isd-Upanisad for Isd - Upanisat.

28,
43,
74, 81, 91,

5 from below, read 5

samapayya kriyas

etc.

1.

from below, add: by Haradatta.

.

P. P. P.

1.

25 read Jcutasthadl

1.

10 read Kavyanmld.
11 read Parlksitena for pdriksitena.
9

1.

P. 130,
P. 132,

1.

from below, read kulajndnindm acarasya.

1.

3 add: See Aufrecht

1.

17 add: See Aufrecht

CC II, 52. C C II, 22 and

.

26 (kaumdrasamhita).

P. 139, P. 142,

1.

21 read sddhavah for sd

1.

2 from below, read Tattvakaumudi.

1

1.

from below, read Vdcaspatimisra.

P. 151,

1.

27 read narttakl vd kaldvati. 28 read tisthet

(tat)paicfit.

1.

1.

29 read bhaveyur vibhramdnvituh.

9 from below, read

P. 153,
P. 171, P. 220,

1.

Yimusahasranaman.

1.

12 sq. read dvdvimsa strljutakam.

1

1.

read yrahayoni

for grhayoni".

-$~r<J-

ORiENTAL TRANSLATION FUND.

NEW
SK1MKS.

The following works of this series are now for sale at the rooms of the Royal Asiatic Society, 22, Albemarle Stri London, W. Price 10s. a volume, except vols. 9, 10.
Khwand's Rauzat-us-Safa', or 'Garden of Purity', containing the Moslem Version of the lives of the prophets from Adam to Jesus, and other historical matter. Part 1, Vols. I and II. 1891 and L892. S, 4. Part II (Vols. I and II) of the above, containing a full and detailed life of Muhammad the Apostle, with an appendix about his wives, concubines, children, secretaries,
1,2.
l

Rehatsek

(E.).

Mir

1893. servants, etc. 5. Part TI (Vol. Ill) of the above, containing the lives of Abu Bakr, Umar, 'Uthman, and All, the immediate 1894. successors of Muhammad.
c

6.

Tawney

Jain

from Sanskrit Manuscripts. 1895. Bana's Kadambari. 1896. 7. Ridding (Miss C. M.). 8. Cowell (Professor E. B.) and Mr. Thomas (of Trinity 1897. College, Cambridge). Bana's Harsa Carita. 9. 10. Steingass (Dr. F.). The last twenty-four Makamats of Abu Muhammad al Kasini al Hariri, forming Vol. II:
Chenery's translation of the
it

(C. H.). stories, translated

The Katha Kosa, a

collection of

twenty-four Makamats Price 15s. a volume. aster (Dr. M.). The Chronicles of Jerahmeel, or 11. collection of Jewish legends the Hebrew Bible Historiale. and traditions translated from the Hebrew. 1899. Buddhist manual of 12. Rhys Davids (Mrs. C. A. F.). psychological ethics of the fourth century it. c, being a
first

sold with

as Vol.

I.

1898.

translation of the Dhamma Sangani from the Pitaka of the Buddhist Canon. i900.

Abhidhamma

Just out

illustrations).

13. Beveeidge (Mrs. H.). Life and Memoirs of Gulbadan Begum, aunt of Akbar the Great, translated from the Persian.

1902 (with

In preparation 14. Rhys Davids (Professor T. TV.). The Katha Yatthu. 15. Ross (Principal E. D.). History of the Seljuks.
16.

Watters

(T.).

Yuan Chwang's

Travels. (In the pre

ASIATIC SOCIETY MONOGRAPHS.

has determined to bring out a series of which will afford opportunity for the publication monographs of papers too long to appear in the Journal. Arrangements have so far been made for the publication
Society
of the following:

The

(1)

Gerini (Major
ography.

G-. E.).

Researches on Ptolemy's GeCatalogue of Sanskrit

(In the Press.)

(Dr. M.).

(2)

Winternitz
in the

MSS.

Royal Asiatic Society's Library, with an V0 Appendix by Mr. F. W. Thomas. 8 xvi, 340 pages.
{Price 5/. or 3/6 for cash.)

(3)

Hirschfeld
pages.

(Dr.

H.).

New

Researches

into

the

Composition and Exegesis of the Qoran.

(Price
5/.

4 t0 155

or 3/6 for cash.)

S. A.).

(4)

(5)

The History of Jakmak, Sultan of Egypt, by Ibn 'Arab shah. (In the Press.) Le Strange (Guy). Description of Persia and
Strong (Professor
Mesopotamia
in

the

year

1340

a.d.,

from the

Nuzhat-al-Kulub of

Mustawfi, with a summary of the contents of that work. (Xenrly

Hamd- Allah

ready.)

persons wishing copies of printed circulars coninformation as to the Oriental Translation Fund and taining the Asiatic Society Monographs, are requested to apply to

Any

THE SECRETARY,
22,

Royal Asiatic Society, Albemarle Street,

LONDON, W.

***

nvn-KYK

%ijiii

rfnv

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

Los Angeles

This book

is

DUE on

the last date stamped below.

tf-UBR/

41584

mo/:

33

0-JO ^
3

m
OC

,OF-CALIF0%
i/i

.^EUNIVER%

v^lOS-AW

LIBRARY UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL

I

FACILITY

FO/i*

Ui
OQ

AA 000 479

83 131

yo\wm\]

mmi^
lOSANCElfj>

MrT.
-^LIBRARY

*WE-UNIVEf;

^EUNIVEI

iOSANGELr>

^AHvaam^
tfEUNIVERto

y0Auvagn^
EL&

$UIBRARY0/

OC

T=^-

^ojiivj-jo-v

%dllV3J0^
<\V\E UNIVERS//,

^0ECALIF0%

^lOSAN'GElfj>

^0FCALIFC%

5?

^AavaaiH^

\w$>

"^/MAINIHW*

y0A{MiaiH^
\WEU

^EUNIVER%

^vlOSANCELfj>

WO/:.

^tLIBRARYOc

P/^
15
^JUDNVSOl^
"%i3AINI13V\V

^OJITCHO^

^/OJITVDJO^

^toNV-SOV^
<A\tE-UNIVERS/a

^tEUNIVER^

^lOS-ANCELfjt>

^0FCA1IFC%

-<

^JHDNV-SOl^

^MAIM-JV^

y0AWHaiH^

y0AwaaiH^

<Til30NVSOV^

flfrLIBRARYQr

$UIBRARY0/>

^EUNIVERS/^.

v*lOS-ANGElfl>

^UIBRARYQr